ChipFind - документация

Электронный компонент: PIC18LF458T

Скачать:  PDF   ZIP

Document Outline

2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D
PIC18FXX8
Data Sheet
28/40-Pin High-Performance,
Enhanced Flash Microcontrollers
with CAN Module
DS41159D-page ii
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Information contained in this publication regarding device
applications and the like is provided only for your convenience
and may be superseded by updates. It is your responsibility to
ensure that your application meets with your specifications.
MICROCHIP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WAR-
RANTIES OF ANY KIND WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,
WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE,
RELATED TO THE INFORMATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO ITS CONDITION, QUALITY, PERFORMANCE,
MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PURPOSE.
Microchip disclaims all liability arising from this information and
its use. Use of Microchip's products as critical components in
life support systems is not authorized except with express
written approval by Microchip. No licenses are conveyed,
implicitly or otherwise, under any Microchip intellectual property
rights.
Trademarks
The Microchip name and logo, the Microchip logo, Accuron,
dsPIC, K
EE
L
OQ
, micro
ID
, MPLAB, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART,
PRO MATE, PowerSmart, rfPIC, and SmartShunt are
registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A. and other countries.
AmpLab, FilterLab, MXDEV, MXLAB, PICMASTER, SEEVAL,
SmartSensor and The Embedded Control Solutions Company
are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology
Incorporated in the U.S.A.
Analog-for-the-Digital Age, Application Maestro, dsPICDEM,
dsPICDEM.net, dsPICworks, ECAN, ECONOMONITOR,
FanSense, FlexROM, fuzzyLAB, In-Circuit Serial
Programming, ICSP, ICEPIC, Migratable Memory, MPASM,
MPLIB, MPLINK, MPSIM, PICkit, PICDEM, PICDEM.net,
PICLAB, PICtail, PowerCal, PowerInfo, PowerMate,
PowerTool, rfLAB, rfPICDEM, Select Mode, Smart Serial,
SmartTel and Total Endurance are trademarks of Microchip
Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries.
SQTP is a service mark of Microchip Technology Incorporated
in the U.S.A.
All other trademarks mentioned herein are property of their
respective companies.
2004, Microchip Technology Incorporated, Printed in the
U.S.A., All Rights Reserved.
Printed on recycled paper.
Note the following details of the code protection feature on Microchip devices:
Microchip products meet the specification contained in their particular Microchip Data Sheet.
Microchip believes that its family of products is one of the most secure families of its kind on the market today, when used in the
intended manner and under normal conditions.
There are dishonest and possibly illegal methods used to breach the code protection feature. All of these methods, to our
knowledge, require using the Microchip products in a manner outside the operating specifications contained in Microchip's Data
Sheets. Most likely, the person doing so is engaged in theft of intellectual property.
Microchip is willing to work with the customer who is concerned about the integrity of their code.
Neither Microchip nor any other semiconductor manufacturer can guarantee the security of their code. Code protection does not
mean that we are guaranteeing the product as "unbreakable."
Code protection is constantly evolving. We at Microchip are committed to continuously improving the code protection features of our
products. Attempts to break Microchip's code protection feature may be a violation of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act. If such acts
allow unauthorized access to your software or other copyrighted work, you may have a right to sue for relief under that Act.
Microchip received ISO/TS-16949:2002 quality system certification for
its worldwide headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in
Chandler and Tempe, Arizona and Mountain View, California in
October 2003. The Company's quality system processes and
procedures are for its PICmicro
8-bit MCUs, K
EE
L
OQ
code hopping
devices, Serial EEPROMs, microperipherals, nonvolatile memory and
analog products. In addition, Microchip's quality system for the design
and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001:2000 certified.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 1
PIC18FXX8
High-Performance RISC CPU:
Linear program memory addressing up to
2 Mbytes
Linear data memory addressing to 4 Kbytes
Up to 10 MIPS operation
DC 40 MHz clock input
4 MHz-10 MHz oscillator/clock input with
PLL active
16-bit wide instructions, 8-bit wide data path
Priority levels for interrupts
8 x 8 Single-Cycle Hardware Multiplier
Peripheral Features:
High current sink/source 25 mA/25 mA
Three external interrupt pins
Timer0 module: 8-bit/16-bit timer/counter with
8-bit programmable prescaler
Timer1 module: 16-bit timer/counter
Timer2 module: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit
period register (time base for PWM)
Timer3 module: 16-bit timer/counter
Secondary oscillator clock option Timer1/Timer3
Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) modules;
CCP pins can be configured as:
- Capture input: 16-bit, max resolution 6.25 ns
- Compare: 16-bit, max resolution 100 ns (T
CY
)
- PWM output: PWM resolution is 1 to 10-bit
Max. PWM freq. @:8-bit resolution = 156 kHz
10-bit resolution = 39 kHz
Enhanced CCP module which has all the features
of the standard CCP module, but also has the
following features for advanced motor control:
- 1, 2 or 4 PWM outputs
- Selectable PWM polarity
- Programmable PWM dead time
Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) with two
modes of operation:
- 3-wire SPITM (Supports all 4 SPI modes)
- I
2
CTM Master and Slave mode
Addressable USART module:
- Supports interrupt-on-address bit
Advanced Analog Features:
10-bit, up to 8-channel Analog-to-Digital Converter
module (A/D) with:
- Conversion available during Sleep
- Up to 8 channels available
Analog Comparator module:
- Programmable input and output multiplexing
Comparator Voltage Reference module
Programmable Low-Voltage Detection (LVD) module:
- Supports interrupt-on-Low-Voltage Detection
Programmable Brown-out Reset (BOR)
CAN bus Module Features:
Complies with ISO CAN Conformance Test
Message bit rates up to 1 Mbps
Conforms to CAN 2.0B Active Spec with:
- 29-bit Identifier Fields
- 8-byte message length
- 3 Transmit Message Buffers with prioritization
- 2 Receive Message Buffers
- 6 full, 29-bit Acceptance Filters
- Prioritization of Acceptance Filters
- Multiple Receive Buffers for High Priority
Messages to prevent loss due to overflow
- Advanced Error Management Features
Special Microcontroller Features:
Power-on Reset (POR), Power-up Timer (PWRT)
and Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
Watchdog Timer (WDT) with its own on-chip RC
oscillator
Programmable code protection
Power-saving Sleep mode
Selectable oscillator options, including:
- 4x Phase Lock Loop (PLL) of primary oscillator
- Secondary Oscillator (32 kHz) clock input
In-Circuit Serial Programming
TM
(ICSP
TM
) via two pins
Flash Technology:
Low-power, high-speed Enhanced Flash technology
Fully static design
Wide operating voltage range (2.0V to 5.5V)
Industrial and Extended temperature ranges
28/40-Pin High-Performance, Enhanced Flash
Microcontrollers with CAN
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 2
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Pin Diagrams
Device
Program Memory
Data Memory
I/O
10-bit
A/D
(ch)
Co
mp
arato
r
s
CCP/
ECCP
(PWM)
MSSP
USART
Timers
8/16-bit
Flash
(bytes)
# Single-Word
Instructions
SRAM
(bytes)
EEPROM
(bytes)
SPITM
Master
I
2
CTM
PIC18F248
16K
8192
768
256
22
5
--
1/0
Y
Y
Y
1/3
PIC18F258
32K
16384
1536
256
22
5
--
1/0
Y
Y
Y
1/3
PIC18F448
16K
8192
768
256
33
8
2
1/1
Y
Y
Y
1/3
PIC18F458
32K
16384
1536
256
33
8
2
1/1
Y
Y
Y
1/3
RB7/PGD
RB6/PGC
RB5/PGM
RB4
RB3/CANRX
RB2/CANTX/INT2
RB1/INT1
RB0/INT0
V
DD
V
SS
RD7/PSP7/P1D
RD6/PSP6/P1C
RD5/PSP5/P1B
RD4/PSP4/ECCP1/P1A
RC7/RX/DT
RC6/TX/CK
RC5/SDO
RC4/SDI/SDA
RD3/PSP3/C2IN-
RD2/PSP2/C2IN+
MCLR/V
PP
RA0/AN0/C
VREF
RA1/AN1
RA2/AN2/V
REF
-
RA3/AN3/V
REF
+
RA4/T0CKI
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN
RE0/AN5/RD
RE1/AN6/WR/C1OUT
RE2/AN7/CS/C2OUT
V
DD
V
SS
OSC1/CLKI
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
RC1/T1OSI
RC2/CCP1
RC3/SCK/SCL
RD0/PSP0/C1IN+
RD1/PSP1/C1IN-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
PI
C
18F4
5
8
PDIP
RB3/CANRX
NC
RC6
/T
X/CK
RC5
/
S
DO
RC4
/SDI/SDA
RD3
/
P
SP3
/C2
I
N-
RD2
/
PSP2
/
C
2
I
N+
RD1
/
P
SP1
/C1
I
N-
RD0
/
PSP0
/
C
1
I
N+
RC3
/
S
CK/SCL
RC2
/CC
P
1
1
PIC18F458
PLCC
RC1
/T
1
O
SI
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18 19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
RB2/CANTX/INT2
RB1/INT1
RB0/INT0
V
DD
RD7/PSP7/P1D
V
SS
RD6/PSP6/P1C
RD5/PSP5/P1B
RD4/PSP4/ECCP1/P1A
RC7/RX/DT
RA3
/
AN3
/
V
RE
F
+
RA2
/
AN2
/
V
RE
F
-
RA1
/
AN1
RA0
/
AN0
/
CV
RE
F
MC
L
R
/V
PP
NC RB7
/
PGD
RB6
/
PGC
RB5
/
PGM
RB4
NC
RA4/T0CKI
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN
RE0/AN5/RD
RE1/AN6/WR/C1OUT
RE2/AN7/CS/C2OUT
V
DD
V
SS
OSC1/CLKI
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
NC
RC0/T1OSO/T1CK1
PI
C
18F4
4
8
PIC18F448
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 3
PIC18FXX8
Pin Diagrams (Continued)
PIC18F458
TQFP
RB7/PGD
SPDIP, SOIC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
RB6/PGC
RB5/PGM
RB4
RB3/CANRX
RB2/CANTX/INT2
RB1/INT1
RB0/INT0
V
DD
V
SS
RC7/RX/DT
RC6/TX/CK
RC5/SDO
RC4/SDI/SDA
MCLR/V
PP
RA0/AN0/CV
REF
RA1/AN1
RA2/AN2/V
REF
-
RA3/AN3/V
REF
+
RA4/T0CKI
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN
V
SS
OSC1/CLKI
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
RC1/T1OSI
RC2/CCP1
RC3/SCK/SCL
PIC1
8F2
4
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
12
RC7/RX/DT
RD4/PSP4/ECCP1/P1A
RD5/PSP5/P1B
RD6/PSP6/P1C
RD7/PSP7/P1D
V
SS
V
DD
RB0/INT0
RB1/INT1
RB2/CANTX/INT2
RB3/CANRX
NC
NC
RB4
RB5
/
PG
M
RB
6
/
P
G
C
RB
7
/
P
G
D
MC
LR
/V
PP
RA
0/
A
N
0/
CV
RE
F
RA1
/
AN1
RA2
/
AN2
/
V
RE
F
-
R
A
3/
AN
3/V
RE
F
+
NC
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
OSC1/CLKI
V
SS
V
DD
RE2/AN7/CS/C2OUT
RE1/AN6/WR/C1OUT
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
RE0//AN5/RD
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN
RA4/T0CKI
RC6
/T
X
/
CK
RC5
/
S
DO
RC
4
/
SDI/SDA
RD3
/
PSP3
/
C
2
I
N-
RD2
/
P
SP2
/C2
I
N+
RD
1
/
PSP1
/
C
1
I
N-
RD0
/
PSP0
/
C
1
I
N+
RC3
/SCK/SCL
RC2
/
CCP1
RC
1
/
T
1
OSI
NC
PIC18F448
PIC1
8F2
5
8
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 4
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Table of Contents
1.0
Device Overview .......................................................................................................................................................................... 7
2.0
Oscillator Configurations ............................................................................................................................................................ 17
3.0
Reset .......................................................................................................................................................................................... 25
4.0
Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................. 37
5.0
Data EEPROM Memory ............................................................................................................................................................ 59
6.0
Flash Program Memory .............................................................................................................................................................. 65
7.0
8 x 8 Hardware Multiplier............................................................................................................................................................ 75
8.0
Interrupts .................................................................................................................................................................................... 77
9.0
I/O Ports ..................................................................................................................................................................................... 93
10.0 Parallel Slave Port .................................................................................................................................................................... 107
11.0 Timer0 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 109
12.0 Timer1 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 113
13.0 Timer2 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 117
14.0 Timer3 Module ......................................................................................................................................................................... 119
15.0 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Modules ................................................................................................................................. 123
16.0 Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP) Module................................................................................................................ 131
17.0 Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) Module .................................................................................................................... 143
18.0 Addressable Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART).............................................................. 183
19.0 CAN Module ............................................................................................................................................................................. 199
20.0 Compatible 10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (A/D) Module .................................................................................................. 241
21.0 Comparator Module.................................................................................................................................................................. 249
22.0 Comparator Voltage Reference Module ................................................................................................................................... 255
23.0 Low-Voltage Detect .................................................................................................................................................................. 259
24.0 Special Features of the CPU .................................................................................................................................................... 265
25.0 Instruction Set Summary .......................................................................................................................................................... 281
26.0 Development Support............................................................................................................................................................... 323
27.0 Electrical Characteristics .......................................................................................................................................................... 329
28.0 DC and AC Characteristics Graphs and Tables ....................................................................................................................... 361
29.0 Packaging Information.............................................................................................................................................................. 377
Appendix A: Data Sheet Revision History.......................................................................................................................................... 385
Appendix B: Device Differences......................................................................................................................................................... 385
Appendix C: Device Migrations .......................................................................................................................................................... 386
Appendix D: Migrating From Other PICmicro
Devices ..................................................................................................................... 386
Index .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 387
On-Line Support................................................................................................................................................................................. 397
Systems Information and Upgrade Hot Line ...................................................................................................................................... 397
Reader Response .............................................................................................................................................................................. 398
PIC18FXX8 Product Identification System......................................................................................................................................... 399
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 5
PIC18FXX8
TO OUR VALUED CUSTOMERS
It is our intention to provide our valued customers with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip
products. To this end, we will continue to improve our publications to better suit your needs. Our publications will be refined and
enhanced as new volumes and updates are introduced.
If you have any questions or comments regarding this publication, please contact the Marketing Communications Department via
E-mail at docerrors@microchip.com or fax the Reader Response Form in the back of this data sheet to (480) 792-4150. We
welcome your feedback.
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at:
http://www.microchip.com
You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page.
The last character of the literature number is the version number, (e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000).
Errata
An errata sheet, describing minor operational differences from the data sheet and recommended workarounds, may exist for current
devices. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision
of silicon and revision of document to which it applies.
To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following:
Microchip's Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com
Your local Microchip sales office (see last page)
When contacting a sales office, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are
using.
Customer Notification System
Register on our web site at www.microchip.com to receive the most current information on all of our products.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 6
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 7
PIC18FXX8
1.0
DEVICE OVERVIEW
This document contains device specific information for
the following devices:
PIC18F248
PIC18F258
PIC18F448
PIC18F458
These devices are available in 28-pin, 40-pin and
44-pin packages. They are differentiated from each
other in four ways:
1.
PIC18FX58 devices have twice the Flash
program memory and data RAM of PIC18FX48
devices (32 Kbytes and 1536 bytes vs.
16 Kbytes and 768 bytes, respectively).
2.
PIC18F2X8 devices implement 5 A/D channels,
as opposed to 8 for PIC18F4X8 devices.
3.
PIC18F2X8 devices implement 3 I/O ports,
while PIC18F4X8 devices implement 5.
4.
Only PIC18F4X8 devices implement the
Enhanced CCP module, analog comparators
and the Parallel Slave Port.
All other features for devices in the PIC18FXX8 family,
including the serial communications modules, are
identical. These are summarized in Table 1-1.
Block diagrams of the PIC18F2X8 and PIC18F4X8
devices are provided in Figure 1-1 and Figure 1-2,
respectively. The pinouts for these device families are
listed in Table 1-2.
TABLE 1-1:
PIC18FXX8 DEVICE FEATURES
Features
PIC18F248
PIC18F258
PIC18F448
PIC18F458
Operating Frequency
DC 40 MHz
DC 40 MHz
DC 40 MHz
DC 40 MHz
Internal
Program
Memory
Bytes
16K
32K
16K
32K
# of Single-Word
Instructions
8192
16384
8192
16384
Data Memory (Bytes)
768
1536
768
1536
Data EEPROM Memory (Bytes)
256
256
256
256
Interrupt Sources
17
17
21
21
I/O Ports
Ports A, B, C
Ports A, B, C
Ports A, B, C, D, E
Ports A, B, C, D, E
Timers
4
4
4
4
Capture/Compare/PWM Modules
1
1
1
1
Enhanced Capture/Compare/
PWM Modules
--
--
1
1
Serial Communications
MSSP, CAN,
Addressable USART
MSSP, CAN,
Addressable USART
MSSP, CAN,
Addressable USART
MSSP, CAN,
Addressable USART
Parallel Communications (PSP)
No
No
Yes
Yes
10-bit Analog-to-Digital Converter
5 input channels
5 input channels
8 input channels
8 input channels
Analog Comparators
No
No
2
2
Analog Comparators V
REF
Output
N/A
N/A
Yes
Yes
Resets (and Delays)
POR, BOR,
RESET
Instruction,
Stack Full,
Stack Underflow
(PWRT, OST)
POR, BOR,
RESET
Instruction,
Stack Full,
Stack Underflow
(PWRT, OST)
POR, BOR,
RESET
Instruction,
Stack Full,
Stack Underflow
(PWRT, OST)
POR, BOR,
RESET
Instruction,
Stack Full,
Stack Underflow
(PWRT, OST)
Programmable Low-Voltage Detect
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Programmable Brown-out Reset
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
CAN Module
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
In-Circuit Serial ProgrammingTM
(ICSPTM)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Instruction Set
75 Instructions
75 Instructions
75 Instructions
75 Instructions
Packages
28-pin SPDIP
28-pin SOIC
28-pin SPDIP
28-pin SOIC
40-pin PDIP
44-pin PLCC
44-pin TQFP
40-pin PDIP
44-pin PLCC
44-pin TQFP
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 8
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 1-1:
PIC18F248/258 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Power-up
Timer
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
Power-on
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
Instruction
Decode &
Control
OSC1/CLKI
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
MCLR
V
DD
,
V
SS
PORTA
PORTB
PORTC
RA4/T0CKI
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN
RB0/INT0
RB4
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
RC1/T1OSI
RC2/CCP1
RC3/SCK/SCL
RC4/SDI/SDA
RC5/SDO
RC6/TX/CK
RC7/RX/DT
Brown-out
Reset
Synchronous
Timer0
Timer1
Timer2
Serial Port
RA3/AN3/V
REF
+
RA2/AN2/V
REF
-
RA1/AN1
RA0/AN0/CV
REF
CAN Module
Timing
Generation
10-bit
ADC
RB1/INT1
Data Latch
Data RAM
up to 1536 bytes
Address Latch
Address<12>
12
Bank0, F
BSR
FSR0
FSR1
FSR2
inc/dec
logic
Decode
4
12
4
PCH
PCL
PCLATH
8
31 Level Stack
Program Counter
PRODH
8 x 8 Multiply
W
8
BITOP
8
8
ALU<8>
8
Test Mode
Select
Address Latch
Program Memory
up to 32 Kbytes
Data Latch
21
21
16
8
8
8
Table Pointer<21>
inc/dec logic
21
8
Data Bus<8>
Table Latch
8
IR
12
3
ROM Latch
Timer3
RB2/CANTX/INT2
RB3/CANRX
T1OSI
T1OSO
PCLATU
PCU
Precision
Reference
Band Gap
RB7/PGD
RB5/PGM
RB6/PGC
PBOR
PLVD
CCP1
4X PLL
Band Gap
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
PRODL
Data EEPROM
USART
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 9
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 1-2:
PIC18F448/458 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Power-up
Timer
Oscillator
Start-up Timer
Power-on
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
Instruction
Decode &
Control
OSC1/CLKI
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
MCLR
V
DD
, V
SS
PORTA
PORTB
PORTC
RA4/T0CKI
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN
RB0/INT0
RB4
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
RC1/T1OSI
RC2/CCP1
RC3/SCK/SCL
RC4/SDI/SDA
RC5/SDO
RC6/TX/CK
RC7/RX/DT
Brown-out
Reset
Comparators
RA3/AN3/V
REF
+
RA2/AN2/V
REF
-
RA1/AN1
RA0/AN0/CV
REF
Timing
Generation
RB1/INT1
Data Latch
Data RAM
up to 1536 Kbytes
Address Latch
Address<12>
12
Bank0, F
BSR
FSR0
FSR1
FSR2
inc/dec
logic
Decode
4
12
4
PCH
PCL
PCLATH
8
31 Level Stack
Program Counter
PRODL
PRODH
8 x 8 Multiply
W
8
BITOP
8
8
ALU<8>
8
Test Mode
Select
Address Latch
Program Memory
up to 32 Kbytes
Data Latch
21
21
16
8
8
8
Table Pointer<21>
inc/dec logic
21
8
Data Bus<8>
Table Latch
8
IR
12
3
ROM Latch
PORTD
RD0/PSP0/C1IN+
Enhanced
RB2/CANTX/INT2
RB3/CANRX
T1OSI
T1OSO
PCLATU
PCU
Precision
Reference
Band Gap
PORTE
RE0/AN5/RD
CCP
RB7/PGD
RB5/PGM
RB6/PGC
RD4/PSP4/ECCP1/P1A
RD5/PSP5/P1B
RD6/PSP6/P1C
RD7/PSP7/P1D
RE1/AN6/WR//C1OUT
RE2/AN7/CS/C2OUT
RD1/PSP1/C1IN-
RD2/PSP2/C2IN+
RD3/PSP3/C2IN-
4X
PLL
Band Gap
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
USART
Synchronous
Timer0
Timer1
Timer2
Serial Port
CAN Module
10-bit
ADC
Timer3
PBOR
PLVD
CCP1
Data EEPROM
USART
Parallel
Slave Port
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 10
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18FXX8 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F248/258
PIC18F448/458
SPDIP, SOIC
PDIP
TQFP
PLCC
MCLR/V
PP
MCLR
V
PP
1
1
18
2
I
P
ST
--
Master Clear (input) or
programming voltage (output).
Master Clear (Reset) input.
This pin is an active low Reset
to the device.
Programming voltage input.
NC
--
--
12, 13,
33, 34
1, 17,
28, 40
--
--
These pins should be left
unconnected.
OSC1/CLKI
OSC1
CLKI
9
13
30
14
I
I
CMOS/ST
CMOS
Oscillator crystal or external clock
input.
Oscillator crystal input or
external clock source input. ST
buffer when configured in RC
mode; otherwise, CMOS.
External clock source input.
Always associated with pin
function OSC1 (see OSC1/
CLKI, OSC2/CLKO pins).
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
OSC2
CLKO
RA6
10
14
31
15
O
O
I/O
--
--
TTL
Oscillator crystal or clock output.
Oscillator crystal output.
Connects to crystal or
resonator in Crystal Oscillator
mode.
In RC mode, OSC2 pin outputs
CLKO, which has 1/4 the
frequency of OSC1 and
denotes the instruction cycle
rate.
General purpose I/O pin.
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 11
PIC18FXX8
PORTA is a bidirectional I/O port.
RA0/AN0/C
VREF
RA0
AN0
C
VREF
2
2
19
3
I/O
I
O
TTL
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 0.
Comparator voltage reference
output.
RA1/AN1
RA1
AN1
3
3
20
4
I/O
I
TTL
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 1.
RA2/AN2/V
REF
-
RA2
AN2
V
REF
-
4
4
21
5
I/O
I
I
TTL
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 2.
A/D reference voltage
(Low) input.
RA3/AN3/V
REF
+
RA3
AN3
V
REF
+
5
5
22
6
I/O
I
I
TTL
Analog
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 3.
A/D reference voltage
(High) input.
RA4/T0CKI
RA4
T0CKI
6
6
23
7
I/O
I
TTL/OD
ST
Digital I/O open-drain when
configured as output.
Timer0 external clock input.
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN
RA5
AN4
SS
LVDIN
7
7
24
8
I/O
I
I
I
TTL
Analog
ST
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 4.
SPITM slave select input.
Low-Voltage Detect input.
RA6
See the OSC2/CLKO/RA6 pin.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18FXX8 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F248/258
PIC18F448/458
SPDIP, SOIC
PDIP
TQFP
PLCC
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 12
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
PORTB is a bidirectional I/O port.
PORTB can be software
programmed for internal weak
pull-ups on all inputs.
RB0/INT0
RB0
INT0
21
33
8
36
I/O
I
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
External interrupt 0.
RB1/INT1
RB1
INT1
22
34
9
37
I/O
I
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
External interrupt 1.
RB2/CANTX/INT2
RB2
CANTX
INT2
23
35
10
38
I/O
O
I
TTL
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
Transmit signal for CAN bus.
External interrupt 2.
RB3/CANRX
RB3
CANRX
24
36
11
39
I/O
I
TTL
TTL
Digital I/O.
Receive signal for CAN bus.
RB4
25
37
14
41
I/O
TTL
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
RB5/PGM
RB5
PGM
26
38
15
42
I/O
I
TTL
ST
Digital I/O.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
Low-voltage ICSPTM
programming enable.
RB6/PGC
RB6
PGC
27
39
16
43
I/O
I
TTL
ST
Digital I/O. In-Circuit
Debugger pin.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
ICSP programming clock.
RB7/PGD
RB7
PGD
28
40
17
44
I/O
I/O
TTL
ST
Digital I/O. In-Circuit
Debugger pin.
Interrupt-on-change pin.
ICSP programming data.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18FXX8 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F248/258
PIC18F448/458
SPDIP, SOIC
PDIP
TQFP
PLCC
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 13
PIC18FXX8
PORTC is a bidirectional I/O port.
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
RC0
T1OSO
T1CKI
11
15
32
16
I/O
O
I
ST
--
ST
Digital I/O.
Timer1 oscillator output.
Timer1/Timer3 external clock
input.
RC1/T1OSI
RC1
T1OSI
12
16
35
18
I/O
I
ST
CMOS
Digital I/O.
Timer1 oscillator input.
RC2/CCP1
RC2
CCP1
13
17
36
19
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
Capture 1 input/Compare 1
output/PWM1 output.
RC3/SCK/SCL
RC3
SCK
SCL
14
18
37
20
I/O
I/O
I/O
ST
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
Synchronous serial clock
input/output for SPITM mode.
Synchronous serial clock
input/output for I
2
CTM mode.
RC4/SDI/SDA
RC4
SDI
SDA
15
23
42
25
I/O
I
I/O
ST
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
SPI data in.
I
2
C data I/O.
RC5/SDO
RC5
SDO
16
24
43
26
I/O
O
ST
--
Digital I/O.
SPI data out.
RC6/TX/CK
RC6
TX
CK
17
25
44
27
I/O
O
I/O
ST
--
ST
Digital I/O.
USART asynchronous
transmit.
USART synchronous clock
(see RX/DT).
RC7/RX/DT
RC7
RX
DT
18
26
1
29
I/O
I
I/O
ST
ST
ST
Digital I/O.
USART asynchronous receive.
USART synchronous data
(see TX/CK).
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18FXX8 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F248/258
PIC18F448/458
SPDIP, SOIC
PDIP
TQFP
PLCC
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 14
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
PORTD is a bidirectional I/O port.
These pins have TTL input buffers
when external memory is enabled.
RD0/PSP0/C1IN+
RD0
PSP0
C1IN+
--
19
38
21
I/O
I/O
I
ST
TTL
Analog
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
Comparator 1 input.
RD1/PSP1/C1IN-
RD1
PSP1
C1IN-
--
20
39
22
I/O
I/O
I
ST
TTL
Analog
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
Comparator 1 input.
RD2/PSP2/C2IN+
RD2
PSP2
C2IN+
--
21
40
23
I/O
I/O
I
ST
TTL
Analog
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
Comparator 2 input.
RD3/PSP3/C2IN-
RD3
PSP3
C2IN-
--
22
41
24
I/O
I/O
I
ST
TTL
Analog
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
Comparator 2 input.
RD4/PSP4/ECCP1/
P1A
RD4
PSP4
ECCP1
P1A
--
27
2
30
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
ST
TTL
ST
--
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
ECCP1 capture/compare.
ECCP1 PWM output A.
RD5/PSP5/P1B
RD5
PSP5
P1B
--
28
3
31
I/O
I/O
O
ST
TTL
--
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
ECCP1 PWM output B.
RD6/PSP6/P1C
RD6
PSP6
P1C
--
29
4
32
I/O
I/O
O
ST
TTL
--
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
ECCP1 PWM output C.
RD7/PSP7/P1D
RD7
PSP7
P1D
--
30
5
33
I/O
I/O
O
ST
TTL
--
Digital I/O.
Parallel Slave Port data.
ECCP1 PWM output D.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18FXX8 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F248/258
PIC18F448/458
SPDIP, SOIC
PDIP
TQFP
PLCC
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 15
PIC18FXX8
PORTE is a bidirectional I/O port.
RE0/AN5/RD
RE0
AN5
RD
--
8
25
9
I/O
I
I
ST
Analog
TTL
Digital I/O.
Analog input 5.
Read control for Parallel Slave
Port (see WR and CS pins).
RE1/AN6/WR/C1OUT
RE1
AN6
WR
C1OUT
--
9
26
10
I/O
I
I
O
ST
Analog
TTL
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 6.
Write control for Parallel Slave
Port (see CS and RD pins).
Comparator 1 output.
RE2/AN7/CS/C2OUT
RE2
AN7
CS
C2OUT
--
10
27
11
I/O
I
I
O
ST
Analog
TTL
Analog
Digital I/O.
Analog input 7.
Chip select control for Parallel
Slave Port (see RD and WR
pins).
Comparator 2 output.
V
SS
19, 8
12, 31
6, 29
13, 34
--
--
Ground reference for logic and
I/O pins.
V
DD
20
11, 32
7, 28
12, 35
--
--
Positive supply for logic and I/O
pins.
TABLE 1-2:
PIC18FXX8 PINOUT I/O DESCRIPTIONS (CONTINUED)
Pin Name
Pin Number
Pin
Type
Buffer
Type
Description
PIC18F248/258
PIC18F448/458
SPDIP, SOIC
PDIP
TQFP
PLCC
Legend: TTL = TTL compatible input
CMOS = CMOS compatible input or output
ST
= Schmitt Trigger input with CMOS levels
Analog = Analog input
I
= Input O
= Output
P
= Power
OD
= Open-Drain (no P diode to V
DD
)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 16
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 17
PIC18FXX8
2.0
OSCILLATOR
CONFIGURATIONS
2.1
Oscillator Types
The PIC18FXX8 can be operated in one of eight oscil-
lator modes, programmable by three configuration bits
(FOSC2, FOSC1 and FOSC0).
1.
LP
Low-Power Crystal
2.
XT
Crystal/Resonator
3.
HS
High-Speed Crystal/Resonator
4.
HS4
High-Speed Crystal/Resonator with
PLL enabled
5.
RC
External Resistor/Capacitor
6.
RCIO
External Resistor/Capacitor with I/O
pin enabled
7.
EC
External Clock
8.
ECIO
External Clock with I/O pin enabled
2.2
Crystal Oscillator/Ceramic
Resonators
In XT, LP, HS or HS4 (PLL) Oscillator modes, a crystal
or ceramic resonator is connected to the OSC1 and
OSC2 pins to establish oscillation. Figure 2-1 shows
the pin connections. An external clock source may also
be connected to the OSC1 pin, as shown in Figure 2-3
and Figure 2-4.
The PIC18FXX8 oscillator design requires the use of a
parallel cut crystal.
FIGURE 2-1:
CRYSTAL/CERAMIC
RESONATOR OPERATION
(HS, XT OR LP OSC
CONFIGURATION)
TABLE 2-1:
CERAMIC RESONATORS
Note:
Use of a series cut crystal may give a fre-
quency out of the crystal manufacturer's
specifications.
Ranges Tested:
Mode
Freq
OSC1
OSC2
XT
455 kHz
2.0 MHz
4.0 MHz
68-100 pF
15-68 pF
15-68 pF
68-100 pF
15-68 pF
15-68 pF
HS
8.0 MHz
16.0 MHz
10-68 pF
10-22 pF
10-68 pF
10-22 pF
These values are for design guidance only.
See notes following Table 2-2.
Resonators Used:
455 kHz
Panasonic EFO-A455K04B
0.3%
2.0 MHz
Murata Erie CSA2.00MG
0.5%
4.0 MHz
Murata Erie CSA4.00MG
0.5%
8.0 MHz
Murata Erie CSA8.00MT
0.5%
16.0 MHz
Murata Erie CSA16.00MX
0.5%
All resonators used did not have built-in capacitors.
Note 1: See Table 2-1 and Table 2-2 for recommended
values of C1 and C2.
2: A series resistor (R
S
) may be required for AT
strip cut crystals.
3: R
F
varies with the crystal chosen.
C1
(1)
C2
(1)
XTAL
OSC2
OSC1
R
F
(3)
Sleep
To
Logic
PIC18FXX8
R
S
(2)
Internal
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 18
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 2-2:
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
2.3
RC Oscillator
For timing insensitive applications, the "RC" and "RCIO"
device options offer additional cost savings. The RC
oscillator frequency is a function of the supply voltage,
the resistor (R
EXT
) and capacitor (C
EXT
) values and the
operating temperature. In addition to this, the oscillator
frequency will vary from unit to unit due to normal
process parameter variation. Furthermore, the differ-
ence in lead frame capacitance between package types
will also affect the oscillation frequency, especially for
low C
EXT
values. The user also needs to take into
account variation due to tolerance of external R and C
components used. Figure 2-2 shows how the RC
combination is connected.
In the RC Oscillator mode, the oscillator frequency
divided by 4 is available on the OSC2 pin. This signal
may be used for test purposes or to synchronize other
logic.
FIGURE 2-2:
RC OSCILLATOR MODE
The RCIO Oscillator mode functions like the RC mode,
except that the OSC2 pin becomes an additional
general purpose I/O pin. The I/O pin becomes bit 6 of
PORTA (RA6).
Osc Type
Crystal
Freq
Cap. Range
C1
Cap. Range
C2
LP
32.0 kHz
33 pF
33 pF
200 kHz
15 pF
15 pF
XT
200 kHz
47-68 pF
47-68 pF
1.0 MHz
15 pF
15 pF
4.0 MHz
15 pF
15 pF
HS
4.0 MHz
15 pF
15 pF
8.0 MHz
15-33 pF
15-33 pF
20.0 MHz
15-33 pF
15-33 pF
25.0 MHz
15-33 pF
15-33 pF
These values are for design guidance only.
See notes on this page.
Crystals Used
32.0 kHz
Epson C-001R32.768K-A
20 PPM
200 kHz
STD XTL 200.000KHz
20 PPM
1.0 MHz
ECS ECS-10-13-1
50 PPM
4.0 MHz
ECS ECS-40-20-1
50 PPM
8.0 MHz
EPSON CA-301 8.000M-C
30 PPM
20.0 MHz
EPSON CA-301 20.000M-C
30 PPM
Note 1: Recommended values of C1 and C2 are
identical to the ranges tested (Table 2-1).
2: Higher capacitance increases the stability
of the oscillator but also increases the
start-up time.
3: Since each resonator/crystal has its own
characteristics, the user should consult
the resonator/crystal manufacturer for
appropriate values of external
components.
4: Rs may be required in HS mode, as well
as XT mode, to avoid overdriving crystals
with low drive level specification.
Note:
If the oscillator frequency divided by 4
signal is not required in the application, it
is recommended to use RCIO mode to
save current.
OSC2/CLKO
C
EXT
R
EXT
PIC18FXX8
OSC1
F
OSC
/4
Internal
Clock
V
DD
V
SS
Recommended values:
3 k
R
EXT
100 k
C
EXT
>
20 pF
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 19
PIC18FXX8
2.4
External Clock Input
The EC and ECIO Oscillator modes require an external
clock source to be connected to the OSC1 pin. The
feedback device between OSC1 and OSC2 is turned
off in these modes to save current. There is no oscilla-
tor start-up time required after a Power-on Reset or
after a recovery from Sleep mode.
In the EC Oscillator mode, the oscillator frequency
divided by 4 is available on the OSC2 pin. This signal
may be used for test purposes or to synchronize other
logic. Figure 2-3 shows the pin connections for the EC
Oscillator mode.
FIGURE 2-3:
EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
OPERATION (EC OSC
CONFIGURATION)
The ECIO Oscillator mode functions like the EC mode,
except that the OSC2 pin becomes an additional
general purpose I/O pin. Figure 2-4 shows the pin
connections for the ECIO Oscillator mode.
FIGURE 2-4:
EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT
OPERATION (ECIO
CONFIGURATION)
2.5
HS4 (PLL)
A Phase Locked Loop circuit is provided as a program-
mable option for users that want to multiply the
frequency of the incoming crystal oscillator signal by 4.
For an input clock frequency of 10 MHz, the internal
clock frequency will be multiplied to 40 MHz. This is
useful for customers who are concerned with EMI due
to high-frequency crystals.
The PLL can only be enabled when the oscillator
configuration bits are programmed for HS mode. If they
are programmed for any other mode, the PLL is not
enabled and the system clock will come directly from
OSC1.
The PLL is one of the modes of the FOSC2:FOSC0
configuration bits. The oscillator mode is specified
during device programming.
A PLL lock timer is used to ensure that the PLL has
locked before device execution starts. The PLL lock
timer has a time-out referred to as T
PLL
.
FIGURE 2-5:
PLL BLOCK DIAGRAM
OSC1
OSC2
F
OSC
/4
Clock from
Ext. System
PIC18FXX8
OSC1
I/O (OSC2)
Clock from
Ext. System
PIC18FXX8
MU
X
VCO
Loop
Filter
Divide by 4
Crystal
Osc
OSC2
OSC1
F
IN
F
OUT
SYSCLK
Phase
Comparator
FOSC2:FOSC0 =
110
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 20
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
2.6
Oscillator Switching Feature
The PIC18FXX8 devices include a feature that allows
the system clock source to be switched from the main
oscillator to an alternate low-frequency clock source.
For the PIC18FXX8 devices, this alternate clock source
is the Timer1 oscillator. If a low-frequency crystal
(32 kHz, for example) has been attached to the Timer1
oscillator pins and the Timer1 oscillator has been
enabled, the device can switch to a Low-Power Execu-
tion mode. Figure 2-6 shows a block diagram of the
system clock sources. The clock switching feature is
enabled by programming the Oscillator Switching
Enable (OSCSEN) bit in Configuration register,
CONFIG1H, to a `
0
'. Clock switching is disabled in an
erased device. See Section 12.2 "Timer1 Oscillator"
for further details of the Timer1 oscillator and
Section 24.1 "Configuration Bits" for Configuration
register details.
2.6.1
SYSTEM CLOCK SWITCH BIT
The system clock source switching is performed under
software control. The system clock switch bit, SCS
(OSCCON register), controls the clock switching. When
the SCS bit is `
0
', the system clock source comes from
the main oscillator selected by the FOSC2:FOSC0
configuration bits. When the SCS bit is set, the system
clock source comes from the Timer1 oscillator. The SCS
bit is cleared on all forms of Reset.
FIGURE 2-6:
DEVICE CLOCK SOURCES
REGISTER 2-1:
OSCCON: OSCILLATOR CONTROL REGISTER
Note:
The Timer1 oscillator must be enabled to
switch the system clock source. The
Timer1 oscillator is enabled by setting the
T1OSCEN bit in the Timer1 Control regis-
ter (T1CON). If the Timer1 oscillator is not
enabled, any write to the SCS bit will be
ignored (SCS bit forced cleared) and the
main oscillator continues to be the system
clock source.
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
SCS
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-1
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 0
SCS: System Clock Switch bit
When OSCSEN configuration bit =
0
and T1OSCEN bit is set:
1
= Switch to Timer1 oscillator/clock pin
0
= Use primary oscillator/clock input pin
When OSCSEN is clear or T1OSCEN is clear:
Bit is forced clear.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
T
OSC
4 x PLL
T
T
1
P
T
SCLK
Clock
Source
MU
X
T
OSC
/4
Timer 1 Oscillator
T1OSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
T1OSO
T1OSI
Clock Source Option
for Other Modules
OSC1
OSC2
Sleep
Main Oscillator
Note:
I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 21
PIC18FXX8
2.6.2
OSCILLATOR TRANSITIONS
The PIC18FXX8 devices contain circuitry to prevent
"glitches" when switching between oscillator sources.
Essentially, the circuitry waits for eight rising edges of
the clock source that the processor is switching to. This
ensures that the new clock source is stable and that its
pulse width will not be less than the shortest pulse
width of the two clock sources.
Figure 2-7 shows a timing diagram indicating the tran-
sition from the main oscillator to the Timer1 oscillator.
The Timer1 oscillator is assumed to be running all the
time. After the SCS bit is set, the processor is frozen at
the next occurring Q1 cycle. After eight synchronization
cycles are counted from the Timer1 oscillator,
operation resumes. No additional delays are required
after the synchronization cycles.
The sequence of events that takes place when switch-
ing from the Timer1 oscillator to the main oscillator will
depend on the mode of the main oscillator. In addition
to eight clock cycles of the main oscillator, additional
delays may take place.
If the main oscillator is configured for an external
crystal (HS, XT, LP), the transition will take place after
an oscillator start-up time (T
OST
) has occurred. A timing
diagram indicating the transition from the Timer1
oscillator to the main oscillator for HS, XT and LP
modes is shown in Figure 2-8.
FIGURE 2-7:
TIMING DIAGRAM FOR TRANSITION FROM OSC1 TO TIMER1 OSCILLATOR
FIGURE 2-8:
TIMING DIAGRAM FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN TIMER1 AND OSC1 (HS, XT, LP)
Q3
Q2
Q1
Q4
Q3
Q2
OSC1
Internal
SCS
(OSCCON<0>)
Program
PC + 2
PC
Note 1: Delay on internal system clock is eight oscillator cycles for synchronization.
Q1
T1OSI
Q4
Q1
PC + 4
Q1
Tscs
Clock
Counter
System
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
T
DLY
T
T
1
P
T
OSC
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
Q3
Q3
Q4
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q1 Q2
OSC1
Internal System
SCS
(OSCCON<0>)
Program
PC
PC + 2
Note 1: T
OST
= 1024 T
OSC
(drawing not to scale).
T1OSI
Clock
OSC2
T
OST
Q1
PC + 4
T
T
1
P
T
OSC
T
SCS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Counter
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 22
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
If the main oscillator is configured for HS4 (PLL) mode,
an oscillator start-up time (T
OST
) plus an additional PLL
time-out (T
PLL
) will occur. The PLL time-out is typically
2 ms and allows the PLL to lock to the main oscillator
frequency. A timing diagram indicating the transition
from the Timer1 oscillator to the main oscillator for HS4
mode is shown in Figure 2-9.
If the main oscillator is configured in the RC, RCIO, EC
or ECIO modes, there is no oscillator start-up time-out.
Operation will resume after eight cycles of the main
oscillator have been counted. A timing diagram indicat-
ing the transition from the Timer1 oscillator to the main
oscillator for RC, RCIO, EC and ECIO modes is shown
in Figure 2-10.
FIGURE 2-9:
TIMING FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN TIMER1 AND OSC1 (HS WITH PLL)
FIGURE 2-10:
TIMING FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN TIMER1 AND OSC1 (RC, EC)
Q4
Q1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2
OSC1
Internal System
SCS
(OSCCON<0>)
Program
PC
PC + 2
Note 1: T
OST
= 1024 T
OSC
(drawing not to scale).
T1OSI
Clock
T
OST
Q3
PC + 4
T
PLL
T
OSC
T
T
1
P
T
SCS
Q4
OSC2
PLL Clock
Input
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Counter
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3
OSC1
Internal System
SCS
(OSCCON<0>)
Program
PC
PC + 2
Note 1: RC Oscillator mode assumed.
PC + 4
T1OSI
Clock
OSC2
Q4
T
T
1
P
T
OSC
T
SCS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Counter
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 23
PIC18FXX8
2.7
Effects of Sleep Mode on the
On-Chip Oscillator
When the device executes a
SLEEP
instruction, the
on-chip clocks and oscillator are turned off and the
device is held at the beginning of an instruction cycle
(Q1 state). With the oscillator off, the OSC1 and OSC2
signals will stop oscillating. Since all the transistor
switching currents have been removed, Sleep mode
achieves the lowest current consumption of the device
(only leakage currents). Enabling any on-chip feature
that will operate during Sleep will increase the current
consumed during Sleep. The user can wake from
Sleep through external Reset, Watchdog Timer Reset
or through an interrupt.
2.8
Power-up Delays
Power-up delays are controlled by two timers so that no
external Reset circuitry is required for most applica-
tions. The delays ensure that the device is kept in
Reset until the device power supply and clock are
stable. For additional information on Reset operation,
see Section 3.0 "Reset".
The first timer is the Power-up Timer (PWRT), which
optionally provides a fixed delay of T
PWRT
(parameter
#D033) on power-up only (POR and BOR). The second
timer is the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST), intended to
keep the chip in Reset until the crystal oscillator is
stable.
With the PLL enabled (HS4 Oscillator mode), the time-
out sequence following a Power-on Reset is different
from other oscillator modes. The time-out sequence is
as follows: the PWRT time-out is invoked after a POR
time delay has expired, then the Oscillator Start-up
Timer (OST) is invoked. However, this is still not a
sufficient amount of time to allow the PLL to lock at high
frequencies. The PWRT timer is used to provide an
additional fixed 2 ms (nominal) to allow the PLL ample
time to lock to the incoming clock frequency.
TABLE 2-3:
OSC1 AND OSC2 PIN STATES IN SLEEP MODE
OSC Mode
OSC1 Pin
OSC2 Pin
RC
Floating, external resistor should pull high
At logic low
RCIO
Floating, external resistor should pull high
Configured as PORTA, bit 6
ECIO
Floating
Configured as PORTA, bit 6
EC
Floating
At logic low
LP, XT and HS
Feedback inverter disabled at quiescent
voltage level
Feedback inverter disabled at quiescent
voltage level
Note:
See Table 3-1 in Section 3.0 "Reset" for time-outs due to Sleep and MCLR Reset.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 24
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 25
PIC18FXX8
3.0
RESET
The PIC18FXX8 differentiates between various kinds
of RESET:
a)
Power-on Reset (POR)
b)
MCLR Reset during normal operation
c)
MCLR Reset during Sleep
d)
Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset during normal
operation
e)
Programmable Brown-out Reset (PBOR)
f)
RESET
Instruction
g)
Stack Full Reset
h)
Stack Underflow Reset
Most registers are unaffected by a Reset. Their status
is unknown on POR and unchanged by all other
Resets. The other registers are forced to a "Reset"
state on Power-on Reset, MCLR, WDT Reset, Brown-
out Reset, MCLR Reset during Sleep and by the
RESET
instruction.
Most registers are not affected by a WDT wake-up,
since this is viewed as the resumption of normal oper-
ation. Status bits from the RCON register, RI, TO, PD,
POR and BOR are set or cleared differently in different
Reset situations, as indicated in Table 3-2. These bits
are used in software to determine the nature of the
Reset. See Table 3-3 for a full description of the Reset
states of all registers.
A simplified block diagram of the On-Chip Reset Circuit
is shown in Figure 3-1.
The Enhanced MCU devices have a MCLR noise filter
in the MCLR Reset path. The filter will detect and
ignore small pulses.
A WDT Reset does not drive MCLR pin low.
FIGURE 3-1:
SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT
S
R
Q
External Reset
MCLR
V
DD
OSC1
V
DD
Rise
Detect
OST/PWRT
On-chip
RC OSC
(1)
WDT
Time-out
Power-on Reset
OST
10-bit Ripple Counter
PWRT
Chip_Reset
10-bit Ripple Counter
Reset
Enable OST
(2)
Enable PWRT
Sleep
Note
1:
This is a separate oscillator from the RC oscillator of the CLKI pin.
2: See Table 3-1 for time-out situations.
Brown-out
Reset
BOREN
RESET
Instruction
Stack
Pointer
Stack Full/Underflow Reset
WDT
Module
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 26
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
3.1
Power-on Reset (POR)
A Power-on Reset pulse is generated on-chip when a
V
DD
rise is detected. To take advantage of the POR
circuitry, connect the MCLR pin directly (or through a
resistor) to V
DD
. This eliminates external RC compo-
nents usually needed to create a Power-on Reset
delay. A minimum rise rate for V
DD
is specified (refer to
parameter D004). For a slow rise time, see Figure 3-2.
When the device starts normal operation (exits the
Reset condition), device operating parameters
(voltage, frequency, temperature, etc.) must be met to
ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the
device must be held in Reset until the operating condi-
tions are met. Brown-out Reset may be used to meet
the voltage start-up condition.
3.2
MCLR
PIC18FXX8 devices have a noise filter in the MCLR
Reset path. The filter will detect and ignore small
pulses.
It should be noted that a WDT Reset does not drive
MCLR pin low.
The behavior of the ESD protection on the MCLR pin
differs from previous devices of this family. Voltages
applied to the pin that exceed its specification can
result in both Resets and current draws outside of
device specification during the Reset event. For this
reason, Microchip recommends that the MCLR pin no
longer be tied directly to V
DD
. The use of an RC
network, as shown in Figure 3-2, is suggested.
FIGURE 3-2:
EXTERNAL POWER-ON
RESET CIRCUIT (FOR
SLOW V
DD
POWER-UP)
3.3
Power-up Timer (PWRT)
The Power-up Timer provides a fixed nominal time-out
(parameter #33), only on power-up from the POR. The
Power-up Timer operates on an internal RC oscillator.
The chip is kept in Reset as long as the PWRT is active.
The PWRT's time delay allows V
DD
to rise to an accept-
able level. A configuration bit (PWRTEN in CONFIG2L
register) is provided to enable/disable the PWRT.
The power-up time delay will vary from chip to chip due
to V
DD
, temperature and process variation. See DC
parameter #33 for details.
3.4
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
The Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) provides a 1024
oscillator cycle (from OSC1 input) delay after the
PWRT delay is over (parameter #32). This additional
delay ensures that the crystal oscillator or resonator
has started and stabilized.
The OST time-out is invoked only for XT, LP, HS and
HS4 modes and only on Power-on Reset or wake-up
from Sleep.
3.5
PLL Lock Time-out
With the PLL enabled, the time-out sequence following
a Power-on Reset is different from other oscillator
modes. A portion of the Power-up Timer is used to pro-
vide a fixed time-out that is sufficient for the PLL to lock
to the main oscillator frequency. This PLL lock time-out
(T
PLL
) is typically 2 ms and follows the oscillator
start-up time-out (OST).
3.6
Brown-out Reset (BOR)
A configuration bit, BOREN, can disable (if clear/
programmed), or enable (if set), the Brown-out Reset
circuitry. If V
DD
falls below parameter D005 for greater
than parameter #35, the brown-out situation resets the
chip. A Reset may not occur if V
DD
falls below param-
eter D005 for less than parameter #35. The chip will
remain in Brown-out Reset until V
DD
rises above BV
DD
.
The Power-up Timer will then be invoked and will keep
the chip in Reset an additional time delay (parameter
#33). If V
DD
drops below BV
DD
while the Power-up
Timer is running, the chip will go back into a Brown-out
Reset and the Power-up Timer will be initialized. Once
V
DD
rises above BV
DD
, the Power-up Timer will
execute the additional time delay.
Note
1: External Power-on Reset circuit is required
only if the V
DD
power-up slope is too slow.
The diode D helps discharge the capacitor
quickly when V
DD
powers down.
2: R < 40 k
is recommended to make sure that
the voltage drop across R does not violate
the device's electrical specification.
3: R1 = 100
to 1 k
will limit any current flow-
ing into MCLR from external capacitor C, in
the event of MCLR/V
PP
pin breakdown due to
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical
Overstress (EOS).
C
R1
R
D
V
DD
MCLR
PIC18FXXX
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 27
PIC18FXX8
3.7
Time-out Sequence
On power-up, the time-out sequence is as follows:
First, PWRT time-out is invoked after the POR time
delay has expired, then OST is activated. The total
time-out will vary based on oscillator configuration and
the status of the PWRT. For example, in RC mode with
the PWRT disabled, there will be no time-out at all.
Figure 3-3, Figure 3-4, Figure 3-5, Figure 3-6 and
Figure 3-7 depict time-out sequences on power-up.
Since the time-outs occur from the POR pulse, if MCLR
is kept low long enough, the time-outs will expire.
Bringing MCLR high will begin execution immediately
(Figure 3-5). This is useful for testing purposes or to
synchronize more than one PIC18FXX8 device
operating in parallel.
Table 3-2 shows the Reset conditions for some Special
Function Registers, while Table 3-3 shows the Reset
conditions for all registers.
TABLE 3-1:
TIME-OUT IN VARIOUS SITUATIONS
REGISTER 3-1:
RCON REGISTER BITS AND POSITIONS
TABLE 3-2:
STATUS BITS, THEIR SIGNIFICANCE AND THE INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR
RCON REGISTER
Oscillator
Configuration
Power-up
(2)
Brown-out
(2)
Wake-up from
Sleep or
Oscillator Switch
PWRTEN =
0
PWRTEN =
1
HS with PLL enabled
(1)
72 ms + 1024 T
OSC
+ 2 ms 1024 T
OSC
+ 2 ms 72 ms + 1024 T
OSC
+ 2 ms 1024 T
OSC
+ 2 ms
HS, XT, LP
72 ms + 1024 T
OSC
1024 T
OSC
72 ms + 1024 T
OSC
1024 T
OSC
EC
72 ms
--
72 ms
--
External RC
72 ms
--
72 ms
--
Note 1:
2 ms = Nominal time required for the 4x PLL to lock.
2:
72 ms is the nominal Power-up Timer delay.
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-1
IPEN
--
--
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
bit 7
bit 0
Condition
Program
Counter
RCON
Register
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
STKFUL
STKUNF
Power-on Reset
0000h
0--1 110q
1
1
1
0
0
u
u
MCLR Reset during normal
operation
0000h
0--0 011q
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
Software Reset during normal
operation
0000h
0--0 011q
0
u
u
u
u
u
u
Stack Full Reset during normal
operation
0000h
0--0 011q
u
u
u
1
1
u
1
Stack Underflow Reset during
normal operation
0000h
0--0 011q
u
u
u
1
1
1
u
MCLR Reset during Sleep
0000h
0--0 011q
u
1
0
u
u
u
u
WDT Reset
0000h
0--0 011q
u
0
1
u
u
u
u
WDT Wake-up
PC + 2
0--1 101q
u
0
0
u
u
u
u
Brown-out Reset
0000h
0--1 110q
1
1
1
u
0
u
u
Interrupt wake-up from Sleep
PC + 2
(1)
0--1 101q
u
1
0
u
u
u
u
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented bit, read as `
0
'
Note 1:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEH or GIEL bits are set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (000008h or 000018h).
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 28
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 3-3:
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO V
DD
)
FIGURE 3-4:
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO V
DD
): CASE 1
FIGURE 3-5:
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO V
DD
): CASE 2
T
PWRT
T
OST
V
DD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
T
PWRT
T
OST
V
DD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
V
DD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
T
PWRT
T
OST
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 29
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 3-6:
SLOW RISE TIME (MCLR TIED TO V
DD
)
FIGURE 3-7:
TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POR W/PLL ENABLED (MCLR TIED TO V
DD
)
V
DD
MCLR
INTERNAL POR
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
0V
1V
5V
T
PWRT
T
OST
T
PWRT
T
OST
V
DD
MCLR
IINTERNAL POR
PWRT TIME-OUT
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
PLL TIME-OUT
T
PLL
Note:
T
OST
= 1024 clock cycles.
T
PLL
2 ms max. First three stages of the PWRT timer.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 30
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Reset
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
TOSU
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
---0 0000
---0 0000
---0 uuuu
(3)
TOSH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
(3)
TOSL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
(3)
STKPTR
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
00-0 0000
uu-0 0000
uu-u uuuu
(3)
PCLATU
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
---0 0000
---0 0000
---u uuuu
PCLATH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PCL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
PC + 2
(2)
TBLPTRU
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
TBLPTRH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TBLPTRL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TABLAT
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PRODH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PRODL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
INTCON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 000x
0000 000u
uuuu uuuu
(1)
INTCON2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
111- -1-1
111- -1-1
uuu- -u-u
(1)
INTCON3
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
11-0 0-00
11-0 0-00
uu-u u-uu
(1)
INDF0
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTINC0
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTDEC0
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREINC0
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
PLUSW0
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
FSR0H
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
---- xxxx
---- uuuu
---- uuuu
FSR0L
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
WREG
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
INDF1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTINC1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTDEC1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREINC1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
PLUSW1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown,
-
= unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Values for CANSTAT also apply to its other instances (CANSTATRO1 through CANSTATRO4).
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 31
PIC18FXX8
FSR1H
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
---- xxxx
---- uuuu
---- uuuu
FSR1L
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
BSR
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
---- 0000
---- 0000
---- uuuu
INDF2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTINC2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
POSTDEC2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
PREINC2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
PLUSW2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
N/A
N/A
N/A
FSR2H
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
---- xxxx
---- uuuu
---- uuuu
FSR2L
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
STATUS
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
---x xxxx
---u uuuu
---u uuuu
TMR0H
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TMR0L
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T0CON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
OSCCON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
---- ---0
---- ---0
---- ---u
LVDCON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
--00 0101
--00 0101
--uu uuuu
WDTCON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
---- ---0
---- ---0
---- ---u
RCON
(4)
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0--1 110q
0--0 011q
0--1 101q
TMR1H
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR1L
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T1CON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0-00 0000
u-uu uuuu
u-uu uuuu
TMR2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PR2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
1111 1111
1111 1111
1111 1111
T2CON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-000 0000
-000 0000
-uuu uuuu
SSPBUF
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
SSPADD
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSPSTAT
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSPCON1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
SSPCON2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
ADRESH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ADRESL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ADCON0
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 00-0
0000 00-0
uuuu uu-u
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Reset
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown,
-
= unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Values for CANSTAT also apply to its other instances (CANSTATRO1 through CANSTATRO4).
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 32
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
ADCON1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
00-- 0000
00-- 0000
uu-- uuuu
CCPR1H
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCPR1L
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
--00 0000
--00 0000
--uu uuuu
ECCPR1H
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ECCPR1L
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
ECCP1CON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
0000 0000
ECCP1DEL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
0000 0000
ECCPAS
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
0000 0000
CVRCON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CMCON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TMR3H
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TMR3L
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
T3CON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
SPBRG
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RCREG
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXREG
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXSTA
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 -010
0000 -010
uuuu -uuu
RCSTA
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 000x
0000 000u
uuuu uuuu
EEADR
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
EEDATA
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
EECON2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
EECON1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xx-0 x000
uu-0 u000
uu-0 u000
IPR3
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
PIR3
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
PIE3
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
IPR2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-1-1 1111
-1-1 1111
-u-u uuuu
PIR2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
-u-u uuuu
(1)
PIE2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
-u-u uuuu
IPR1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
PIR1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
(1)
PIE1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Reset
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown,
-
= unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Values for CANSTAT also apply to its other instances (CANSTATRO1 through CANSTATRO4).
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 33
PIC18FXX8
TRISE
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 -111
0000 -111
uuuu -uuu
TRISD
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISC
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISB
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
1111 1111
1111 1111
uuuu uuuu
TRISA
(5)
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-111 1111
(5)
-111 1111
(5)
-uuu uuuu
(5)
LATE
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
---- -xxx
---- -uuu
---- -uuu
LATD
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATC
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATB
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
LATA
(5)
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-xxx xxxx
(5)
-uuu uuuu
(5)
-uuu uuuu
(5)
PORTE
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
---- -xxx
---- -000
---- -uuu
PORTD
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTC
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTB
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
PORTA
(5)
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-x0x 0000
(
5)
-u0u 0000
(5)
-uuu uuuu
(5)
TXERRCNT
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
RXERRCNT
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
COMSTAT
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CIOCON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
--00 ----
--00 ----
--uu ----
BRGCON3
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-0-- -000
-0-- -000
-u-- -uuu
BRGCON2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
BRGCON1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
CANCON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxx-
uuuu uuu-
uuuu uuu-
CANSTAT
(6)
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxx- xxx-
uuu- uuu-
uuu- uuu-
RXB0D7
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D6
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D5
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D4
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D3
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0D0
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Reset
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown,
-
= unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Values for CANSTAT also apply to its other instances (CANSTATRO1 through CANSTATRO4).
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 34
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
RXB0DLC
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-xxx xxxx
-uuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXB0EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx x-xx
uuuu u-uu
uuuu u-uu
RXB0SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB0CON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
000- 0000
000- 0000
uuu- uuuu
RXB1D7
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D6
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D5
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D4
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D3
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1D0
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1DLC
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-xxx xxxx
-uuu uuuu
-uuu uuuu
RXB1EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx x-xx
uuuu u-uu
uuuu u-uu
RXB1SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXB1CON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
000- 0000
000- 0000
uuu- uuuu
TXB0D7
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D6
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D5
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D4
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D3
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0D0
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0DLC
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-x-- xxxx
-u-- uuuu
-u-- uuuu
TXB0EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Reset
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown,
-
= unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Values for CANSTAT also apply to its other instances (CANSTATRO1 through CANSTATRO4).
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 35
PIC18FXX8
TXB0SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB0CON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-000 0-00
-000 0-00
-uuu u-uu
TXB1D7
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D6
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D5
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D4
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D3
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1D0
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1DLC
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-x-- xxxx
-u-- uuuu
-u-- uuuu
TXB1EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
TXB1SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB1CON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
0000 0000
0000 0000
uuuu uuuu
TXB2D7
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2D6
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2D5
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2D4
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2D3
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2D2
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2D1
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2D0
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2DLC
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-x-- xxxx
-u-- uuuu
-u-- uuuu
TXB2EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
TXB2SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TXB2CON
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
-000 0-00
-000 0-00
-uuu u-uu
RXM1EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXM1EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Reset
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown,
-
= unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Values for CANSTAT also apply to its other instances (CANSTATRO1 through CANSTATRO4).
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 36
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
RXM1SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxx- --xx
uuu- --uu
uuu- --uu
RXM1SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXM0EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXM0EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXM0SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxx- --xx
uuu- --uu
uuu- --uu
RXM0SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF5EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF5EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF5SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF5SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF4EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF4EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF4SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF4SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF3EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF3EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF3SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF3SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF2EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF2EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF2SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF2SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF1EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF1EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF1SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF1SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF0EIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF0EIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
RXF0SIDL
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxx- x-xx
uuu- u-uu
uuu- u-uu
RXF0SIDH
PIC18F2X8 PIC18F4X8
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
uuuu uuuu
TABLE 3-3:
INITIALIZATION CONDITIONS FOR ALL REGISTERS (CONTINUED)
Register
Applicable Devices
Power-on Reset,
Brown-out Reset
MCLR Reset
WDT Reset
RESET
Instruction
Stack Resets
Wake-up via WDT
or Interrupt
Legend:
u
= unchanged,
x
= unknown,
-
= unimplemented bit, read as `
0
',
q
= value depends on condition.
Shaded cells indicate conditions do not apply for the designated device.
Note 1:
One or more bits in the INTCONx or PIRx registers will be affected (to cause wake-up).
2:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the PC is loaded with the
interrupt vector (0008h or 0018h).
3:
When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIEL or GIEH bit is set, the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL are
updated with the current value of the PC. The STKPTR is modified to point to the next location in the
hardware stack.
4:
See Table 3-2 for Reset value for specific condition.
5:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA are enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other
oscillator modes, they are disabled and read `
0
'.
6:
Values for CANSTAT also apply to its other instances (CANSTATRO1 through CANSTATRO4).
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 37
PIC18FXX8
4.0
MEMORY ORGANIZATION
There are three memory blocks in Enhanced MCU
devices. These memory blocks are:
Enhanced Flash Program Memory
Data Memory
EEPROM Data Memory
Data and program memory use separate busses,
which allows concurrent access of these blocks.
Additional detailed information on data EEPROM and
Flash program memory is provided in Section 5.0
"Data EEPROM Memory"
and Section 6.0 "Flash
Program Memory"
, respectively.
4.1
Program Memory Organization
The PIC18F258/458 devices have a 21-bit program
counter that is capable of addressing a 2-Mbyte
program memory space.
The Reset vector address is at 0000h and the interrupt
vector addresses are at 0008h and 0018h.
FIGURE 4-1:
PROGRAM MEMORY MAP
AND STACK FOR
PIC18F248/448
Figure 4-1 shows the diagram for program memory
map and stack for the PIC18F248 and PIC18F448.
Figure 4-2 shows the diagram for the program memory
map and stack for the PIC18F258 and PIC18F458.
4.1.1
INTERNAL PROGRAM MEMORY
OPERATION
The PIC18F258 and the PIC18F458 have 32 Kbytes of
internal Enhanced Flash program memory. This means
that the PIC18F258 and the PIC18F458 can store up to
16K of single-word instructions. The PIC18F248 and
PIC18F448 have 16 Kbytes of Enhanced Flash
program memory. This translates into 8192 single-word
instructions, which can be stored in the program
memory. Accessing a location between the physically
implemented memory and the 2-Mbyte address will
cause a read of all `
0
's (a
NOP
instruction).
FIGURE 4-2:
PROGRAM MEMORY MAP
AND STACK FOR
PIC18F258/458
PC<20:0>
Stack Level 1
Stack Level 31
Reset Vector
Low Priority Interrupt Vector
21
0000h
0018h
On-Chip
Program Memory
High Priority Interrupt Vector 0008h
U
s
er Mem
o
ry Sp
ac
e
1FFFFFh
4000h
3FFFh
Read `
0
'
200000h
CALL,RCALL,RETURN
RETFIE,RETLW
PC<20:0>
Stack Level 1
Stack Level 31
Reset Vector
Low Priority Interrupt Vector
CALL,RCALL,RETURN
RETFIE,RETLW
21
0000h
0018h
8000h
7FFFh
On-Chip
Program Memory
High Priority Interrupt Vector 0008h
U
s
e
r
Me
m
o
ry
Sp
a
c
e
Read `
0
'
1FFFFFh
200000h
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 38
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2
Return Address Stack
The return address stack allows any combination of up
to 31 program calls and interrupts to occur. The PC
(Program Counter) is pushed onto the stack when a
PUSH
,
CALL
or
RCALL
instruction is executed, or an
interrupt is Acknowledged. The PC value is pulled off
the stack on a
RETURN, RETLW
or a
RETFIE
instruc-
tion. PCLATU and PCLATH are not affected by any of
the
RETURN
instructions.
The stack operates as a 31-word by 21-bit stack
memory and a 5-bit Stack Pointer register, with the
Stack Pointer initialized to 00000b after all Resets.
There is no RAM associated with Stack Pointer
00000b. This is only a Reset value. During a
CALL
type
instruction, causing a push onto the stack, the Stack
Pointer is first incremented and the RAM location
pointed to by the Stack Pointer is written with the con-
tents of the PC. During a
RETURN
type instruction,
causing a pop from the stack, the contents of the RAM
location indicated by the STKPTR are transferred to the
PC and then the Stack Pointer is decremented.
The stack space is not part of either program or data
space. The Stack Pointer is readable and writable and
the data on the top of the stack is readable and writable
through SFR registers. Status bits indicate if the stack
pointer is at or beyond the 31 levels provided.
4.2.1
TOP-OF-STACK ACCESS
The top of the stack is readable and writable. Three
register locations, TOSU, TOSH and TOSL allow
access to the contents of the stack location indicated by
the STKPTR register. This allows users to implement a
software stack, if necessary. After a
CALL
,
RCALL
or
interrupt, the software can read the pushed value by
reading the TOSU, TOSH and TOSL registers. These
values can be placed on a user defined software stack.
At return time, the software can replace the TOSU,
TOSH and TOSL and do a return.
The user should disable the global interrupt enable bits
during this time to prevent inadvertent stack
operations.
4.2.2
RETURN STACK POINTER
(STKPTR)
The STKPTR register contains the Stack Pointer value,
the STKFUL (Stack Full) status bit and the STKUNF
(Stack Underflow) status bits. Register 4-1 shows the
STKPTR register. The value of the Stack Pointer can be
0 through 31. The Stack Pointer increments when val-
ues are pushed onto the stack and decrements when
values are popped off the stack. At Reset, the Stack
Pointer value will be `
0
'. The user may read and write
the Stack Pointer value. This feature can be used by a
Real-Time Operating System for return stack
maintenance.
After the PC is pushed onto the stack 31 times (without
popping any values off the stack), the STKFUL bit is
set. The STKFUL bit can only be cleared in software or
by a POR.
The action that takes place when the stack becomes
full depends on the state of the STVREN (Stack Over-
flow Reset Enable) configuration bit. Refer to
Section 21.0 "Comparator Module" for a description
of the device configuration bits. If STVREN is set
(default), the 31st push will push the (PC + 2) value
onto the stack, set the STKFUL bit and reset the
device. The STKFUL bit will remain set and the Stack
Pointer will be set to `
0
'.
If STVREN is cleared, the STKFUL bit will be set on the
31st push and the Stack Pointer will increment to 31.
The 32nd push will overwrite the 31st push (and so on),
while STKPTR remains at 31.
When the stack has been popped enough times to
unload the stack, the next pop will return a value of zero
to the PC and sets the STKUNF bit, while the stack
pointer remains at `
0
'. The STKUNF bit will remain set
until cleared in software or a POR occurs.
Note:
Returning a value of zero to the PC on an
underflow has the effect of vectoring the
program to the Reset vector, where the
stack conditions can be verified and
appropriate actions can be taken.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 39
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 4-1:
STKPTR: STACK POINTER REGISTER
FIGURE 4-3:
RETURN ADDRESS STACK AND ASSOCIATED REGISTERS
R/C-0
R/C-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
STKFUL
STKUNF
--
SP4
SP3
SP2
SP1
SP0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
STKFUL: Stack Full Flag bit
1
= Stack became full or overflowed
0
= Stack has not become full or overflowed
bit 6
STKUNF: Stack Underflow Flag bit
1
= Stack underflow occurred
0
= Stack underflow did not occur
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4-0
SP4:SP0: Stack Pointer Location bits
Note:
Bit 7 and bit 6 need to be cleared following a stack underflow or a stack overflow.
Legend:
R
= Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
C = Clearable bit
00011
001A34h
11111
11110
11101
00010
00001
00000
(1)
00010
Return Address Stack
Top-of-Stack
000D58h
TOSL
TOSH
TOSU
34h
1Ah
00h
STKPTR<4:0>
000000h
Note 1: No RAM associated with this address; always maintained `
0
's.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 40
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.2.3
PUSH AND POP INSTRUCTIONS
Since the Top-of-Stack (TOS) is readable and writable,
the ability to push values onto the stack and pull values
off the stack, without disturbing normal program execu-
tion, is a desirable option. To push the current PC value
onto the stack, a
PUSH
instruction can be executed.
This will increment the Stack Pointer and load the
current PC value onto the stack. TOSU, TOSH and
TOSL can then be modified to place a return address
on the stack.
The
POP
instruction discards the current TOS by decre-
menting the Stack Pointer. The previous value pushed
onto the stack then becomes the TOS value.
4.2.4
STACK FULL/UNDERFLOW RESETS
These Resets are enabled by programming the
STVREN configuration bit. When the STVREN bit is
disabled, a full or underflow condition will set the appro-
priate STKFUL or STKUNF bit, but not cause a device
Reset. When the STVREN bit is enabled, a full or
underflow condition will set the appropriate STKFUL or
STKUNF bit and then cause a device Reset. The
STKFUL or STKUNF bits are only cleared by the user
software or a POR.
4.3
Fast Register Stack
A "fast return" option is available for interrupts and
calls. A fast register stack is provided for the Status,
WREG and BSR registers and is only one layer in
depth. The stack is not readable or writable and is
loaded with the current value of the corresponding
register when the processor vectors for an interrupt.
The values in the fast register stack are then loaded
back into the working registers if the
FAST RETURN
instruction is used to return from the interrupt.
A low or high priority interrupt source will push values
into the stack registers. If both low and high priority
interrupts are enabled, the stack registers cannot be
used reliably for low priority interrupts. If a high priority
interrupt occurs while servicing a low priority interrupt,
the stack register values stored by the low priority
interrupt will be overwritten.
If high priority interrupts are not disabled during low
priority interrupts, users must save the key registers in
software during a low priority interrupt.
If no interrupts are used, the fast register stack can be
used to restore the Status, WREG and BSR registers at
the end of a subroutine call. To use the fast register
stack for a subroutine call, a
FAST CALL
instruction
must be executed.
Example 4-1 shows a source code example that uses
the fast register stack.
EXAMPLE 4-1:
FAST REGISTER STACK
CODE EXAMPLE
4.4
PCL, PCLATH and PCLATU
The Program Counter (PC) specifies the address of the
instruction to fetch for execution. The PC is 21 bits
wide. The low byte is called the PCL register. This reg-
ister is readable and writable. The high byte is called
the PCH register. This register contains the PC<15:8>
bits and is not directly readable or writable. Updates to
the PCH register may be performed through the
PCLATH register. The upper byte is called PCU. This
register contains the PC<20:16> bits and is not directly
readable or writable. Updates to the PCU register may
be performed through the PCLATU register.
The PC addresses bytes in the program memory. To
prevent the PC from becoming misaligned with word
instructions, the LSb of PCL is fixed to a value of `
0
'.
The PC increments by 2 to address sequential
instructions in the program memory.
The
CALL, RCALL, GOTO
and program branch
instructions write to the program counter directly. For
these instructions, the contents of PCLATH and
PCLATU are not transferred to the program counter.
The contents of PCLATH and PCLATU will be
transferred to the program counter by an operation that
writes PCL. Similarly, the upper two bytes of the
program counter will be transferred to PCLATH and
PCLATU by an operation that reads PCL. This is useful
for computed offsets to the PC (see Section 4.8.1
"Computed GOTO"
).
CALL SUB1, FAST
;STATUS, WREG, BSR
;SAVED IN FAST REGISTER
;STACK
SUB1
RETURN FAST
;RESTORE VALUES SAVED
;IN FAST REGISTER STACK
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 41
PIC18FXX8
4.5
Clocking Scheme/Instruction
Cycle
The clock input (from OSC1) is internally divided by
four to generate four non-overlapping quadrature
clocks, namely Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4. Internally, the
Program Counter (PC) is incremented every Q1, the
instruction is fetched from the program memory and
latched into the instruction register in Q4. The instruc-
tion is decoded and executed during the following Q1
through Q4. The clocks and instruction execution flow
are shown in Figure 4-4.
FIGURE 4-4:
CLOCK/INSTRUCTION CYCLE
4.6
Instruction Flow/Pipelining
An "Instruction Cycle" consists of four Q cycles (Q1,
Q2, Q3 and Q4). The instruction fetch and execute are
pipelined such that fetch takes one instruction cycle,
while decode and execute take another instruction
cycle. However, due to the pipelining, each instruction
effectively executes in one cycle. If an instruction
causes the program counter to change (e.g.,
GOTO
),
two cycles are required to complete the instruction
(Example 4-2).
A fetch cycle begins with the Program Counter (PC)
incrementing in Q1.
In the execution cycle, the fetched instruction is latched
into the "Instruction Register" (IR) in cycle Q1. This
instruction is then decoded and executed during the
Q2, Q3 and Q4 cycles. Data memory is read during Q2
(operand read) and written during Q4 (destination
write).
4.7
Instructions in Program Memory
The program memory is addressed in bytes. Instruc-
tions are stored as two bytes or four bytes in program
memory. The Least Significant Byte of an instruction
word is always stored in a program memory location
with an even address (LSB =
0
). Figure 4-3 shows an
example of how instruction words are stored in the
program memory. To maintain alignment with instruc-
tion boundaries, the PC increments in steps of 2 and
the LSB will always read `
0
' (see Section 4.4 "PCL,
PCLATH and PCLATU").
The
CALL
and
GOTO
instructions have an absolute
program memory address embedded into the instruc-
tion. Since instructions are always stored on word
boundaries, the data contained in the instruction is a
word address. The word address is written to PC<20:1>,
which accesses the desired byte address in program
memory. Instruction #2 in Example 4-3 shows how the
instruction "
GOTO 000006h
" is encoded in the program
memory. Program branch instructions that encode a
relative address offset operate in the same manner. The
offset value stored in a branch instruction represents the
number of single-word instructions by which the PC will
be offset. Section 25.0 "Instruction Set Summary"
provides further details of the instruction set.
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
OSC1
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
PC
OSC2/CLKO
(RC Mode)
PC
PC + 2
PC + 4
Fetch INST (PC)
Execute INST (PC 2)
Fetch INST (PC + 2)
Execute INST (PC)
Fetch INST (PC + 4)
Execute INST (PC + 2)
Internal
Phase
Clock
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 42
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
EXAMPLE 4-2:
INSTRUCTION PIPELINE FLOW
EXAMPLE 4-3:
INSTRUCTIONS IN PROGRAM MEMORY
Note:
All instructions are single cycle, except for any program branches. These take two cycles, since the fetch instruction is
"flushed" from the pipeline while the new instruction is being fetched and then executed.
T
CY
0
T
CY
1
T
CY
2
T
CY
3
T
CY
4
T
CY
5
1. MOVLW 55h
Fetch 1
Execute 1
2. MOVWF PORTB
Fetch 2
Execute 2
3. BRA SUB_1
Fetch 3
Execute 3
4. BSF PORTA, BIT3 (Forced NOP)
Fetch 4
Flush
5. Instruction @ address SUB_1
Fetch SUB_1
Execute SUB_1
Instruction
Opcode
Memory
Address
--
000007h
MOVLW 055h
0E55h
55h
000008h
0Eh
000009h
GOTO 000006h
0EF03h, 0F000h
03h
00000Ah
0EFh
00000Bh
00h
00000Ch
0F0h
00000Dh
MOVFF 123h, 456h
0C123h, 0F456h
23h
00000Eh
0C1h
00000Fh
56h
000010h
0F4h
000011h
--
000012h
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 43
PIC18FXX8
4.7.1
TWO-WORD INSTRUCTIONS
The PIC18FXX8 devices have 4 two-word instructions:
MOVFF, CALL, GOTO
and
LFSR
. The 4 Most Signifi-
cant bits of the second word are set to `
1
's and indicate
a special
NOP
instruction. The lower 12 bits of the
second word contain the data to be used by the
instruction. If the first word of the instruction is executed,
the data in the second word is accessed. If the second
word of the instruction is executed by itself (first word
was skipped), it will execute as a
NOP
. This action is
necessary when the two-word instruction is preceded by
a conditional instruction that changes the PC. A program
example that demonstrates this concept is shown in
Example 4-4. Refer to Section 25.0 "Instruction Set
Summary"
for further details of the instruction set.
4.8
Look-up Tables
Look-up tables are implemented two ways. These are:
Computed
GOTO
Table Reads
4.8.1
COMPUTED GOTO
A computed
GOTO
is accomplished by adding an offset
to the program counter (
ADDWF PCL
).
A look-up table can be formed with an
ADDWF PCL
instruction and a group of
RETLW 0xnn
instructions.
WREG is loaded with an offset into the table before
executing a call to that table. The first instruction of the
called routine is the
ADDWF PCL
instruction. The next
instruction executed will be one of the
RETLW 0xnn
instructions that returns the value
0xnn
to the calling
function.
The offset value (value in WREG) specifies the number
of bytes that the program counter should advance.
In this method, only one data byte may be stored in
each instruction location and room on the return
address stack is required.
4.8.2
TABLE READS/TABLE WRITES
A better method of storing data in program memory
allows 2 bytes of data to be stored in each instruction
location.
Look-up table data may be stored as 2 bytes per
program word by using table reads and writes. The
Table Pointer (TBLPTR) specifies the byte address and
the Table Latch (TABLAT) contains the data that is read
from, or written to, program memory. Data is
transferred to/from program memory, one byte at a
time.
A description of the table read/table write operation is
shown in Section 6.1 "Table Reads and Table Writes".
EXAMPLE 4-4:
TWO-WORD INSTRUCTIONS
Note 1: The LSb of PCL is fixed to a value of `
0
'.
Hence, computed
GOTO
to an odd address
is not possible.
2: The
ADDWF PCL
instruction does not
update PCLATH/PCLATU. A read opera-
tion on PCL must be performed to update
PCLATH and PCLATU.
CASE 1:
Object Code
Source Code
0110 0110 0000 0000
TSTFSZ
REG1
; is RAM location 0?
1100 0001 0010 0011
MOVFF
REG1, REG2 ; No, execute 2-word instruction
1111 0100 0101 0110
; 2nd operand holds address of REG2
0010 0100 0000 0000
ADDWF
REG3
; continue code
CASE 2:
Object Code
Source Code
0110 0110 0000 0000
TSTFSZ
REG1
; is RAM location 0?
1100 0001 0010 0011
MOVFF
REG1, REG2 ; Yes
1111 0100 0101 0110
; 2nd operand becomes NOP
0010 0100 0000 0000
ADDWF
REG3
; continue code
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 44
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.9
Data Memory Organization
The data memory is implemented as static RAM. Each
register in the data memory has a 12-bit address,
allowing up to 4096 bytes of data memory. Figure 4-6
shows the data memory organization for the
PIC18FXX8 devices.
The data memory map is divided into as many as
16 banks that contain 256 bytes each. The lower 4 bits
of the Bank Select Register (BSR<3:0>) select which
bank will be accessed. The upper 4 bits for the BSR are
not implemented.
The data memory contains Special Function Registers
(SFRs) and General Purpose Registers (GPRs). The
SFRs are used for control and status of the controller
and peripheral functions, while GPRs are used for data
storage and scratchpad operations in the user's appli-
cation. The SFRs start at the last location of Bank 15
(FFFh) and grow downwards. GPRs start at the first
location of Bank 0 and grow upwards. Any read of an
unimplemented location will read as `
0
's.
The entire data memory may be accessed directly or
indirectly. Direct addressing may require the use of the
BSR register. Indirect addressing requires the use of
the File Select Register (FSR). Each FSR holds a
12-bit address value that can be used to access any
location in the data memory map without banking.
The instruction set and architecture allow operations
across all banks. This may be accomplished by indirect
addressing or by the use of the
MOVFF
instruction. The
MOVFF
instruction is a two-word/two-cycle instruction,
that moves a value from one register to another.
To ensure that commonly used registers (SFRs and
select GPRs) can be accessed in a single cycle,
regardless of the current BSR values, an Access Bank
is implemented. A segment of Bank 0 and a segment of
Bank 15 comprise the Access RAM. Section 4.10
"Access Bank"
provides a detailed description of the
Access RAM.
4.9.1
GENERAL PURPOSE
REGISTER FILE
The register file can be accessed either directly or
indirectly. Indirect addressing operates through the File
Select Registers (FSR). The operation of indirect
addressing is shown in Section 4.12 "Indirect
Addressing, INDF and FSR Registers"
.
Enhanced MCU devices may have banked memory in
the GPR area. GPRs are not initialized by a Power-on
Reset and are unchanged on all other Resets.
Data RAM is available for use as GPR registers by all
instructions. Bank 15 (F00h to FFFh) contains SFRs.
All other banks of data memory contain GPR registers,
starting with Bank 0.
4.9.2
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS
The Special Function Registers (SFRs) are registers
used by the CPU and peripheral modules for controlling
the desired operation of the device. These registers are
implemented as static RAM. A list of these registers is
given in Table 4-1.
The SFRs can be classified into two sets: those asso-
ciated with the "core" function and those related to the
peripheral functions. Those registers related to the
"core" are described in this section, while those related
to the operation of the peripheral features are
described in the section of that peripheral feature.
The SFRs are typically distributed among the
peripherals whose functions they control.
The unused SFR locations will be unimplemented and
read as `
0
's. See Table 4-1 for addresses for the SFRs.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 45
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 4-5:
DATA MEMORY MAP FOR PIC18F248/448
Bank 0
Bank 1
Bank 14
Bank 15
Data Memory Map
BSR<3:0>
= 0000
= 0001
= 1111
060h
05Fh
F60h
FFFh
00h
5Fh
60h
FFh
Access Bank
F5Fh
F00h
EFFh
1FFh
100h
0FFh
000h
Access RAM
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
GPR
GPR
SFR
Unused
Access Bank High
Access Bank Low
Bank 3
to
200h
Unused
Read `00h'
= 1110
= 0011
When a =
0
,
the BSR is ignored and
the Access Bank is used.
The first 96 bytes are
general purpose RAM
(from Bank 0).
The next 160 bytes are
Special Function
Registers (from Bank 15).
When a =
1
,
the BSR is used to specify
the RAM location that the
instruction uses.
GPR
FFh
00h
300h
(SFR)
(GPR)
Bank 2
= 0010
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 46
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 4-6:
DATA MEMORY MAP FOR PIC18F258/458
Bank 0
Bank 1
Bank 14
Bank 15
Data Memory Map
BSR<3:0>
= 0000
= 0001
= 1110
= 1111
060h
05Fh
F60h
FFFh
00h
5Fh
60h
FFh
Access Bank
Bank 4
Bank 3
Bank 2
F5Fh
F00h
EFFh
3FFh
300h
2FFh
200h
1FFh
100h
0FFh
000h
= 0110
= 0101
= 0011
= 0010
Access RAM
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
FFh
00h
GPR
GPR
GPR
GPR
SFR
SFR
Access Bank high
Access Bank low
Bank 5
GPR
GPR
Bank 6
to
4FFh
400h
5FFh
500h
600h
Unused
Read `00h'
= 0100
(SFR)
When a =
0
,
the BSR is ignored and the
Access Bank is used.
The first 96 bytes are
general purpose RAM
(from Bank 0).
The next 160 bytes are
Special Function Registers
(from Bank 15).
When a =
1
,
the BSR is used to specify
the RAM location that the
instruction uses.
(GPR)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 47
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 4-1:
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
FFFh TOSU
FDFh INDF2
(2)
FBFh CCPR1H
F9Fh IPR1
FFEh TOSH
FDEh POSTINC2
(2)
FBEh CCPR1L
F9Eh PIR1
FFDh TOSL
FDDh POSTDEC2
(2)
FBDh CCP1CON
F9Dh PIE1
FFCh STKPTR
FDCh PREINC2
(2)
FBCh ECCPR1H
(5)
F9Ch
--
FFBh PCLATU
FDBh PLUSW2
(2)
FBBh ECCPR1L
(5)
F9Bh
--
FFAh PCLATH
FDAh FSR2H
FBAh ECCP1CON
(5)
F9Ah
--
FF9h PCL
FD9h FSR2L
FB9h
--
F99h
--
FF8h TBLPTRU
FD8h STATUS
FB8h
--
F98h
--
FF7h TBLPTRH
FD7h TMR0H
FB7h ECCP1DEL
(5)
F97h
--
FF6h TBLPTRL
FD6h TMR0L
FB6h ECCPAS
(5)
F96h TRISE
(5)
FF5h TABLAT
FD5h T0CON
FB5h CVRCON
(5)
F95h TRISD
(5)
FF4h PRODH
FD4h
--
FB4h CMCON
(5)
F94h TRISC
FF3h PRODL
FD3h OSCCON
FB3h TMR3H
F93h TRISB
FF2h INTCON
FD2h LVDCON
FB2h TMR3L
F92h TRISA
FF1h INTCON2
FD1h WDTCON
FB1h T3CON
F91h
--
FF0h INTCON3
FD0h RCON
FB0h
--
F90h
--
FEFh INDF0
(2)
FCFh TMR1H
FAFh SPBRG
F8Fh
--
FEEh POSTINC0
(2)
FCEh TMR1L
FAEh RCREG
F8Eh
--
FEDh POSTDEC0
(2)
FCDh T1CON
FADh TXREG
F8Dh LATE
(5)
FECh PREINC0
(2)
FCCh TMR2
FACh TXSTA
F8Ch LATD
(5)
FEBh PLUSW0
(2)
FCBh PR2
FABh RCSTA
F8Bh LATC
FEAh FSR0H
FCAh T2CON
FAAh
--
F8Ah LATB
FE9h FSR0L
FC9h SSPBUF
FA9h
EEADR
F89h LATA
FE8h WREG
FC8h SSPADD
FA8h
EEDATA
F88h
--
FE7h INDF1
(2)
FC7h SSPSTAT
FA7h
EECON2
F87h
--
FE6h POSTINC1
(2)
FC6h SSPCON1
FA6h
EECON1
F86h
--
FE5h POSTDEC1
(2)
FC5h SSPCON2
FA5h
IPR3
F85h
--
FE4h PREINC1
(2)
FC4h ADRESH
FA4h
PIR3
F84h PORTE
(5)
FE3h PLUSW1
(2)
FC3h ADRESL
FA3h
PIE3
F83h PORTD
(5)
FE2h FSR1H
FC2h ADCON0
FA2h
IPR2
F82h PORTC
FE1h FSR1L
FC1h ADCON1
FA1h
PIR2
F81h PORTB
FE0h BSR
FC0h
--
FA0h
PIE2
F80h PORTA
Note 1:
Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
2:
This is not a physical register.
3:
Contents of register are dependent on WIN2:WIN0 bits in the CANCON register.
4:
CANSTAT register is repeated in these locations to simplify application firmware. Unique names are given
for each instance of the CANSTAT register due to the Microchip header file requirement.
5:
These registers are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 48
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
F7Fh
--
F5Fh
--
F3Fh
--
F1Fh RXM1EIDL
F7Eh
--
F5Eh CANSTATRO1
(4)
F3Eh CANSTATRO3
(4)
F1Eh RXM1EIDH
F7Dh
--
F5Dh RXB1D7
F3Dh TXB1D7
F1Dh RXM1SIDL
F7Ch
--
F5Ch RXB1D6
F3Ch TXB1D6
F1Ch RXM1SIDH
F7Bh
--
F5Bh RXB1D5
F3Bh TXB1D5
F1Bh RXM0EIDL
F7Ah
--
F5Ah RXB1D4
F3Ah TXB1D4
F1Ah RXM0EIDH
F79h
--
F59h
RXB1D3
F39h
TXB1D3
F19h RXM0SIDL
F78h
--
F58h
RXB1D2
F38h
TXB1D2
F18h RXM0SIDH
F77h
--
F57h
RXB1D1
F37h
TXB1D1
F17h RXF5EIDL
F76h TXERRCNT
F56h
RXB1D0
F36h
TXB1D0
F16h RXF5EIDH
F75h RXERRCNT
F55h
RXB1DLC
F35h
TXB1DLC
F15h RXF5SIDL
F74h COMSTAT
F54h
RXB1EIDL
F34h
TXB1EIDL
F14h RXF5SIDH
F73h CIOCON
F53h
RXB1EIDH
F33h
TXB1EIDH
F13h RXF4EIDL
F72h BRGCON3
F52h
RXB1SIDL
F32h
TXB1SIDL
F12h RXF4EIDH
F71h BRGCON2
F51h
RXB1SIDH
F31h
TXB1SIDH
F11h RXF4SIDL
F70h BRGCON1
F50h
RXB1CON
F30h
TXB1CON
F10h RXF4SIDH
F6Fh CANCON
F4Fh
--
F2Fh
--
F0Fh RXF3EIDL
F6Eh CANSTAT
F4Eh CANSTATRO2
(4)
F2Eh CANSTATRO4
(4)
F0Eh RXF3EIDH
F6Dh RXB0D7
(3)
F4Dh TXB0D7
F2Dh TXB2D7
F0Dh RXF3SIDL
F6Ch RXB0D6
(3)
F4Ch TXB0D6
F2Ch TXB2D6
F0Ch RXF3SIDH
F6Bh RXB0D5
(3)
F4Bh TXB0D5
F2Bh TXB2D5
F0Bh RXF2EIDL
F6Ah RXB0D4
(3)
F4Ah TXB0D4
F2Ah TXB2D4
F0Ah RXF2EIDH
F69h RXB0D3
(3)
F49h
TXB0D3
F29h
TXB2D3
F09h RXF2SIDL
F68h RXB0D2
(3)
F48h
TXB0D2
F28h
TXB2D2
F08h RXF2SIDH
F67h RXB0D1
(3)
F47h
TXB0D1
F27h
TXB2D1
F07h RXF1EIDL
F66h RXB0D0
(3)
F46h
TXB0D0
F26h
TXB2D0
F06h RXF1EIDH
F65h RXB0DLC
(3)
F45h
TXB0DLC
F25h
TXB2DLC
F05h RXF1SIDL
F64h RXB0EIDL
(3)
F44h
TXB0EIDL
F24h
TXB2EIDL
F04h RXF1SIDH
F63h RXB0EIDH
(3)
F43h
TXB0EIDH
F23h
TXB2EIDH
F03h RXF0EIDL
F62h RXB0SIDL
(3)
F42h
TXB0SIDL
F22h
TXB2SIDL
F02h RXF0EIDH
F61h RXB0SIDH
(3)
F41h
TXB0SIDH
F21h
TXB2SIDH
F01h RXF0SIDL
F60h RXB0CON
(3)
F40h
TXB0CON
F20h
TXB2CON
F00h RXF0SIDH
Note:
Shaded registers are available in Bank 15, while the rest are in Access Bank low.
TABLE 4-1:
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTER MAP (CONTINUED)
Address
Name Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Note 1:
Unimplemented registers are read as `
0
'.
2:
This is not a physical register.
3:
Contents of register are dependent on WIN2:WIN0 bits in the CANCON register.
4:
CANSTAT register is repeated in these locations to simplify application firmware. Unique names are given
for each instance of the CANSTAT register due to the Microchip header file requirement.
5:
These registers are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 49
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 4-2:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details on
Page:
TOSU
--
--
--
Top-of-Stack Upper Byte (TOS<20:16>)
---0 0000
30, 38
TOSH
Top-of-Stack High Byte (TOS<15:8>)
0000 0000
30, 38
TOSL
Top-of-Stack Low Byte (TOS<7:0>)
0000 0000
30, 38
STKPTR
STKFUL
STKUNF
--
Return Stack Pointer
00-0 0000
30, 39
PCLATU
--
--
bit 21
(2)
Holding Register for PC<20:16>
---0 0000
30, 40
PCLATH
Holding Register for PC<15:8>
0000 0000
30, 40
PCL
PC Low Byte (PC<7:0>)
0000 0000
30, 40
TBLPTRU
--
--
bit 21
(2)
Program Memory Table Pointer Upper Byte (TBLPTR<20:16>)
--00 0000
30, 68
TBLPTRH
Program Memory Table Pointer High Byte (TBLPTR<15:8>)
0000 0000
30, 68
TBLPTRL
Program Memory Table Pointer Low Byte (TBLPTR<7:0>)
0000 0000
30, 68
TABLAT
Program Memory Table Latch
0000 0000
30, 68
PRODH
Product Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
30, 75
PRODL
Product Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
30, 75
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
30, 79
INTCON2
RBPU
INTEDG0
INTEDG1
--
--
TMR0IP
--
RBIP
111- -1-1
30, 80
INTCON3
INT2IP
INT1IP
--
INT2IE
INT1IE
--
INT2IF
INT1IF
11-0 0-00
30, 81
INDF0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory value of FSR0 not changed (not a physical register)
N/A
30, 55
POSTINC0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory value of FSR0 post-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
30, 55
POSTDEC0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory value of FSR0 post-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
30, 55
PREINC0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory value of FSR0 pre-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
30, 55
PLUSW0
Uses contents of FSR0 to address data memory value of FSR0 offset by W (not a physical register)
N/A
30, 55
FSR0H
--
--
--
--
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 0 High
---- xxxx
30, 55
FSR0L
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 0 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
30, 55
WREG
Working Register
xxxx xxxx
30, 55
INDF1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory value of FSR1 not changed (not a physical register)
N/A
30, 55
POSTINC1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory value of FSR1 post-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
30, 55
POSTDEC1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory value of FSR1 post-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
30, 55
PREINC1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory value of FSR1 pre-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
30, 55
PLUSW1
Uses contents of FSR1 to address data memory value of FSR1 offset by W (not a physical register)
N/A
30, 55
FSR1H
--
--
--
--
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 1 High
---- xxxx
31, 55
FSR1L
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 1 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
31, 55
BSR
--
--
--
--
Bank Select Register
---- 0000
31, 54
INDF2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory value of FSR2 not changed (not a physical register)
N/A
31, 55
POSTINC2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory value of FSR2 post-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
31, 55
POSTDEC2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory value of FSR2 post-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
31, 55
PREINC2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory value of FSR2 pre-incremented (not a physical register)
N/A
31, 55
PLUSW2
Uses contents of FSR2 to address data memory value of FSR2 offset by W (not a physical register)
N/A
31, 55
FSR2H
--
--
--
--
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 2 High
---- xxxx
31, 55
FSR2L
Indirect Data Memory Address Pointer 2 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
31, 55
STATUS
--
--
--
N
OV
Z
DC
C
---x xxxx
31, 57
TMR0H
Timer0 Register High Byte
0000 0000
31, 111
TMR0L
Timer0 Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
31, 111
T0CON
TMR0ON
T08BIT
T0CS
T0SE
PSA
T0PS2
T0PS1
T0PS0
1111 1111
31, 109
OSCCON
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
SCS
---- ---0
31, 20
LVDCON
--
--
IRVST
LVDEN
LVDL3
LVDL2
LVDL1
LVDL0
--00 0101
31, 261
WDTCON
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
SWDTEN
---- ---0
31, 272
RCON
IPEN
--
--
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
0--1 110q
31, 58, 91
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, - = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator modes.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 50
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TMR1H
Timer1 Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
31, 116
TMR1L
Timer1 Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
31, 116
T1CON
RD16
--
T1CKPS1
T1CKPS0
T1OSCEN
T1SYNC
TMR1CS
TMR1ON
0-00 0000
31, 113
TMR2
Timer2 Register
0000 0000
31, 118
PR2
Timer2 Period Register
1111 1111
31, 118
T2CON
--
TOUTPS3
TOUTPS2
TOUTPS1
TOUTPS0
TMR2ON
T2CKPS1
T2CKPS0
-000 0000
31, 117
SSPBUF
SSP Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
xxxx xxxx
31, 146
SSPADD
SSP Address Register in I
2
CTM Slave mode. SSP Baud Rate Reload Register in I
2
C Master mode.
0000 0000
31, 152
SSPSTAT
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
0000 0000
31, 144,
153
SSPCON1
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
0000 0000
31, 145,
145
SSPCON2
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT
ACKEN
RCEN
PEN
RSEN
SEN
0000 0000
31, 155
ADRESH
A/D Result Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
31, 243
ADRESL
A/D Result Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
31, 243
ADCON0
ADCS1
ADCS0
CHS2
CHS1
CHS0
GO/DONE
--
ADON
0000 00-0
31, 241
ADCON1
ADFM
ADCS2
--
--
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
00-- 0000
32, 242
CCPR1H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte
xxxx xxxx
32, 124
CCPR1L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
32, 124
CCP1CON
--
--
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
--00 0000
32, 123
ECCPR1H
(1)
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte
xxxx xxxx
32, 133
ECCPR1L
(1)
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
32, 133
ECCP1CON
(1)
EPWM1M1
EPWM1M0
EDC1B1
EDC1B0
ECCP1M3
ECCP1M2
ECCP1M1
ECCP1M0
0000 0000
32, 131
ECCP1DEL
(1)
EPDC7
EPDC6
EPDC5
EPDC4
EPDC3
EPDC2
EPDC1
EPDC0
0000 0000
32, 140
ECCPAS
(1)
ECCPASE
ECCPAS2
ECCPAS1
ECCPAS0
PSSAC1
PSSAC0
PSSBD1
PSSBD0
0000 0000
32, 142
CVRCON
(1)
CVREN
CVROE
CVRR
CVRSS
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
0000 0000
32, 255
CMCON
(1)
C2OUT
C1OUT
C2INV
C1INV
CIS
CM2
CM1
CM0
0000 0000
32, 249
TMR3H
Timer3 Register High Byte
xxxx xxxx
32, 121
TMR3L
Timer3 Register Low Byte
xxxx xxxx
32, 121
T3CON
RD16
T3ECCP1
T3CKPS1
T3CKPS0
T3CCP1
T3SYNC
TMR3CS
TMR3ON
0000 0000
32, 119
SPBRG
USART Baud Rate Generator
0000 0000
32, 185
RCREG
USART Receive Register
0000 0000
32, 191
TXREG
USART Transmit Register
0000 0000
32, 189
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
--
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 -010
32, 183
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
32, 184
EEADR
EEPROM Address Register
xxxx xxxx
32, 59
EEDATA
EEPROM Data Register
xxxx xxxx
32, 59
EECON2
EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register)
xxxx xxxx
32, 59
EECON1
EEPGD
CFGS
--
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
xx-0 x000
32, 60, 67
IPR3
IRXIP
WAKIP
ERRIP
TXB2IP
TXB1IP
TXB0IP
RXB1IP
RXB0IP
1111 1111
32, 90
PIR3
IRXIF
WAKIF
ERRIF
TXB2IF
TXB1IF
TXB0IF
RXB1IF
RXB0IF
0000 0000
32, 84
PIE3
IRXIE
WAKIE
ERRIE
TXB2IE
TXB1IE
TXB0IE
RXB1IE
RXB0IE
0000 0000
32, 87
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
ECCP1IP
(1)
-1-1 1111
32, 89
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
ECCP1IF
(1)
-0-0 0000
32, 83
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
ECCP1IE
(1)
-0-0 0000
32, 86
TABLE 4-2:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details on
Page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, - = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator modes.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 51
PIC18FXX8
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
32, 88
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
32, 82
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
32, 85
TRISE
(1)
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
--
Data Direction bits for PORTE
(1)
0000 -111
33, 105
TRISD
(1)
Data Direction Control Register for PORTD
(1)
1111 1111
33, 102
TRISC
Data Direction Control Register for PORTC
1111 1111
33, 100
TRISB
Data Direction Control Register for PORTB
1111 1111
33, 96
TRISA
(3)
--
Data Direction Control Register for PORTA
-111 1111
33, 93
LATE
(1)
--
--
--
--
--
Read PORTE Data Latch, Write
PORTE Data Latch
(1)
---- -xxx
33, 104
LATD
(1)
Read PORTD Data Latch, Write PORTD Data Latch
(1)
xxxx xxxx
33, 102
LATC
Read PORTC Data Latch, Write PORTC Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
33, 100
LATB
Read PORTB Data Latch, Write PORTB Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
33, 96
LATA
(3)
--
Read PORTA Data Latch, Write PORTA Data Latch
-xxx xxxx
33, 93
PORTE
(1)
--
--
--
--
--
Read PORTE pins, Write PORTE Data
Latch
(1)
---- -xxx
33, 104
PORTD
(1)
Read PORTD pins, Write PORTD Data Latch
(1)
xxxx xxxx
33, 102
PORTC
Read PORTC pins, Write PORTC Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
33, 100
PORTB
Read PORTB pins, Write PORTB Data Latch
xxxx xxxx
33, 96
PORTA
(3)
--
Read PORTA pins, Write PORTA Data Latch
-x0x 0000
33, 93
TXERRCNT
TEC7
TEC6
TEC5
TEC4
TEC3
TEC2
TEC1
TEC0
0000 0000
33, 209
RXERRCNT
REC7
REC6
REC5
REC4
REC3
REC2
REC1
REC0
0000 0000
33, 214
COMSTAT
RXB0OVFL
RXB1OVFL
TXBO
TXBP
RXBP
TXWARN
RXWARN
EWARN
0000 0000
33, 205
CIOCON
--
--
ENDRHI
CANCAP
--
--
--
--
--00 ----
33, 221
BRGCON3
--
WAKFIL
--
--
--
SEG2PH2
SEG2PH1
SEG2PH0
-0-- -000
33, 220
BRGCON2
SEG2PHTS
SAM
SEG1PH2
SEG1PH1
SEG1PH0
PRSEG2
PRSEG1
PRSEG0
0000 0000
33, 219
BRGCON1
SJW1
SJW0
BRP5
BRP4
BRP3
BRP2
BRP1
BRP0
0000 0000
33, 218
CANCON
REQOP2
REQOP1
REQOP0
ABAT
WIN2
WIN1
WIN0
--
xxxx xxx-
33, 201
CANSTAT
OPMODE2
OPMODE1
OPMODE0
--
ICODE2
ICODE1
ICODE0
--
xxx- xxx-
33, 202
RXB0D7
RXB0D77
RXB0D76
RXB0D75
RXB0D74
RXB0D73
RXB0D72
RXB0D71
RXB0D70
xxxx xxxx
33, 214
RXB0D6
RXB0D67
RXB0D66
RXB0D65
RXB0D64
RXB0D63
RXB0D62
RXB0D61
RXB0D60
xxxx xxxx
33, 214
RXB0D5
RXB0D57
RXB0D56
RXB0D55
RXB0D54
RXB0D53
RXB0D52
RXB0D51
RXB0D50
xxxx xxxx
33, 214
RXB0D4
RXB0D47
RXB0D46
RXB0D45
RXB0D44
RXB0D43
RXB0D42
RXB0D41
RXB0D40
xxxx xxxx
33, 214
RXB0D3
RXB0D37
RXB0D36
RXB0D35
RXB0D34
RXB0D33
RXB0D32
RXB0D31
RXB0D30
xxxx xxxx
33, 214
RXB0D2
RXB0D27
RXB0D26
RXB0D25
RXB0D24
RXB0D23
RXB0D22
RXB0D21
RXB0D20
xxxx xxxx
33, 214
RXB0D1
RXB0D17
RXB0D16
RXB0D15
RXB0D14
RXB0D13
RXB0D12
RXB0D11
RXB0D10
xxxx xxxx
33, 214
RXB0D0
RXB0D07
RXB0D06
RXB0D05
RXB0D04
RXB0D03
RXB0D02
RXB0D01
RXB0D00
xxxx xxxx
33, 214
RXB0DLC
--
RXRTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-xxx xxxx
34, 213
RXB0EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
34, 213
RXB0EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
34, 212
RXB0SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID
--
EID17
EID16
xxxx x-xx
34, 212
RXB0SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
34, 212
RXB0CON
RXFUL
RXM1
RXM0
--
RXRTRRO RXB0DBEN
JTOFF
FILHIT0
000- 0000
34, 210
TABLE 4-2:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details on
Page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, - = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator modes.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 52
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
CANSTATRO1
OPMODE2
OPMODE1
OPMODE0
--
ICODE2
ICODE1
ICODE0
--
xxx- xxx-
33, 202
RXB1D7
RXB1D77
RXB1D76
RXB1D75
RXB1D74
RXB1D73
RXB1D72
RXB1D71
RXB1D70
xxxx xxxx
34, 214
RXB1D6
RXB1D67
RXB1D66
RXB1D65
RXB1D64
RXB1D63
RXB1D62
RXB1D61
RXB1D60
xxxx xxxx
34, 214
RXB1D5
RXB1D57
RXB1D56
RXB1D55
RXB1D54
RXB1D53
RXB1D52
RXB1D51
RXB1D50
xxxx xxxx
34, 214
RXB1D4
RXB1D47
RXB1D46
RXB1D45
RXB1D44
RXB1D43
RXB1D42
RXB1D41
RXB1D40
xxxx xxxx
34, 214
RXB1D3
RXB1D37
RXB1D36
RXB1D35
RXB1D34
RXB1D33
RXB1D32
RXB1D31
RXB1D30
xxxx xxxx
34, 214
RXB1D2
RXB1D27
RXB1D26
RXB1D25
RXB1D24
RXB1D23
RXB1D22
RXB1D21
RXB1D20
xxxx xxxx
34, 214
RXB1D1
RXB1D17
RXB1D16
RXB1D15
RXB1D14
RXB1D13
RXB1D12
RXB1D11
RXB1D10
xxxx xxxx
34, 214
RXB1D0
RXB1D07
RXB1D06
RXB1D05
RXB1D04
RXB1D03
RXB1D02
RXB1D01
RXB1D00
xxxx xxxx
34, 214
RXB1DLC
--
RXRTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-xxx xxxx
34, 213
RXB1EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
34, 213
RXB1EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
34, 212
RXB1SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID
--
EID17
EID16
xxxx x-xx
34, 212
RXB1SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
34, 212
RXB1CON
RXFUL
RXM1
RXM0
--
RXRTRRO
FILHIT2
FILHIT1
FILHIT0
000- 0000
34, 211
CANSTATRO2
OPMODE2
OPMODE1
OPMODE0
--
ICODE2
ICODE1
ICODE0
--
xxx- xxx-
33, 202
TXB0D7
TXB0D77
TXB0D76
TXB0D75
TXB0D74
TXB0D73
TXB0D72
TXB0D71
TXB0D70
xxxx xxxx
34, 208
TXB0D6
TXB0D67
TXB0D66
TXB0D65
TXB0D64
TXB0D63
TXB0D62
TXB0D61
TXB0D60
xxxx xxxx
34, 208
TXB0D5
TXB0D57
TXB0D56
TXB0D55
TXB0D54
TXB0D53
TXB0D52
TXB0D51
TXB0D50
xxxx xxxx
34, 208
TXB0D4
TXB0D47
TXB0D46
TXB0D45
TXB0D44
TXB0D43
TXB0D42
TXB0D41
TXB0D40
xxxx xxxx
34, 208
TXB0D3
TXB0D37
TXB0D36
TXB0D35
TXB0D34
TXB0D33
TXB0D32
TXB0D31
TXB0D30
xxxx xxxx
34, 208
TXB0D2
TXB0D27
TXB0D26
TXB0D25
TXB0D24
TXB0D23
TXB0D22
TXB0D21
TXB0D20
xxxx xxxx
34, 208
TXB0D1
TXB0D17
TXB0D16
TXB0D15
TXB0D14
TXB0D13
TXB0D12
TXB0D11
TXB0D10
xxxx xxxx
34, 208
TXB0D0
TXB0D07
TXB0D06
TXB0D05
TXB0D04
TXB0D03
TXB0D02
TXB0D01
TXB0D00
xxxx xxxx
34, 208
TXB0DLC
--
TXRTR
--
--
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-x-- xxxx
34, 209
TXB0EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
34, 208
TXB0EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
34, 207
TXB0SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDE
--
EID17
EID16
xxx- x-xx
34, 207
TXB0SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
35, 207
TXB0CON
--
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
--
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
-000 0-00
35, 206
CANSTATRO3
OPMODE2
OPMODE1
OPMODE0
--
ICODE2
ICODE1
ICODE0
--
xxx- xxx-
33, 202
TXB1D7
TXB1D77
TXB1D76
TXB1D75
TXB1D74
TXB1D73
TXB1D72
TXB1D71
TXB1D70
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB1D6
TXB1D67
TXB1D66
TXB1D65
TXB1D64
TXB1D63
TXB1D62
TXB1D61
TXB1D60
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB1D5
TXB1D57
TXB1D56
TXB1D55
TXB1D54
TXB1D53
TXB1D52
TXB1D51
TXB1D50
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB1D4
TXB1D47
TXB1D46
TXB1D45
TXB1D44
TXB1D43
TXB1D42
TXB1D41
TXB1D40
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB1D3
TXB1D37
TXB1D36
TXB1D35
TXB1D34
TXB1D33
TXB1D32
TXB1D31
TXB1D30
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB1D2
TXB1D27
TXB1D26
TXB1D25
TXB1D24
TXB1D23
TXB1D22
TXB1D21
TXB1D20
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB1D1
TXB1D17
TXB1D16
TXB1D15
TXB1D14
TXB1D13
TXB1D12
TXB1D11
TXB1D10
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB1D0
TXB1D07
TXB1D06
TXB1D05
TXB1D04
TXB1D03
TXB1D02
TXB1D01
TXB1D00
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB1DLC
--
TXRTR
--
--
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-x-- xxxx
35, 209
TXB1EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB1EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
35, 207
TXB1SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDE
--
EID17
EID16
xxx- x-xx
35, 207
TXB1SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
35, 207
TXB1CON
--
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
--
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
0000 0000
35, 206
TABLE 4-2:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details on
Page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, - = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator modes.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 53
PIC18FXX8
CANSTATRO4
OPMODE2
OPMODE1
OPMODE0
--
ICODE2
ICODE1
ICODE0
--
xxx- xxx-
33, 202
TXB2D7
TXB2D77
TXB2D76
TXB2D75
TXB2D74
TXB2D73
TXB2D72
TXB2D71
TXB2D70
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB2D6
TXB2D67
TXB2D66
TXB2D65
TXB2D64
TXB2D63
TXB2D62
TXB2D61
TXB2D60
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB2D5
TXB2D57
TXB2D56
TXB2D55
TXB2D54
TXB2D53
TXB2D52
TXB2D51
TXB2D50
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB2D4
TXB2D47
TXB2D46
TXB2D45
TXB2D44
TXB2D43
TXB2D42
TXB2D41
TXB2D40
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB2D3
TXB2D37
TXB2D36
TXB2D35
TXB2D34
TXB2D33
TXB2D32
TXB2D31
TXB2D30
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB2D2
TXB2D27
TXB2D26
TXB2D25
TXB2D24
TXB2D23
TXB2D22
TXB2D21
TXB2D20
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB2D1
TXB2D17
TXB2D16
TXB2D15
TXB2D14
TXB2D13
TXB2D12
TXB2D11
TXB2D10
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB2D0
TXB2D07
TXB2D06
TXB2D05
TXB2D04
TXB2D03
TXB2D02
TXB2D01
TXB2D00
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB2DLC
--
TXRTR
--
--
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
-x-- xxxx
35, 209
TXB2EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
35, 208
TXB2EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
35, 207
TXB2SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDE
--
EID17
EID16
xxx- x-xx
35, 207
TXB2SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
35, 207
TXB2CON
--
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
--
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
-000 0-00
35, 206
RXM1EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
35, 217
RXM1EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
35, 217
RXM1SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
--
--
EID17
EID16
xxx- --xx
36, 217
RXM1SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXM0EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
36, 217
RXM0EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
36, 217
RXM0SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
--
--
EID17
EID16
xxx- --xx
36, 217
RXM0SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF5EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF5EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF5SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xxx- x-xx
36, 215
RXF5SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
36, 215
RXF4EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF4EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF4SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xxx- x-xx
36, 215
RXF4SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
36, 215
RXF3EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF3EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF3SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xxx- x-xx
36, 215
RXF3SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
36, 215
RXF2EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF2EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF2SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xxx- x-xx
36, 215
RXF2SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
36, 215
RXF1EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF1EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF1SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xxx- x-xx
36, 215
RXF1SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
36, 215
RXF0EIDL
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF0EIDH
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
xxxx xxxx
36, 216
RXF0SIDL
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
xxx- x-xx
36, 215
RXF0SIDH
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
xxxx xxxx
36, 215
TABLE 4-2:
REGISTER FILE SUMMARY (CONTINUED)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Details on
Page:
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, - = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
2:
Bit 21 of the TBLPTRU allows access to the device configuration bits.
3:
RA6 and associated bits are configured as port pins in RCIO and ECIO Oscillator mode only and read `
0
' in all other oscillator modes.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 54
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.10
Access Bank
The Access Bank is an architectural enhancement that
is very useful for C compiler code optimization. The
techniques used by the C compiler are also useful for
programs written in assembly.
This data memory region can be used for:
Intermediate computational values
Local variables of subroutines
Faster context saving/switching of variables
Common variables
Faster evaluation/control of SFRs (no banking)
The Access Bank is comprised of the upper 160 bytes
in Bank 15 (SFRs) and the lower 96 bytes in Bank 0.
These two sections will be referred to as Access Bank
High and Access Bank Low, respectively. Figure 4-6
indicates the Access Bank areas.
A bit in the instruction word specifies if the operation is
to occur in the bank specified by the BSR register or in
the Access Bank.
When forced in the Access Bank (a =
0
), the last
address in Access Bank Low is followed by the first
address in Access Bank High. Access Bank High maps
most of the Special Function Registers so that these
registers can be accessed without any software
overhead.
4.11
Bank Select Register (BSR)
The need for a large general purpose memory space
dictates a RAM banking scheme. The data memory is
partitioned into sixteen banks. When using direct
addressing, the BSR should be configured for the
desired bank.
BSR<3:0> holds the upper 4 bits of the 12-bit RAM
address. The BSR<7:4> bits will always read `
0
's and
writes will have no effect.
A
MOVLB
instruction has been provided in the
instruction set to assist in selecting banks.
If the currently selected bank is not implemented, any
read will return all `
0
's and all writes are ignored. The
Status register bits will be set/cleared as appropriate for
the instruction performed.
Each Bank extends up to FFh (256 bytes). All data
memory is implemented as static RAM.
A
MOVFF
instruction ignores the BSR since the 12-bit
addresses are embedded into the instruction word.
Section 4.12 "Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR
Registers"
provides a description of indirect address-
ing, which allows linear addressing of the entire RAM
space.
FIGURE 4-7:
DIRECT ADDRESSING
Note
1: For register file map detail, see Table 4-1.
2: The access bit of the instruction can be used to force an override of the selected bank (BSR<3:0>) to the
registers of the Access Bank.
3: The
MOVFF
instruction embeds the entire 12-bit address in the instruction.
Data
Memory
(1)
Direct Addressing
Bank Select
(2)
Location Select
(3)
BSR<3:0>
7
0
From Opcode
(3)
00h
01h
0Eh
0Fh
Bank 0
Bank 1
Bank 14
Bank 15
1FFh
100h
0FFh
000h
0EFFh
0E00h
0FFFh
0F00h
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 55
PIC18FXX8
4.12
Indirect Addressing, INDF and
FSR Registers
Indirect addressing is a mode of addressing data mem-
ory where the data memory address in the instruction
is not fixed. A SFR register is used as a pointer to the
data memory location that is to be read or written. Since
this pointer is in RAM, the contents can be modified by
the program. This can be useful for data tables in the
data memory and for software stacks. Figure 4-8
shows the operation of indirect addressing. This shows
the moving of the value to the data memory address
specified by the value of the FSR register.
Indirect addressing is possible by using one of the INDF
registers. Any instruction using the INDF register actually
accesses the register indicated by the File Select Regis-
ter, FSR. Reading the INDF register itself, indirectly
(FSR =
0
), will read 00h. Writing to the INDF register
indirectly, results in a no operation. The FSR register
contains a 12-bit address which is shown in Figure 4-8.
The INDFn (0
n
2) register is not a physical register.
Addressing INDFn actually addresses the register
whose address is contained in the FSRn register
(FSRn is a pointer). This is indirect addressing.
Example 4-5 shows a simple use of indirect addressing
to clear the RAM in Bank 1 (locations 100h-1FFh) in a
minimum number of instructions.
EXAMPLE 4-5:
HOW TO CLEAR RAM
(BANK 1) USING
INDIRECT ADDRESSING
There are three indirect addressing registers. To
address the entire data memory space (4096 bytes),
these registers are 12 bits wide. To store the 12 bits of
addressing information, two 8-bit registers are
required. These indirect addressing registers are:
1.
FSR0: composed of FSR0H:FSR0L
2.
FSR1: composed of FSR1H:FSR1L
3.
FSR2: composed of FSR2H:FSR2L
In addition, there are registers INDF0, INDF1 and
INDF2, which are not physically implemented. Reading
or writing to these registers activates indirect address-
ing, with the value in the corresponding FSR register
being the address of the data.
If an instruction writes a value to INDF0, the value will
be written to the address indicated by FSR0H:FSR0L.
A read from INDF1 reads the data from the address
indicated by FSR1H:FSR1L. INDFn can be used in
code anywhere an operand can be used.
If INDF0, INDF1 or INDF2 are read indirectly via an
FSR, all `
0
's are read (zero bit is set). Similarly, if
INDF0, INDF1 or INDF2 are written to indirectly, the
operation will be equivalent to a
NOP
instruction and the
Status bits are not affected.
4.12.1
INDIRECT ADDRESSING
OPERATION
Each FSR register has an INDF register associated with
it, plus four additional register addresses. Performing an
operation on one of these five registers determines how
the FSR will be modified during indirect addressing.
When data access is done to one of the five
INDFn locations, the address selected will
configure the FSRn register to:
- Do nothing to FSRn after an indirect access
(no change) INDFn
- Auto-decrement FSRn after an indirect
access (post-decrement) POSTDECn
- Auto-increment FSRn after an indirect
access (post-increment) POSTINCn
- Auto-increment FSRn before an indirect
access (pre-increment) PREINCn
- Use the value in the WREG register as an
offset to FSRn. Do not modify the value of the
WREG or the FSRn register after an indirect
access (no change) PLUSWn
When using the auto-increment or auto-decrement
features, the effect on the FSR is not reflected in the
Status register. For example, if the indirect address
causes the FSR to equal `
0
', the Z bit will not be set.
Incrementing or decrementing an FSR affects all
12 bits. That is, when FSRnL overflows from an
increment, FSRnH will be incremented automatically.
Adding these features allows the FSRn to be used as a
software stack pointer in addition to its uses for table
operations in data memory.
Each FSR has an address associated with it that
performs an indexed indirect access. When a data
access to this INDFn location (PLUSWn) occurs, the
FSRn is configured to add the 2's complement value in
the WREG register and the value in FSR to form the
address before an indirect access. The FSR value is not
changed.
If an FSR register contains a value that indicates one of
the INDFn, an indirect read will read 00h (zero bit is
set), while an indirect write will be equivalent to a
NOP
(Status bits are not affected).
If an indirect addressing operation is done where the
target address is an FSRnH or FSRnL register, the
write operation will dominate over the pre- or
post-increment/decrement functions.
LFSR
FSR0, 100h ;
NEXT
CLRF
POSTINC0
; Clear INDF
; register
; & inc pointer
BTFSS
FSR0H, 1
; All done
; w/ Bank1?
BRA
NEXT
; NO, clear next
CONTINUE
;
: ;
YES,
continue
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 56
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 4-8:
INDIRECT ADDRESSING
Note
1: For register file map detail, see Table 4-1.
Data
Memory
(1)
Indirect Addressing
FSR Register
11
8
7
0
0FFFh
0000h
Location Select
FSRnH
FSRnL
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 57
PIC18FXX8
4.13
Status Register
The Status register, shown in Register 4-2, contains the
arithmetic status of the ALU. The Status register can be
the destination for any instruction, as with any other
register. If the Status register is the destination for an
instruction that affects the Z, DC, C, OV or N bits, then
the write to these five bits is disabled. These bits are set
or cleared according to the device logic. Therefore, the
result of an instruction with the Status register as
destination may be different than intended.
For example,
CLRF STATUS
will clear the upper three
bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the Status register as
000u u1uu
(where
u
= unchanged).
It is recommended, therefore, that only
BCF, BSF,
SWAPF, MOVFF
and
MOVWF
instructions are used to
alter the Status register, because these instructions do
not affect the Z, C, DC, OV or N bits from the Status
register. For other instructions which do not affect the
status bits, see Table 25-2.
REGISTER 4-2:
STATUS REGISTER
Note:
The C and DC bits operate as a Borrow
and Digit Borrow bit respectively, in
subtraction.
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
--
--
--
N
OV
Z
DC
C
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
N: Negative bit
This bit is used for signed arithmetic (2's complement). It indicates whether the result of the ALU
operation was negative (ALU MSb =
1
).
1
= Result was negative
0
= Result was positive
bit 3
OV: Overflow bit
This bit is used for signed arithmetic (2's complement). It indicates an overflow of the 7-bit
magnitude which causes the sign bit (bit 7) to change state.
1
= Overflow occurred for signed arithmetic (in this arithmetic operation)
0
= No overflow occurred
bit 2
Z: Zero bit
1
= The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero
0
= The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero
bit 1
DC: Digit Carry/Borrow bit
For
ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW
and
SUBWF
instructions:
1
= A carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result occurred
0
= No carry-out from the 4th low-order bit of the result
Note:
For Borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the 2's
complement of the second operand. For rotate (
RRCF, RRNCF, RLCF
and
RLNCF
)
instructions, this bit is loaded with either bit 4 or bit 3 of the source register.
bit 0
C: Carry/Borrow bit
For
ADDWF, ADDLW, SUBLW
and
SUBWF
instructions:
1
= A carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
0
= No carry-out from the Most Significant bit of the result occurred
Note:
For Borrow, the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the 2's
complement of the second operand. For rotate (
RRF, RLF
) instructions, this bit is
loaded with either the high or low-order bit of the source register.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 58
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
4.14
RCON Register
The Reset Control (RCON) register contains flag bits
that allow differentiation between the sources of a
device Reset. These flags include the TO, PD, POR,
BOR and RI bits. This register is readable and writable.
REGISTER 4-3:
RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER
Note 1: If the BOREN configuration bit is set,
BOR is `
1
' on Power-on Reset. If the
BOREN configuration bit is clear, BOR is
unknown on Power-on Reset.
The BOR status bit is a "don't care" and is
not necessarily predictable if the brown-
out circuit is disabled (the BOREN config-
uration bit is clear). BOR must then be set
by the user and checked on subsequent
Resets to see if it is clear, indicating a
brown-out has occurred.
2: It is recommended that the POR bit be set
after a Power-on Reset has been
detected, so that subsequent Power-on
Resets may be detected.
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W
R/W
R/W-0
R/W-0
IPEN
--
--
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IPEN: Interrupt Priority Enable bit
1
= Enable priority levels on interrupts
0
= Disable priority levels on interrupts (PIC16CXXX Compatibility mode)
bit 6-5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
RI:
RESET
Instruction Flag bit
1
= The
RESET
instruction was not executed
0
= The
RESET
instruction was executed causing a device Reset
(must be set in software after a Brown-out Reset occurs)
bit 3
TO: Watchdog Time-out Flag bit
1
= After power-up,
CLRWDT
instruction or
SLEEP
instruction
0
= A WDT time-out occurred
bit 2
PD: Power-down Detection Flag bit
1
= After power-up or by the
CLRWDT
instruction
0
= By execution of the
SLEEP
instruction
bit 1
POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
1
= A Power-on Reset has not occurred
0
= A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs)
bit 0
BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
1
= A Brown-out Reset has not occurred
0
= A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Brown-out Reset occurs)
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 59
PIC18FXX8
5.0
DATA EEPROM MEMORY
The data EEPROM is readable and writable during
normal operation over the entire V
DD
range. The data
memory is not directly mapped in the register file
space. Instead, it is indirectly addressed through the
Special Function Registers (SFR).
There are four SFRs used to read and write the
program and data EEPROM memory. These registers
are:
EECON1
EECON2
EEDATA
EEADR
The EEPROM data memory allows byte read and write.
When interfacing to the data memory block, EEDATA
holds the 8-bit data for read/write and EEADR holds the
address of the EEPROM location being accessed. The
PIC18FXX8 devices have 256 bytes of data EEPROM
with an address range from 00h to FFh.
The EEPROM data memory is rated for high erase/
write cycles. A byte write automatically erases the loca-
tion and writes the new data (erase-before-write). The
write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. The write
time will vary with voltage and temperature, as well as
from chip-to-chip. Please refer to the specifications for
exact limits.
5.1
EEADR Register
The address register can address up to a maximum of
256 bytes of data EEPROM.
5.2
EECON1 and EECON2 Registers
EECON1 is the control register for EEPROM memory
accesses.
EECON2 is not a physical register. Reading EECON2
will read all `
0
's. The EECON2 register is used
exclusively in the EEPROM write sequence.
Control bits, RD and WR, initiate read and write opera-
tions, respectively. These bits cannot be cleared, only
set, in software. They are cleared in hardware at the
completion of the read or write operation. The inability
to clear the WR bit in software prevents the accidental
or premature termination of a write operation.
The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation.
On power-up, the WREN bit is clear. The WRERR bit is
set when a write operation is interrupted by a MCLR
Reset, or a WDT Time-out Reset, during normal oper-
ation. In these situations, the user can check the
WRERR bit and rewrite the location. It is necessary to
reload the data and address registers (EEDATA and
EEADR) due to the Reset condition forcing the
contents of the registers to zero.
Note:
Interrupt flag bit, EEIF in the PIR2 register,
is set when write is complete. It must be
cleared in software.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 60
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 5-1:
EECON1: EEPROM CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-x
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-x
R/W-0
R/S-0
R/S-0
EEPGD
CFGS
--
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
EEPGD: Flash Program or Data EEPROM Memory Select bit
1
= Access program Flash memory
0
= Access data EEPROM memory
bit 6
CFGS: Flash Program/Data EE or Configuration Select bit
1
= Access Configuration registers
0
= Access program Flash or data EEPROM memory
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
FREE: Flash Row Erase Enable bit
1
= Erase the program memory row addressed by TBLPTR on the next WR command
(reset by hardware)
0
= Perform write only
bit 3
WRERR: Write Error Flag bit
1
= A write operation is prematurely terminated
(any MCLR or any WDT Reset during self-timed programming in normal operation)
0
= The write operation completed
Note:
When a WRERR occurs, the EEPGD or FREE bits are not cleared. This allows
tracing of the error condition.
bit 2
WREN: Write Enable bit
1
= Allows write cycles
0
= Inhibits write to the EEPROM or Flash memory
bit 1
WR: Write Control bit
1
= Initiates a data EEPROM erase/write cycle or a program memory erase cycle or write cycle
(The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once write is complete. The
WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software.)
0
= Write cycle is complete
bit 0
RD: Read Control bit
1
= Initiates an EEPROM read
(Read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can only be set (not cleared)
in software. RD bit cannot be set when EEPGD =
1
.)
0
= Does not initiate an EEPROM read
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
S = Settable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 61
PIC18FXX8
5.3
Reading the Data EEPROM
Memory
To read a data memory location, the user must write the
address to the EEADR register, clear the EEPGD and
CFGS control bits (EECON1<7:6>) and then set
control bit RD (EECON1<0>). The data is available in
the very next instruction cycle of the EEDATA register;
therefore, it can be read by the next instruction.
EEDATA will hold this value until another read
operation or until it is written to by the user (during a
write operation).
EXAMPLE 5-1:
DATA EEPROM READ
5.4
Writing to the Data EEPROM
Memory
To write an EEPROM data location, the address must
first be written to the EEADR register and the data writ-
ten to the EEDATA register. Then, the sequence in
Example 5-2 must be followed to initiate the write cycle.
The write will not initiate if the above sequence is not
exactly followed (write 55h to EECON2, write 0AAh to
EECON2, then set WR bit) for each byte. It is strongly
recommended that interrupts be disabled during this
code segment.
Additionally, the WREN bit in EECON1 must be set to
enable writes. This mechanism prevents accidental
writes to data EEPROM due to unexpected code exe-
cution (i.e., runaway programs). The WREN bit should
be kept clear at all times, except when updating the
EEPROM. The WREN bit is not cleared by hardware.
After a write sequence has been initiated, clearing the
WREN bit will not affect the current write cycle. The WR
bit will be inhibited from being set unless the WREN bit
is set. The WREN bit must be set on a previous instruc-
tion. Both WR and WREN cannot be set with the same
instruction.
At the completion of the write cycle, the WR bit is
cleared in hardware and the EEPROM Write Complete
Interrupt Flag bit (EEIF) is set. The user may either
enable this interrupt or roll this bit. EEIF must be
cleared by software.
EXAMPLE 5-2:
DATA EEPROM WRITE
MOVLW
DATA_EE_ADDR
;
MOVWF
EEADR
;Data Memory Address
;to read
BCF
EECON1, EEPGD
;Point to DATA memory
BCS
EECON1, CFGS
;
BSF
EECON1, RD
;EEPROM Read
MOVF
EEDATA, W
;W = EEDATA
MOVLW
DATA_EE_ADDR
;
MOVWF
EEADR
; Data Memory Address to read
MOVLW
DATA_EE_DATA
;
MOVWF
EEDATA
; Data Memory Value to write
BCF
EECON1, EEPGD
; Point to DATA memory
BCF
EECON1, CFGS
; Access program FLASH or Data EEPROM memory
BSF
EECON1, WREN
; Enable writes
BCF
INTCON, GIE
; Disable interrupts
Required
MOVLW
55h
;
Sequence
MOVWF
EECON2
; Write 55h
MOVLW
0AAh
;
MOVWF
EECON2
; Write AAh
BSF
EECON1, WR
; Set WR bit to begin write
BSF
INTCON, GIE
; Enable interrupts
.
; user code execution
.
.
BCF
EECON1, WREN
; Disable writes on write complete (EEIF set)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 62
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
5.5
Write Verify
Depending on the application, good programming
practice may dictate that the value written to the
memory should be verified against the original value.
This should be used in applications where excessive
writes can stress bits near the specification limit.
Generally, a write failure will be a bit which was written
as a `
1
', but reads back as a `
0
' (due to leakage off the
cell).
5.6
Protection Against Spurious Write
There are conditions when the device may not want to
write to the data EEPROM memory. To protect against
spurious EEPROM writes, various mechanisms have
been built-in. On power-up, the WREN bit is cleared.
Also, the Power-up Timer (72 ms duration) prevents
EEPROM write.
The write initiate sequence and the WREN bit together
reduce the probability of an accidental write during
brown-out, power glitch or software malfunction.
5.7
Operation During Code-Protect
Data EEPROM memory has its own code-protect
mechanism. External read and write operations are
disabled if either of these mechanisms are enabled.
The microcontroller itself can both read and write to the
internal data EEPROM, regardless of the state of the
code-protect configuration bit. Refer to Section 24.0
"Special Features of the CPU"
for additional
information.
5.8
Using the Data EEPROM
The data EEPROM is a high-endurance, byte address-
able array that has been optimized for the storage of
frequently changing information (e.g., program
variables or other data that are updated often).
Frequently changing values will typically be updated
more often than specification D124 or D124A. If this is
not the case, an array refresh must be performed. For
this reason, variables that change infrequently (such as
constants, IDs, calibration, etc.) should be stored in
Flash program memory. A simple data EEPROM
refresh routine is shown in Example 5-3.
EXAMPLE 5-3:
DATA EEPROM REFRESH ROUTINE
Note:
If data EEPROM is only used to store
constants and/or data that changes rarely,
an array refresh is likely not required. See
specification D124 or D124A.
CLRF
EEADR
; Start at address 0
BCF
EECON1, CFGS
; Set for memory
BCF
EECON1, EEPGD
; Set for Data EEPROM
BCF
INTCON, GIE
; Disable interrupts
BSF
EECON1, WREN
; Enable writes
Loop
; Loop to refresh array
BSF
EECON1, RD
; Read current address
MOVLW
55h
;
MOVWF
EECON2
; Write 55h
MOVLW
0AAh
;
MOVWF
EECON2
; Write AAh
BSF
EECON1, WR
; Set WR bit to begin write
BTFSC
EECON1, WR
; Wait for write to complete
BRA
$-2
INCFSZ
EEADR, F
; Increment address
BRA
Loop
; Not zero, do it again
BCF
EECON1, WREN
; Disable writes
BSF
INTCON, GIE
; Enable interrupts
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 63
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 5-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH DATA EEPROM MEMORY
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on:
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
EEADR
EEPROM Address Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
EEDATA
EEPROM Data Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
EECON2
EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register)
--
--
EECON1
EEPGD
CFGS
--
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
xx-0 x000
uu-0 u000
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
ECCP1IP
(1)
-1-1 1111
-1-1 1111
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF ECCP1IF
(1)
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE ECCP1IE
(1)
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, r = reserved,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'.
Shaded cells are not used during Flash/EEPROM access.
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 64
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 65
PIC18FXX8
6.0
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
The Flash program memory is readable, writable and
erasable during normal operation over the entire V
DD
range.
A read from program memory is executed on one byte
at a time. A write to program memory is executed on
blocks of 8 bytes at a time. Program memory is erased
in blocks of 64 bytes at a time. A bulk erase operation
may not be issued from user code.
Writing or erasing program memory will cease instruc-
tion fetches until the operation is complete. The
program memory cannot be accessed during the write
or erase, therefore, code cannot execute. An internal
programming timer terminates program memory writes
and erases.
A value written to program memory does not need to be
a valid instruction. Executing a program memory
location that forms an invalid instruction results in a
NOP
.
6.1
Table Reads and Table Writes
In order to read and write program memory, there are
two operations that allow the processor to move bytes
between the program memory space and the data
RAM:
Table Read (
TBLRD
)
Table Write (
TBLWT
)
The program memory space is 16 bits wide, while the
data RAM space is 8 bits wide. Table reads and table
writes move data between these two memory spaces
through an 8-bit register (TABLAT).
Table read operations retrieve data from program
memory and place it into the data RAM space.
Figure 6-1 shows the operation of a table read with
program memory and data RAM.
Table write operations store data from the data memory
space into holding registers in program memory. The
procedure to write the contents of the holding registers
into program memory is detailed in Section 6.5
"Writing to Flash Program Memory"
. Figure 6-2
shows the operation of a table write with program
memory and data RAM.
Table operations work with byte entities. A table block
containing data, rather than program instructions, is not
required to be word aligned. Therefore, a table block
can start and end at any byte address. If a table write is
being used to write executable code into program
memory, program instructions will need to be word
aligned.
FIGURE 6-1:
TABLE READ OPERATION
Table Pointer
(1)
Table Latch (8-bit)
Program Memory
TBLPTRH
TBLPTRL
TABLAT
TBLPTRU
Instruction:
TBLRD
*
Note
1: Table Pointer points to a byte in program memory.
Program Memory
(TBLPTR)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 66
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 6-2:
TABLE WRITE OPERATION
6.2
Control Registers
Several control registers are used in conjunction with
the
TBLRD
and
TBLWT
instructions. These include the:
EECON1 register
EECON2 register
TABLAT register
TBLPTR registers
6.2.1
EECON1 AND EECON2 REGISTERS
EECON1 is the control register for memory accesses.
EECON2 is not a physical register. Reading EECON2
will read all `
0
's. The EECON2 register is used
exclusively in the memory write and erase sequences.
Control bit EEPGD determines if the access will be a
program or data EEPROM memory access. When
clear, any subsequent operations will operate on the
data EEPROM memory. When set, any subsequent
operations will operate on the program memory.
Control bit CFGS determines if the access will be to the
Configuration/Calibration registers or to program
memory/data EEPROM memory. When set,
subsequent operations will operate on Configuration
registers regardless of EEPGD (see Section 24.0
"Special Features of the CPU"
). When clear, memory
selection access is determined by EEPGD.
The FREE bit, when set, will allow a program memory
erase operation. When the FREE bit is set, the erase
operation is initiated on the next WR command. When
FREE is clear, only writes are enabled.
The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation.
On power-up, the WREN bit is clear. The WRERR bit is
set when a write operation is interrupted by a MCLR
Reset or a WDT Time-out Reset during normal opera-
tion. In these situations, the user can check the
WRERR bit and rewrite the location. It is necessary to
reload the data and address registers (EEDATA and
EEADR) due to Reset values of zero.
Control bits, RD and WR, initiate read and write opera-
tions, respectively. These bits cannot be cleared, only
set, in software. They are cleared in hardware at the
completion of the read or write operation. The inability
to clear the WR bit in software prevents the accidental
or premature termination of a write operation. The RD
bit cannot be set when accessing program memory
(EEPGD =
1
).
Table Pointer
(1)
Table Latch (8-bit)
TBLPTRH
TBLPTRL
TABLAT
Program Memory
(TBLPTR)
TBLPTRU
Instruction:
TBLWT
*
Note
1: Table Pointer actually points to one of eight holding registers, the address of which is determined by TBLPTRL<2:0>.
The process for physically writing data to the program memory array is discussed in Section 6.5 "Writing to Flash
Program Memory"
.
Holding Registers
Program Memory
Note:
Interrupt flag bit, EEIF in the PIR2 register,
is set when write is complete. It must be
cleared in software.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 67
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 6-1:
EECON1: EEPROM CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-x
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-x
R/W-0
R/S-0
R/S-0
EEPGD
CFGS
--
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
EEPGD: Flash Program or Data EEPROM Memory Select bit
1
= Access program Flash memory
0
= Access data EEPROM memory
bit 6
CFGS: Flash Program/Data EE or Configuration Select bit
1
= Access Configuration registers
0
= Access program Flash or data EEPROM memory
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
FREE: Flash Row Erase Enable bit
1
= Erase the program memory row addressed by TBLPTR on the next WR command
(cleared by completion of erase operation)
0
= Perform write only
bit 3
WRERR: Write Error Flag bit
1
= A write operation is prematurely terminated
(any MCLR or any WDT Reset during self-timed programming in normal operation)
0
= The write operation completed
Note:
When a WRERR occurs, the EEPGD and CFGS bits are not cleared. This allows
tracing of the error condition.
bit 2
WREN: Write Enable bit
1
= Allows write cycles
0
= Inhibits write to the EEPROM or Flash memory
bit 1
WR: Write Control bit
1
= Initiates a data EEPROM erase/write cycle or a program memory erase cycle or write cycle
(The operation is self-timed and the bit is cleared by hardware once write is complete. The
WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software.)
0
= Write cycle to the EEPROM is complete
bit 0
RD: Read Control bit
1
= Initiates an EEPROM read
(Read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can only be set (not cleared)
in software. RD bit cannot be set when EEPGD =
1
.)
0
= Does not initiate an EEPROM read
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
S = Settable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 68
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.2.2
TABLAT TABLE LATCH REGISTER
The Table Latch (TABLAT) is an 8-bit register mapped
into the SFR space. The Table Latch is used to hold
8-bit data during data transfers between program
memory and data RAM.
6.2.3
TBLPTR TABLE POINTER
REGISTER
The Table Pointer (TBLPTR) addresses a byte within
the program memory. The TBLPTR is comprised of
three SFR registers: Table Pointer Upper Byte, Table
Pointer High Byte and Table Pointer Low Byte
(TBLPTRU:TBLPTRH:TBLPTRL). These three regis-
ters join to form a 22-bit wide pointer. The low-order
21 bits allow the device to address up to 2 Mbytes of
program memory space. The 22nd bit allows access to
the device ID, the user ID and the configuration bits.
The Table Pointer, TBLPTR, is used by the
TBLRD
and
TBLWT
instructions. These instructions can update the
TBLPTR in one of four ways based on the table
operation. These operations are shown in Table 6-1.
These operations on the TBLPTR only affect the
low-order 21 bits.
6.2.4
TABLE POINTER BOUNDARIES
TBLPTR is used in reads, writes and erases of the
Flash program memory.
When a
TBLRD
is executed, all 22 bits of the Table
Pointer determine which byte is read from program
memory into TABLAT.
When a
TBLWT
is executed, the three LSbs of the Table
Pointer (TBLPTR<2:0>) determine which of the eight
program memory holding registers is written to. When
the timed write to program memory (long write) begins,
the 19 MSbs of the Table Pointer, TBLPTR
(TBLPTR<21:3>), will determine which program
memory block of 8 bytes is written to. For more detail,
see Section 6.5 "Writing to Flash Program Memory".
When an erase of program memory is executed, the
16 MSbs of the Table Pointer (TBLPTR<21:6>) point to
the 64-byte block that will be erased. The Least
Significant bits (TBLPTR<5:0>) are ignored.
Figure 6-3 describes the relevant boundaries of
TBLPTR based on Flash program memory operations.
TABLE 6-1:
TABLE POINTER OPERATIONS WITH TBLRD AND TBLWT INSTRUCTIONS
FIGURE 6-3:
TABLE POINTER BOUNDARIES BASED ON OPERATION
Example
Operation on Table Pointer
TBLRD*
TBLWT*
TBLPTR is not modified
TBLRD*+
TBLWT*+
TBLPTR is incremented after the read/write
TBLRD*-
TBLWT*-
TBLPTR is decremented after the read/write
TBLRD+*
TBLWT+*
TBLPTR is incremented before the read/write
21
16
15
8
7
0
ERASE TBLPTR<21:6>
WRITE TBLPTR<21:3>
READ TBLPTR<21:0>
TBLPTRL
TBLPTRH
TBLPTRU
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 69
PIC18FXX8
6.3
Reading the Flash Program
Memory
The
TBLRD
instruction is used to retrieve data from
program memory and places it into data RAM. Table
reads from program memory are performed one byte at
a time.
TBLPTR points to a byte address in program space.
Executing
TBLRD
places the byte pointed to into
TABLAT. In addition, TBLPTR can be modified
automatically for the next table read operation.
The internal program memory is typically organized by
words. The Least Significant bit of the address selects
between the high and low bytes of the word. Figure 6-4
shows the interface between the internal program
memory and the TABLAT.
FIGURE 6-4:
READS FROM FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
EXAMPLE 6-1:
READING A FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WORD
(Even Byte Address)
Program Memory
(Odd Byte Address)
TBLRD
TABLAT
TBLPTR
= xxxxx1
FETCH
Instruction Register
(IR)
Read Register
TBLPTR
= xxxxx0
MOVLW
CODE_ADDR_UPPER
; Load TBLPTR with the base
MOVWF
TBLPTRU
; address of the word
MOVLW
CODE_ADDR_HIGH
MOVWF
TBLPTRH
MOVLW
CODE_ADDR_LOW
MOVWF
TBLPTRL
READ_WORD
TBLRD*+
; read into TABLAT and increment
MOVF
TABLAT, W
; get data
MOVWF
WORD_LSB
TBLRD*+
; read into TABLAT and increment
MOVF
TABLAT, W
; get data
MOVWF
WORD_MSB
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 70
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
6.4
Erasing Flash Program Memory
The minimum erase block is 32 words or 64 bytes. Only
through the use of an external programmer, or through
ICSP control, can larger blocks of program memory be
bulk erased. Word erase in the Flash array is not
supported.
When initiating an erase sequence from the micro-
controller itself, a block of 64 bytes of program memory
is erased. The Most Significant 16 bits of the
TBLPTR<21:6> point to the block being erased.
TBLPTR<5:0> are ignored.
The EECON1 register commands the erase operation.
The EEPGD bit must be set to point to the Flash
program memory. The WREN bit must be set to enable
write operations. The FREE bit is set to select an erase
operation.
For protection, the write initiate sequence for EECON2
must be used.
A long write is necessary for erasing the internal Flash.
Instruction execution is halted while in a long write
cycle. The long write will be terminated by the internal
programming timer.
6.4.1
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
ERASE SEQUENCE
The sequence of events for erasing a block of internal
program memory location is:
1.
Load Table Pointer with address of row being
erased.
2.
Set the EECON1 register for the erase operation:
set the EEPGD bit to point to program memory;
clear the CFGS bit to access program memory;
set the WREN bit to enable writes;
set the FREE bit to enable the erase.
3.
Disable interrupts.
4.
Write 55h to EECON2.
5.
Write 0AAh to EECON2.
6.
Set the WR bit. This will begin the row erase
cycle.
7.
The CPU will stall for duration of the erase
(about 2 ms using internal timer).
8.
Re-enable interrupts.
EXAMPLE 6-2:
ERASING A FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY ROW
MOVLW
upper (CODE_ADDR)
; load TBLPTR with the base
MOVWF
TBLPTRU
; address of the memory block
MOVLW
high (CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRH
MOVLW
low (CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRL
ERASE_ROW
BSF
EECON1, EEPGD
; point to FLASH program memory
BCF
EECON1, CFGS
; access FLASH program memory
BSF
EECON1, WREN
; enable write to memory
BSF
EECON1, FREE
; enable Row Erase operation
BCF
INTCON, GIE
; disable interrupts
MOVLW
55h
MOVWF
EECON2
; write 55H
Required
MOVLW
0AAh
Sequence
MOVWF
EECON2
; write 0AAH
BSF
EECON1, WR
; start erase (CPU stall)
NOP
; NOP needed for proper code execution
BSF
INTCON, GIE
; re-enable interrupts
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 71
PIC18FXX8
6.5
Writing to Flash Program Memory
The minimum programming block is 4 words or 8 bytes.
Word or byte programming is not supported.
Table writes are used internally to load the holding
registers needed to program the Flash memory. There
are 8 holding registers used by the table writes for
programming.
Since the Table Latch (TABLAT) is only a single byte,
the
TBLWT
instruction has to be executed 8 times for
each programming operation. All of the table write
operations will essentially be short writes, because only
the holding registers are written. At the end of updating
8 registers, the EECON1 register must be written to, to
start the programming operation with a long write.
The long write is necessary for programming the inter-
nal Flash. Instruction execution is halted while in a long
write cycle. The long write will be terminated by the
internal programming timer.
The EEPROM on-chip timer controls the write time.
The write/erase voltages are generated by an on-chip
charge pump rated to operate over the voltage range of
the device for byte or word operations.
6.5.1
FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY WRITE
SEQUENCE
The sequence of events for programming an internal
program memory location should be:
1.
Read 64 bytes into RAM.
2.
Update data values in RAM as necessary.
3.
Load Table Pointer with address being erased.
4.
Do the row erase procedure.
5.
Load Table Pointer with address of first byte
being written.
6.
Write the first 8 bytes into the holding registers
using the
TBLWT
instruction, auto-increment
may be used.
7.
Set the EECON1 register for the write operation:
set the EEPGD bit to point to program memory;
clear the CFGS bit to access program memory;
set the WREN to enable byte writes.
8.
Disable interrupts.
9.
Write 55h to EECON2.
10. Write AAh to EECON2.
11. Set the WR bit. This will begin the write cycle.
12. The CPU will stall for duration of the write (about
2 ms using internal timer).
13. Re-enable interrupts.
14. Repeat steps 6-14 seven times to write
64 bytes.
15. Verify the memory (table read).
This procedure will require about 18 ms to update one
row of 64 bytes of memory. An example of the required
code is given in Example 6-3.
FIGURE 6-5:
TABLE WRITES TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
Note:
Before setting the WR bit, the Table
Pointer address needs to be within the
intended address range of the 8 bytes in
the holding registers.
Holding Register
TABLAT
Holding Register
TBLPTR =
xxxxx7
Holding Register
TBLPTR =
xxxxx1
Holding Register
TBLPTR =
xxxxx0
8
8
8
8
Write Register
TBLPTR =
xxxxx2
Program Memory
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 72
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
EXAMPLE 6-3:
WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY
MOVLW
D'64
; number of bytes in erase block
MOVWF
COUNTER
MOVLW
high (BUFFER_ADDR)
; point to buffer
MOVWF
FSR0H
MOVLW
low (BUFFER_ADDR)
MOVWF
FSR0L
MOVLW
upper (CODE_ADDR)
; Load TBLPTR with the base
MOVWF
TBLPTRU
; address of the memory block
MOVLW
high (CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRH
MOVLW
low (CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRL
READ_BLOCK
TBLRD*+
; read into TABLAT, and inc
MOVF
TABLAT, W
; get data
MOVWF
POSTINC0
; store data
DECFSZ
COUNTER ;
done?
BRA
READ_BLOCK
; repeat
MODIFY_WORD
MOVLW
DATA_ADDR_HIGH
; point to buffer
MOVWF
FSR0H
MOVLW
DATA_ADDR_LOW
MOVWF
FSR0L
MOVLW
NEW_DATA_LOW
; update buffer word
MOVWF
POSTINC0
MOVLW
NEW_DATA_HIGH
MOVWF
INDF0
ERASE_BLOCK
MOVLW
upper (CODE_ADDR)
; load TBLPTR with the base
MOVWF
TBLPTRU
; address of the memory block
MOVLW
high (CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRH
MOVLW
low (CODE_ADDR)
MOVWF
TBLPTRL
BSF
EECON1, EEPGD
; point to FLASH program memory
BCF
EECON1, CFGS
; access FLASH program memory
BSF
EECON1, WREN
; enable write to memory
BSF
EECON1, FREE
; enable Row Erase operation
BCF
INTCON, GIE
; disable interrupts
MOVLW
55h
Required
MOVWF
EECON2
; write 55H
Sequence
MOVLW
0AAh
MOVWF
EECON2
; write AAH
BSF
EECON1, WR
; start erase (CPU stall)
NOP
BSF
INTCON, GIE
; re-enable interrupts
TBLRD*-
; dummy read decrement
WRITE_BUFFER_BACK
MOVLW
8
; number of write buffer groups of 8 bytes
MOVWF
COUNTER_HI
MOVLW
high (BUFFER_ADDR)
; point to buffer
MOVWF
FSR0H
MOVLW
low (BUFFER_ADDR)
MOVWF
FSR0L
PROGRAM_LOOP
MOVLW
8
; number of bytes in holding register
MOVWF
COUNTER
WRITE_WORD_TO_HREGS
MOVFW
POSTINC0, W
; get low byte of buffer data
MOVWF
TABLAT
; present data to table latch
TBLWT+*
; write data, perform a short write
; to internal TBLWT holding register.
DECFSZ
COUNTER
; loop until buffers are full
BRA
WRITE_WORD_TO_HREGS
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 73
PIC18FXX8
EXAMPLE 6-3:
WRITING TO FLASH PROGRAM MEMORY (CONTINUED)
6.5.2
WRITE VERIFY
Depending on the application, good programming
practice may dictate that the value written to the
memory should be verified against the original value.
This should be used in applications where excessive
writes can stress bits near the specification limit.
6.5.3
UNEXPECTED TERMINATION OF
WRITE OPERATION
If a write is terminated by an unplanned event, such as
loss of power or an unexpected Reset, the memory
location just programmed should be verified and repro-
grammed if needed.The WRERR bit is set when a write
operation is interrupted by a MCLR Reset or a WDT
Time-out Reset during normal operation. In these
situations, users can check the WRERR bit and rewrite
the location.
6.5.4
PROTECTION AGAINST SPURIOUS
WRITES
To reduce the probability against spurious writes to
Flash program memory, the write initiate sequence
must also be followed. See Section 24.0 "Special
Features of the CPU"
for more detail.
6.6
Flash Program Operation During
Code Protection
See Section 24.0 "Special Features of the CPU" for
details on code protection of Flash program memory.
WRITE_WORD_TO_HREGS
MOVFW
POSTINC0, W
; get low byte of buffer data
MOVWF
TABLAT
; present data to table latch
TBLWT+*
; write data, perform a short write
; to internal TBLWT holding register.
DECFSZ
COUNTER
; loop until buffers are full
BRA
WRITE_WORD_TO_HREGS
PROGRAM_MEMORY
BSF
EECON1, EEPGD
; point to FLASH program memory
BCF
EECON1, CFGS
; access FLASH program memory
BSF
EECON1, WREN
; enable write to memory
BCF
INTCON, GIE
; disable interrupts
MOVLW
55h
; write 55h
Required
MOVWF
EECON2
Sequence
MOVLW
0AAh
; write 0AAh
MOVWF
EECON2
; start program (CPU stall)
BSF
EECON1, WR
NOP
BSF
INTCON, GIE
; re-enable interrupts
DECFSZ
COUNTER_HI
; loop until done
BRA PROGRAM_LOOP
BCF
EECON1, WREN
; disable write to memory
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 74
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 6-2:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PROGRAM FLASH MEMORY
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on:
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
TBLPTRU
--
--
bit 21
Program Memory Table Pointer Upper Byte
(TBLPTR<20:16>)
--00 0000
--00 0000
TBPLTRH Program Memory Table Pointer High Byte (TBLPTR<15:8>)
0000 0000
0000 0000
TBLPTRL Program Memory Table Pointer Low Byte (TBLPTR<7:0>)
0000 0000
0000 0000
TABLAT
Program Memory Table Latch
0000 0000
0000 0000
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/
GIEL
TMR0IE
INTE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INTF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
EECON2
EEPROM Control Register 2 (not a physical register)
--
--
EECON1
EEPGD
CFGS
--
FREE
WRERR
WREN
WR
RD
xx-0 x000
uu-0 u000
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP ECCP1IP
(1)
-1-1 1111
-1-1 1111
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF ECCP1IF
(1)
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE ECCP1IE
(1)
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'.
Shaded cells are not used during Flash/EEPROM access.
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 75
PIC18FXX8
7.0
8 x 8 HARDWARE MULTIPLIER
7.1
Introduction
An 8 x 8 hardware multiplier is included in the ALU of
the PIC18FXX8 devices. By making the multiply a
hardware operation, it completes in a single instruction
cycle. This is an unsigned multiply that gives a 16-bit
result. The result is stored in the 16-bit product register
pair (PRODH:PRODL). The multiplier does not affect
any flags in the ALUSTA register.
Making the 8 x 8 multiplier execute in a single cycle
gives the following advantages:
Higher computational throughput
Reduces code size requirements for multiply
algorithms
The performance increase allows the device to be used
in applications previously reserved for Digital Signal
Processors.
Table 7-1 shows a performance comparison between
Enhanced devices using the single-cycle hardware
multiply and performing the same function without the
hardware multiply.
7.2
Operation
Example 7-1 shows the sequence to do an 8 x 8
unsigned multiply. Only one instruction is required
when one argument of the multiply is already loaded in
the WREG register.
Example 7-2 shows the sequence to do an 8 x 8 signed
multiply. To account for the sign bits of the arguments,
each argument's Most Significant bit (MSb) is tested
and the appropriate subtractions are done.
EXAMPLE 7-1:
8 x 8 UNSIGNED
MULTIPLY ROUTINE
EXAMPLE 7-2:
8 x 8 SIGNED MULTIPLY
ROUTINE
TABLE 7-1:
PERFORMANCE COMPARISON
MOVF ARG1, W ;
MULWF ARG2 ; ARG1 * ARG2 ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVF ARG1, W
MULWF ARG2 ; ARG1 * ARG2 ->
; PRODH:PRODL
BTFSC ARG2, SB ; Test Sign Bit
SUBWF PRODH ; PRODH = PRODH
; - ARG1
MOVF ARG2, W
BTFSC ARG1, SB ; Test Sign Bit
SUBWF PRODH ; PRODH = PRODH
; - ARG2
Routine
Multiply Method
Program
Memory
(Words)
Cycles
(Max)
Time
@ 40 MHz
@ 10 MHz
@ 4 MHz
8 x 8 unsigned
Without hardware multiply
13
69
6.9
s
27.6
s
69
s
Hardware multiply
1
1
100 ns
400 ns
1
s
8 x 8 signed
Without hardware multiply
33
91
9.1
s
36.4
s
91
s
Hardware multiply
6
6
600 ns
2.4
s
6
s
16 x 16 unsigned
Without hardware multiply
21
242
24.2
s
96.8
s
242
s
Hardware multiply
24
24
2.4
s
9.6
s
24
s
16 x 16 signed
Without hardware multiply
52
254
25.4
s
102.6
s
254
s
Hardware multiply
36
36
3.6
s
14.4
s
36
s
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 76
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Example 7-3 shows the sequence to do a 16 x 16
unsigned multiply. Equation 7-1 shows the algorithm
that is used. The 32-bit result is stored in four registers,
RES3:RES0.
EQUATION 7-1:
16 x 16 UNSIGNED
MULTIPLICATION
ALGORITHM
EXAMPLE 7-3:
16 x 16 UNSIGNED
MULTIPLY ROUTINE
Example 7-4 shows the sequence to do a 16 x 16
signed multiply. Equation 7-2 shows the algorithm
used. The 32-bit result is stored in four registers,
RES3:RES0. To account for the sign bits of the argu-
ments, each argument pair's Most Significant bit (MSb)
is tested and the appropriate subtractions are done.
EQUATION 7-2:
16 x 16 SIGNED
MULTIPLICATION
ALGORITHM
EXAMPLE 7-4:
16 x 16 SIGNED
MULTIPLY ROUTINE
MOVF
ARG1L, W
MULWF
ARG2L
; ARG1L * ARG2L ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVFF
PRODH, RES1
;
MOVFF
PRODL, RES0
;
;
MOVF
ARG1H, W
MULWF
ARG2H
; ARG1H * ARG2H ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVFF
PRODH, RES3
;
MOVFF
PRODL, RES2
;
;
MOVF
ARG1L, W
MULWF
ARG2H
; ARG1L * ARG2H ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVF
PRODL, W
;
ADDWF
RES1
; Add cross
MOVF
PRODH, W
; products
ADDWFC
RES2
;
CLRF
WREG
;
ADDWFC
RES3
;
;
MOVF
ARG1H, W
;
MULWF
ARG2L
; ARG1H * ARG2L ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVF
PRODL, W
;
ADDWF
RES1
; Add cross
MOVF
PRODH, W
; products
ADDWFC
RES2
;
CLRF
WREG
;
ADDWFC
RES3
;
RES3:RES0
=
ARG1H:ARG1L
ARG2H:ARG2L
=
(ARG1H
ARG2H 2
16
) +
(ARG1H
ARG2L 2
8
) +
(ARG1L
ARG2H 2
8
) +
(ARG1L
ARG2L)
MOVF
ARG1L, W
MULWF
ARG2L
; ARG1L * ARG2L ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVFF
PRODH, RES1
;
MOVFF
PRODL, RES0
;
;
MOVF
ARG1H, W
MULWF
ARG2H
; ARG1H * ARG2H ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVFF
PRODH, RES3
;
MOVFF
PRODL, RES2
;
;
MOVF
ARG1L, W
MULWF
ARG2H
; ARG1L * ARG2H ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVF
PRODL, W
;
ADDWF
RES1
; Add cross
MOVF
PRODH, W
; products
ADDWFC
RES2
;
CLRF
WREG
;
ADDWFC
RES3
;
;
MOVF
ARG1H, W
;
MULWF
ARG2L
; ARG1H * ARG2L ->
; PRODH:PRODL
MOVF
PRODL, W
;
ADDWF
RES1
; Add cross
MOVF
PRODH, W
; products
ADDWFC RES2
;
CLRF
WREG
;
ADDWFC
RES3
;
;
BTFSS
ARG2H, 7
; ARG2H:ARG2L neg?
BRA
SIGN_ARG1
; no, check ARG1
MOVF
ARG1L, W
;
SUBWF
RES2
;
MOVF
ARG1H, W
;
SUBWFB
RES3
;
SIGN_ARG1
BTFSS
ARG1H, 7
; ARG1H:ARG1L neg?
BRA
CONT_CODE
; no, done
MOVF
ARG2L, W
;
SUBWF
RES2
;
MOVF
ARG2H, W
;
SUBWFB
RES3
;
CONT_CODE
:
RES3:RES0
=
ARG1H:ARG1L
ARG2H:ARG2L
=
(ARG1H
ARG2H 2
16
) +
(ARG1H
ARG2L 2
8
) +
(ARG1L
ARG2H 2
8
) +
(ARG1L
ARG2L)+
(-1
ARG2H<7> ARG1H:ARG1L 2
16
) +
(-1
ARG1H<7> ARG2H:ARG2L 2
16
)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 77
PIC18FXX8
8.0
INTERRUPTS
The PIC18FXX8 devices have multiple interrupt
sources and an interrupt priority feature that allows
each interrupt source to be assigned a high priority
level or a low priority level. The high priority interrupt
vector is at 000008h and the low priority interrupt vector
is at 000018h. High priority interrupt events will
override any low priority interrupts that may be in
progress.
There are 13 registers that are used to control interrupt
operation. These registers are:
RCON
INTCON
INTCON2
INTCON3
PIR1, PIR2, PIR3
PIE1, PIE2, PIE3
IPR1, IPR2, IPR3
It is recommended that the Microchip header files,
supplied with MPLAB
IDE, be used for the symbolic bit
names in these registers. This allows the assembler/
compiler to automatically take care of the placement of
these bits within the specified register.
Each interrupt source has three bits to control its
operation. The functions of these bits are:
Flag bit to indicate that an interrupt event
occurred
Enable bit that allows program execution to
branch to the interrupt vector address when the
flag bit is set
Priority bit to select high priority or low priority
The interrupt priority feature is enabled by setting the
IPEN bit (RCON register). When interrupt priority is
enabled, there are two bits that enable interrupts
globally. Setting the GIEH bit (INTCON<7>) enables all
interrupts. Setting the GIEL bit (INTCON register)
enables all interrupts that have the priority bit cleared.
When the interrupt flag, enable bit and appropriate
global interrupt enable bit are set, the interrupt will vec-
tor immediately to address 000008h or 000018h,
depending on the priority level. Individual interrupts can
be disabled through their corresponding enable bits.
When the IPEN bit is cleared (default state), the
interrupt priority feature is disabled and interrupts are
compatible with PICmicro
mid-range devices. In
Compatibility mode, the interrupt priority bits for each
source have no effect. The PEIE bit (INTCON register)
enables/disables all peripheral interrupt sources. The
GIE bit (INTCON register) enables/disables all interrupt
sources. All interrupts branch to address 000008h in
Compatibility mode.
When an interrupt is responded to, the global interrupt
enable bit is cleared to disable further interrupts. If the
IPEN bit is cleared, this is the GIE bit. If interrupt priority
levels are used, this will be either the GIEH or GIEL bit.
High priority interrupt sources can interrupt a low
priority interrupt.
The return address is pushed onto the stack and the
PC is loaded with the interrupt vector address
(000008h or 000018h). Once in the Interrupt Service
Routine, the source(s) of the interrupt can be deter-
mined by polling the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt
flag bits must be cleared in software before re-enabling
interrupts to avoid recursive interrupts.
The "return from interrupt" instruction,
RETFIE
, exits
the interrupt routine and sets the GIE bit (GIEH or GIEL
if priority levels are used), which re-enables interrupts.
For external interrupt events, such as the INT pins or
the PORTB input change interrupt, the interrupt latency
will be three to four instruction cycles. The exact
latency is the same for one or two-cycle instructions.
Individual interrupt flag bits are set regardless of the
status of their corresponding enable bit or the GIE bit.
Note:
Do not use the
MOVFF
instruction to modify
any of the interrupt control registers while
any interrupt is enabled. Doing so may
cause erratic microcontroller behavior.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 78
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 8-1:
INTERRUPT LOGIC
TMR0IE
GIE/GIEH
GIEL/PEIE
Wake-up if in Sleep mode
Interrupt to CPU
Vector to Location
0008h
INT1IF
INT1IE
INT1IP
TMR0IF
TMR0IE
TMR0IP
INT0IF
INT0IE
RBIF
RBIE
RBIP
TMR0IF
TMR0IP
INT1IF
INT1IE
INT1IP
RBIF
RBIE
RBIP
INT0IF
INT0IE
PEIE/GIEL
Interrupt to CPU
Vector to Location
IPEN
0018h
Peripheral Interrupt Flag bit
Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit
Peripheral Interrupt Priority bit
Peripheral Interrupt Flag bit
Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit
Peripheral Interrupt Priority bit
TMR1IF
TMR1IE
TMR1IP
XXXXIF
XXXXIE
XXXXIP
Additional Peripheral Interrupts
TMR1IF
TMR1IE
TMR1IP
High Priority Interrupt Generation
Low Priority Interrupt Generation
XXXXIF
XXXXIE
XXXXIP
Additional Peripheral Interrupts
IPEN
IPEN
GIE/GIEH
INT2IF
INT2IE
INT2IP
INT2IF
INT2IE
INT2IP
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 79
PIC18FXX8
8.1
INTCON Registers
The INTCON registers are readable and writable regis-
ters which contain various enable, priority and flag bits.
Because of the number of interrupts to be controlled,
PIC18FXX8 devices have three INTCON registers.
They are detailed in Register 8-1 through Register 8-3.
REGISTER 8-1:
INTCON: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER
Note:
Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the global
interrupt enable bit. User software should
ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits
are clear prior to enabling an interrupt.
This feature allows software polling.
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-x
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
GIE/GIEH: Global Interrupt Enable bit
When IPEN (RCON<7>) =
0
:
1
= Enables all unmasked interrupts
0
= Disables all interrupts
When IPEN (RCON<7>) =
1
:
1
= Enables all high priority interrupts
0
= Disables all priority interrupts
bit 6
PEIE/GIEL: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit
When IPEN (RCON<7>) =
0
:
1
= Enables all unmasked peripheral interrupts
0
= Disables all peripheral interrupts
When IPEN (RCON<7>) =
1
:
1
= Enables all low priority peripheral interrupts
0
= Disables all low priority peripheral interrupts
bit 5
TMR0IE: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the TMR0 overflow interrupt
0
= Disables the TMR0 overflow interrupt
bit 4
INT0IE: INT0 External Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the INT0 external interrupt
0
= Disables the INT0 external interrupt
bit 3
RBIE: RB Port Change Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the RB port change interrupt
0
= Disables the RB port change interrupt
bit 2
TMR0IF: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1
= TMR0 register has overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0
= TMR0 register did not overflow
bit 1
INT0IF: INT0 External Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The INT0 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software by reading PORTB)
0
= The INT0 external interrupt did not occur
bit 0
RBIF: RB Port Change Interrupt Flag bit
1
= At least one of the RB7:RB4 pins changed state (must be cleared in software)
0
= None of the RB7:RB4 pins have changed state
Note:
A mismatch condition will continue to set this bit. Reading PORTB will end the
mismatch condition and allow the bit to be cleared.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 80
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 8-2:
INTCON2: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 2
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
U-0
R/W-1
RBPU
INTEDG0 INTEDG1
--
--
TMR0IP
--
RBIP
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit
1
= All PORTB pull-ups are disabled
0
= PORTB pull-ups are enabled by individual port latch values
bit 6
INTEDG0: External Interrupt 0 Edge Select bit
1
= Interrupt on rising edge
0
= Interrupt on falling edge
bit 5
INTEDG1: External Interrupt 1 Edge Select bit
1
= Interrupt on rising edge
0
= Interrupt on falling edge
bit 4-3
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 2
TMR0IP: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 1
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 0
RBIP: RB Port Change Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Note:
Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state
of its corresponding enable bit or the global interrupt enable bit. User software
should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an
interrupt. This feature allows software polling.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 81
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 8-3:
INTCON3: INTERRUPT CONTROL REGISTER 3
R/W-1
R/W-1
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
INT2IP
INT1IP
--
INT2IE
INT1IE
--
INT2IF
INT1IF
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
INT2IP: INT2 External Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 6
INT1IP: INT1 External Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
INT2IE: INT2 External Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the INT2 external interrupt
0
= Disables the INT2 external interrupt
bit 3
INT1IE: INT1 External Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the INT1 external interrupt
0
= Disables the INT1 external interrupt
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1
INT2IF: INT2 External Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The INT2 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= The INT2 external interrupt did not occur
bit 0
INT1IF: INT1 External Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The INT1 external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= The INT1 external interrupt did not occur
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Note:
Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state
of its corresponding enable bit or the global interrupt enable bit. User software
should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an
interrupt. This feature allows software polling.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 82
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.2
PIR Registers
The Peripheral Interrupt Request (PIR) registers
contain the individual flag bits for the peripheral
interrupts (Register 8-4 through Register 8-6). Due to
the number of peripheral interrupt sources, there are
three Peripheral Interrupt Request (Flag) registers
(PIR1, PIR2, PIR3).
REGISTER 8-4:
PIR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 1
Note 1: Interrupt flag bits are set when an interrupt
condition occurs regardless of the state of
its corresponding enable bit or the Global
Interrupt Enable bit, GIE (INTCON
register).
2: User software should ensure the appropri-
ate interrupt flag bits are cleared prior to
enabling an interrupt and after servicing
that interrupt.
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
PSPIF: Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Flag bit
(1)
1
= A read or a write operation has taken place (must be cleared in software)
0
= No read or write has occurred
bit 6
ADIF: A/D Converter Interrupt Flag bit
1
= An A/D conversion completed (must be cleared in software)
0
= The A/D conversion is not complete
bit 5
RCIF: USART Receive Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The USART receive buffer, RCREG, is full (cleared when RCREG is read)
0
= The USART receive buffer is empty
bit 4
TXIF: USART Transmit Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The USART transmit buffer, TXREG, is empty (cleared when TXREG is written)
0
= The USART transmit buffer is full
bit 3
SSPIF: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Flag bit
1
= The transmission/reception is complete (must be cleared in software)
0
= Waiting to transmit/receive
bit 2
CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit
Capture mode:
1
= A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= No TMR1 register capture occurred
Compare mode:
1
= A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= No TMR1 register compare match occurred
PWM mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 1
TMR2IF: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Flag bit
1
= TMR2 to PR2 match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= No TMR2 to PR2 match occurred
bit 0
TMR1IF: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1
= TMR1 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0
= TMR1 register did not overflow
Note 1: This bit is only available on PIC18F4X8 devices. For PIC18F2X8 devices, this bit
is unimplemented and reads as `
0
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 83
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 8-5:
PIR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 2
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
CMIF
(1)
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
ECCP1IF
(1)
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
CMIF: Comparator Interrupt Flag bit
(1)
1
= Comparator input has changed
0
= Comparator input has not changed
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
EEIF: EEPROM Write Operation Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Write operation is complete (must be cleared in software)
0
= Write operation is not complete
bit 3
BCLIF: Bus Collision Interrupt Flag bit
1
= A bus collision occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= No bus collision occurred
bit 2
LVDIF: Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Flag bit
1
= A low-voltage condition occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= The device voltage is above the Low-Voltage Detect trip point
bit 1
TMR3IF: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit
1
= TMR3 register overflowed (must be cleared in software)
0
= TMR3 register did not overflow
bit 0
ECCP1IF: ECCP1 Interrupt Flag bit
(1)
Capture mode:
1
= A TMR1 (TMR3) register capture occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= No TMR1 (TMR3) register capture occurred
Compare mode:
1
= A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software)
0
= No TMR1 register compare match occurred
PWM mode:
Unused in this mode.
Note 1: This bit is only available on PIC18F4X8 devices. For PIC18F2X8 devices, this bit
is unimplemented and reads as `
0
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 84
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 8-6:
PIR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 3
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
IRXIF
WAKIF
ERRIF
TXB2IF
TXB1IF
TXB0IF
RXB1IF
RXB0IF
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IRXIF: Invalid Message Received Interrupt Flag bit
1
= An invalid message has occurred on the CAN bus
0
= An invalid message has not occurred on the CAN bus
bit 6
WAKIF: Bus Activity Wake-up Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Activity on the CAN bus has occurred
0
= Activity on the CAN bus has not occurred
bit 5
ERRIF: CAN bus Error Interrupt Flag bit
1
= An error has occurred in the CAN module (multiple sources)
0
= An error has not occurred in the CAN module
bit 4
TXB2IF: Transmit Buffer 2 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Transmit Buffer 2 has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit Buffer 2 has not completed transmission of a message
bit 3
TXB1IF: Transmit Buffer 1 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Transmit Buffer 1 has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit Buffer 1 has not completed transmission of a message
bit 2
TXB0IF: Transmit Buffer 0 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Transmit Buffer 0 has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit Buffer 0 has not completed transmission of a message
bit 1
RXB1IF: Receive Buffer 1 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Receive Buffer 1 has received a new message
0
= Receive Buffer 1 has not received a new message
bit 0
RXB0IF: Receive Buffer 0 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Receive Buffer 0 has received a new message
0
= Receive Buffer 0 has not received a new message
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 85
PIC18FXX8
8.3
PIE Registers
The Peripheral Interrupt Enable (PIE) registers contain
the individual enable bits for the peripheral interrupts
(Register 8-7 through Register 8-9). Due to the number
of peripheral interrupt sources, there are three Periph-
eral Interrupt Enable registers (PIE1, PIE2, PIE3).
When IPEN is clear, the PEIE bit must be set to enable
any of these peripheral interrupts.
REGISTER 8-7:
PIE1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
PSPIE: Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Enable bit
(1)
1
= Enables the PSP read/write interrupt
0
= Disables the PSP read/write interrupt
bit 6
ADIE: A/D Converter Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the A/D interrupt
0
= Disables the A/D interrupt
bit 5
RCIE: USART Receive Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the USART receive interrupt
0
= Disables the USART receive interrupt
bit 4
TXIE: USART Transmit Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the USART transmit interrupt
0
= Disables the USART transmit interrupt
bit 3
SSPIE: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the MSSP interrupt
0
= Disables the MSSP interrupt
bit 2
CCP1IE: CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the CCP1 interrupt
0
= Disables the CCP1 interrupt
bit 1
TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt
0
= Disables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt
bit 0
TMR1IE: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the TMR1 overflow interrupt
0
= Disables the TMR1 overflow interrupt
Note 1: This bit is only available on PIC18F4X8 devices. For PIC18F2X8 devices, this bit
is unimplemented and reads as `
0
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 86
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 8-8:
PIE2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 2
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
CMIE
(1)
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
ECCP1IE
(1)
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
CMIE: Comparator Interrupt Enable bit
(1)
1
= Enables the comparator interrupt
0
= Disables the comparator interrupt
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
EEIE: EEPROM Write Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enabled
0
= Disabled
bit 3
BCLIE: Bus Collision Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enabled
0
= Disabled
bit 2
LVDIE: Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enabled
0
= Disabled
bit 1
TMR3IE: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the TMR3 overflow interrupt
0
= Disables the TMR3 overflow interrupt
bit 0
ECCP1IE: ECCP1 Interrupt Enable bit
(1)
1
= Enables the ECCP1 interrupt
0
= Disables the ECCP1 interrupt
Note 1: This bit is only available on PIC18F4X8 devices. For PIC18F2X8 devices, this bit
is unimplemented and reads as `
0
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 87
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 8-9:
PIE3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 3
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
IRXIE
WAKIE
ERRIE
TXB2IE
TXB1IE
TXB0IE
RXB1IE
RXB0IE
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IRXIE: Invalid CAN Message Received Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the invalid CAN message received interrupt
0
= Disables the invalid CAN message received interrupt
bit 6
WAKIE: Bus Activity Wake-up Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the bus activity wake-up interrupt
0
= Disables the bus activity wake-up interrupt
bit 5
ERRIE: CAN bus Error Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the CAN bus error interrupt
0
= Disables the CAN bus error interrupt
bit 4
TXB2IE: Transmit Buffer 2 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the Transmit Buffer 2 interrupt
0
= Disables the Transmit Buffer 2 interrupt
bit 3
TXB1IE: Transmit Buffer 1 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the Transmit Buffer 1 interrupt
0
= Disables the Transmit Buffer 1 interrupt
bit 2
TXB0IE: Transmit Buffer 0 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the Transmit Buffer 0 interrupt
0
= Disables the Transmit Buffer 0 interrupt
bit 1
RXB1IE: Receive Buffer 1 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the Receive Buffer 1 interrupt
0
= Disables the Receive Buffer 1 interrupt
bit 0
RXB0IE: Receive Buffer 0 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enables the Receive Buffer 0 interrupt
0
= Disables the Receive Buffer 0 interrupt
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 88
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.4
IPR Registers
The Interrupt Priority (IPR) registers contain the individ-
ual priority bits for the peripheral interrupts. Due to the
number of peripheral interrupt sources, there are three
Peripheral Interrupt Priority registers (IPR1, IPR2 and
IPR3). The operation of the priority bits requires that
the Interrupt Priority Enable bit (IPEN) be set.
REGISTER 8-10:
IPR1: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
PSPIP: Parallel Slave Port Read/Write Interrupt Priority bit
(1)
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 6
ADIP: A/D Converter Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 5
RCIP: USART Receive Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 4
TXIP: USART Transmit Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 3
SSPIP: Master Synchronous Serial Port Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 2
CCP1IP: CCP1 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 1
TMR2IP: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 0
TMR1IP: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
Note 1: This bit is only available on PIC18F4X8 devices. For PIC18F2X8 devices, this bit
is unimplemented and reads as `
0
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 89
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 8-11:
IPR2: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 2
U-0
R/W-1
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
--
CMIP
(1)
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
ECCP1IP
(1)
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
CMIP: Comparator Interrupt Priority bit
(1)
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
EEIP: EEPROM Write Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 3
BCLIP: Bus Collision Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 2
LVDIP: Low-Voltage Detect Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 1
TMR3IP: TMR3 Overflow Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 0
ECCP1IP: ECCP1 Interrupt Priority bit
(1)
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
Note 1: This bit is only available on PIC18F4X8 devices. For PIC18F2X8 devices, this bit
is unimplemented and reads as `
0
'.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 90
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 8-12:
IPR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 3
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
IRXIP
WAKIP
ERRIP
TXB2IP
TXB1IP
TXB0IP
RXB1IP
RXB0IP
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IRXIP: Invalid Message Received Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 6
WAKIP: Bus Activity Wake-up Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 5
ERRIP: CAN bus Error Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 4
TXB2IP: Transmit Buffer 2 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 3
TXB1IP: Transmit Buffer 1 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 2
TXB0IP: Transmit Buffer 0 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 1
RXB1IP: Receive Buffer 1 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 0
RXB0IP: Receive Buffer 0 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 91
PIC18FXX8
8.5
RCON Register
The Reset Control (RCON) register contains the IPEN
bit which is used to enable prioritized interrupts. The
functions of the other bits in this register are discussed
in more detail in Section 4.14 "RCON Register".
REGISTER 8-13:
RCON: RESET CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-1
R-1
R-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
IPEN
--
--
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IPEN: Interrupt Priority Enable bit
1
= Enable priority levels on interrupts
0
= Disable priority levels on interrupts (PIC16CXXX Compatibility mode)
bit 6-5
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 4
RI:
RESET
Instruction Flag bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 4-3.
bit 3
TO: Watchdog Time-out Flag bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 4-3.
bit 2
PD: Power-down Detection Flag bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 4-3.
bit 1
POR: Power-on Reset Status bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 4-3.
bit 0
BOR: Brown-out Reset Status bit
For details of bit operation, see Register 4-3.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 92
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
8.6
INT Interrupts
External interrupts on the RB0/INT0, RB1/INT1 and
RB2/CANTX/INT2 pins are edge triggered: either rising
if the corresponding INTEDGx bit is set in the
INTCON2 register, or falling if the INTEDGx bit is clear.
When a valid edge appears on the RBx/INTx pin, the
corresponding flag bit INTxIF is set. This interrupt can
be disabled by clearing the corresponding enable bit
INTxIE. Flag bit INTxIF must be cleared in software in
the Interrupt Service Routine before re-enabling the
interrupt. All external interrupts (INT0, INT1 and INT2)
can wake-up the processor from Sleep if bit INTxIE was
set prior to going into Sleep. If the Global Interrupt
Enable bit, GIE, is set, the processor will branch to the
interrupt vector following wake-up.
Interrupt priority for INT1 and INT2 is determined by the
value contained in the interrupt priority bits INT1IP
(INTCON3<6>) and INT2IP (INTCON3<7>). There is
no priority bit associated with INT0; it is always a high
priority interrupt source.
8.7
TMR0 Interrupt
In 8-bit mode (which is the default), an overflow (FFh
00h) in the TMR0 register will set flag bit TMR0IF. In
16-bit mode, an overflow (FFFFh
0000h) in the
TMR0H:TMR0L registers will set flag bit TMR0IF. The
interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing
enable bit TMR0IE (INTCON register). Interrupt priority
for Timer0 is determined by the value contained in the
interrupt priority bit TMR0IP (INTCON2 register). See
Section 11.0 "Timer0 Module" for further details.
8.8
PORTB Interrupt-on-Change
An input change on PORTB<7:4> sets flag bit RBIF
(INTCON register). The interrupt can be enabled/
disabled by setting/clearing enable bit RBIE (INTCON
register). Interrupt priority for PORTB interrupt-on-
change is determined by the value contained in the
interrupt priority bit RBIP (INTCON2 register).
8.9
Context Saving During Interrupts
During an interrupt, the return PC value is saved on the
stack. Additionally, the WREG, Status and BSR
registers are saved on the fast return stack. If a fast
return from interrupt is not used (see Section 4.3 "Fast
Register Stack"
), the user may need to save the
WREG, Status and BSR registers in software. Depend-
ing on the user's application, other registers may also
need to be saved. Example 8-1 saves and restores the
WREG, Status and BSR registers during an Interrupt
Service Routine.
EXAMPLE 8-1:
SAVING STATUS, WREG AND BSR REGISTERS IN RAM
MOVWF
W_TEMP
; W_TEMP is in Low Access bank
MOVFF
STATUS, STATUS_TEMP
; STATUS_TEMP located anywhere
MOVFF
BSR, BSR_TEMP
; BSR located anywhere
;
; USER ISR CODE
;
MOVFF
BSR_TEMP, BSR
; Restore BSR
MOVF
W_TEMP, W
; Restore WREG
MOVFF
STATUS_TEMP, STATUS
; Restore STATUS
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 93
PIC18FXX8
9.0
I/O PORTS
Depending on the device selected, there are up to five
general purpose I/O ports available on PIC18FXX8
devices. Some pins of the I/O ports are multiplexed
with an alternate function from the peripheral features
on the device. In general, when a peripheral is enabled,
that pin may not be used as a general purpose I/O pin.
Each port has three registers for its operation:
TRIS register (Data Direction register)
PORT register (reads the levels on the pins of the
device)
LAT register (output latch)
The data latch (LAT register) is useful for read-modify-
write operations on the value that the I/O pins are
driving.
9.1
PORTA, TRISA and LATA
Registers
PORTA is a 7-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
sponding Data Direction register is TRISA. Setting a
TRISA bit (=
1
) will make the corresponding PORTA pin
an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in a
high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISA bit (=
0
) will
make the corresponding PORTA pin an output (i.e., put
the contents of the output latch on the selected pin). On
a Power-on Reset, these pins are configured as inputs
and read as `
0
'.
Reading the PORTA register reads the status of the
pins, whereas writing to it will write to the port latch.
Read-modify-write operations on the LATA register
read and write the latched output value for PORTA.
The RA4 pin is multiplexed with the Timer0 module
clock input to become the RA4/T0CKI pin. The RA4/
T0CKI pin is a Schmitt Trigger input and an open-drain
output. All other RA port pins have TTL input levels and
full CMOS output drivers.
The other PORTA pins are multiplexed with analog
inputs and the analog V
REF
+ and V
REF
- inputs. The
operation of each pin is selected by clearing/setting the
control bits in the ADCON1 register (A/D Control
Register 1). On a Power-on Reset, these pins are
configured as analog inputs and read as `
0
'.
The TRISA register controls the direction of the RA
pins, even when they are being used as analog inputs.
The user must ensure the bits in the TRISA register are
maintained set, when using them as analog inputs.
EXAMPLE 9-1:
INITIALIZING PORTA
Note:
On a Power-on Reset, RA5 and RA3:RA0
are configured as analog inputs and read
as `
0
'. RA6 and RA4 are configured as
digital inputs.
CLRF
PORTA
; Initialize PORTA by
; clearing output data latches
CLRF
LATA
; Alternate method to clear
; output data latches
MOVLW
07h
; Configure A/D
MOVWF
ADCON1 ; for digital inputs
MOVLW
0CFh
; Value used to initialize
; data direction
MOVWF
TRISA
; Set RA3:RA0 as inputs,
; RA5:RA4 as outputs
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 94
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 9-1:
RA3:RA0 AND RA5 PINS
BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 9-2:
RA4/T0CKI PIN BLOCK
DIAGRAM
FIGURE 9-3:
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 PIN BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus
P
N
WR LATA
WR TRISA
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISA
RD PORTA
V
SS
V
DD
I/O pin
(1)
Note 1:
I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
Analog
Input Mode
TTL
Input
Buffer
To A/D Converter and LVD Modules
RD LATA
or
WR PORTA
SS Input (RA5 only)
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
Data Bus
WR TRISA
RD PORTA
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISA
Schmitt
Trigger
Input
Buffer
N
V
SS
I/O pin
(1)
TMR0 Clock Input
Note 1: I/O pin has diode protection to V
SS
only.
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
RD LATA
WR LATA or
WR PORTA
TTL
Input
Buffer
Data Bus
P
N
WR PORTA
WR TRISA
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISA
RD PORTA
V
SS
V
DD
Oscillator
Circuit
From OSC1
1
0
(F
OSC
=
101
,
111
)
Data Latch
CLKO (F
OSC
/4)
OSC2/CLKO
RA6 pin
(2)
(F
OSC
=
100
,
Schmitt
Trigger
Input Buffer
(F
OSC
=
110
,
100
)
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
101
,
110
,
111
)
Note
1: CLKO is 1/4 of F
OSC
.
2: I/O pin has diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 95
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 9-1:
PORTA FUNCTIONS
TABLE 9-2:
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA
Name
Bit#
Buffer Function
RA0/AN0/CV
REF
bit 0
TTL
Input/output, analog input or analog comparator voltage reference
output.
RA1/AN1
bit 1
TTL
Input/output or analog input.
RA2/AN2/V
REF
-
bit 2
TTL
Input/output, analog input or V
REF
-.
RA3/AN3/V
REF
+
bit 3
TTL
Input/output, analog input or V
REF
+.
RA4/T0CKI
bit 4
ST/OD
Input/output, external clock input for Timer0, output is open-drain type.
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN
bit 5
TTL
Input/output, analog input, slave select input for synchronous serial port
or Low-Voltage Detect input.
OSC2/CLKO/RA6
bit 6
TTL
Oscillator clock output or input/output.
Legend: TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger input, OD = Open-Drain
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
PORTA
--
RA6
RA5
RA4
RA3
RA2
RA1
RA0
-00x 0000
-uuu uuuu
LATA
--
Latch A Data Output Register
-xxx xxxx
-uuu uuuu
TRISA
--
PORTA Data Direction Register
-111 1111
-111 1111
ADCON1
ADFM ADCS2
--
--
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
00-- 0000
uu-- uuuu
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, - = unimplemented locations read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by PORTA.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 96
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.2
PORTB, TRISB and LATB
Registers
PORTB is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
sponding Data Direction register is TRISB. Setting a
TRISB bit (=
1
) will make the corresponding PORTB
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in
a high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISB bit (=
0
)
will make the corresponding PORTB pin an output (i.e.,
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
Read-modify-write operations on the LATB register,
read and write the latched output value for PORTB.
EXAMPLE 9-2:
INITIALIZING PORTB
Each of the PORTB pins has a weak internal pull-up. A
single control bit can turn on all the pull-ups. This is
performed by clearing bit RBPU (INTCON2 register).
The weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the
port pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are
disabled on a Power-on Reset.
Four of the PORTB pins (RB7:RB4) have an interrupt-
on-change feature. Only pins configured as inputs can
cause this interrupt to occur (i.e., any RB7:RB4 pin
configured as an output is excluded from the interrupt-
on-change comparison). The input pins (of RB7:RB4)
are compared with the old value latched on the last
read of PORTB. The "mismatch" outputs of RB7:RB4
are ORed together to generate the RB Port Change
Interrupt with Flag bit RBIF (INTCON register).
This interrupt can wake the device from Sleep. The
user, in the Interrupt Service Routine, can clear the
interrupt in the following manner:
a)
Any read or write of PORTB (except with the
MOVFF
instruction). This will end the mismatch
condition.
b)
Clear flag bit RBIF.
A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit RBIF.
Reading PORTB will end the mismatch condition and
allow flag bit RBIF to be cleared.
The interrupt-on-change feature is recommended for
wake-up on key depression operation and operations
where PORTB is only used for the interrupt-on-change
feature. Polling of PORTB is not recommended while
using the interrupt-on-change feature.
CLRF
PORTB
; Initialize PORTB by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATB
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW
0CFh
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF
TRISB
; Set RB3:RB0 as inputs
; RB5:RB4 as outputs
; RB7:RB6 as inputs
Note 1: While in Low-Voltage ICSP mode, the
RB5 pin can no longer be used as a
general purpose I/O pin and should not
be held low during normal operation to
protect against inadvertent ICSP mode
entry.
2: When using Low-Voltage ICSP Program-
ming (LVP), the pull-up on RB5 becomes
disabled. If TRISB bit 5 is cleared,
thereby setting RB5 as an output, LATB
bit 5 must also be cleared for proper
operation.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 97
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 9-4:
RB7:RB4 PINS BLOCK
DIAGRAM
FIGURE 9-5:
RB1:RB0 PINS BLOCK
DIAGRAM
Data Latch
From other
RBPU
(2)
P
V
DD
I/O pin
(1)
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
Q
D
EN
Q
D
EN
Data Bus
WR LATB
WR TRISB
Set RBIF
TRIS Latch
RD TRISB
RD PORTB
RB7:RB4 pins
Weak
Pull-up
Latch
TTL
Input
Buffer
ST
Buffer
RBx/INTx
Q3
Q1
RD LATB
or
WR PORTB
Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2: To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS
bit(s) and clear the RBPU bit (INTCON2 register).
Data Latch
RBPU
(2)
P
V
DD
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
Q
D
EN
Data Bus
WR Port
WR TRIS
RD TRIS
RD Port
Weak
Pull-up
RBx/INTx
I/O pin
(1)
TTL
Input
Buffer
Schmitt Trigger
Buffer
TRIS Latch
Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2: To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS
bit(s) and clear the RBPU bit (INTCON2 register).
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 98
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 9-6:
RB2/CANTX/INT2 PIN BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 9-7:
RB3/CANRX PIN BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISB
P
V
SS
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
N
V
DD
0
1
RD PORTB
WR TRISB
Data Bus
RB2/CANTX/
CANTX
ENDRHI
OPMODE2:OPMODE0 =
000
Schmitt
Trigger
RD LATB
WR PORTB or
WR LATB
Note 1: I/O pin has diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
INT2 pin
(1)
Data Latch
RBPU
(2)
P
V
DD
Q
D
CK
Q
D
CK
Q
D
EN
Data Bus
WR LATB or PORTB
WR TRISB
RD TRISB
RD PORTB
Weak
Pull-up
RB3 or CANRX
I/O pin
(1)
TTL
Input
Buffer
Schmitt
Trigger
Buffer
TRIS Latch
RD LATB
CANCON<7:5>
.
Note 1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2: To enable weak pull-ups, set the appropriate TRIS bit(s) and clear the RBPU bit (INTCON2<7>).
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 99
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 9-3:
PORTB FUNCTIONS
TABLE 9-4:
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTB
Name
Bit#
Buffer Function
RB0/INT0
bit 0
TTL/ST
(1)
Input/output pin or external interrupt 0 input.
Internal software programmable weak pull-up.
RB1/INT1
bit 1
TTL/ST
(1)
Input/output pin or external interrupt 1 input.
Internal software programmable weak pull-up.
RB2/CANTX/
INT2
bit 2
TTL/ST
(1)
Input/output pin, CAN bus transmit pin or external interrupt 2 input.
Internal software programmable weak pull-up.
RB3/CANRX
bit 3
TTL
Input/output pin or CAN bus receive pin.
Internal software programmable weak pull-up.
RB4
bit 4
TTL
Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change).
Internal software programmable weak pull-up.
RB5/PGM
bit 5
TTL
Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software programmable
weak pull-up. Low-voltage serial programming enable.
RB6/PGC
bit 6
TTL/ST
(2)
Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software programmable
weak pull-up. Serial programming clock.
RB7/PGD
bit 7
TTL/ST
(2)
Input/output pin (with interrupt-on-change). Internal software programmable
weak pull-up. Serial programming data.
Legend: TTL = TTL input, ST = Schmitt Trigger input
Note 1:
This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the external interrupt.
2:
This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in Serial Programming mode.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
PORTB
RB7
RB6
RB5
RB4
RB3
RB2
RB1
RB0
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
LATB
LATB Data Output Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
TRISB
PORTB Data Direction Register
1111 1111
1111 1111
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
INTCON2
RBPU
INTEDG0 INTEDG1
--
--
TMR0IP
--
RBIP
111- -1-1
111- -1-1
INTCON3
INT2IP
INT1IP
--
INT2IE
INT1IE
--
INT2IF
INT1IF
11-0 0-00
11-1 0-00
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged. Shaded cells are not used by PORTB.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 100
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.3
PORTC, TRISC and LATC
Registers
PORTC is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
sponding Data Direction register is TRISC. Setting a
TRISC bit (=
1
) will make the corresponding PORTC
pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output driver in
a high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISC bit (=
0
)
will make the corresponding PORTC pin an output (i.e.,
put the contents of the output latch on the selected pin).
Read-modify-write operations on the LATC register,
read and write the latched output value for PORTC.
PORTC is multiplexed with several peripheral functions
(Table 9-5). PORTC pins have Schmitt Trigger input
buffers.
When enabling peripheral functions, care should be
taken in defining TRIS bits for each PORTC pin. Some
peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a pin an output,
while other peripherals override the TRIS bit to make a
pin an input. The user should refer to the corresponding
peripheral section for the correct TRIS bit settings.
The pin override value is not loaded into the TRIS
register. This allows read-modify-write of the TRIS
register, without concern due to peripheral overrides.
EXAMPLE 9-3:
INITIALIZING PORTC
FIGURE 9-8:
PORTC BLOCK DIAGRAM (PERIPHERAL OUTPUT OVERRIDE)
CLRF
PORTC
; Initialize PORTC by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATC
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW
0CFh
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF
TRISC
; Set RC3:RC0 as inputs
; RC5:RC4 as outputs
; RC7:RC6 as inputs
Peripheral Out Select
Data Bus
WR LATC
WR TRISC
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISC
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
Peripheral Data Out
0
1
Q
D
Q
CK
P
N
V
DD
V
SS
RD PORTC
Peripheral Data In
I/O pin
(1)
or
WR PORTC
RD LATC
Schmitt
Trigger
Note
1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
TRIS
Override
Peripheral Enable
TRIS OVERRIDE
Pin
Override
Peripheral
RC0
Yes
Timer1 Oscillator
for Timer1/Timer3
RC1
Yes
Timer1 Oscillator
for Timer1/Timer3
RC2
No
--
RC3
Yes
SPITM/I
2
CTM
Master Clock
RC4
Yes
I
2
C Data Out
RC5
Yes
SPI Data Out
RC6
Yes
USART Async
Xmit, Sync Clock
RC7
Yes
USART Sync Data
Out
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 101
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 9-5:
PORTC FUNCTIONS
TABLE 9-6:
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTC
Name
Bit#
Buffer Type
Function
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI
bit 0
ST
Input/output port pin, Timer1 oscillator output or Timer1/Timer3 clock
input.
RC1/T1OSI
bit 1
ST
Input/output port pin or Timer1 oscillator input.
RC2/CCP1
bit 2
ST
Input/output port pin or Capture 1 input/Compare 1 output/
PWM1 output.
RC3/SCK/SCL
bit 3
ST
Input/output port pin or synchronous serial clock for SPITM/I
2
CTM.
RC4/SDI/SDA
bit 4
ST
Input/output port pin or SPI data in (SPI mode) or data I/O (I
2
C mode).
RC5/SDO
bit 5
ST
Input/output port pin or synchronous serial port data output.
RC6/TX/CK
bit 6
ST
Input/output port pin, addressable USART asynchronous transmit or
addressable USART synchronous clock.
RC7/RX/DT
bit 7
ST
Input/output port pin, addressable USART asynchronous receive or
addressable USART synchronous data.
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
PORTC
RC7
RC6
RC5
RC4
RC3
RC2
RC1
RC0
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
LATC
LATC Data Output Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
TRISC
PORTC Data Direction Register
1111 1111
1111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 102
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.4
PORTD, TRISD and LATD
Registers
PORTD is an 8-bit wide, bidirectional port. The corre-
sponding Data Direction register for the port is TRISD.
Setting a TRISD bit (=
1
) will make the corresponding
PORTD pin an input (i.e., put the corresponding output
driver in a high-impedance mode). Clearing a TRISD
bit (=
0
) will make the corresponding PORTD pin an
output (i.e., put the contents of the output latch on the
selected pin).
Read-modify-write operations on the LATD register
read and write the latched output value for PORTD.
PORTD uses Schmitt Trigger input buffers. Each pin is
individually configurable as an input or output.
PORTD can be configured as an 8-bit wide, micro-
processor port (Parallel Slave Port or PSP) by setting
the control bit PSPMODE (TRISE<4>). In this mode,
the input buffers are TTL. See Section 10.0 "Parallel
Slave Port"
for additional information.
PORTD is also multiplexed with the analog comparator
module and the ECCP module.
EXAMPLE 9-4:
INITIALIZING PORTD
FIGURE 9-9:
PORTD BLOCK DIAGRAM IN I/O PORT MODE
Note:
This port is only available on the
PIC18F448 and PIC18F458.
CLRF
PORTD
; Initialize PORTD by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATD
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW
07h
; comparator off
MOVWF
CMCON
MOVLW
0CFh
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF
TRISD
; Set RD3:RD0 as inputs
; RD5:RD4 as outputs
; RD7:RD6 as inputs
PORT/PSP Select
Data Bus
WR LATD
WR TRISD
Data Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISD
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
Q
D
Q
CK
P
N
V
DD
Vss
RD PORTD
RD0/PSP0/
or
PORTD
RD LATD
Schmitt
Trigger
Note
1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
PSP Data Out
PSP Write
PSP Read
C1IN+
C1IN+ pin
(1)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 103
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 9-7:
PORTD FUNCTIONS
TABLE 9-8:
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTD
Name
Bit#
Buffer Type
Function
RD0/PSP0/C1IN+ bit
0
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 0 or C1IN+ comparator
input.
RD1/PSP1/C1IN-
bit 1
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 1 or C1IN- comparator
input.
RD2/PSP2/C2IN+
bit 2
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 2 or C2IN+ comparator
input.
RD3/PSP3/C2IN-
bit 3
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 3 or C2IN- comparator
input.
RD4/PSP4/ECCP1/P1A
bit 4
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 4 or ECCP1/P1A pin.
RD5/PSP5/P1B
bit 5
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 5 or P1B pin.
RD6/PSP6/P1C
bit 6
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 6 or P1C pin.
RD7/PSP7/P1D
bit 7
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, Parallel Slave Port bit 7 or P1D pin.
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input, TTL = TTL input
Note 1:
Input buffers are Schmitt Triggers when in I/O mode and TTL buffers when in Parallel Slave Port mode.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
PORTD
RD7
RD6
RD5
RD4
RD3
RD2
RD1
RD0
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
LATD
LATD Data Output Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
TRISD
PORTD Data Direction Register
1111 1111
1111 1111
TRISE
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
--
TRISE2
TRISE1 TRISE0
0000 -111
0000 -111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by PORTD.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 104
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
9.5
PORTE, TRISE and LATE
Registers
PORTE is a 3-bit wide, bidirectional port. PORTE has
three pins (RE0/AN5/RD, RE1/AN6/WR/C1OUT and
RE2/AN7/CS/C2OUT) which are individually config-
urable as inputs or outputs. These pins have Schmitt
Trigger input buffers.
Read-modify-write operations on the LATE register,
read and write the latched output value for PORTE.
The corresponding Data Direction register for the port
is TRISE. Setting a TRISE bit (=
1
) will make the
corresponding PORTE pin an input (i.e., put the corre-
sponding output driver in a high-impedance mode).
Clearing a TRISE bit (=
0
) will make the corresponding
PORTE pin an output (i.e., put the contents of the
output latch on the selected pin).
The TRISE register also controls the operation of the
Parallel Slave Port through the control bits in the upper
half of the register. These are shown in Register 9-1.
When the Parallel Slave Port is active, the PORTE pins
function as its control inputs. For additional details,
refer to Section 10.0 "Parallel Slave Port".
PORTE pins are also multiplexed with inputs for the A/D
converter and outputs for the analog comparators. When
selected as an analog input, these pins will read as `
0
's.
Direction bits TRISE<2:0> control the direction of the RE
pins, even when they are being used as analog inputs.
The user must make sure to keep the pins configured as
inputs when using them as analog inputs.
EXAMPLE 9-5:
INITIALIZING PORTE
FIGURE 9-10:
PORTE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note:
This port is only available on the
PIC18F448 and PIC18F458.
CLRF
PORTE
; Initialize PORTE by
; clearing output
; data latches
CLRF
LATE
; Alternate method
; to clear output
; data latches
MOVLW
03h
; Value used to
; initialize data
; direction
MOVWF
TRISE
; Set RE1:RE0 as inputs
; RE2 as an output
; (RE4=0 - PSPMODE Off)
Peripheral Out Select
Data Bus
WR LATE
WR TRISE
Data
Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISE
Q
D
Q
CK
Q
D
EN
Peripheral Data Out
0
1
Q
D
Q
CK
P
N
V
DD
V
SS
RD PORTE
Peripheral Data In
I/O pin
(1)
or
WR PORTE
RD LATE
Schmitt
Trigger
Note
1: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
TRIS OVERRIDE
Pin
Override Peripheral
RE0
Yes
PSP
RE1
Yes
PSP
RE2
Yes
PSP
TRIS
Override
Peripheral Enable
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 105
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 9-1:
TRISE REGISTER
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
--
TRISE2
TRISE1
TRISE0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IBF: Input Buffer Full Status bit
1
= A word has been received and waiting to be read by the CPU
0
= No word has been received
bit 6
OBF: Output Buffer Full Status bit
1
= The output buffer still holds a previously written word
0
= The output buffer has been read
bit 5
IBOV: Input Buffer Overflow Detect bit (in Microprocessor mode)
1
= A write occurred when a previously input word has not been read
(must be cleared in software)
0
= No overflow occurred
bit 4
PSPMODE: Parallel Slave Port Mode Select bit
1
= Parallel Slave Port mode
0
= General Purpose I/O mode
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 2
TRISE2: RE2 Direction Control bit
1
= Input
0
= Output
bit 1
TRISE1: RE1 Direction Control bit
1
= Input
0
= Output
bit 0
TRISE0: RE0 Direction Control bit
1
= Input
0
= Output
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 106
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 9-9:
PORTE FUNCTIONS
TABLE 9-10:
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTE
Name
Bit#
Buffer Type
Function
RE0/AN5/RD
bit 0
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, analog input or read control input in Parallel
Slave Port mode.
RE1/AN6/WR/C1OUT
bit 1
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, analog input, write control input in Parallel Slave
Port mode or Comparator 1 output.
RE2/AN7/CS/C2OUT
bit 2
ST/TTL
(1)
Input/output port pin, analog input, chip select control input in Parallel
Slave Port mode or Comparator 2 output.
Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input, TTL = TTL input
Note 1:
Input buffers are Schmitt Triggers when in I/O mode and TTL buffers when in Parallel Slave Port mode.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
TRISE
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
--
TRISE2
TRISE1
TRISE0
0000 -111
0000 -111
PORTE
--
--
--
--
--
Read PORTE pin/
Write PORTE Data Latch
---- -xxx
---- -uuu
LATE
--
--
--
--
--
Read PORTE Data Latch/
Write PORTE Data Latch
---- -xxx
---- -uuu
ADCON1 ADFM ADCS2
--
--
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
00-- 0000
00-- 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by PORTE.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 107
PIC18FXX8
10.0
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT
In addition to its function as a general I/O port, PORTD
can also operate as an 8-bit wide Parallel Slave Port
(PSP) or microprocessor port. PSP operation is
controlled by the 4 upper bits of the TRISE register
(Register 9-1). Setting control bit PSPMODE
(TRISE<4>) enables PSP operation. In Slave mode,
the port is asynchronously readable and writable by the
external world.
The PSP can directly interface to an 8-bit micro-
processor data bus. The external microprocessor can
read or write the PORTD latch as an 8-bit latch. Setting
the control bit PSPMODE enables the PORTE I/O pins
to become control inputs for the microprocessor port.
When set, port pin RE0 is the RD input, RE1 is the WR
input and RE2 is the CS (chip select) input. For this
functionality, the corresponding data direction bits of
the TRISE register (TRISE<2:0>) must be configured
as inputs (set).
A write to the PSP occurs when both the CS and WR
lines are first detected low. A read from the PSP occurs
when both the CS and RD lines are first detected low.
The timing for the control signals in Write and Read
modes is shown in Figure 10-2 and Figure 10-3,
respectively.
FIGURE 10-1:
PORTD AND PORTE
BLOCK DIAGRAM
(PARALLEL SLAVE PORT)
FIGURE 10-2:
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT WRITE WAVEFORMS
Note:
The Parallel Slave Port is only available on
PIC18F4X8 devices.
Data Bus
WR LATD
RDx pin
Q
D
CK
EN
Q
D
EN
RD PORTD
One bit of PORTD
Set Interrupt Flag
PSPIF (PIR1<7>)
Read
Chip Select
Write
RD
CS
WR
TTL
TTL
TTL
TTL
or
WR PORTD
RD LATD
Data Latch
Note:
I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
PORTE pins
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
CS
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
WR
RD
IBF
OBF
PSPIF
PORTD
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 108
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 10-3:
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT READ WAVEFORMS
TABLE 10-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PARALLEL SLAVE PORT
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
CS
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
WR
IBF
PSPIF
RD
OBF
PORTD
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
PORTD
Port Data Latch when written; Port pins when read
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
LATD
LATD Data Output bits
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISD
PORTD Data Direction bits
1111 1111 1111 1111
PORTE
--
--
--
--
--
RE2
RE1
RE0
---- -xxx ---- -000
LATE
LATE Data Output bits
---- -xxx ---- -uuu
TRISE
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
--
PORTE Data Direction bits
0000 -111 0000 -111
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP TMR2IP TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the Parallel Slave Port.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 109
PIC18FXX8
11.0
TIMER0 MODULE
The Timer0 module has the following features:
Software selectable as an 8-bit or
16-bit timer/counter
Readable and writable
Dedicated 8-bit software programmable prescaler
Clock source selectable to be external or internal
Interrupt-on-overflow from FFh to 00h in 8-bit
mode and FFFFh to 0000h in 16-bit mode
Edge select for external clock
Register 11-1 shows the Timer0 Control register
(T0CON).
Figure 11-1 shows a simplified block diagram of the
Timer0 module in 8-bit mode and Figure 11-2 shows a
simplified block diagram of the Timer0 module in 16-bit
mode.
The T0CON register is a readable and writable register
that controls all the aspects of Timer0, including the
prescale selection.
REGISTER 11-1:
T0CON: TIMER0 CONTROL REGISTER
Note:
Timer0 is enabled on POR.
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
TMR0ON
T08BIT
T0CS
T0SE
PSA
T0PS2
T0PS1
T0PS0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
TMR0ON: Timer0 On/Off Control bit
1
= Enables Timer0
0
= Stops Timer0
bit 6
T08BIT: Timer0 8-bit/16-bit Control bit
1
= Timer0 is configured as an 8-bit timer/counter
0
= Timer0 is configured as a 16-bit timer/counter
bit 5
T0CS: Timer0 Clock Source Select bit
1
= Transition on T0CKI pin
0
= Internal instruction cycle clock (CLKO)
bit 4
T0SE: Timer0 Source Edge Select bit
1
= Increment on high-to-low transition on T0CKI pin
0
= Increment on low-to-high transition on T0CKI pin
bit 3
PSA: Timer0 Prescaler Assignment bit
1
= TImer0 prescaler is not assigned. Timer0 clock input bypasses prescaler.
0
= Timer0 prescaler is assigned. Timer0 clock input comes from prescaler output.
bit 2-0
T0PS2:T0PS0: Timer0 Prescaler Select bits
111
= 1:256 Prescale value
110
= 1:128 Prescale value
101
= 1:64 Prescale value
100
= 1:32 Prescale value
011
= 1:16 Prescale value
010
= 1:8 Prescale value
001
= 1:4 Prescale value
000
= 1:2 Prescale value
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 110
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 11-1:
TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM IN 8-BIT MODE
FIGURE 11-2:
TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM IN 16-BIT MODE
Note 1: Upon Reset, Timer0 is enabled in 8-bit mode with clock input from T0CKI max. prescale.
2: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
RA4/T0CKI
T0SE
1
0
1
0
pin
(2)
T0CS
(1)
F
OSC
/4
Programmable
Prescaler
Sync with
Internal
Clocks
TMR0L
(2 T
CY
Delay)
Data Bus
8
PSA
T0PS2, T0PS1, T0PS0
Set Interrupt
Flag bit TMR0IF
on Overflow
3
T0CKI pin
(2)
T0SE
1
0
1
0
T0CS
(1)
F
OSC
/4
Programmable
Prescaler
Sync with
Internal
Clocks
TMR0L
(2 T
CY
Delay)
Data Bus<7:0>
8
PSA
T0PS2, T0PS1, T0PS0
Set Interrupt
Flag bit TMR0IF
on Overflow
3
TMR0
TMR0H
High Byte
8
8
8
Read TMR0L
Write TMR0L
Note 1: Upon Reset, Timer0 is enabled in 8-bit mode with clock input from T0CKI max. prescale.
2: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 111
PIC18FXX8
11.1
Timer0 Operation
Timer0 can operate as a timer or as a counter.
Timer mode is selected by clearing the T0CS bit. In
Timer mode, the Timer0 module will increment every
instruction cycle (without prescaler). If the TMR0L
register is written, the increment is inhibited for the
following two instruction cycles. The user can work
around this by writing an adjusted value to the TMR0L
register.
Counter mode is selected by setting the T0CS bit. In
Counter mode, Timer0 will increment either on every
rising or falling edge of pin RA4/T0CKI. The increment-
ing edge is determined by the Timer0 Source Edge
Select bit (T0SE). Clearing the T0SE bit selects the
rising edge. Restrictions on the external clock input are
discussed below.
When an external clock input is used for Timer0, it must
meet certain requirements. The requirements ensure
the external clock can be synchronized with the internal
phase clock (T
OSC
). Also, there is a delay in the actual
incrementing of Timer0 after synchronization.
11.2
Prescaler
An 8-bit counter is available as a prescaler for the
Timer0 module. The prescaler is not readable or
writable.
The PSA and T0PS2:T0PS0 bits determine the
prescaler assignment and prescale ratio.
Clearing bit PSA will assign the prescaler to the Timer0
module. When the prescaler is assigned to the Timer0
module, prescale values of 1:2, 1:4, ..., 1:256 are
selectable.
When assigned to the Timer0 module, all instructions
writing to the TMR0 register (e.g.,
CLRF TMR0
,
MOVWF
TMR0
,
BSF TMR0
,
x
.... etc.) will clear the prescaler
count.
11.2.1
SWITCHING PRESCALER
ASSIGNMENT
The prescaler assignment is fully under software
control (i.e., it can be changed "on-the-fly" during
program execution).
11.3
Timer0 Interrupt
The TMR0 interrupt is generated when the TMR0
register overflows from FFh to 00h in 8-bit mode or
FFFFh to 0000h in 16-bit mode. This overflow sets the
TMR0IF bit. The interrupt can be masked by clearing
the TMR0IE bit. The TMR0IF bit must be cleared in
software by the Timer0 module Interrupt Service
Routine before re-enabling this interrupt. The TMR0
interrupt cannot awaken the processor from Sleep
since the timer is shut-off during Sleep.
11.4
16-Bit Mode Timer Reads
and Writes
Timer0 can be set in 16-bit mode by clearing the
T08BIT in T0CON. Registers TMR0H and TMR0L are
used to access the 16-bit timer value.
TMR0H is not the high byte of the timer/counter in
16-bit mode, but is actually a buffered version of the
high byte of Timer0 (refer to Figure 11-1). The high byte
of the Timer0 timer/counter is not directly readable nor
writable. TMR0H is updated with the contents of the
high byte of Timer0 during a read of TMR0L. This
provides the ability to read all 16 bits of Timer0 without
having to verify that the read of the high and low byte
were valid, due to a rollover between successive reads
of the high and low byte.
A write to the high byte of Timer0 must also take place
through the TMR0H Buffer register. Timer0 high byte is
updated with the contents of the buffered value of
TMR0H when a write occurs to TMR0L. This allows all
16 bits of Timer0 to be updated at once.
TABLE 11-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0
Note:
Writing to TMR0 when the prescaler is
assigned to Timer0 will clear the prescaler
count but will not change the prescaler
assignment.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
TMR0L
Timer0 Module Low Byte Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
TMR0H
Timer0 Module High Byte Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
T0CON
TMR0ON
T08BIT
T0CS
T0SE
PSA
T0PS2
T0PS1
T0PS0
1111 1111
1111 1111
TRISA
--
PORTA Data Direction Register
(1)
-111 1111
-111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented locations read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by Timer0.
Note
1:
Bit 6 of PORTA, LATA and TRISA is enabled in ECIO and RCIO Oscillator modes only. In all other oscillator modes, it is
disabled and reads as `
0
'.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 112
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 113
PIC18FXX8
12.0
TIMER1 MODULE
The Timer1 module timer/counter has the following
features:
16-bit timer/counter
(two 8-bit registers: TMR1H and TMR1L)
Readable and writable (both registers)
Internal or external clock select
Interrupt-on-overflow from FFFFh to 0000h
Reset from CCP module special event trigger
Register 12-1 shows the Timer1 Control register. This
register controls the operating mode of the Timer1
module, as well as contains the Timer1 Oscillator
Enable bit (T1OSCEN). Timer1 can be enabled/
disabled by setting/clearing control bit, TMR1ON
(T1CON register).
Figure 12-1 is a simplified block diagram of the Timer1
module.
REGISTER 12-1:
T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER
Note:
Timer1 is disabled on POR.
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
RD16
--
T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN
T1SYNC
TMR1CS
TMR1ON
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
RD16: 16-bit Read/Write Mode Enable bit
1
= Enables register read/write of Timer1 in one 16-bit operation
0
= Enables register read/write of Timer1 in two 8-bit operations
bit 6
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5-4
T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11
= 1:8 Prescale value
10
= 1:4 Prescale value
01
= 1:2 Prescale value
00
= 1:1 Prescale value
bit 3
T1OSCEN: Timer1 Oscillator Enable bit
1
= Timer1 oscillator is enabled
0
= Timer1 oscillator is shut-off
The oscillator inverter and feedback resistor are turned off to eliminate power drain.
bit 2
T1SYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Select bit
When TMR1CS =
1
:
1
= Do not synchronize external clock input
0
= Synchronize external clock input
When TMR1CS =
0
:
This bit is ignored. Timer1 uses the internal clock when TMR1CS =
0
.
bit 1
TMR1CS: Timer1 Clock Source Select bit
1
= External clock from pin RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI (on the rising edge)
0
= Internal clock (F
OSC
/4)
bit 0
TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit
1
= Enables Timer1
0
= Stops Timer1
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 114
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
12.1
Timer1 Operation
Timer1 can operate in one of these modes:
As a timer
As a synchronous counter
As an asynchronous counter
The operating mode is determined by the clock select
bit, TMR1CS (T1CON register).
When TMR1CS is clear, Timer1 increments every
instruction cycle. When TMR1CS is set, Timer1
increments on every rising edge of the external clock
input or the Timer1 oscillator, if enabled.
When the Timer1 oscillator is enabled (T1OSCEN is
set), the RC1/T1OSI and RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI pins
become inputs. That is, the TRISC<1:0> value is
ignored.
Timer1 also has an internal "Reset input". This Reset
can be generated by the CCP module (Section 15.1
"CCP1 Module"
).
FIGURE 12-1:
TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 12-2:
TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM: 16-BIT READ/WRITE MODE
TMR1H
TMR1L
T1SYNC
TMR1CS
T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0
Sleep Input
F
OSC
/4
Internal
Clock
TMR1ON
On/Off
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
Synchronize
det
1
0
0
1
Synchronized
Clock Input
2
TMR1IF
Overflow
TMR1
CLR
CCP Special Event Trigger
T1OSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
(1)
T1OSC
Interrupt
Flag bit
Note
1: When enable bit T1OSCEN is cleared, the inverter and feedback resistor are turned off. This reduces power drain.
T1OSI
T1CKI/T1OSO
Timer 1
TMR1L
T1OSC
T1SYNC
TMR1CS
T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0
Sleep Input
T1OSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
(1)
TMR1IF
Overflow
Interrupt
F
OSC
/4
Internal
Clock
TMR1ON
On/Off
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
Synchronize
det
1
0
0
1
Synchronized
Clock Input
2
T1CKI/T1OSO
T1OSI
TMR1
Flag bit
Note
1: When enable bit T1OSCEN is cleared, the inverter and feedback resistor are turned off. This reduces power drain.
High Byte
Data Bus<7:0>
8
TMR1H
8
8
8
Read TMR1L
Write TMR1L
Special Event Trigger
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 115
PIC18FXX8
12.2
Timer1 Oscillator
A crystal oscillator circuit is built in between pins T1OSI
(input) and T1OSO (amplifier output). It is enabled by
setting control bit T1OSCEN (T1CON register). The
oscillator is a low-power oscillator rated up to 50 kHz. It
will continue to run during Sleep. It is primarily intended
for a 32 kHz crystal. Table 12-1 shows the capacitor
selection for the Timer1 oscillator.
The user must provide a software time delay to ensure
proper start-up of the Timer1 oscillator.
12.3
Timer1 Interrupt
The TMR1 register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments
from 0000h to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. The TMR1
Interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow which is
latched in interrupt flag bit, TMR1IF (PIR registers). This
interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing
TMR1 Interrupt Enable bit, TMR1IE (PIE registers).
12.4
Resetting Timer1 Using a CCP
Trigger Output
If the CCP module is configured in Compare mode
to generate a "special event trigger"
(CCP1M3:CCP1M0 =
1011
), this signal will reset
Timer1 and start an A/D conversion (if the A/D module
is enabled).
Timer1 must be configured for either Timer or Synchro-
nized Counter mode to take advantage of this feature.
If Timer1 is running in Asynchronous Counter mode,
this Reset operation may not work.
In the event that a write to Timer1 coincides with a special
event trigger from CCP1, the write will take precedence.
In this mode of operation, the CCPR1H:CCPR1L register
pair effectively becomes the period register for Timer1.
12.5
Timer1 16-Bit Read/Write Mode
Timer1 can be configured for 16-bit reads and writes
(see Figure 12-2). When the RD16 control bit (T1CON
register) is set, the address for TMR1H is mapped to a
buffer register for the high byte of Timer1. A read from
TMR1L will load the contents of the high byte of Timer1
into the Timer1 High Byte Buffer register. This provides
the user with the ability to accurately read all 16 bits of
Timer1 without having to determine whether a read of
the high byte, followed by a read of the low byte, is valid
due to a rollover between reads.
A write to the high byte of Timer1 must also take place
through the TMR1H Buffer register. Timer1 high byte is
updated with the contents of TMR1H when a write
occurs to TMR1L. This allows a user to write all 16 bits
to both the high and low bytes of Timer1 at once.
The high byte of Timer1 is not directly readable or
writable in this mode. All reads and writes must take
place through the Timer1 High Byte Buffer register.
Writes to TMR1H do not clear the Timer1 prescaler.
The prescaler is only cleared on writes to TMR1L.
TABLE 12-1:
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR
THE ALTERNATE
OSCILLATOR
Osc Type
Freq
C1
C2
LP
32 kHz
TBD
(1)
TBD
(1)
Crystal to be Tested:
32.768 kHz Epson C-001R32.768K-A
20 PPM
Note 1: Microchip suggests 33 pF as a starting
point in validating the oscillator circuit.
2: Higher capacitance increases the stability
of the oscillator, but also increases the
start-up time.
3: Since each resonator/crystal has its own
characteristics, the user should consult
the resonator/crystal manufacturer for
appropriate values of external components.
4: Capacitor values are for design guidance
only.
Note:
The special event triggers from the CCP1
module will not set interrupt flag bit,
TMR1IF (PIR registers).
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 116
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 12-2:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
TMR1L
Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR1H
Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
T1CON
RD16
--
T1CKPS1
T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON
0-00 0000 u-uu uuuu
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module.
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 117
PIC18FXX8
13.0
TIMER2 MODULE
The Timer2 module timer has the following features:
8-bit timer (TMR2 register)
8-bit period register (PR2)
Readable and writable (both registers)
Software programmable prescaler (1:1, 1:4, 1:16)
Software programmable postscaler (1:1 to 1:16)
Interrupt on TMR2 match of PR2
SSP module optional use of TMR2 output to
generate clock shift
Register 13-1 shows the Timer2 Control register.
Timer2 can be shut-off by clearing control bit TMR2ON
(T2CON register) to minimize power consumption.
Figure 13-1 is a simplified block diagram of the Timer2
module. The prescaler and postscaler selection of
Timer2 are controlled by this register.
13.1
Timer2 Operation
Timer2 can be used as the PWM time base for the
PWM mode of the CCP module. The TMR2 register is
readable and writable and is cleared on any device
Reset. The input clock (F
OSC
/4) has a prescale option
of 1:1, 1:4 or 1:16, selected by control bits
T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0 (T2CON register). The match
output of TMR2 goes through a 4-bit postscaler (which
gives a 1:1 to 1:16 scaling inclusive) to generate a
TMR2 interrupt (latched in flag bit TMR2IF, PIR
registers).
The prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared
when any of the following occurs:
A write to the TMR2 register
A write to the T2CON register
Any device Reset (Power-on Reset, MCLR Reset,
Watchdog Timer Reset or Brown-out Reset)
TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is written.
REGISTER 13-1:
T2CON: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER
Note:
Timer2 is disabled on POR.
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0
TMR2ON
T2CKPS1
T2CKPS0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6-3
TOUTPS3:TOUTPS0: Timer2 Output Postscale Select bits
0000
= 1:1 Postscale
0001
= 1:2 Postscale


1111
= 1:16 Postscale
bit 2
TMR2ON: Timer2 On bit
1
= Timer2 is on
0
= Timer2 is off
bit 1-0
T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits
00
= Prescaler is 1
01
= Prescaler is 4
1x
= Prescaler is 16
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 118
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
13.2
Timer2 Interrupt
The Timer2 module has an 8-bit period register, PR2.
Timer2 increments from 00h until it matches PR2 and
then resets to 00h on the next increment cycle. PR2 is
a readable and writable register. The PR2 register is
initialized to FFh upon Reset.
13.3
Output of TMR2
The output of TMR2 (before the postscaler) is a clock
input to the Synchronous Serial Port module which
optionally uses it to generate the shift clock.
FIGURE 13-1:
TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM
TABLE 13-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Comparator
TMR2
Sets Flag
TMR2
Output
(1)
Reset
Postscaler
Prescaler
PR2
2
F
OSC
/4
1:1 to 1:16
1:1, 1:4, 1:16
EQ
4
bit TMR2IF
Note 1:
TMR2 register output can be software selected by the SSP module as a baud clock.
TOUTPS3:TOUTPS0
T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
TMR2
Timer2 Module Register
0000 0000 0000 0000
T2CON
--
TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
-000 0000 -000 0000
PR2
Timer2 Period Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer2 module.
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 119
PIC18FXX8
14.0
TIMER3 MODULE
The Timer3 module timer/counter has the following
features:
16-bit timer/counter
(two 8-bit registers: TMR3H and TMR3L)
Readable and writable (both registers)
Internal or external clock select
Interrupt-on-overflow from FFFFh to 0000h
Reset from CCP1/ECCP1 module trigger
Figure 14-1 is a simplified block diagram of the Timer3
module.
Register 14-1 shows the Timer3 Control register. This
register controls the operating mode of the Timer3
module and sets the CCP1 and ECCP1 clock source.
Register 12-1 shows the Timer1 Control register. This
register controls the operating mode of the Timer1
module, as well as contains the Timer1 Oscillator
Enable bit (T1OSCEN) which can be a clock source for
Timer3.
REGISTER 14-1:
T3CON:TIMER3 CONTROL REGISTER
Note:
Timer3 is disabled on POR.
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
RD16
T3ECCP1 T3CKPS1 T3CKPS0
T3CCP1
T3SYNC
TMR3CS
TMR3ON
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
RD16: 16-bit Read/Write Mode Enable bit
1
= Enables register read/write of Timer3 in one 16-bit operation
0
= Enables register read/write of Timer3 in two 8-bit operations
bit 6,3
T3ECCP1:T3CCP1: Timer3 and Timer1 to CCP1/ECCP1 Enable bits
1x
= Timer3 is the clock source for compare/capture CCP1 and ECCP1 modules
01
= Timer3 is the clock source for compare/capture of ECCP1,
Timer1 is the clock source for compare/capture of CCP1
00
= Timer1 is the clock source for compare/capture CCP1 and ECCP1 modules
bit 5-4
T3CKPS1:T3CKPS0: Timer3 Input Clock Prescale Select bits
11
= 1:8 Prescale value
10
= 1:4 Prescale value
01
= 1:2 Prescale value
00
= 1:1 Prescale value
bit 2
T3SYNC: Timer3 External Clock Input Synchronization Control bit
(Not usable if the system clock comes from Timer1/Timer3.)
When TMR3CS =
1
:
1
= Do not synchronize external clock input
0
= Synchronize external clock input
When TMR3CS =
0
:
This bit is ignored. Timer3 uses the internal clock when TMR3CS =
0
.
bit 1
TMR3CS: Timer3 Clock Source Select bit
1
= External clock input from Timer1 oscillator or T1CKI (on the rising edge after the first falling edge)
0
= Internal clock (F
OSC
/4)
bit 0
TMR3ON: Timer3 On bit
1
= Enables Timer3
0
= Stops Timer3
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 120
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
14.1
Timer3 Operation
Timer3 can operate in one of these modes:
As a timer
As a synchronous counter
As an asynchronous counter
The operating mode is determined by the clock select
bit, TMR3CS (T3CON register).
When TMR3CS =
0
, Timer3 increments every instruc-
tion cycle. When TMR3CS =
1
, Timer3 increments on
every rising edge of the Timer1 external clock input or
the Timer1 oscillator, if enabled.
When the Timer1 oscillator is enabled (T1OSCEN is set),
the RC1/T1OSI and RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI pins become
inputs. That is, the TRISC<1:0> value is ignored.
Timer3 also has an internal "Reset input". This Reset
can be generated by the CCP module (Section 15.1
"CCP1 Module"
).
FIGURE 14-1:
TIMER3 BLOCK DIAGRAM
FIGURE 14-2:
TIMER3 BLOCK DIAGRAM CONFIGURED IN 16-BIT READ/WRITE MODE
TMR3H
TMR3L
T1OSC
T3SYNC
TMR3CS
T3CKPS1:T3CKPS0
Sleep Input
T1OSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
(1)
TMR3IF
Overflow
Interrupt
F
OSC
/4
Internal
Clock
TMR3ON
On/Off
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
Synchronize
det
1
0
0
1
Synchronized
Clock Input
2
T1OSO/
T1OSI
Flag bit
Note
1: When enable bit T1OSCEN is cleared, the inverter and feedback resistor are turned off. This eliminates power drain.
T1CKI
CCP Special Trigger
T3CCPx
CLR
TMR3L
T1OSC
T3SYNC
TMR3CS
T3CKPS1:T3CKPS0
Sleep Input
T1OSCEN
Enable
Oscillator
(1)
F
OSC
/4
Internal
Clock
TMR3ON
On/Off
Prescaler
1, 2, 4, 8
Synchronize
det
1
0
0
1
Synchronized
Clock Input
2
T1OSO/
T1OSI
TMR3
T1CKI
CLR
CCP Special Trigger
T3CCPx
To Timer1 Clock Input
Note
1: When the T1OSCEN bit is cleared, the inverter and feedback resistor are turned off. This eliminates power drain.
TMR3H
Data Bus<7:0>
8
TMR3H
8
8
8
Read TMR3L
Write TMR3L
TMR3IF Overflow
Interrupt Flag
bit
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 121
PIC18FXX8
14.2
Timer1 Oscillator
The Timer1 oscillator may be used as the clock source
for Timer3. The Timer1 oscillator is enabled by setting
the T1OSCEN bit (T1CON register). The oscillator is a
low-power oscillator rated up to 50 kHz. Refer to
Section 12.0 "Timer1 Module" for Timer1 oscillator
details.
14.3
Timer3 Interrupt
The TMR3 register pair (TMR3H:TMR3L) increments
from 0000h to 0FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. The
TMR3 interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow
which is latched in interrupt flag bit TMR3IF (PIR regis-
ters). This interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/
clearing TMR3 Interrupt Enable bit, TMR3IE (PIE
registers).
14.4
Resetting Timer3 Using a CCP
Trigger Output
If the CCP module is configured in Compare mode
to generate a "special event trigger"
(CCP1M3:CCP1M0 =
1011
), this signal will reset
Timer3.
Timer3 must be configured for either Timer or Synchro-
nized Counter mode to take advantage of this feature. If
Timer3 is running in Asynchronous Counter mode, this
Reset operation may not work. In the event that a write
to Timer3 coincides with a special event trigger from
CCP1, the write will take precedence. In this mode of
operation, the CCPR1H:CCPR1L register pair becomes
the period register for Timer3. Refer to Section 15.0
"Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Modules"
for CCP
details.
TABLE 14-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER3 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Note:
The special event triggers from the CCP
module will not set interrupt flag bit
TMR3IF (PIR registers).
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/ GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
ECCP1IF
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
ECCP1IE
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
ECCP1IP
-1-1 1111 -1-1 1111
TMR3L
Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR3 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR3H
Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR3 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
T1CON
RD16
--
T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON
0-00 0000 u-uu uuuu
T3CON
RD16
T3ECCP1
T3CKPS1 T3CKPS0
T3CCP1
T3SYNC TMR3CS TMR3ON
0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 122
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 123
PIC18FXX8
15.0
CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM
(CCP) MODULES
The CCP (Capture/Compare/PWM) module contains a
16-bit register that can operate as a 16-bit Capture
register, as a 16-bit Compare register or as a PWM
Duty Cycle register.
The operation of the CCP module is identical to that
of the ECCP module (discussed in detail in
Section 16.0 "Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
(ECCP) Module"
) with two exceptions. The CCP
module has a Capture special event trigger that can be
used as a message received time-stamp for the CAN
module (refer to Section 19.0 "CAN Module" for CAN
operation) which the ECCP module does not. The
ECCP module, on the other hand, has Enhanced PWM
functionality and auto-shutdown capability. Aside from
these, the operation of the module described in this
section is the same as the ECCP.
The control register for the CCP module is shown in
Register 15-1. Table 15-2 (following page) details the
interactions of the CCP and ECCP modules.
REGISTER 15-1:
CCP1CON: CCP1 CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
--
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5-4
DCxB1:DCxB0: PWM Duty Cycle bit 1 and bit 0
Capture mode:
Unused.
Compare mode:
Unused.
PWM mode:
These bits are the two LSbs (bit 1 and bit 0) of the 10-bit PWM duty cycle. The upper eight bits
(DCx9:DCx2) of the duty cycle are found in CCPRxL.
bit 3-0
CCPxM3:CCPxM0: CCPx Mode Select bits
0000
= Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets CCPx module)
0001
= Reserved
0010
= Compare mode, toggle output on match (CCPxIF bit is set)
0011
= Capture mode, CAN message received (CCP1 only)
0100
= Capture mode, every falling edge
0101
= Capture mode, every rising edge
0110
= Capture mode, every 4th rising edge
0111
= Capture mode, every 16th rising edge
1000
= Compare mode, initialize CCP pin low, on compare match force CCP pin high
(CCPIF bit is set)
1001
= Compare mode, initialize CCP pin high, on compare match force CCP pin low
(CCPIF bit is set)
1010
= Compare mode, CCP pin is unaffected
(CCPIF bit is set)
1011
= Compare mode, trigger special event (CCP1IF bit is set; CCP resets TMR1 or TMR3
and starts an A/D conversion if the A/D module is enabled)
11xx
= PWM mode
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 124
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
15.1
CCP1 Module
Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (CCPR1) is com-
prised of two 8-bit registers: CCPR1L (low byte) and
CCPR1H (high byte). The CCP1CON register controls
the operation of CCP1. All are readable and writable.
Table 15-1 shows the timer resources of the CCP
module modes.
TABLE 15-1:
CCP1 MODE TIMER
RESOURCE
15.2
Capture Mode
In Capture mode, CCPR1H:CCPR1L captures the 16-
bit value of the TMR1 or TMR3 register when an event
occurs on pin RC2/CCP1. An event is defined as:
every falling edge
every rising edge
every 4th rising edge
every 16th rising edge
An event is selected by control bits CCP1M3:CCP1M0
(CCP1CON<3:0>). When a capture is made, the
interrupt request flag bit, CCP1IF (PIR registers), is set.
It must be cleared in software. If another capture
occurs before the value in register CCPR1 is read, the
old captured value will be lost.
15.2.1
CCP PIN CONFIGURATION
In Capture mode, the RC2/CCP1 pin should be
configured as an input by setting the TRISC<2> bit.
15.2.2
TIMER1/TIMER3 MODE SELECTION
The timers used with the capture feature (either Timer1
and/or Timer3) must be running in Timer mode or Syn-
chronized Counter mode. In Asynchronous Counter
mode, the capture operation may not work. The timer
used with each CCP module is selected in the T3CON
register.
TABLE 15-2:
INTERACTION OF CCP1 AND ECCP1 MODULES
CCP1 Mode
Timer Resource
Capture
Compare
PWM
Timer1 or Timer3
Timer1 or Timer3
Timer2
Note:
If the RC2/CCP1 is configured as an out-
put, a write to the port can cause a capture
condition.
CCP1
Mode
ECCP1
Mode
Interaction
Capture
Capture
TMR1 or TMR3 time base. Time base can be different for each CCP.
Capture
Compare
The compare could be configured for the special event trigger which clears either TMR1
or TMR3, depending upon which time base is used.
Compare
Compare
The compare(s) could be configured for the special event trigger which clears TMR1 or
TMR3, depending upon which time base is used.
PWM
PWM
The PWMs will have the same frequency and update rate (TMR2 interrupt).
PWM
Capture
None.
PWM
Compare
None.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 125
PIC18FXX8
15.2.3
SOFTWARE INTERRUPT
When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture
interrupt may be generated. The user should keep bit
CCP1IE (PIE registers) clear to avoid false interrupts
and should clear the flag bit CCP1IF, following any
such change in operating mode.
15.2.4
CCP1 PRESCALER
There are four prescaler settings specified by bits
CCP1M3:CCP1M0. Whenever the CCP1 module is
turned off, or the CCP1 module is not in Capture mode,
the prescaler counter is cleared. This means that any
Reset will clear the prescaler counter.
Switching from one capture prescaler to another may
generate an interrupt. Also, the prescaler counter will
not be cleared; therefore, the first capture may be from
a non-zero prescaler. Example 15-1 shows the recom-
mended method for switching between capture
prescalers. This example also clears the prescaler
counter and will not generate the "false" interrupt.
15.2.5
CAN MESSAGE TIME-STAMP
The CAN capture event occurs when a message is
received in either of the receive buffers. The CAN
module provides a rising edge to the CCP1 module to
cause a capture event. This feature is provided to
time-stamp the received CAN messages.
This feature is enabled by setting the CANCAP bit of
the CAN I/O control register (CIOCON<4>). The
message receive signal from the CAN module then
takes the place of the events on RC2/CCP1.
EXAMPLE 15-1:
CHANGING BETWEEN
CAPTURE PRESCALERS
FIGURE 15-1:
CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
CLRF
CCP1CON, F
; Turn CCP module off
MOVLW
NEW_CAPT_PS
; Load WREG with the
; new prescaler mode
; value and CCP ON
MOVWF
CCP1CON
; Load CCP1CON with
; this value
Note: I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
CCPR1H
CCPR1L
TMR1H
TMR1L
Set Flag bit CCP1IF
(PIR1<2>)
TMR3
Enable
Qs
CCP1CON<3:0>
CCP1 pin
Prescaler
1, 4, 16
and
Edge Detect
TMR3H
TMR3L
TMR1
Enable
T3ECCP1
T3CCP1
T3ECCP1
T3CCP1
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 126
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
15.3
Compare Mode
In Compare mode, the 16-bit CCPR1 and ECCPR1
register value is constantly compared against either the
TMR1 register pair value or the TMR3 register pair
value. When a match occurs, the CCP1 pin can have
one of the following actions:
Driven high
Driven low
Toggle output (high-to-low or low-to-high)
Remains unchanged
The action on the pin is based on the value of control
bits CCP1M3:CCP1M0. At the same time, interrupt flag
bit CCP1IF is set.
15.3.1
CCP1 PIN CONFIGURATION
The user must configure the CCP1 pin as an output by
clearing the appropriate TRISC bit.
15.3.2
TIMER1/TIMER3 MODE SELECTION
Timer1 and/or Timer3 must be running in Timer mode,
or Synchronized Counter mode, if the CCP module is
using the compare feature. In Asynchronous Counter
mode, the compare operation may not work.
15.3.3
SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
When generate software interrupt is chosen, the CCP1
pin is not affected. Only a CCP interrupt is generated (if
enabled).
15.3.4
SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER
In this mode, an internal hardware trigger is generated,
which may be used to initiate an action.
The special event trigger output of CCP1 resets either
the TMR1 or TMR3 register pair. Additionally, the
ECCP1 special event trigger will start an A/D
conversion if the A/D module is enabled.
FIGURE 15-2:
COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note:
Clearing the CCP1CON register will force
the CCP1 compare output latch to the
default low level. This is not the data latch.
Note:
The special event trigger from the ECCP1
module will not set the Timer1 or Timer3
interrupt flag bits.
Special Event Trigger will:
Reset Timer1 or Timer3 (but not set Timer1 or Timer3 Interrupt Flag bit)
Set bit GO/DONE which starts an A/D conversion (ECCP1 only)
Note
1:
I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
TMR1H
TMR1L
TMR3H
TMR3L
CCPR1H CCPR1L
Comparator
T3ECCP1
T3CCP1
Q
S
R
Output
Logic
Special Event Trigger
Match
CCP1
CCP1CON<3:0>
Mode Select
Output Enable
0
1
Set Flag bit CCP1IF
(PIR1<2>)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 127
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 15-3:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPTURE, COMPARE, TIMER1 AND TIMER3
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/
GIEH
PEIE/
GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISD
PORTD Data Direction Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
TMR1L
Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR1H
Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
T1CON
RD16
--
T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN
T1SYNC
TMR1CS
TMR1ON
0-00 0000 u-uu uuuu
CCPR1L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (LSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCPR1H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (MSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON
--
--
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
--00 0000 --00 0000
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
ECCP1IF
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
ECCP1IE
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
ECCP1IP
-1-1 1111 -1-1 1111
TMR3L
Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR3 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR3H
Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR3 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
T3CON
RD16
T3ECCP1
T3CKPS1 T3CKPS0
T3CCP1
T3SYNC
TMR3CS
TMR3ON
0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by Capture and Timer1.
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 128
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
15.4
PWM Mode
In Pulse-Width Modulation (PWM) mode, the CCP1 pin
produces up to a 10-bit resolution PWM output. Since
the CCP1 pin is multiplexed with the PORTC data latch,
the TRISC<2> bit must be cleared to make the CCP1
pin an output.
Figure 15-3 shows a simplified block diagram of the
CCP module in PWM mode.
For a step-by-step procedure on how to set up the CCP
module for PWM operation, see Section 15.4.3
"Setup for PWM Operation"
.
FIGURE 15-3:
SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK
DIAGRAM
A PWM output (Figure 15-4) has a time base (period)
and a time that the output stays high (duty cycle). The
frequency of the PWM is the inverse of the period
(1/period).
FIGURE 15-4:
PWM OUTPUT
15.4.1
PWM PERIOD
The PWM period is specified by writing to the PR2
register. The PWM period can be calculated using the
following formula.
EQUATION 15-1:
PWM frequency is defined as 1/[PWM period].
When TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events
occur on the next increment cycle:
TMR2 is cleared
The CCP1 pin is set (exception: if PWM duty
cycle = 0%, the CCP1 pin will not be set)
The PWM duty cycle is latched from CCPR1L into
CCPR1H
15.4.2
PWM DUTY CYCLE
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing to the
CCPR1L register and to the CCP1CON<5:4> bits. Up
to 10-bit resolution is available. The CCPR1L contains
the eight MSbs and the CCP1CON<5:4> contains the
two LSbs. This 10-bit value is represented by
CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>. The following equation is
used to calculate the PWM duty cycle in time.
EQUATION 15-2:
CCPR1L and CCP1CON<5:4> can be written to at any
time, but the duty cycle value is not latched into
CCPR1H until after a match between PR2 and TMR2
occurs (i.e., the period is complete). In PWM mode,
CCPR1H is a read-only register.
The CCPR1H register and a 2-bit internal latch are
used to double-buffer the PWM duty cycle. This
double-buffering is essential for glitchless PWM
operation.
When the CCPR1H and 2-bit latch match TMR2,
concatenated with an internal 2-bit Q clock or 2 bits of
the TMR2 prescaler, the CCP1 pin is cleared.
Note:
Clearing the CCP1CON register will force
the CCP1 PWM output latch to the default
low level. This is not the PORTC I/O data
latch.
CCPR1L (Master)
CCPR1H (Slave)
Comparator
TMR2
PR2
(Note 1)
R
Q
S
Duty Cycle Registers
CCP1CON<5:4>
Clear Timer,
set CCP1 pin and
latch D.C.
TRISC<2>
RC2/CCP1
Note 1: 8-bit timer is concatenated with 2-bit internal Q clock,
or 2 bits of the prescaler, to create 10-bit time base.
Comparator
Period
Duty Cycle
TMR2 = PR2
TMR2 = Duty Cycle
TMR2 = PR2
Note:
The Timer2 postscaler (see Section 13.0
"Timer2 Module"
) is not used in the
determination of the PWM frequency. The
postscaler could be used to have a servo
update rate at a different frequency than
the PWM output.
PWM Period = [(PR2) + 1] 4 T
OSC
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
PWM Duty Cycle = (CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>)
T
OSC
(TMR2 Prescale Value)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 129
PIC18FXX8
The maximum PWM resolution (bits) for a given PWM
frequency is given by the following equation.
EQUATION 15-3:
15.4.3
SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the CCP module for PWM operation:
1.
Set the PWM period by writing to the PR2
register.
2.
Set the PWM duty cycle by writing to the
CCPR1L register and CCP1CON<5:4> bits.
3.
Make the CCP1 pin an output by clearing the
TRISC<2> bit.
4.
Set the TMR2 prescale value and enable Timer2
by writing to T2CON.
5.
Configure the CCP1 module for PWM operation.
TABLE 15-4:
EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 40 MHz
TABLE 15-5:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM AND TIMER2
Note:
If the PWM duty cycle value is longer than
the PWM period, the CCP1 pin will not be
cleared.
F
OSC
F
PWM
---------------
log
2
( )
log
-----------------------------bits
=
PWM Resolution (max)
PWM Frequency
2.44 kHz
9.76 kHz
39.06 kHz
156.3 kHz
312.5 kHz
416.6 kHz
Timer Prescaler (1, 4, 16)
16
4
1
1
1
1
PR2 Value
0FFh
0FFh
0FFh
3Fh
1Fh
17h
Maximum Resolution (bits)
10
10
10
8
7
5.5
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/
GIEH
PEIE/
GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISD
PORTD Data Direction Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
TMR2
Timer2 Module Register
0000 0000 0000 0000
PR2
Timer2 Module Period Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
T2CON
--
TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON
T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
-000 0000 -000 0000
CCPR1L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (LSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCPR1H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (MSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
CCP1CON
--
--
DC1B1
DC1B0
CCP1M3
CCP1M2
CCP1M1
CCP1M0
--00 0000 --00 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by PWM and Timer2.
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 130
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 131
PIC18FXX8
16.0
ENHANCED CAPTURE/
COMPARE/PWM (ECCP)
MODULE
This module contains a 16-bit register which can oper-
ate as a 16-bit Capture register, a 16-bit Compare
register or a PWM Master/Slave Duty Cycle register.
The operation of the ECCP module differs from the
CCP (discussed in detail in Section 15.0 "Capture/
Compare/PWM (CCP) Modules"
) with the addition of
an Enhanced PWM module which allows for up to 4
output channels and user selectable polarity. These
features are discussed in detail in Section 16.5
"Enhanced PWM Mode"
. The module can also be
programmed for automatic shutdown in response to
various analog or digital events.
The control register for ECCP1 is shown in
Register 16-1.
REGISTER 16-1:
ECCP1CON: ECCP1 CONTROL REGISTER
Note:
The ECCP (Enhanced Capture/Compare/
PWM) module is only available on
PIC18F448 and PIC18F458 devices.
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
EPWM1M1 EPWM1M0
EDC1B1
EDC1B0
ECCP1M3 ECCP1M2 ECCP1M1 ECCP1M0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
EPWM1M<1:0>: PWM Output Configuration bits
If ECCP1M<3:2> =
00, 01, 10
:
xx
= P1A assigned as Capture/Compare input; P1B, P1C, P1D assigned as port pins
If ECCP1M<3:2> =
11
:
00
= Single output; P1A modulated; P1B, P1C, P1D assigned as port pins
01
= Full-bridge output forward; P1D modulated; P1A active; P1B, P1C inactive
10
= Half-bridge output; P1A, P1B modulated with deadband control; P1C, P1D assigned as
port pins
11
= Full-bridge output reverse; P1B modulated; P1C active; P1A, P1D inactive
bit 5-4
EDC1B<1:0>: PWM Duty Cycle Least Significant bits
Capture mode:
Unused.
Compare mode:
Unused.
PWM mode:
These bits are the two LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs are found in ECCPR1L.
bit 3-0
ECCP1M<3:0>: ECCP1 Mode Select bits
0000
= Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets ECCP module)
0001
= Unused (reserved)
0010
= Compare mode, toggle output on match (ECCP1IF bit is set)
0011
= Unused (reserved)
0100
= Capture mode, every falling edge
0101
= Capture mode, every rising edge
0110
= Capture mode, every 4th rising edge
0111
= Capture mode, every 16th rising edge
1000
= Compare mode, set output on match (ECCP1IF bit is set)
1001
= Compare mode, clear output on match (ECCP1IF bit is set)
1010
= Compare mode, ECCP1 pin is unaffected (ECCP1IF bit is set)
1011
= Compare mode, trigger special event (ECCP1IF bit is set; ECCP resets TMR1or TMR3
and starts an A/D conversion if the A/D module is enabled)
1100
= PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-high; P1B, P1D active-high
1101
= PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-high; P1B, P1D active-low
1110
= PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-low; P1B, P1D active-high
1111
= PWM mode; P1A, P1C active-low; P1B, P1D active-low
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 132
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.1
ECCP1 Module
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 (ECCPR1)
is comprised of two 8-bit registers: ECCPR1L (low
byte) and ECCPR1H (high byte). The ECCP1CON
register controls the operation of ECCP1; the additional
registers, ECCPAS and ECCP1DEL, control Enhanced
PWM specific features. All registers are readable and
writable.
Table 16-1 shows the timer resources for the ECCP
module modes. Table 16-2 describes the interactions
of the ECCP module with the standard CCP module.
In PWM mode, the ECCP module can have up to four
available outputs, depending on which operating mode
is selected. These outputs are multiplexed with PORTD
and the Parallel Slave Port. Both the operating mode
and the output pin assignments are configured by setting
PWM output configuration bits, EPWM1M1:EPWM1M0
(ECCP1CON<7:6>). The specific pin assignments for
the various output modes are shown in Table 16-3.
TABLE 16-1:
ECCP1 MODE TIMER
RESOURCE
TABLE 16-2:
INTERACTION OF CCP1 AND ECCP1 MODULES
TABLE 16-3:
PIN ASSIGNMENTS FOR VARIOUS ECCP MODES
ECCP1 Mode
Timer Resource
Capture
Compare
PWM
Timer1 or Timer3
Timer1 or Timer3
Timer2
ECCP1 Mode
CCP1 Mode
Interaction
Capture
Capture
TMR1 or TMR3 time base. Time base can be different for each CCP.
Capture
Compare
The compare could be configured for the special event trigger which clears either
TMR1 or TMR3 depending upon which time base is used.
Compare
Compare
The compare(s) could be configured for the special event trigger which clears TMR1
or TMR3 depending upon which time base is used.
PWM
PWM
The PWMs will have the same frequency and update rate (TMR2 interrupt).
PWM
Capture
None
PWM
Compare
None
ECCP Mode
(1)
ECCP1CON
Configuration
RD4
RD5
RD6
RD7
Conventional CCP Compatible
00xx11xx
ECCP1
RD<5>,
PSP<5>
RD<6>,
PSP<6>
RD<7>,
PSP<7>
Dual Output PWM
(2)
10xx11xx
P1A
P1B
RD<6>,
PSP<6>
RD<7>,
PSP<7>
Quad Output PWM
(2)
x1xx11xx
P1A
P1B
P1C
P1D
Legend:
x
= Don't care. Shaded cells indicate pin assignments not used by ECCP in a given mode.
Note 1:
In all cases, the appropriate TRISD bits must be cleared to make the corresponding pin an output.
2:
In these modes, the PSP I/O control for PORTD is overridden by P1B, P1C and P1D.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 133
PIC18FXX8
16.2
Capture Mode
The Capture mode of the ECCP module is virtually
identical in operation to that of the standard CCP mod-
ule as discussed in Section 15.1 "CCP1 Module".
The differences are in the registers and port pins
involved:
The 16-bit Capture register is ECCPR1
(ECCPR1H and ECCPR1L);
The capture event is selected by control bits
ECCP1M3:ECCP1M0 (ECCP1CON<3:0>);
The interrupt bits are ECCP1IE (PIE2<0>) and
ECCP1IF (PIR2<0>); and
The capture input pin is RD4 and its corresponding
direction control bit is TRISD<4>.
Other operational details, including timer selection,
output pin configuration and software interrupts, are
exactly the same as the standard CCP module.
16.2.1
CAN MESSAGE TIME-STAMP
The special capture event for the reception of CAN mes-
sages (Section 15.2.5 "CAN Message Time-Stamp")
is not available with the ECCP module.
16.3
Compare Mode
The Compare mode of the ECCP module is virtually
identical in operation to that of the standard CCP
module as discussed in Section 15.2 "Capture
Mode"
. The differences are in the registers and port
pins as described in Section 16.2 "Capture Mode".
All other details are exactly the same.
16.3.1
SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER
Except as noted below, the special event trigger output
of ECCP1 functions identically to that of the standard
CCP module. It may be used to start an A/D conversion
if the A/D module is enabled.
TABLE 16-4:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ENHANCED CAPTURE, COMPARE,
TIMER1 AND TIMER3
Note:
The special event trigger from the ECCP1
module will not set the Timer1 or Timer3
interrupt flag bits.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
ECCP1IF
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
ECCP1IE
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
ECCP1IP
-1-1 1111 -1-1 1111
TMR1L
Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR1H
Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
T1CON
RD16
--
T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN
T1SYNC
TMR1CS
TMR1ON
0-00 0000 u-uu uuuu
TMR3L
Holding Register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR3 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TMR3H
Holding Register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR3 Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
T3CON
RD16
T3ECCP1 T3CKPS1 T3CKPS0
T3CCP1
T3SYNC
TMR3CS
TMR3ON
0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
TRISD
PORTD Data Direction Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
ECCPR1L
Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (LSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
ECCPR1H
Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (MSB)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
ECCP1CON EPWM1M1 EPWM1M0 EDC1B1
EDC1B0
ECCP1M3 ECCP1M2 ECCP1M1 ECCP1M0
0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the ECCP module and Timer1.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 134
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.4
Standard PWM Mode
When configured in Single Output mode, the ECCP
module functions identically to the standard CCP
module in PWM mode as described in Section 15.4
"PWM Mode"
. The differences in registers and ports
are as described in Section 16.2 "Capture Mode". In
addition, the two Least Significant bits of the 10-bit
PWM duty cycle value are represented by
ECCP1CON<5:4>.
16.5
Enhanced PWM Mode
The Enhanced PWM mode provides additional PWM
output options for a broader range of control applica-
tions. The module is an upwardly compatible version of
the standard CCP module and is modified to provide up
to four outputs, designated P1A through P1D. Users
are also able to select the polarity of the signal (either
active-high or active-low). The module's output mode
and polarity are configured by setting the
EPWM1M1:EPWM1M0 and ECCP1M3:ECCP1M0 bits
of the ECCP1CON register (ECCP1CON<7:6> and
ECCP1CON<3:0>, respectively).
Figure 16-1 shows a simplified block diagram of PWM
operation. All control registers are double-buffered and
are loaded at the beginning of a new PWM cycle (the
period boundary when the assigned timer resets) in
order to prevent glitches on any of the outputs. The
exception is the PWM Delay register, ECCP1DEL,
which is loaded at either the duty cycle boundary or the
boundary period (whichever comes first). Because of
the buffering, the module waits until the assigned timer
resets instead of starting immediately. This means that
Enhanced PWM waveforms do not exactly match the
standard PWM waveforms, but are instead offset by
one full instruction cycle (4 T
OSC
).
As before, the user must manually configure the
appropriate TRISD bits for output.
16.5.1
PWM OUTPUT CONFIGURATIONS
The EPWM1M<1:0> bits in the ECCP1CON register
allow one of four configurations:
Single Output
Half-Bridge Output
Full-Bridge Output, Forward mode
Full-Bridge Output, Reverse mode
The Single Output mode is the standard PWM mode
discussed in Section 15.4 "PWM Mode". The Half-
Bridge and Full-Bridge Output modes are covered in
detail in the sections that follow.
The general relationship of the outputs in all
configurations is summarized in Figure 16-2.
FIGURE 16-1:
SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE ENHANCED PWM MODULE
Note:
When setting up single output PWM
operations, users are free to use either of
the processes described in Section 15.4.3
"Setup for PWM Operation"
or
Section 16.5.8 "Setup for PWM Opera-
tion"
. The latter is more generic, but will
work for either single or multi-output PWM.
ECCPR1L
ECCPR1H (Slave)
Comparator
TMR2
Comparator
PR2
(Note 1)
R
Q
S
Duty Cycle Registers
ECCP1CON<5:4>
Clear Timer,
set ECCP1 pin and
latch D.C.
Note:
The 8-bit TMR2 register is concatenated with the 2-bit internal Q clock, or 2 bits of the prescaler, to create the 10-bit time base.
TRISD<4>
RD4/PSP4/ECCP1/P1A
TRISD<5>
RD5/PSP5/P1B
TRISD<6>
RD6/PSP6/P1C
TRISD<7>
RD7/PSP7/P1D
Output
Controller
EPWM1M1<1:0>
2
ECCP1M<3:0>
4
ECCP1DEL
ECCP1/P1A
P1B
P1C
P1D
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 135
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 16-2:
PWM OUTPUT RELATIONSHIPS
0
Period
00
10
01
11
Delay
Delay
SIGNAL
PR2 + 1
ECCP1CON
<7:6>
P1A Modulated, Active-High
P1A Modulated, Active-Low
P1A Modulated, Active-High
P1A Modulated, Active-Low
P1B Modulated, Active-High
P1B Modulated, Active-Low
P1A Active, Active-High
P1A Active, Active-Low
P1B Inactive, Active-High
P1B Inactive, Active-Low
P1C Inactive, Active-High
P1C Inactive, Active-Low
P1D Modulated, Active-High
P1D Modulated, Active-Low
P1A Inactive, Active-High
P1A Inactive, Active-Low
P1B Modulated, Active-High
P1B Modulated, Active-Low
P1C Active, Active-High
P1C Active, Active-Low
P1D Inactive, Active-High
P1D Inactive, Active-Low
Relationships:
Period = 4 * T
OSC
* (PR2 + 1) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
Duty Cycle = T
OSC
* (CCPR1L<7:0>:CCP1CON<5:4>) * (TMR2 Prescale Value)
Delay = 4 * T
OSC
* ECCP1DEL
Duty
Cycle
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 136
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.5.2
HALF-BRIDGE MODE
In the Half-Bridge Output mode, two pins are used as
outputs to drive push-pull loads. The RD4/PSP4/
ECCP1/P1A pin has the PWM output signal, while the
RD5/PSP5/P1B pin has the complementary PWM
output signal (Figure 16-3). This mode can be used for
half-bridge applications, as shown in Figure 16-4, or for
full-bridge applications where four power switches are
being modulated with two PWM signals.
In Half-Bridge Output mode, the programmable dead-
band delay can be used to prevent shoot-through
current in bridge power devices. The value of register
ECCP1DEL dictates the number of clock cycles before
the output is driven active. If the value is greater than
the duty cycle, the corresponding output remains
inactive during the entire cycle. See Section 16.5.4
"Programmable Dead-Band Delay"
for more details
of the dead-band delay operations.
Since the P1A and P1B outputs are multiplexed with
the PORTD<4> and PORTD<5> data latches, the
TRISD<4> and TRISD<5> bits must be cleared to
configure P1A and P1B as outputs.
FIGURE 16-3:
HALF-BRIDGE PWM
OUTPUT
FIGURE 16-4:
EXAMPLES OF HALF-BRIDGE OUTPUT MODE APPLICATIONS
Period
Duty Cycle
td
td
(1)
P1A
(2)
P1B
(2)
td = Dead-Band Delay
Period
(1)
(1)
Note
1: At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the
PR2 register.
2: Output signals are shown as asserted high.
PIC18F448/458
P1A
P1B
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
V+
V-
Load
+ -
+
V
-
+
V
-
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
V+
V-
Load
+ -
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
PIC18F448/458
P1A
P1B
Standard Half-Bridge Circuit ("Push-Pull")
Half-Bridge Output Driving a Full-Bridge Circuit
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 137
PIC18FXX8
16.5.3
FULL-BRIDGE MODE
In Full-Bridge Output mode, four pins are used as out-
puts; however, only two outputs are active at a time. In
the Forward mode, pin RD4/PSP4/ECCP1/P1A is con-
tinuously active and pin RD7/PSP7/P1D is modulated.
In the Reverse mode, RD6/PSP6/P1C pin is continu-
ously active and RD5/PSP5/P1B pin is modulated.
These are illustrated in Figure 16-5.
P1A, P1B, P1C and P1D outputs are multiplexed with
the PORTD<4:7> data latches. The TRISD<4:7> bits
must be cleared to make the P1A, P1B, P1C and P1D
pins output.
FIGURE 16-5:
FULL-BRIDGE PWM OUTPUT
Period
Duty Cycle
P1A
(2)
P1B
(2)
P1C
(2)
P1D
(2)
FORWARD MODE
(1)
Period
Duty Cycle
P1A
(2)
P1C
(2)
P1D
(2)
P1B
(2)
REVERSE MODE
(1)
(1)
(1)
Note 1: At this time, the TMR2 register is equal to the PR2 register.
Note
2: Output signal is shown as asserted high.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 138
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 16-6:
EXAMPLE OF FULL-BRIDGE APPLICATION
16.5.3.1
Direction Change in Full-Bridge
Mode
In the Full-Bridge Output mode, the EPWM1M1 bit in
the ECCP1CON register allows the user to control the
forward/reverse direction. When the application firm-
ware changes this direction control bit, the ECCP1
module will assume the new direction on the next PWM
cycle. The current PWM cycle still continues, however,
the non-modulated outputs, P1A and P1C signals, will
transition to the new direction T
OSC
, 4 T
OSC
or 16 T
OSC
earlier (for T2CKRS<1:0> =
00
,
01
or
1x
, respectively)
before the end of the period. During this transition
cycle, the modulated outputs, P1B and P1D, will go to
the inactive state (Figure 16-7).
Note that in the Full-Bridge Output mode, the ECCP
module does not provide any dead-band delay. In
general, since only one output is modulated at all times,
dead-band delay is not required. However, there is a
situation where a dead-band delay might be required.
This situation occurs when all of the following
conditions are true:
1.
The direction of the PWM output changes when
the duty cycle of the output is at or near 100%.
2.
The turn-off time of the power switch, including
the power device and driver circuit, is greater
than turn-on time.
Figure 16-8 shows an example where the PWM
direction changes from forward to reverse at a near
100% duty cycle. At time t1, the outputs P1A and P1D
become inactive, while output P1C becomes active. In
this example, since the turn-off time of the power
devices is longer than the turn-on time, a shoot-through
current flows through power devices QB and QD (see
Figure 16-6) for the duration of `t'. The same phenom-
enon will occur to power devices QA and QC for PWM
direction change from reverse to forward.
If changing PWM direction at high duty cycle is required
for an application, one of the following requirements
must be met:
1.
Avoid changing PWM output direction at or near
100% duty cycle.
2.
Use switch drivers that compensate the slow
turn off of the power devices. The total turn-off
time (t
off
) of the power device and the driver
must be less than the turn-on time (t
on
).
PIC18F448/458
P1D
P1B
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
V+
V-
Load
+
-
FET
Driver
FET
Driver
P1C
P1A
QD
QC
QA
QB
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 139
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 16-7:
PWM DIRECTION CHANGE
FIGURE 16-8:
PWM DIRECTION CHANGE AT NEAR 100% DUTY CYCLE
DC
Period
(1)
SIGNAL
Note
1:
The direction bit in the ECCP1 Control Register (ECCP1CON.EPWM1M1) is written any time during the PWM
cycle.
2: The P1A and P1C signals switch at intervals of T
OSC
, 4 T
OSC
or 16 T
OSC
, depending on the Timer2 prescaler
value earlier when changing direction. The modulated P1B and P1D signals are inactive at this time.
Period
(2)
P1A (Active-High)
P1B (Active-High)
P1C (Active-High)
P1D (Active-High)
Forward Period
Reverse Period
(PWM)
P1A
(1)
(PWM)
t
on
(2)
t
off
(3)
t = t
off
t
on
(2,3)
P1B
(1)
P1C
(1)
P1D
(1)
External Switch D
(1)
Potential
Shoot-Through
Current
(1)
Note
1: All signals are shown as active-high.
2: t
on
is the turn-on delay of power switch and driver.
3: t
off
is the turn-off delay of power switch and driver.
External Switch C
(1)
t1
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 140
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.5.4
PROGRAMMABLE DEAD-BAND
DELAY
In half-bridge or full-bridge applications, where all
power switches are modulated at the PWM frequency
at all times, the power switches normally require longer
time to turn off than to turn on. If both the upper and
lower power switches are switched at the same time
(one turned on and the other turned off), both switches
will be on for a short period of time until one switch
completely turns off. During this time, a very high
current (shoot-through current) flows through both
power switches, shorting the bridge supply. To avoid
this potentially destructive shoot-through current from
flowing during switching, turning on the power switch is
normally delayed to allow the other switch to
completely turn off.
In the Half-Bridge Output mode, a digitally programmable
dead-band delay is available to avoid shoot-through
current from destroying the bridge power switches. The
delay occurs at the signal transition from the non-active
state to the active state. See Figure 16-3 for illustration.
The ECCP1DEL register (Register 16-2) sets the amount
of delay.
16.5.5
SYSTEM IMPLEMENTATION
When the ECCP module is used in the PWM mode, the
application hardware must use the proper external pull-
up and/or pull-down resistors on the PWM output pins.
When the microcontroller powers up, all of the I/O pins
are in the high-impedance state. The external pull-up
and pull-down resistors must keep the power switch
devices in the off state until the microcontroller drives
the I/O pins with the proper signal levels, or activates
the PWM output(s).
16.5.6
START-UP CONSIDERATIONS
Prior to enabling the PWM outputs, the P1A, P1B, P1C
and P1D latches may not be in the proper states.
Enabling the TRISD bits for output at the same time
with the ECCP1 module may cause damage to the
power switch devices. The ECCP1 module must be
enabled in the proper output mode with the TRISD bits
enabled as inputs. Once the ECCP1 completes a full
PWM cycle, the P1A, P1B, P1C and P1D output
latches are properly initialized. At this time, the TRISD
bits can be enabled for outputs to start driving the
power switch devices. The completion of a full PWM
cycle is indicated by the TMR2IF bit going from a `
0
' to
a `
1
'.
16.5.7
OUTPUT POLARITY
CONFIGURATION
The ECCP1M<1:0> bits in the ECCP1CON register
allow user to choose the logic conventions (asserted
high/low) for each of the outputs.
The PWM output polarities must be selected before the
PWM outputs are enabled. Charging the polarity
configuration while the PWM outputs are active is not
recommended since it may result in unpredictable
operation.
REGISTER 16-2:
ECCP1DEL: PWM DELAY REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
EPDC7
EPDC6
EPDC5
EPDC4
EPDC3
EPDC2
EPDC1
EPDC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EPDC<7:0>: PWM Delay Count for Half-Bridge Output Mode bits
Number of F
OSC
/4 (T
OSC
*
4) cycles between the P1A transition and the P1B transition.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 141
PIC18FXX8
16.5.8
SETUP FOR PWM OPERATION
The following steps should be taken when configuring
the ECCP1 module for PWM operation:
1.
Configure the PWM module:
a)
Disable the ECCP1/P1A, P1B, P1C and/or
P1D outputs by setting the respective TRISD
bits.
b)
Set the PWM period by loading the PR2
register.
c)
Set the PWM duty cycle by loading the
ECCPR1L register and ECCP1CON<5:4>
bits.
d)
Configure the ECCP1 module for the
desired PWM operation by loading the
ECCP1CON register with the appropriate
value. With the ECCP1M<3:0> bits, select
the active-high/low levels for each PWM
output. With the EPWM1M<1:0> bits, select
one of the available output modes.
e)
For Half-Bridge Output mode, set the dead-
band delay by loading the ECCP1DEL
register with the appropriate value.
2.
Configure and start TMR2:
a)
Clear the TMR2 interrupt flag bit by clearing
the TMR2IF bit in the PIR1 register.
b)
Set the TMR2 prescale value by loading the
T2CKPS bits (T2CON<1:0>).
c)
Enable Timer2 by setting the TMR2ON bit
(T2CON<2>) register.
3.
Enable PWM outputs after a new cycle has
started:
a)
Wait until TMR2 overflows (TMR2IF bit
becomes a `
1
'). The new PWM cycle begins
here.
b)
Enable the ECCP1/P1A, P1B, P1C and/or
P1D pin outputs by clearing the respective
TRISD bits.
TABLE 16-5:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ENHANCED PWM AND TIMER2
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
RCON
IPEN
--
--
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
0--1 110q 0--0 011q
IPR2
--
CMIP
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
ECCP1IP
-1-1 1111 -1-1 1111
PIR2
--
CMIF
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
ECCP1IF
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
ECCP1IE
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
TMR2
Timer2 Module Register
0000 0000 0000 0000
PR2
Timer2 Module Period Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
T2CON
--
TOUTPS3
TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
-000 0000 -000 0000
TRISD
PORTD Data Direction Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
ECCPR1H
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 High Byte
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
ECCPR1L
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM Register 1 Low Byte
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
ECCP1CON EPWM1M1 EPWM1M0
EDC1B1
EDC1B0
ECCP1M3 ECCP1M2 ECCP1M1 ECCP1M0
0000 0000 0000 0000
ECCPAS
ECCPASE
ECCPAS2
ECCPAS1 ECCPAS0
PSSAC1
PSSAC0
PSSBD1
PSSBD0
0000 0000 0000 0000
ECCP1DEL
EPDC7
EPDC6
EPDC5
EPDC4
EPDC3
EPDC2
EPDC1
EPDC0
0000 0000 uuuu uuuu
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the ECCP module.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 142
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
16.6
Enhanced CCP Auto-Shutdown
When the ECCP is programmed for any of the PWM
modes, the output pins associated with its function may
be configured for auto-shutdown.
Auto-shutdown allows the internal output of either of
the two comparator modules, or the external
interrupt 0, to asynchronously disable the ECCP output
pins. Thus, an external analog or digital event can
discontinue an ECCP sequence. The comparator out-
put(s) to be used is selected by setting the proper mode
bits in the ECCPAS register. To use external interrupt
INT0 as a shutdown event, INT0IE must be set. To use
either of the comparator module outputs as a shutdown
event, corresponding comparators must be enabled.
When a shutdown occurs, the selected output values
(PSSACn, PSSBDn) are written to the ECCP port pins.
The internal shutdown signal is gated with the outputs
and will immediately and asynchronously disable the
outputs. If the internal shutdown is still in effect at the
time a new cycle begins, that entire cycle is
suppressed, thus eliminating narrow, glitchy pulses.
The ECCPASE bit is set by hardware upon a compara-
tor event and can only be cleared in software. The
ECCP outputs can be re-enabled only by clearing the
ECCPASE bit.
The Auto-Shutdown mode can be manually entered by
writing a `
1
' to the ECCPASE bit.
REGISTER 16-3:
ECCPAS: ENHANCED CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM AUTO-SHUTDOWN
CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ECCPASE ECCPAS2 ECCPAS1 ECCPAS0
PSSAC1
PSSAC0
PSSBD1
PSSBD0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
ECCPASE: ECCP Auto-Shutdown Event Status bit
0
= ECCP outputs enabled, no shutdown event
1
= A shutdown event has occurred, must be reset in software to re-enable ECCP
bit 6-4
ECCPAS<2:0>: ECCP Auto-Shutdown bits
000
= No auto-shutdown enabled, comparators have no effect on ECCP
001
= Comparator 1 output will cause shutdown
010
= Comparator 2 output will cause shutdown
011
= Either Comparator 1 or 2 can cause shutdown
100
= INT0
101
= INT0 or Comparator 1 output
110
= INT0 or Comparator 2 output
111
= INT0 or Comparator 1 or Comparator 2 output
bit 3-2
PSSACn: Pins A and C Shutdown State Control bits
00
= Drive Pins A and C to `
0
'
01
= Drive Pins A and C to `
1
'
1x
= Pins A and C tri-state
bit 1-0
PSSBDn: Pins B and D Shutdown State Control bits
00
= Drive Pins B and D to `
0
'
01
= Drive Pins B and D to `
1
'
1x
= Pins B and D tri-state
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 143
PIC18FXX8
17.0
MASTER SYNCHRONOUS
SERIAL PORT (MSSP)
MODULE
17.1
Master SSP (MSSP) Module
Overview
The Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP) module is
a serial interface useful for communicating with other
peripheral or microcontroller devices. These peripheral
devices may be serial EEPROMs, shift registers,
display drivers, A/D converters, etc. The MSSP module
can operate in one of two modes:
Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)
Inter-Integrated Circuit (I
2
C)
- Full Master mode
- Slave mode (with general address call)
The I
2
C interface supports the following modes in
hardware:
Master mode
Multi-Master mode
Slave mode
17.2
Control Registers
The MSSP module has three associated registers.
These include a status register (SSPSTAT) and two
control registers (SSPCON1 and SSPCON2). The use
of these registers and their individual configuration bits
differ significantly, depending on whether the MSSP
module is operated in SPI or I
2
C mode.
Additional details are provided under the individual
sections.
17.3
SPI Mode
The SPI mode allows 8 bits of data to be synchronously
transmitted and received simultaneously. All four modes
of SPI are supported. To accomplish communication,
typically three pins are used:
Serial Data Out (SDO) RC5/SDO
Serial Data In (SDI) RC4/SDI/SDA
Serial Clock (SCK) RC3/SCK/SCL
Additionally, a fourth pin may be used when in a Slave
mode of operation:
Slave Select (SS) RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN
Figure 17-1 shows the block diagram of the MSSP
module when operating in SPI mode.
FIGURE 17-1:
MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM
(SPITM MODE)
( )
Read
Write
Internal
Data Bus
SSPSR reg
SSPM3:SSPM0
bit0
Shift
Clock
SS Control
Enable
Edge
Select
Clock Select
TMR2 Output
T
OSC
Prescaler
4, 16, 64
2
Edge
Select
2
4
Data to TX/RX in SSPSR
TRIS bit
2
SMP:CKE
RC5/SDO
SSPBUF reg
RC4/SDI/SDA
RA5/AN4/
RC3/SCK/
SCL
SS/LVDIN
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 144
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.3.1
REGISTERS
The MSSP module has four registers for SPI mode
operation. These are:
MSSP Control Register 1 (SSPCON1)
MSSP Status Register (SSPSTAT)
Serial Receive/Transmit Buffer (SSPBUF)
MSSP Shift Register (SSPSR) Not directly
accessible
SSPCON1 and SSPSTAT are the control and status
registers in SPI mode operation. The SSPCON1
register is readable and writable. The lower 6 bits of
the SSPSTAT are read-only. The upper two bits of the
SSPSTAT are read/write.
SSPSR is the shift register used for shifting data in or
out. SSPBUF is the buffer register to which data bytes
are written to or read from.
In receive operations, SSPSR and SSPBUF together
create a double-buffered receiver. When SSPSR
receives a complete byte, it is transferred to SSPBUF
and the SSPIF interrupt is set.
During transmission, the SSPBUF is not double-
buffered. A write to SSPBUF will write to both SSPBUF
and SSPSR.
REGISTER 17-1:
SSPSTAT: MSSP STATUS REGISTER (SPI MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
SMP: Sample bit
SPI Master mode:
1
= Input data sampled at end of data output time
0
= Input data sampled at middle of data output time
SPI Slave mode:
SMP must be cleared when SPI is used in Slave mode.
bit 6
CKE: SPI Clock Edge Select bit
1
= Transmit occurs on transition from active to Idle clock state
0
= Transmit occurs on transition from Idle to active clock state
Note:
Polarity of clock state is set by the CKP bit (SSPCON1<4>).
bit 5
D/A: Data/Address bit
Used in I
2
C mode only.
bit 4
P: Stop bit
Used in I
2
C mode only. This bit is cleared when the MSSP module is disabled, SSPEN is
cleared.
bit 3
S: Start bit
Used in I
2
C mode only.
bit 2
R/W: Read/Write Information bit
Used in I
2
C mode only.
bit 1
UA: Update Address bit
Used in I
2
C mode only.
bit 0
BF: Buffer Full Status bit (Receive mode only)
1
= Receive complete, SSPBUF is full
0
= Receive not complete, SSPBUF is empty
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 145
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 17-2:
SSPCON1: MSSP CONTROL REGISTER 1 (SPI MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit (Transmit mode only)
1
= The SSPBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word
(must be cleared in software)
0
= No collision
bit 6
SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit
SPI Slave mode:
1
= A new byte is received while the SSPBUF register is still holding the previous data. In case
of overflow, the data in SSPSR is lost. Overflow can only occur in Slave mode.The user
must read the SSPBUF even if only transmitting data to avoid setting overflow (must be
cleared in software).
0
= No overflow
Note:
In Master mode, the overflow bit is not set since each new reception (and
transmission) is initiated by writing to the SSPBUF register.
bit 5
SSPEN: Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit
1
= Enables serial port and configures SCK, SDO, SDI and SS as serial port pins
0
= Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
Note:
When enabled, these pins must be properly configured as input or output.
bit 4
CKP: Clock Polarity Select bit
1
= Idle state for clock is a high level
0
= Idle state for clock is a low level
bit 3-0
SSPM3:SSPM0: Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits
0101
= SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin, SS pin control disabled, SS can be used as I/O pin
0100
= SPI Slave mode, clock = SCK pin, SS pin control enabled
0011
= SPI Master mode, clock = TMR2 output/2
0010
= SPI Master mode, clock = F
OSC
/64
0001
= SPI Master mode, clock = F
OSC
/16
0000
= SPI Master mode, clock = F
OSC
/4
Note:
Bit combinations not specifically listed here are either reserved or implemented in
I
2
C mode only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 146
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.3.2
OPERATION
When initializing the SPI, several options need to be
specified. This is done by programming the appropriate
control bits (SSPCON1<5:0> and SSPSTAT<7:6>).
These control bits allow the following to be specified:
Master mode (SCK is the clock output)
Slave mode (SCK is the clock input)
Clock Polarity (Idle state of SCK)
Data Input Sample Phase (middle or end of data
output time)
Clock Edge (output data on rising/falling edge of
SCK)
Clock Rate (Master mode only)
Slave Select mode (Slave mode only)
The MSSP consists of a transmit/receive shift register
(SSPSR) and a buffer register (SSPBUF). The SSPSR
shifts the data in and out of the device, MSb first. The
SSPBUF holds the data that was written to the SSPSR
until the received data is ready. Once the 8 bits of data
have been received, that byte is moved to the SSPBUF
register. Then, the Buffer Full detect bit BF
(SSPSTAT<0>) and the interrupt flag bit SSPIF are set.
This double-buffering of the received data (SSPBUF)
allows the next byte to start reception before reading
the data that was just received. Any write to the
SSPBUF register during transmission/reception of data
will be ignored and the Write Collision detect bit, WCOL
(SSPCON1<7>), will be set. User software must clear
the WCOL bit so that it can be determined if the follow-
ing write(s) to the SSPBUF register completed
successfully.
When the application software is expecting to receive
valid data, the SSPBUF should be read before the next
byte of data to transfer is written to the SSPBUF. Buffer
Full bit, BF (SSPSTAT<0>), indicates when SSPBUF
has been loaded with the received data (transmission
is complete). When the SSPBUF is read, the BF bit is
cleared. This data may be irrelevant if the SPI is only a
transmitter. Generally, the MSSP interrupt is used to
determine when the transmission/reception has com-
pleted. The SSPBUF must be read and/or written. If the
interrupt method is not going to be used, then software
polling can be done to ensure that a write collision does
not occur. Example 17-1 shows the loading of the
SSPBUF (SSPSR) for data transmission.
The SSPSR is not directly readable or writable and can
only be accessed by addressing the SSPBUF register.
Additionally, the MSSP Status register (SSPSTAT)
indicates the various status conditions.
EXAMPLE 17-1:
LOADING THE SSPBUF (SSPSR) REGISTER
LOOP BTFSS SSPSTAT, BF ;Has data been received(transmit complete)?
BRA LOOP ;No
MOVF SSPBUF, W ;WREG reg = contents of SSPBUF
MOVWF RXDATA ;Save in user RAM, if data is meaningful
MOVF TXDATA, W ;W reg = contents of TXDATA
MOVWF SSPBUF ;New data to xmit
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 147
PIC18FXX8
17.3.3
ENABLING SPI I/O
To enable the serial port, SSP Enable bit, SSPEN
(SSPCON1<5>), must be set. To reset or reconfigure
SPI mode, clear the SSPEN bit, reinitialize the SSPCON
registers and then, set the SSPEN bit. This configures
the SDI, SDO, SCK and SS pins as serial port pins. For
the pins to behave as the serial port function, some must
have their data direction bits (in the TRIS register)
appropriately programmed as follows:
SDI is automatically controlled by the SPI module
SDO must have TRISC<5> bit cleared
SCK (Master mode) must have TRISC<3> bit
cleared
SCK (Slave mode) must have TRISC<3> bit set
SS must have TRISA<5> bit set
Any serial port function that is not desired may be over-
ridden by programming the corresponding data
direction (TRIS) register to the opposite value.
17.3.4
TYPICAL CONNECTION
Figure 17-2 shows a typical connection between two
microcontrollers. The master controller (Processor 1)
initiates the data transfer by sending the SCK signal.
Data is shifted out of both shift registers on their
programmed clock edge and latched on the opposite
edge of the clock. Both processors should be
programmed to the same Clock Polarity (CKP), then
both controllers would send and receive data at the
same time. Whether the data is meaningful (or dummy
data) depends on the application software. This leads
to three scenarios for data transmission:
Master sends data
Slave sends dummy data
Master sends data
Slave sends data
Master sends dummy data
Slave sends data
FIGURE 17-2:
SPITM MASTER/SLAVE CONNECTION
Serial Input Buffer
(SSPBUF)
Shift Register
(SSPSR)
MSb
LSb
SDO
SDI
PROCESSOR 1
SCK
SPITM Master SSPM3:SSPM0 =
00xxb
Serial Input Buffer
(SSPBUF)
Shift Register
(SSPSR)
LSb
MSb
SDI
SDO
PROCESSOR 2
SCK
SPITM Slave SSPM3:SSPM0 =
010xb
Serial Clock
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 148
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.3.5
MASTER MODE
The master can initiate the data transfer at any time
because it controls the SCK. The master determines
when the slave (Processor 2, Figure 17-2) is to
broadcast data by the software protocol.
In Master mode, the data is transmitted/received as
soon as the SSPBUF register is written to. If the SPI is
only going to receive, the SDO output could be dis-
abled (programmed as an input). The SSPSR register
will continue to shift in the signal present on the SDI pin
at the programmed clock rate. As each byte is
received, it will be loaded into the SSPBUF register as
if a normal received byte (interrupts and status bits
appropriately set). This could be useful in receiver
applications as a "Line Activity Monitor" mode.
The clock polarity is selected by appropriately program-
ming the CKP bit (SSPCON1<4>). This then, would
give waveforms for SPI communication as shown in
Figure 17-3, Figure 17-5 and Figure 17-6, where the
MSB is transmitted first. In Master mode, the SPI clock
rate (bit rate) is user programmable to be one of the
following:
F
OSC
/4 (or T
CY
)
F
OSC
/16 (or 4 T
CY
)
F
OSC
/64 (or 16 T
CY
)
Timer2 output/2
This allows a maximum data rate (at 40 MHz) of
10.00 Mbps.
Figure 17-3 shows the waveforms for Master mode.
When the CKE bit is set, the SDO data is valid before
there is a clock edge on SCK. The change of the input
sample is shown based on the state of the SMP bit. The
time when the SSPBUF is loaded with the received
data is shown.
FIGURE 17-3:
SPITM MODE WAVEFORM (MASTER MODE)
SCK
(CKP =
0
SCK
(CKP =
1
SCK
(CKP =
0
SCK
(CKP =
1
4 Clock
Modes
Input
Sample
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7
bit 0
SDO
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
bit7
SDI
SSPIF
(SMP =
1
)
(SMP =
0
)
(SMP =
1
)
CKE =
1
)
CKE =
0
)
CKE =
1
)
CKE =
0
)
(SMP =
0
)
Write to
SSPBUF
SSPSR to
SSPBUF
SDO
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
(CKE =
0
)
(CKE =
1
)
Next Q4 cycle
after Q2
bit 0
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 149
PIC18FXX8
17.3.6
SLAVE MODE
In Slave mode, the data is transmitted and received as
the external clock pulses appear on SCK. When the
last bit is latched, the SSPIF interrupt flag bit is set.
While in Slave mode, the external clock is supplied by
the external clock source on the SCK pin. This external
clock must meet the minimum high and low times as
specified in the electrical specifications.
While in Sleep mode, the slave can transmit/receive
data. When a byte is received, the device will wake-up
from Sleep. Before enabling the module in SPI Slave
mode, the clock line must match the proper Idle state.
The clock line can be observed by reading the SCK pin.
The Idle state is determined by the CKP bit
(SSPCON1<4>).
17.3.7
SLAVE SELECT
SYNCHRONIZATION
The SS pin allows a Synchronous Slave mode. The
SPI must be in Slave mode with SS pin control enabled
(SSPCON1<3:0> = 04h). The pin must not be driven
low for the SS pin to function as an input. The data latch
must be high. When the SS pin is low, transmission and
reception are enabled and the SDO pin is driven. When
the SS pin goes high, the SDO pin is no longer driven,
even if in the middle of a transmitted byte and becomes
a floating output. External pull-up/pull-down resistors
may be desirable depending on the application.
When the SPI module resets, the bit counter is forced
to `
0
'. This can be done by either forcing the SS pin to
a high level or clearing the SSPEN bit.
To emulate two-wire communication, the SDO pin can
be connected to the SDI pin. When the SPI needs to
operate as a receiver, the SDO pin can be configured
as an input. This disables transmissions from the SDO.
The SDI can always be left as an input (SDI function)
since it cannot create a bus conflict.
FIGURE 17-4:
SLAVE SYNCHRONIZATION WAVEFORM
Note 1: When the SPI is in Slave mode with SS pin
control enabled (SSPCON1<3:0> =
0100
),
the SPI module will reset if the SS pin is set
to V
DD
.
2: If the SPI is used in Slave mode with CKE
set, then the SS pin control must be
enabled.
SCK
(CKP =
1
SCK
(CKP =
0
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7
SDO
bit 7
bit 6
bit 7
SSPIF
Interrupt
(SMP =
0
)
CKE =
0
)
CKE =
0
)
(SMP =
0
)
Write to
SSPBUF
SSPSR to
SSPBUF
SS
Flag
bit 0
bit 7
bit 0
Next Q4 cycle
after Q2
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 150
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 17-5:
SPITM MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE =
0
)
FIGURE 17-6:
SPITM MODE WAVEFORM (SLAVE MODE WITH CKE =
1
)
SCK
(CKP =
1
SCK
(CKP =
0
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7
bit 0
SDO
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
SSPIF
Interrupt
(SMP =
0
)
CKE =
0
)
CKE =
0
)
(SMP =
0
)
Write to
SSPBUF
SSPSR to
SSPBUF
SS
Flag
Optional
Next Q4 cycle
after Q2
SCK
(CKP =
1
SCK
(CKP =
0
Input
Sample
SDI
bit 7
bit 0
SDO
bit 7
bit 6
bit 5
bit 4
bit 3
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
SSPIF
Interrupt
(SMP =
0
)
CKE =
1
)
CKE =
1
)
(SMP =
0
)
Write to
SSPBUF
SSPSR to
SSPBUF
SS
Flag
Not Optional
Next Q4 cycle
after Q2
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 151
PIC18FXX8
17.3.8
SLEEP OPERATION
In Master mode, all module clocks are halted and the
transmission/reception will remain in that state until the
device wakes from Sleep. After the device returns to
normal mode, the module will continue to transmit/
receive data.
In Slave mode, the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift register
operates asynchronously to the device. This allows the
device to be placed in Sleep mode and data to be
shifted into the SPI Transmit/Receive Shift register.
When all 8 bits have been received, the MSSP interrupt
flag bit will be set and if enabled, will wake the device
from Sleep.
17.3.9
EFFECTS OF A RESET
A Reset disables the MSSP module and terminates the
current transfer.
17.3.10
BUS MODE COMPATIBILITY
Table 17-1 shows the compatibility between the
standard SPI modes and the states of the CKP and
CKE control bits.
TABLE 17-1:
SPITM BUS MODES
There is also an SMP bit which controls when the data
is sampled.
TABLE 17-2:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SPITM OPERATION
Standard SPI Mode
Terminology
Control Bits State
CKP
CKE
0, 0
0
1
0, 1
0
0
1, 0
1
1
1, 1
1
0
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISC
PORTC Data Direction Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISA
--
TRISA6
TRISA5
TRISA4
TRISA3
TRISA2
TRISA1
TRISA0
-111 1111 -111 1111
SSPBUF
Synchronous Serial Port Receive Buffer/Transmit Register
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
SSPCON1
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
0000 0000 0000 0000
SSPSTAT
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged,
-
= unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the MSSP in SPITM mode.
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 152
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4
I
2
C Mode
The MSSP module in I
2
C mode fully implements all
master and slave functions (including general call
support) and provides interrupts on Start and Stop bits
in hardware to determine a free bus (multi-master
function). The MSSP module implements the standard
mode specifications, as well as 7-bit and 10-bit
addressing.
Two pins are used for data transfer:
Serial clock (SCL) RC3/SCK/SCL
Serial data (SDA) RC4/SDI/SDA
The user must configure these pins as inputs or outputs
through the TRISC<4:3> bits.
FIGURE 17-7:
MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM
(I
2
CTM MODE)
17.4.1
REGISTERS
The MSSP module has six registers for I
2
C operation.
These are:
MSSP Control Register 1 (SSPCON1)
MSSP Control Register 2 (SSPCON2)
MSSP Status Register (SSPSTAT)
Serial Receive/Transmit Buffer (SSPBUF)
MSSP Shift Register (SSPSR) Not directly
accessible
MSSP Address Register (SSPADD)
SSPCON1, SSPCON2 and SSPSTAT are the control
and status registers in I
2
C mode operation. The
SSPCON1 and SSPCON2 registers are readable and
writable. The lower 6 bits of the SSPSTAT are read-only.
The upper two bits of the SSPSTAT are read/write.
SSPSR is the shift register used for shifting data in or
out. SSPBUF is the buffer register to which data bytes
are written to or read from.
SSPADD register holds the slave device address
when the SSP is configured in I
2
C Slave mode. When
the SSP is configured in Master mode, the lower
seven bits of SSPADD act as the Baud Rate
Generator reload value.
In receive operations, SSPSR and SSPBUF together
create a double-buffered receiver. When SSPSR
receives a complete byte, it is transferred to SSPBUF
and the SSPIF interrupt is set.
During transmission, the SSPBUF is not double-
buffered. A write to SSPBUF will write to both SSPBUF
and SSPSR.
Read
Write
SSPSR reg
Match Detect
SSPADD reg
Start and
Stop bit Detect
SSPBUF reg
Internal
Data Bus
Addr Match
Set, Reset
S, P bits
(SSPSTAT reg)
RC3/SCK/
RC4/
Shift
Clock
MSb
SDI/
LSb
SDA
SCL
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 153
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 17-3:
SSPSTAT: MSSP STATUS REGISTER (I
2
C MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
SMP
CKE
D/A
P
S
R/W
UA
BF
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
SMP: Slew Rate Control bit
In Master or Slave mode:
1
= Slew rate control disabled for Standard Speed mode (100 kHz and 1 MHz)
0
= Slew rate control enabled for High-Speed mode (400 kHz)
bit 6
CKE: SMBus Select bit
In Master or Slave mode:
1
= Enable SMBus specific inputs
0
= Disable SMBus specific inputs
bit 5
D/A: Data/Address bit
In Master mode:
Reserved.
In Slave mode:
1
= Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was data
0
= Indicates that the last byte received or transmitted was address
bit 4
P: Stop bit
1
= Indicates that a Stop bit has been detected last
0
= Stop bit was not detected last
Note:
This bit is cleared on Reset and when SSPEN is cleared.
bit 3
S: Start bit
1
= Indicates that a Start bit has been detected last
0
= Start bit was not detected last
Note:
This bit is cleared on Reset and when SSPEN is cleared.
bit 2
R/W: Read/Write Information bit (I
2
C mode only)
In Slave mode:
1
= Read
0
= Write
Note:
This bit holds the R/W bit information following the last address match. This bit is
only valid from the address match to the next Start bit, Stop bit or not ACK bit.
In Master mode:
1
= Transmit is in progress
0
= Transmit is not in progress
Note:
ORing this bit with SEN, RSEN, PEN, RCEN or ACKEN will indicate if the MSSP is
in Idle mode.
bit 1
UA: Update Address bit (10-bit Slave mode only)
1
= Indicates that the user needs to update the address in the SSPADD register
0
= Address does not need to be updated
bit 0
BF: Buffer Full Status bit
In Transmit mode:
1
= Receive complete, SSPBUF is full
0
= Receive not complete, SSPBUF is empty
In Receive mode:
1
= Data transmit in progress (does not include the ACK and Stop bits), SSPBUF is full
0
= Data transmit complete (does not include the ACK and Stop bits), SSPBUF is empty
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 154
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 17-4:
SSPCON1: MSSP CONTROL REGISTER 1 (I
2
C MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
WCOL
SSPOV
SSPEN
CKP
SSPM3
SSPM2
SSPM1
SSPM0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
WCOL: Write Collision Detect bit
In Master Transmit mode:
1
= A write to the SSPBUF register was attempted while the I
2
C conditions were not valid for
a transmission to be started (must be cleared in software)
0
= No collision
In Slave Transmit mode:
1
= The SSPBUF register is written while it is still transmitting the previous word (must be
cleared in software)
0
= No collision
In Receive mode (Master or Slave modes):
This is a "don't care" bit.
bit 6
SSPOV: Receive Overflow Indicator bit
In Receive mode:
1
= A byte is received while the SSPBUF register is still holding the previous byte (must
be cleared in software)
0
= No overflow
In Transmit mode:
This is a "don't care" bit in Transmit mode.
bit 5
SSPEN: Synchronous Serial Port Enable bit
1
= Enables the serial port and configures the SDA and SCL pins as the serial port pins
0
= Disables serial port and configures these pins as I/O port pins
Note:
When enabled, the SDA and SCL pins must be properly configured as input or output.
bit 4
CKP: SCK Release Control bit
In Slave mode:
1
= Release clock
0
= Holds clock low (clock stretch), used to ensure data setup time
In Master mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 3-0
SSPM3:SSPM0: Synchronous Serial Port Mode Select bits
1111
= I
2
C Slave mode, 10-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled
1110
= I
2
C Slave mode, 7-bit address with Start and Stop bit interrupts enabled
1011
= I
2
C Firmware Controlled Master mode (Slave Idle)
1000
= I
2
C Master mode, clock = F
OSC
/(4 * (SSPADD + 1))
0111
= I
2
C Slave mode, 10-bit address
0110
= I
2
C Slave mode, 7-bit address
Note:
Bit combinations not specifically listed here are either reserved or implemented in
SPI mode only.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 155
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 17-5:
SSPCON2: MSSP CONTROL REGISTER 2 (I
2
C MODE)
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
GCEN
ACKSTAT
ACKDT
ACKEN
RCEN
PEN
RSEN
SEN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
GCEN: General Call Enable bit (Slave mode only)
1
= Enable interrupt when a general call address (0000h) is received in the SSPSR
0
= General call address disabled
bit 6
ACKSTAT: Acknowledge Status bit (Master Transmit mode only)
1
= Acknowledge was not received from slave
0
= Acknowledge was received from slave
bit 5
ACKDT: Acknowledge Data bit (Master Receive mode only)
1
= Not Acknowledge
0
= Acknowledge
Note:
Value that will be transmitted when the user initiates an Acknowledge sequence at
the end of a receive.
bit 4
ACKEN: Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit (Master Receive mode only)
1
= Initiate Acknowledge sequence on SDA and SCL pins and transmit ACKDT data bit.
Automatically cleared by hardware.
0
= Acknowledge sequence Idle
bit 3
RCEN: Receive Enable bit (Master Mode only)
1
= Enables Receive mode for I
2
C
0
= Receive Idle
bit 2
PEN: Stop Condition Enable bit (Master mode only)
1
= Initiate Stop condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0
= Stop condition Idle
bit 1
RSEN: Repeated Start Condition Enable bit (Master mode only)
1
= Initiate Repeated Start condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0
= Repeated Start condition Idle
bit 0
SEN: Start Condition Enable/Stretch Enable bit
In Master mode:
1
= Initiate Start condition on SDA and SCL pins. Automatically cleared by hardware.
0
= Start condition Idle
In Slave mode:
1
= Clock stretching is enabled for both slave transmit and slave receive (stretch enabled)
0
= Clock stretching is enabled for slave transmit only (Legacy mode)
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Note:
For bits ACKEN, RCEN, PEN, RSEN, SEN: If the I
2
C module is not in the Idle mode,
this bit may not be set (no spooling) and the SSPBUF may not be written (or writes
to the SSPBUF are disabled).
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 156
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.2
OPERATION
The MSSP module functions are enabled by setting
MSSP Enable bit, SSPEN (SSPCON1<5>).
The SSPCON1 register allows control of the I
2
C
operation. Four mode selection bits (SSPCON1<3:0>)
allow one of the following I
2
C modes to be selected:
I
2
C Master mode, clock = OSC/4 (SSPADD +1)
I
2
C Slave mode (7-bit address)
I
2
C Slave mode (10-bit address)
I
2
C Slave mode (7-bit address) with Start and
Stop bit interrupts enabled
I
2
C Slave mode (10-bit address) with Start and
Stop bit interrupts enabled
I
2
C Firmware Controlled Master mode, slave is
Idle
Selection of any I
2
C mode with the SSPEN bit set
forces the SCL and SDA pins to be open-drain, pro-
vided these pins are programmed to inputs by setting
the appropriate TRISC bits. To ensure proper operation
of the module, pull-up resistors must be provided
externally to the SCL and SDA pins.
17.4.3
SLAVE MODE
In Slave mode, the SCL and SDA pins must be config-
ured as inputs (TRISC<4:3> set). The MSSP module
will override the input state with the output data when
required (slave-transmitter).
The I
2
C Slave mode hardware will always generate an
interrupt on an address match. Through the mode
select bits, the user can also choose to interrupt on
Start and Stop bits.
When an address is matched, or the data transfer after
an address match is received, the hardware automati-
cally will generate the Acknowledge (ACK) pulse and
load the SSPBUF register with the received value
currently in the SSPSR register.
Any combination of the following conditions will cause
the MSSP module not to give this ACK pulse:
The Buffer Full bit, BF (SSPSTAT<0>), was set
before the transfer was received.
The overflow bit, SSPOV (SSPCON1<6>), was
set before the transfer was received.
In this case, the SSPSR register value is not loaded
into the SSPBUF, but bit SSPIF (PIR1<3>) is set. The
BF bit is cleared by reading the SSPBUF register, while
bit SSPOV is cleared through software.
The SCL clock input must have a minimum high and
low for proper operation. The high and low times of the
I
2
C specification, as well as the requirement of the
MSSP module, are shown in timing parameter #100
and parameter #101.
17.4.3.1
Addressing
Once the MSSP module has been enabled, it waits for
a Start condition to occur. Following the Start condition,
the 8 bits are shifted into the SSPSR register. All incom-
ing bits are sampled with the rising edge of the clock
(SCL) line. The value of register SSPSR<7:1> is
compared to the value of the SSPADD register. The
address is compared on the falling edge of the eighth
clock (SCL) pulse. If the addresses match and the BF
and SSPOV bits are clear, the following events occur:
1.
The SSPSR register value is loaded into the
SSPBUF register.
2.
The Buffer Full bit BF is set.
3.
An ACK pulse is generated.
4.
MSSP Interrupt Flag bit, SSPIF (PIR1<3>), is
set (interrupt is generated if enabled) on the
falling edge of the ninth SCL pulse.
In 10-bit Address mode, two address bytes need to be
received by the slave. The five Most Significant bits
(MSbs) of the first address byte specify if this is a 10-bit
address. Bit R/W (SSPSTAT<2>) must specify a write so
the slave device will receive the second address byte.
For a 10-bit address, the first byte would equal
`
11110 A9 A8 0
', where `
A9
' and `
A8
' are the two MSbs
of the address. The sequence of events for 10-bit
address is as follows, with steps 7 through 9 for the
slave-transmitter:
1.
Receive first (high) byte of address (bits SSPIF,
BF and bit UA (SSPSTAT<1>) are set).
2.
Update the SSPADD register with second (low)
byte of address (clears bit UA and releases the
SCL line).
3.
Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF) and
clear flag bit SSPIF.
4.
Receive second (low) byte of address (bits
SSPIF, BF and UA are set).
5.
Update the SSPADD register with the first (high)
byte of address. If match releases SCL line, this
will clear bit UA.
6.
Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF) and
clear flag bit SSPIF.
7.
Receive Repeated Start condition.
8.
Receive first (high) byte of address (bits SSPIF
and BF are set).
9.
Read the SSPBUF register (clears bit BF) and
clear flag bit SSPIF.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 157
PIC18FXX8
17.4.3.2
Reception
When the R/W bit of the address byte is clear and an
address match occurs, the R/W bit of the SSPSTAT
register is cleared. The received address is loaded into
the SSPBUF register and the SDA line is held low
(ACK).
When the address byte overflow condition exists, then
the no Acknowledge (ACK) pulse is given. An overflow
condition is defined as either bit BF (SSPSTAT<0>) is
set or bit SSPOV (SSPCON1<6>) is set.
An MSSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer
byte. Flag bit SSPIF (PIR1<3>) must be cleared in
software. The SSPSTAT register is used to determine
the status of the byte.
If SEN is enabled (SSPCON2<0> =
1
), RC3/SCK/SCL
will be held low (clock stretch) following each data
transfer. The clock must be released by setting bit
CKP (SSPCON1<4>). See Section 17.4.4 "Clock
Stretching"
for more detail.
17.4.3.3
Transmission
When the R/W bit of the incoming address byte is set
and an address match occurs, the R/W bit of the
SSPSTAT register is set. The received address is
loaded into the SSPBUF register. The ACK pulse will
be sent on the ninth bit and pin RC3/SCK/SCL is held
low regardless of SEN (see Section 17.4.4 "Clock
Stretching"
for more detail). By stretching the clock,
the master will be unable to assert another clock pulse
until the slave is done preparing the transmit data. The
transmit data must be loaded into the SSPBUF register,
which also loads the SSPSR register. Then, pin RC3/
SCK/SCL should be enabled by setting bit CKP
(SSPCON1<4>). The eight data bits are shifted out on
the falling edge of the SCL input. This ensures that the
SDA signal is valid during the SCL high time
(Figure 17-9).
The ACK pulse from the master-receiver is latched on
the rising edge of the ninth SCL input pulse. If the SDA
line is high (not ACK), then the data transfer is
complete. In this case, when the ACK is latched by the
slave, the slave logic is reset (resets SSPSTAT regis-
ter) and the slave monitors for another occurrence of
the Start bit. If the SDA line was low (ACK), the next
transmit data must be loaded into the SSPBUF register.
Again, pin RC3/SCK/SCL must be enabled by setting
bit CKP.
An MSSP interrupt is generated for each data transfer
byte. The SSPIF bit must be cleared in software and
the SSPSTAT register is used to determine the status
of the byte. The SSPIF bit is set on the falling edge of
the ninth clock pulse.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 158
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 17-8:
I
2
CTM SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN =
0
(RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
SDA
SCL
SSP
I
F
BF (
S
S
PST
A
T
<0
>)
S
SPO
V (
S
S
P
CO
N1
<6
>)
S
12
34
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
7
89
P
A
7
A6
A
5
A
4
A
3
A
2
A
1
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D1
D0
ACK
Re
ce
ivin
g
Da
t
a
AC
K
Re
ce
ivin
g
Da
ta
R/W
=
0
AC
K
Re
ce
ivin
g
Ad
d
r
e
s
s
C
l
e
a
r
ed i
n

softw
ar
e
SSP
BUF
i
s
r
e
a
d
B
u
s m
a
ster
te
rmina
tes
tr
ansfer
S
S
P
OV
is set
be
cause S
S
P
B
U
F
i
s
still fu
l
l
.
A
C
K
i
s
not
sent.
D2
6
(P
IR
1<
3
>
)
CK
P
(C
K
P
does
not r
e
set to
`
0
' wh
e
n

S
E
N
=
0
)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 159
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 17-9:
I
2
CTM SLAVE MODE TIMING (TRANSMISSION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
SD
A
SC
L
S
S
P
I
F
(P
I
R
1<
3>
)
B
F
(
SSP
ST
A
T
<
0
>)
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SSP
BU
F

i
s
w
r
it
t
e
n
in
s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
C
l
eared i
n
sof
t
w
a
re
F
r
o
m
SSPI
F

I
S
R
Data i
n
sam
p
led
S
AC
K
T
r
a
n
s
m
i
t
t
i
ng D
a
t
a
R/
W
=
1
AC
K
R
e
cei
v
i
ng A
ddres
s
A7
D
7
9
1
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
S
S
P
B
U
F
is

w
r
it
te
n
in
s
o
ft
w
a
r
e
C
l
eared i
n
sof
t
w
a
re
Fr
o
m
SS
PI
F

I
S
R
T
r
ansmi
t
t
i
ng D
a
ta
D7
1
CK
P
P
ACK
C
K
P

is
s
e
t in

s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
C
K
P

is
s
e
t in

s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
S
C
L hel
d l
o
w
wh
i
l
e
CP
U
responds to S
S
P
IF
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 160
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 17-10:
I
2
CTM SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN =
0
(RECEPTION, 10-BIT ADDRESS)
SDA
SCL
SS
PI
F
BF
(
S
SPS
T
A
T
<
0
>
)
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
23
4
5
67
8
9
1
2
34
5
7
8
9
P
1
1
1
1
0
A
9
A
8
A
7
A
6
A
5
A
4A
3A
2
A
1
A
0
D
7
D
6
D
5
D
4
D
3
D
1
D
0
Re
ce
i
v
e
Da
t
a
Byte
ACK
R/W
=
0
ACK
Re
ceive F
i
r
s
t B
y
te of A
d
d
r
ess
C
l
ea
r
e
d i
n
s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
D2
6
(P
IR
1<
3>
)
C
l
ear
ed i
n
so
ftw
are
R
e
ce
i
v
e
S
e
cond B
y
te
of A
ddre
s
s
C
l
e
a
red
by har
dw
are
w
h
en S
S
P
A
D
D
i
s

update
d
w
i
th
l
o
w
byte
of add
ress
UA (
S
S
PST
A
T
<1
>)
Cl
o
ck is h
e
l
d
lo
w u
n
t
il
updat
e of S
S
P
A
D
D
has
ta
ken pl
a
c
e
UA
is
set indicat
i
n
g
tha
t
the S
S
P
A
D
D
need
s to be
upda
ted
U
A
i
s
set
i
n
di
cati
ng
that
S
S
P
A
D
D
need
s to be
u
pdate
d
C
l
e
a
r
ed
by har
dw
are
w
hen
S
S
P
A
D
D
i
s
upda
ted w
i
t
h
hi
gh
b
y
te of
addr
ess
S
SPB
UF
is wr
itte
n
wi
t
h
conten
ts o
f
S
S
P
S
R
D
u
mmy
read
of S
S
P
B
U
F
to clear
B
F
flag
AC
K
CKP
12
3
4
5
7
89
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D1
D0
Re
ce
ive
Da
ta
B
y
te
B
u
s m
a
ste
r
term
i
nates
tran
sfer
D2
6
ACK
Cle
a
r
e
d
in
so
f
t
wa
r
e
Cle
a
r
e
d
in
so
ft
w
a
r
e
SSP
O
V
(
S
SPCO
N
1
<
6
>
)
S
SPO
V
is
s
e
t
because
S
S
P
B
U
F
i
s
stil
l f
u
ll. AC
K
i
s
no
t sent.
(
C
K
P
do
es not
reset
to `
0
'
w
hen
S
E
N
=
0
)
Clo
ck is h
e
l
d
lo
w u
n
t
il
upda
te of
S
S
P
A
D
D
has
ta
k
e
n
pl
ac
e
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 161
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 17-11:
I
2
CTM SLAVE MODE TIMING (TRANSMISSION, 10-BIT ADDRESS)
SDA
SCL
SSP
I
F
BF (
S
S
PST
A
T
<
0
>)
S
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
67
8
9
123
45
7
8
9
P
1
1
1
1
0
A
9
A
8
A
7
A
6
A
5
A
4A
3A
2
A
1
A
0
1
1
1
1
0
A
8
R/W =
1
AC
K
AC
K
R/W
=
0
ACK
R
e
ceive F
i
r
s
t B
y
te of
A
d
d
r
ess
Cle
a
r
e
d
in
so
f
t
wa
r
e
B
u
s m
a
ster
term
i
nates
tran
sfer
A9
6
(P
IR
1<
3>
)
R
e
ce
i
v
e
S
e
cond B
y
te
of A
ddre
s
s
C
l
ear
ed by
hard
w
are w
h
en
S
S
P
A
D
D
i
s
u
pdate
d
w
i
t
h l
o
w
byte
of ad
dress
UA (
S
S
PST
A
T
<1
>)
Clo
ck is h
e
ld
lo
w u
n
til
up
date o
f
S
S
P
A
D
D
ha
s
t
a
ken
pl
ace
UA
is se
t indicatin
g
that
the S
S
P
A
D
D
need
s to be
upda
ted
U
A
i
s
set
i
ndi
cati
ng
that
S
S
P
A
D
D
need
s to be
u
pdate
d
C
l
e
a
r
ed b
y
har
dw
are
w
hen
S
S
P
A
D
D
i
s
upda
ted w
i
t
h h
i
gh
b
y
te of a
ddre
s
s
SS
PBUF
is wr
i
t
te
n
with
cont
ent
s of S
S
P
S
R
D
u
mm
y re
ad of S
S
P
B
U
F
to cle
a
r B
F
f
l
a
g
R
e
cei
v
e F
i
rst B
y
te
of A
ddre
s
s
12
3
4
5
7
8
9
D
7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D
1
AC
K
D2
6
T
r
an
smitting D
a
ta

B
y
t
e
D0
D
u
mm
y re
ad of
S
S
P
B
U
F
to cle
a
r B
F
f
l
a
g
Sr
Cle
a
r
e
d
in
so
ftwa
r
e
W
r
it
e
o
f
SS
PBUF
in
itia
t
e
s tr
a
n
sm
it
C
l
ea
r
e
d i
n
s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
Co
m
p
le
tio
n
o
f
cl
ear
s B
F
fl
ag
C
KP (
SSP
CO
N1
<4
>)
CK
P
is set in
software
C
K
P
i
s
aut
omati
c
a
l
l
y

cl
e
a
red
i
n
har
dw
are
hol
di
ng
S
C
L
l
o
w
Clo
ck is h
e
l
d
lo
w u
n
t
il
upd
ate of
S
S
P
A
D
D
has
t
a
ken p
l
ace
da
ta
tran
smi
ssi
on
Clo
ck is h
e
ld
lo
w u
n
til
CK
P
is set to
`
1
'
B
F
f
l
a
g
is clear
th
i
r
d ad
dress s
equen
ce
at
the e
nd of t
h
e
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 162
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.4
CLOCK STRETCHING
Both 7 and 10-bit Slave modes implement automatic
clock stretching during a transmit sequence.
The SEN bit (SSPCON2<0>) allows clock stretching to
be enabled during receives. Setting SEN will cause
the SCL pin to be held low at the end of each data
receive sequence.
17.4.4.1
Clock Stretching for 7-bit Slave
Receive Mode (SEN =
1
)
In 7-bit Slave Receive mode, on the falling edge of the
ninth clock at the end of the ACK sequence, if the BF
bit is set, the CKP bit in the SSPCON1 register is auto-
matically cleared, forcing the SCL output to be held
low. The CKP being cleared to `
0
' will assert the SCL
line low. The CKP bit must be set in the user's ISR
before reception is allowed to continue. By holding the
SCL line low, the user has time to service the ISR and
read the contents of the SSPBUF before the master
device can initiate another receive sequence. This will
prevent buffer overruns from occurring.
17.4.4.2
Clock Stretching for 10-bit Slave
Receive Mode (SEN =
1
)
In 10-bit Slave Receive mode, during the address
sequence, clock stretching automatically takes place
but CKP is not cleared. During this time, if the UA bit is
set after the ninth clock, clock stretching is initiated.
The UA bit is set after receiving the upper byte of the
10-bit address and following the receive of the second
byte of the 10-bit address with the R/W bit cleared to
`
0
'. The release of the clock line occurs upon updating
SSPADD. Clock stretching will occur on each data
receive sequence as described in 7-bit mode.
17.4.4.3
Clock Stretching for 7-bit Slave
Transmit Mode
7-bit Slave Transmit mode implements clock stretching
by clearing the CKP bit after the falling edge of the
ninth clock if the BF bit is clear. This occurs regardless
of the state of the SEN bit.
The user's ISR must set the CKP bit before transmis-
sion is allowed to continue. By holding the SCL line
low, the user has time to service the ISR and load the
contents of the SSPBUF before the master device can
initiate another transmit sequence (see Figure 17-9).
17.4.4.4
Clock Stretching for 10-bit Slave
Transmit Mode
In 10-bit Slave Transmit mode, clock stretching is
controlled during the first two address sequences by
the state of the UA bit, just as it is in 10-bit Slave
Receive mode. The first two addresses are followed
by a third address sequence which contains the high-
order bits of the 10-bit address and the R/W bit set to
`
1
'. After the third address sequence is performed, the
UA bit is not set, the module is now configured in
Transmit mode and clock stretching is controlled by
the BF flag as in 7-bit Slave Transmit mode (see
Figure 17-11).
Note 1: If the user reads the contents of the
SSPBUF before the falling edge of the
ninth clock, thus clearing the BF bit, the
CKP bit will not be cleared and clock
stretching will not occur.
2: The CKP bit can be set in software
regardless of the state of the BF bit. The
user should be careful to clear the BF bit
in the ISR before the next receive
sequence in order to prevent an overflow
condition.
Note:
If the user polls the UA bit and clears it by
updating the SSPADD register before the
falling edge of the ninth clock occurs and if
the user hasn't cleared the BF bit by read-
ing the SSPBUF register before that time,
then the CKP bit will still NOT be asserted
low. Clock stretching on the basis of the
state of the BF bit only occurs during a
data sequence, not an address sequence.
Note 1: If the user loads the contents of SSPBUF,
setting the BF bit before the falling edge of
the ninth clock, the CKP bit will not be
cleared and clock stretching will not occur.
2: The CKP bit can be set in software
regardless of the state of the BF bit.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 163
PIC18FXX8
17.4.4.5
Clock Synchronization and
the CKP bit
If a user clears the CKP bit, the SCL output is forced to
`
0
'. Setting the CKP bit will not assert the SCL output
low until the SCL output is already sampled low. If the
user attempts to drive SCL low, the CKP bit will not
assert the SCL line until an external I
2
C master device
has already asserted the SCL line. The SCL output will
remain low until the CKP bit is set and all other devices
on the I
2
C bus have deasserted SCL. This ensures that
a write to the CKP bit will not violate the minimum high
time requirement for SCL (see Figure 17-12).
FIGURE 17-12:
CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION TIMING
SDA
SCL
DX 1
DX
WR
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
SSPCON1
CKP
Master device
deasserts clock
Master device
asserts clock
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 164
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 17-13:
I
2
CTM SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN =
1
(RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
SDA
SCL
SS
PI
F
BF
(
S
SPS
T
A
T
<
0
>
)
SSP
O
V
(
S
SPCO
N
1
<
6
>
)
S
1
2
3
4
56
7
8
9
1
23
4
5
6
7
89
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
P
A
7
A6
A
5
A4
A
3
A2
A
1
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D
2
D1
D0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D1
D0
ACK
Re
ce
ivin
g
Da
t
a
ACK
Re
ce
ivin
g
Da
t
a
R/W
=
0
ACK
R
e
cei
v
i
ng A
ddr
ess
Cle
a
r
e
d
in
so
f
t
wa
r
e
SSP
BUF
i
s

r
e
a
d
B
u
s m
a
st
er
ter
m
i
nate
s
tra
n
sfer
S
SPO
V
is

s
e
t
becau
se S
S
P
B
U
F
i
s
still fu
ll. ACK
is n
o
t sent
.
D2
6
(P
IR
1<
3>
)
CK
P
CK
P
wr
itte
n
to `
1
' in
If B
F

i
s
cleare
d
pr
ior to
the fa
l
lin
g
edg
e of t
he 9th
cl
ock,
CKP
will n
o
t b
e
r
e
se
t
to `
0
'
a
nd no
cl
ock
str
e
tch
i
n
g
will o
ccu
r
softwar
e
Clo
ck
i
s
h
e
l
d
lo
w u
n
til
CK
P
is set to
`
1
'
Clo
ck is n
o
t h
e
l
d
lo
w
be
cause b
u
f
f
er
ful
l
bi
t i
s
cl
ear
pr
i
o
r to
fal
l
i
ng ed
ge
of 9th
cl
ock
C
l
o
ck i
s
not
hel
d l
o
w
becau
se A
C
K
=
1
BF
i
s
se
t
a
fte
r

fa
llin
g
e
dge o
f
the 9
t
h cl
ock,
CK
P
is rese
t to `
0
' a
n
d
clock str
e
tch
i
ng
occu
r
s
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 165
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 17-14:
I
2
CTM SLAVE MODE TIMING WITH SEN =
1
(RECEPTION, 10-BIT ADDRESS)
SD
A
SC
L
S
SPI
F
B
F
(
S
S
PST
A
T
<0
>)
S
1
2
3
4
56
7
8
9
1
23
4
5
6
7
89
1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
P
1
1
1
1
0
A
9A
8
A
7
A
6
A
5
A
4
A
3
A
2
A
1
A
0
D
7D
6D
5
D
4
D
3
D
1
D
0
Re
ce
ive
Da
t
a
B
y
te
AC
K
R/W
=
0
ACK
Receive F
i
rst B
y
te o
f
A
ddre
s
s
C
l
ea
r
e
d i
n
s
o
f
t
w
ar
e
D2
6
(P
IR
1<
3>
)
C
l
ea
r
e
d i
n
s
o
f
t
w
ar
e
R
e
cei
v
e S
e
co
nd B
y
te of
A
d
d
r
ess
C
l
e
a
r
ed
by har
dw
are
w
hen
S
S
P
A
D
D
i
s
upda
ted w
i
t
h
l
o
w
b
y
te of
addr
ess afte
r
falling
edge
UA
(
S
SPS
T
A
T
<
1
>
)
Clo
ck is h
e
ld
lo
w u
n
til
up
date o
f
S
S
P
A
D
D
ha
s
t
a
ken
pl
ace
U
A
i
s
set
i
n
di
cati
ng
that
th
e S
S
P
A
D
D
n
eeds to
be
u
pdate
d
UA
is se
t indicatin
g
that
S
S
P
A
D
D
nee
ds to b
e
upda
ted
C
l
ear
ed by h
a
rdw
a
re w
h
e
n
S
S
P
A
D
D
i
s
u
pdate
d
w
i
t
h hi
gh
byte
of ad
dress a
fter
fal
l
i
ng ed
ge
SSP
BUF is
wr
it
t
e
n

w
i
t
h
co
ntent
s o
f
S
S
P
S
R
D
u
mm
y read
of S
S
P
B
U
F
to clear
B
F
flag
AC
K
CK
P
12
3
4
5
7
8
9
D7
D6
D
5
D4
D3
D1
D0
Re
ce
ive
Da
t
a
Byte
B
u
s m
a
ster
term
i
nates
tran
sfer
D2
6
AC
K
C
l
e
a
r
ed i
n

softw
ar
e
C
l
ea
r
e
d i
n
s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
SS
PO
V (
SSP
CO
N1
<6
>)
CK
P
written
to `
1
'
No
t
e
:
A
n
up
date
of th
e S
S
P
A
D
D
r
e
g
i
ste
r
b
e
fo
r
e
t
h
e

fa
llin
g
ed
ge of
the n
i
nth cl
ock
w
i
l
l
ha
ve no
ef
fect o
n
U
A

and
UA will

r
e
m
a
in
se
t.
No
t
e
:
A
n
up
date of the

S
S
P
A
D
D
re
g
i
s
t
er
be
f
o
r
e
t
h
e f
a
l
l
i
n
g
e
dge
of the
ninth
clock will
h
a
ve n
o
ef
fect
on U
A
and
UA will r
e
m
a
in
se
t.
in softwar
e
Clo
ck is h
e
l
d

l
o
w u
n
t
il
upda
te of S
S
P
A
D
D
has
ta
k
e
n
pl
ac
e
of n
i
nth cl
ock
o
f
ni
nth
cl
ock
SS
PO
V is
s
e
t
be
cause S
S
P
B
U
F i
s
still fu
ll. ACK
i
s
not se
nt.
D
u
mmy r
ead
of S
S
P
B
U
F
t
o
clear
B
F
flag
Clo
ck is h
e
ld
lo
w u
n
t
i
l
CK
P
is se
t to `
1
'
Clo
ck is n
o
t
h
e
ld
lo
w
be
c
a
u
s
e A
C
K
=
1
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 166
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.5
GENERAL CALL ADDRESS
SUPPORT
The addressing procedure for the I
2
C bus is such that
the first byte after the Start condition usually
determines which device will be the slave addressed by
the master. The exception is the general call address
which can address all devices. When this address is
used, all devices should, in theory, respond with an
Acknowledge.
The general call address is one of eight addresses
reserved for specific purposes by the I
2
C protocol. It
consists of all `
0
's with R/W =
0
.
The general call address is recognized when the Gen-
eral Call Enable bit (GCEN) is enabled (SSPCON2<7>
set). Following a Start bit detect, 8 bits are shifted into
the SSPSR and the address is compared against the
SSPADD. It is also compared to the general call
address and fixed in hardware.
If the general call address matches, the SSPSR is
transferred to the SSPBUF, the BF flag bit is set (eighth
bit) and on the falling edge of the ninth bit (ACK bit), the
SSPIF interrupt flag bit is set.
When the interrupt is serviced, the source for the inter-
rupt can be checked by reading the contents of the
SSPBUF. The value can be used to determine if the
address was device specific or a general call address.
In 10-bit mode, the SSPADD is required to be updated
for the second half of the address to match and the UA
bit is set (SSPSTAT<1>). If the general call address is
sampled when the GCEN bit is set, while the slave is
configured in 10-bit Address mode, then the second
half of the address is not necessary, the UA bit will not
be set and the slave will begin receiving data after the
Acknowledge (Figure 17-15).
FIGURE 17-15:
SLAVE MODE GENERAL CALL ADDRESS SEQUENCE
(7 OR 10-BIT ADDRESS MODE)
SDA
SCL
S
SSPIF
BF (SSPSTAT<0>)
SSPOV (SSPCON1<6>)
Cleared in software
SSPBUF is read
R/W =
0
ACK
General Call Address
Address is compared to General Call Address
GCEN (SSPCON2<7>)
Receiving data
ACK
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
after ACK, set interrupt
`
0
'
`
1
'
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 167
PIC18FXX8
17.4.6
MASTER MODE
Master mode is enabled by setting and clearing the
appropriate SSPM bits in SSPCON1 and by setting the
SSPEN bit. In Master mode, the SCL and SDA lines
are manipulated by the MSSP hardware.
Master mode of operation is supported by interrupt
generation on the detection of the Start and Stop
conditions. The Stop (P) and Start (S) bits are cleared
from a Reset or when the MSSP module is disabled.
Control of the I
2
C bus may be taken when the P bit is
set or the bus is Idle, with both the S and P bits clear.
In Firmware Controlled Master mode, user code
conducts all I
2
C bus operations based on Start and
Stop bit conditions.
Once Master mode is enabled, the user has six
options.
1.
Assert a Start condition on SDA and SCL.
2.
Assert a Repeated Start condition on SDA and
SCL.
3.
Write to the SSPBUF register initiating
transmission of data/address.
4.
Configure the I
2
C port to receive data.
5.
Generate an Acknowledge condition at the end
of a received byte of data.
6.
Generate a Stop condition on SDA and SCL.
The following events will cause SSP Interrupt Flag bit,
SSPIF, to be set (SSP interrupt if enabled):
Start condition
Stop condition
Data transfer byte transmitted/received
Acknowledge transmit
Repeated Start
FIGURE 17-16:
MSSP BLOCK DIAGRAM (I
2
CTM MASTER MODE)
Note:
The MSSP module, when configured in
I
2
C Master mode, does not allow queueing
of events. For instance, the user is not
allowed to initiate a Start condition and
immediately write the SSPBUF register to
initiate transmission before the Start
condition is complete. In this case, the
SSPBUF will not be written to and the
WCOL bit will be set, indicating that a write
to the SSPBUF did not occur.
Read
Write
SSPSR
Start bit, Stop bit,
SSPBUF
Internal
Data Bus
Set/Reset S, P, WCOL (SSPSTAT);
Shift
Clock
MSb
LSb
SDA
Acknowledge
Generate
SCL
SCL in
Bus Collision
SDA in
Receiv
e E
nable
Cloc
k
Cntl
C
l
oc
k Arbit
r
at
e/
W
C
O
L

Det
e
ct
(hold of
f
clock

s
ource)
SSPADD<6:0>
Baud
set SSPIF, BCLIF;
reset ACKSTAT, PEN (SSPCON2)
Rate
Generator
SSPM3:SSPM0
Start bit Detect
Stop bit Detect
Write Collision Detect
Clock Arbitration
State Counter for
end of XMIT/RCV
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 168
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.6.1
I
2
C Master Mode Operation
The master device generates all of the serial clock
pulses and the Start and Stop conditions. A transfer is
ended with a Stop condition, or with a Repeated Start
condition. Since the Repeated Start condition is also
the beginning of the next serial transfer, the I
2
C bus will
not be released.
In Master Transmitter mode, serial data is output
through SDA while SCL outputs the serial clock. The
first byte transmitted contains the slave address of the
receiving device (7 bits) and the Read/Write (R/W) bit.
In this case, the R/W bit will be logic `
0
'. Serial data is
transmitted 8 bits at a time. After each byte is transmit-
ted, an Acknowledge bit is received. Start and Stop
conditions are output to indicate the beginning and the
end of a serial transfer.
In Master Receive mode, the first byte transmitted con-
tains the slave address of the transmitting device
(7 bits) and the R/W bit. In this case, the R/W bit will be
logic `
1
'. Thus, the first byte transmitted is a 7-bit slave
address followed by a `
1
' to indicate receive bit. Serial
data is received via SDA while SCL outputs the serial
clock. Serial data is received 8 bits at a time. After each
byte is received, an Acknowledge bit is transmitted.
Start and Stop conditions indicate the beginning and
end of transmission.
The Baud Rate Generator used for the SPI mode
operation is used to set the SCL clock frequency for
either 100 kHz, 400 kHz or 1 MHz I
2
C operation. See
Section 17.4.7 "Baud Rate Generator" for more
details.
A typical transmit sequence would go as follows:
1.
The user generates a Start condition by setting
the Start Enable bit, SEN (SSPCON2<0>).
2.
SSPIF is set. The MSSP module will wait the
required start time before any other operation
takes place.
3.
The user loads the SSPBUF with the slave
address to transmit.
4.
Address is shifted out the SDA pin until all 8 bits
are transmitted.
5.
The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
slave device and writes its value into the
SSPCON2 register (SSPCON2<6>).
6.
The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the
end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the SSPIF
bit.
7.
The user loads the SSPBUF with eight bits of
data.
8.
Data is shifted out the SDA pin until all 8 bits are
transmitted.
9.
The MSSP module shifts in the ACK bit from the
slave device and writes its value into the
SSPCON2 register (SSPCON2<6>).
10. The MSSP module generates an interrupt at the
end of the ninth clock cycle by setting the SSPIF
bit.
11. The user generates a Stop condition by setting
the Stop Enable bit PEN (SSPCON2<2>).
12. Interrupt is generated once the Stop condition is
complete.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 169
PIC18FXX8
17.4.7
BAUD RATE GENERATOR
In I
2
C Master mode, the Baud Rate Generator (BRG)
reload value is placed in the lower 7 bits of the
SSPADD register (Figure 17-17). When a write occurs
to SSPBUF, the Baud Rate Generator will automatically
begin counting. The BRG counts down to 0 and stops
until another reload has taken place. The BRG count is
decremented twice per instruction cycle (T
CY
) on the
Q2 and Q4 clocks. In I
2
C Master mode, the BRG is
reloaded automatically.
Once the given operation is complete (i.e., transmis-
sion of the last data bit is followed by ACK), the internal
clock will automatically stop counting and the SCL pin
will remain in its last state.
Table 17-3 demonstrates clock rates based on
instruction cycles and the BRG value loaded into
SSPADD.
FIGURE 17-17:
BAUD RATE GENERATOR BLOCK DIAGRAM
TABLE 17-3:
I
2
CTM CLOCK RATE w/BRG
SSPM3:SSPM0
BRG Down Counter
CLKO
F
OSC
/4
SSPADD<6:0>
SSPM3:SSPM0
SCL
Reload
Control
Reload
F
OSC
F
CY
F
CY
* 2
BRG Value
F
SCL
(2 Rollovers of BRG)
40 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
18h
400 kHz
(1)
40 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
1Fh
312.5 kHz
40 MHz
10 MHz
20 MHz
63h
100 kHz
16 MHz
4 MHz
8 MHz
09h
400 kHz
(1)
16 MHz
4 MHz
8 MHz
0Ch
308 kHz
16 MHz
4 MHz
8 MHz
27h
100 kHz
4 MHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
02h
333 kHz
(1)
4 MHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
09h
100kHz
4 MHz
1 MHz
2 MHz
00h
1 MHz
(1)
Note 1:
The I
2
CTM interface does not conform to the 400 kHz I
2
C specification (which applies to rates greater than
100 kHz) in all details, but may be used with care where higher rates are required by the application.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 170
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.7.1
Clock Arbitration
Clock arbitration occurs when the master, during any
receive, transmit or Repeated Start/Stop condition,
deasserts the SCL pin (SCL allowed to float high).
When the SCL pin is allowed to float high, the Baud
Rate Generator (BRG) is suspended from counting
until the SCL pin is actually sampled high. When the
SCL pin is sampled high, the Baud Rate Generator is
reloaded with the contents of SSPADD<6:0> and
begins counting. This ensures that the SCL high time
will always be at least one BRG rollover count in the
event that the clock is held low by an external device
(Figure 17-18).
FIGURE 17-18:
BAUD RATE GENERATOR TIMING WITH CLOCK ARBITRATION
SDA
SCL
SCL deasserted but slave holds
DX 1
DX
BRG
SCL is sampled high, reload takes
place and BRG starts its count
03h
02h
01h
00h (hold off)
03h
02h
Reload
BRG
Value
SCL low (clock arbitration)
SCL allowed to transition high
BRG decrements on
Q2 and Q4 cycles
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 171
PIC18FXX8
17.4.8
I
2
C MASTER MODE START
CONDITION TIMING
To initiate a Start condition, the user sets the Start
condition enable bit, SEN (SSPCON2<0>). If the SDA
and SCL pins are sampled high, the Baud Rate Gener-
ator is reloaded with the contents of SSPADD<6:0>
and starts its count. If SCL and SDA are both sampled
high when the Baud Rate Generator times out (T
BRG
),
the SDA pin is driven low. The action of the SDA being
driven low, while SCL is high, is the Start condition and
causes the S bit (SSPSTAT<3>) to be set. Following
this, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded with the
contents of SSPADD<6:0> and resumes its count.
When the Baud Rate Generator times out (T
BRG
), the
SEN bit (SSPCON2<0>) will be automatically cleared
by hardware, the Baud Rate Generator is suspended,
leaving the SDA line held low and the Start condition is
complete.
17.4.8.1
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPBUF when a Start sequence
is in progress, the WCOL is set and the contents of the
buffer are unchanged (the write doesn't occur).
FIGURE 17-19:
FIRST START BIT TIMING
Note:
If, at the beginning of the Start condition,
the SDA and SCL pins are already sam-
pled low, or if during the Start condition, the
SCL line is sampled low before the SDA
line is driven low, a bus collision occurs;
the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag, BCLIF, is
set, the Start condition is aborted and the
I
2
C module is reset into its Idle state.
Note:
Because queueing of events is not
allowed, writing to the lower 5 bits of
SSPCON2 is disabled until the Start
condition is complete.
SDA
SCL
S
T
BRG
1st bit
2nd bit
T
BRG
SDA =
1
,
At completion of Start bit,
SCL =
1
Write to SSPBUF occurs here
T
BRG
hardware clears SEN bit
T
BRG
Write to SEN bit occurs here
Set S bit (SSPSTAT<3>)
and sets SSPIF bit
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 172
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.9
I
2
C MASTER MODE REPEATED
START CONDITION TIMING
A Repeated Start condition occurs when the RSEN bit
(SSPCON2<1>) is programmed high and the I
2
C logic
module is in the Idle state. When the RSEN bit is set,
the SCL pin is asserted low. When the SCL pin is sam-
pled low, the Baud Rate Generator is loaded with the
contents of SSPADD<5:0> and begins counting. The
SDA pin is released (brought high) for one Baud Rate
Generator count (T
BRG
). When the Baud Rate Genera-
tor times out, if SDA is sampled high, the SCL pin will
be deasserted (brought high). When SCL is sampled
high, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded with the
contents of SSPADD<6:0> and begins counting. SDA
and SCL must be sampled high for one T
BRG
. This
action is then followed by assertion of the SDA pin
(SDA =
0
) for one T
BRG
while SCL is high. Following
this, the RSEN bit (SSPCON2<1>) will be automatically
cleared and the Baud Rate Generator will not be
reloaded, leaving the SDA pin held low. As soon as a
Start condition is detected on the SDA and SCL pins,
the S bit (SSPSTAT<3>) will be set. The SSPIF bit will
not be set until the Baud Rate Generator has timed out.
Immediately following the SSPIF bit getting set, the user
may write the SSPBUF with the 7-bit address in 7-bit
mode, or the default first address in 10-bit mode. After
the first eight bits are transmitted and an ACK is
received, the user may then transmit an additional eight
bits of address (10-bit mode) or eight bits of data (7-bit
mode).
17.4.9.1
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPBUF when a Repeated Start
sequence is in progress, the WCOL is set and the
contents of the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn't
occur).
FIGURE 17-20:
REPEATED START CONDITION WAVEFORM
Note 1: If RSEN is programmed while any other
event is in progress, it will not take effect.
2: A bus collision during the Repeated Start
condition occurs if:
SDA is sampled low when SCL goes
from low-to-high.
SCL goes low before SDA is
asserted low. This may indicate that
another master is attempting to
transmit a data `
1
'.
Note:
Because queueing of events is not
allowed, writing of the lower 5 bits of
SSPCON2 is disabled until the Repeated
Start condition is complete.
SDA
SCL
Sr = Repeated Start
Write to SSPCON2
Write to SSPBUF occurs here
Falling edge of ninth clock
End of Xmit
At completion of Start bit,
hardware clears RSEN bit
1st bit
Set S (SSPSTAT<3>)
T
BRG
T
BRG
SDA =
1
,
SDA =
1
,
SCL (no change).
SCL =
1
occurs here.
T
BRG
T
BRG
T
BRG
and sets SSPIF
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 173
PIC18FXX8
17.4.10
I
2
C MASTER MODE
TRANSMISSION
Transmission of a data byte, a 7-bit address or the
other half of a 10-bit address is accomplished by simply
writing a value to the SSPBUF register. This action will
set the Buffer Full flag bit BF and allow the Baud Rate
Generator to begin counting and start the next trans-
mission. Each bit of address/data will be shifted out
onto the SDA pin after the falling edge of SCL is
asserted (see data hold time specification parameter
#106). SCL is held low for one Baud Rate Generator
rollover count (T
BRG
). Data should be valid before SCL
is released high (see data setup time specification
parameter #107). When the SCL pin is released high, it
is held that way for T
BRG
. The data on the SDA pin
must remain stable for that duration and some hold
time after the next falling edge of SCL. After the eighth
bit is shifted out (the falling edge of the eighth clock),
the BF flag is cleared and the master releases SDA.
This allows the slave device being addressed to
respond with an ACK bit during the ninth bit time, if an
address match occurred, or if data was received prop-
erly. The status of ACK is written into the ACKDT bit
on the falling edge of the ninth clock. If the master
receives an Acknowledge, the Acknowledge Status bit,
ACKSTAT, is cleared. If not, the bit is set. After the ninth
clock, the SSPIF bit is set and the master clock (Baud
Rate Generator) is suspended until the next data byte
is loaded into the SSPBUF, leaving SCL low and SDA
unchanged (Figure 17-21).
After the write to the SSPBUF, each bit of address will
be shifted out on the falling edge of SCL until all seven
address bits and the R/W bit are completed. On the
falling edge of the eighth clock, the master will deassert
the SDA pin, allowing the slave to respond with an
Acknowledge. On the falling edge of the ninth clock, the
master will sample the SDA pin to see if the address
was recognized by a slave. The status of the ACK bit is
loaded into the ACKSTAT status bit (SSPCON2<6>).
Following the falling edge of the ninth clock transmis-
sion of the address, the SSPIF bit is set, the BF flag is
cleared and the Baud Rate Generator is turned off until
another write to the SSPBUF takes place, holding SCL
low and allowing SDA to float.
17.4.10.1
BF Status Flag
In Transmit mode, the BF bit (SSPSTAT<0>) is set
when the CPU writes to SSPBUF and is cleared when
all 8 bits are shifted out.
17.4.10.2
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPBUF when a transmit is
already in progress (i.e., SSPSR is still shifting out a
data byte), the WCOL is set and the contents of the
buffer are unchanged (the write doesn't occur).
WCOL must be cleared in software.
17.4.10.3
ACKSTAT Status Flag
In Transmit mode, the ACKSTAT bit (SSPCON2<6>) is
cleared when the slave has sent an Acknowledge
(ACK =
0
) and is set when the slave does not Acknowl-
edge (ACK =
1
). A slave sends an Acknowledge when
it has recognized its address (including a general call)
or when the slave has properly received its data.
17.4.11
I
2
C MASTER MODE RECEPTION
Master mode reception is enabled by programming the
Receive Enable bit, RCEN (SSPCON2<3>).
The Baud Rate Generator begins counting and on each
rollover, the state of the SCL pin changes (high-to-low/
low-to-high) and data is shifted into the SSPSR. After
the falling edge of the eighth clock, the receive enable
flag is automatically cleared, the contents of the
SSPSR are loaded into the SSPBUF, the BF flag bit is
set, the SSPIF flag bit is set and the Baud Rate Gener-
ator is suspended from counting, holding SCL low. The
MSSP is now in Idle state awaiting the next command.
When the buffer is read by the CPU, the BF flag bit is
automatically cleared. The user can then send an
Acknowledge bit at the end of reception by setting the
Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit, ACKEN
(SSPCON2<4>).
17.4.11.1
BF Status Flag
In receive operation, the BF bit is set when an address
or data byte is loaded into SSPBUF from SSPSR. It is
cleared when the SSPBUF register is read.
17.4.11.2
SSPOV Status Flag
In receive operation, the SSPOV bit is set when 8 bits
are received into the SSPSR and the BF flag bit is
already set from a previous reception.
17.4.11.3
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPBUF when a receive is
already in progress (i.e., SSPSR is still shifting in a data
byte), the WCOL bit is set and the contents of the buffer
are unchanged (the write doesn't occur).
Note:
The RCEN bit should be set after the ACK
sequence is complete or the RCEN bit will
be disregarded.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 174
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 17-21:
I
2
CTM MASTER MODE WAVEFORM (TRANSMISSION, 7 OR 10-BIT ADDRESS)
SDA
SCL
SSPI
F
BF (
SSPST
A
T
<0
>)
SEN
A7
A
6
A5
A4
A
3
A
2
A1
A
C
K
=
0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
ACK
T
r
an
smi
t
ti
ng
D
a
t
a
or
S
e
co
nd
H
a
l
f
R/
W
=
0
T
r
an
smi
t

A
d
dr
ess t
o
S
l
ave
1
2
3
4
56
789
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
P
Cle
a
r
e
d
in

so
ftwa
r
e
se
r
v
ice
r
o
u
t
in
e
SSPBUF
i
s

wr
it
t
e
n
i
n

s
o
f
t
w
a
r
e
fr
om S
S
P

in
ter
r
up
t
A
f
t
e
r S
t
ar
t co
ndi
ti
o
n
,
S
E
N
c
l
e
a
r
ed
by h
a
rd
w
a
r
e
S
SSPBUF
wr
it
t
e
n
wit
h
7
-
b
i
t
a
d
d
r
e
s
s
a
n
d
R/
W
,
star
t tra
n
sm
it
SCL
h
e
ld

l
o
w
wh
ile
CPU
r
e
s
p
o
n
d
s
t
o

SSPI
F
SEN =
0
o
f
10
-b
i
t
A
ddr
ess
W
r
it
e
SSPCO
N
2
<
0
>
SEN =
1
S
t
ar
t con
d
i
t
i
o
n b
egi
n
s
F
r
om
sl
a
v
e,
cl
ear
A
C
K
S
T
A
T
bi
t
S
S
P
C
O
N
2<
6
>
ACKST
A
T
in
SSPCO
N
2
=
1
C
l
e
a
r
ed i
n

so
ftw
ar
e
SS
PBUF wr
it
t
e
n
PEN
R/
W
Cle
a
r
e
d
in

so
ft
wa
r
e
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 175
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 17-22:
I
2
CTM MASTER MODE WAVEFORM (RECEPTION, 7-BIT ADDRESS)
P
9
8
7
6
5
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
S
A7
A6
A5
A4
A3
A2
A1
SDA
SCL
12
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
3
4
5
67
8
9
12
3
4
B
u
s m
a
ster
ter
m
i
nate
s
tra
n
sfer
AC
K
Re
ce
ivin
g
Da
ta
fr
o
m
Sl
a
v
e
Re
ce
ivin
g
Da
t
a
fr
o
m
Sla
v
e
D0
D1
D2
D3
D4
D5
D6
D7
ACK
R/W
=
1
T
r
a
n
smi
t
A
ddr
ess to S
l
ave
SSPI
F
BF
AC
K
i
s
not
sent
W
r
it
e
t
o
SS
PCO
N
2
<
0
>
(
SEN =
1
),
W
r
i
t
e
to S
S
P
B
U
F occu
rs her
e,
A
C
K f
r
o
m

Sl
a
v
e
M
a
ster
confi
g
ured
as a r
e
cei
v
er
b
y
pro
g
ram
m
i
ng
S
S
P
C
ON
2<
3>
(R
C
E
N

=
1
)
PE
N b
i
t
=
1
w
r
i
tte
n her
e
D
a
t
a
sh
i
f
ted i
n
o
n
fal
l
i
ng
edge o
f
C
L
K
C
l
ear
ed i
n
so
ftw
are
st
art X
M
IT
SEN =
0
SSPO
V
SDA =
0
, S
C
L
=
1
wh
i
l
e
CP
U
(
S
S
PST
A
T
<0
>)
AC
K
Cle
a
r
e
d
in
so
ft
w
a
r
e
C
l
ea
r
e
d i
n
s
o
f
t
w
ar
e
S
e
t S
S
P
I
F
in
terr
upt
at en
d of r
e
cei
v
e
Se
t
P b
i
t
(
SSP
ST
A
T
<4
>)
an
d S
S
P
I
F
A
C
K
fro
m
ma
ster
Se
t
SS
PI
F a
t
e
n
d
S
e
t S
S
P
IF
inter
r
up
t
at
end o
f
A
cknow
l
edge
se
quence
Se
t
SS
PI
F in
t
e
r
r
u
p
t
at e
nd of
A
ckno
w
-
l
edge
seque
nce
of r
e
ceive
S
e
t A
C
K
E
N
,
st
ar
t A
cknow
l
edg
e sequ
ence
S
D
A = ACK
D
T =
1
RCEN cle
a
r
e
d
a
u
tom
a
tically
RCEN =
1,
st
ar
t
ne
xt r
e
ce
ive
W
r
i
t
e to
S
S
P
C
ON
2<
4>
to st
ar
t A
cknow
l
edge
seque
nce
SD
A = ACK
D
T (
SSP
CO
N2
<5
>)
=
0
RCEN cle
a
r
e
d
a
u
tom
a
tically
r
e
spon
ds to S
S
P
I
F
ACKEN
be
gi
n S
t
art
C
ondi
ti
on
C
l
ear
ed i
n
so
ftw
are
SDA = A
C
KDT
=
0
C
l
ear
ed i
n
soft
w
a
r
e
S
S
P
O
V
i
s
set
beca
u
se
S
SPB
UF
is still fu
ll
La
st bit is shifte
d into
S
S
P
S
R an
d
con
t
ent
s ar
e unl
oa
ded i
n
to S
S
P
B
U
F
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 176
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.12
ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE
TIMING
An Acknowledge sequence is enabled by setting the
Acknowledge Sequence Enable bit, ACKEN
(SSPCON2<4>). When this bit is set, the SCL pin is
pulled low and the contents of the Acknowledge data bit
are presented on the SDA pin. If the user wishes to gen-
erate an Acknowledge, then the ACKDT bit should be
cleared. If not, the user should set the ACKDT bit before
starting an Acknowledge sequence. The Baud Rate
Generator then counts for one rollover period (T
BRG
)
and the SCL pin is deasserted (pulled high). When the
SCL pin is sampled high (clock arbitration), the Baud
Rate Generator counts for T
BRG
. The SCL pin is then
pulled low. Following this, the ACKEN bit is automatically
cleared, the Baud Rate Generator is turned off and the
MSSP module then goes into Idle mode (Figure 17-23).
17.4.12.1
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPBUF when an Acknowledge
sequence is in progress, then WCOL is set and the con-
tents of the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn't occur).
17.4.13
STOP CONDITION TIMING
A Stop bit is asserted on the SDA pin at the end of a
receive/transmit by setting the Stop Sequence Enable
bit, PEN (SSPCON2<2>). At the end of a receive/
transmit, the SCL line is held low after the falling edge
of the ninth clock. When the PEN bit is set, the master
will assert the SDA line low. When the SDA line is
sampled low, the Baud Rate Generator is reloaded and
counts down to 0. When the Baud Rate Generator
times out, the SCL pin will be brought high and one
T
BRG
(Baud Rate Generator rollover count) later, the
SDA pin will be deasserted. When the SDA pin is
sampled high while SCL is high, the P bit
(SSPSTAT<4>) is set. A T
BRG
later, the PEN bit is
cleared and the SSPIF bit is set (Figure 17-24).
17.4.13.1
WCOL Status Flag
If the user writes the SSPBUF when a Stop sequence
is in progress, then the WCOL bit is set and the con-
tents of the buffer are unchanged (the write doesn't
occur).
FIGURE 17-23:
ACKNOWLEDGE SEQUENCE WAVEFORM
FIGURE 17-24:
STOP CONDITION RECEIVE OR TRANSMIT MODE
Note: T
BRG
= one Baud Rate Generator period.
SDA
SCL
Set SSPIF at the end
Acknowledge sequence starts here,
write to SSPCON2
ACKEN automatically cleared
Cleared in
T
BRG
T
BRG
of receive
8
ACKEN =
1
, ACKDT =
0
D0
9
SSPIF
software
Set SSPIF at the end
of Acknowledge sequence
Cleared in
software
ACK
SCL
SDA
SDA asserted low before rising edge of clock
Write to SSPCON2
Set PEN
Falling edge of
SCL =
1
for T
BRG
, followed by SDA =
1
for T
BRG
9th clock
SCL brought high after T
BRG
Note: T
BRG
= one Baud Rate Generator period.
T
BRG
T
BRG
after SDA sampled high. P bit (SSPSTAT<4>) is set.
T
BRG
to setup Stop condition
ACK
P
T
BRG
PEN bit (SSPCON2<2>) is cleared by
hardware and the SSPIF bit is set
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 177
PIC18FXX8
17.4.14
SLEEP OPERATION
While in Sleep mode, the I
2
C module can receive
addresses or data and when an address match or
complete byte transfer occurs, wake the processor
from Sleep (if the MSSP interrupt is enabled).
17.4.15
EFFECT OF A RESET
A Reset disables the MSSP module and terminates the
current transfer.
17.4.16
MULTI-MASTER MODE
In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the
detection of the Start and Stop conditions allows the
determination of when the bus is free. The Stop (P) and
Start (S) bits are cleared from a Reset or when the
MSSP module is disabled. Control of the I
2
C bus may
be taken when the P bit (SSPSTAT<4>) is set, or the
bus is Idle, with both the S and P bits clear. When the
bus is busy, enabling the SSP interrupt will generate
the interrupt when the Stop condition occurs.
In multi-master operation, the SDA line must be moni-
tored for arbitration to see if the signal level is the
expected output level. This check is performed in
hardware with the result placed in the BCLIF bit.
The states where arbitration can be lost are:
Address Transfer
Data Transfer
A Start Condition
A Repeated Start Condition
An Acknowledge Condition
17.4.17
MULTI -MASTER
COMMUNICATION, BUS COLLISION
AND BUS ARBITRATION
Multi-Master mode support is achieved by bus arbitra-
tion. When the master outputs address/data bits onto
the SDA pin, arbitration takes place when the master
outputs a `
1
' on SDA by letting SDA float high and
another master asserts a `
0
'. When the SCL pin floats
high, data should be stable. If the expected data on
SDA is a `
1
' and the data sampled on the SDA pin =
0
,
then a bus collision has taken place. The master will set
the Bus Collision Interrupt Flag BCLIF and reset the I
2
C
port to its Idle state (Figure 17-25).
If a transmit was in progress when the bus collision
occurred, the transmission is halted, the BF flag is
cleared, the SDA and SCL lines are deasserted and the
SSPBUF can be written to. When the user services the
bus collision Interrupt Service Routine and if the I
2
C
bus is free, the user can resume communication by
asserting a Start condition.
If a Start, Repeated Start, Stop or Acknowledge
condition was in progress when the bus collision
occurred, the condition is aborted, the SDA and SCL
lines are deasserted and the respective control bits in
the SSPCON2 register are cleared. When the user ser-
vices the bus collision Interrupt Service Routine and if
the I
2
C bus is free, the user can resume communication
by asserting a Start condition.
The master will continue to monitor the SDA and SCL
pins. If a Stop condition occurs, the SSPIF bit will be set.
A write to the SSPBUF will start the transmission of
data at the first data bit regardless of where the
transmitter left off when the bus collision occurred.
In Multi-Master mode, the interrupt generation on the
detection of Start and Stop conditions allows the determi-
nation of when the bus is free. Control of the I
2
C bus can
be taken when the P bit is set in the SSPSTAT register or
the bus is Idle and the S and P bits are cleared.
FIGURE 17-25:
BUS COLLISION TIMING FOR TRANSMIT AND ACKNOWLEDGE
SDA
SCL
BCLIF
SDA released
SDA line pulled low
by another source
Sample SDA. While SCL is high,
data doesn't match what is driven
Bus collision has occurred.
Set bus collision
interrupt (BCLIF)
by the master.
by master
Data changes
while SCL =
0
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 178
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.17.1
Bus Collision During a Start
Condition
During a Start condition, a bus collision occurs if:
a)
SDA or SCL are sampled low at the beginning of
the Start condition (Figure 17-26).
b)
SCL is sampled low before SDA is asserted low
(Figure 17-27).
During a Start condition, both the SDA and the SCL
pins are monitored.
If the SDA pin is already low, or the SCL pin is already
low, then all of the following occur:
the Start condition is aborted,
the BCLIF flag is set and
the MSSP module is reset to its Idle state
(Figure 17-26).
The Start condition begins with the SDA and SCL pins
deasserted. When the SDA pin is sampled high, the
Baud Rate Generator is loaded from SSPADD<6:0>
and counts down to 0. If the SCL pin is sampled low
while SDA is high, a bus collision occurs because it is
assumed that another master is attempting to drive a
data `
1
' during the Start condition.
If the SDA pin is sampled low during this count, the
BRG is reset and the SDA line is asserted early
(Figure 17-28). If, however, a `
1
' is sampled on the SDA
pin, the SDA pin is asserted low at the end of the BRG
count. The Baud Rate Generator is then reloaded and
counts down to 0 and during this time, if the SCL pins
are sampled as `
0
', a bus collision does not occur. At
the end of the BRG count, the SCL pin is asserted low.
FIGURE 17-26:
BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SDA ONLY)
Note:
The reason that bus collision is not a factor
during a Start condition is that no two bus
masters can assert a Start condition at the
exact same time. Therefore, one master
will always assert SDA before the other.
This condition does not cause a bus colli-
sion because the two masters must be
allowed to arbitrate the first address
following the Start condition. If the address
is the same, arbitration must be allowed to
continue into the data portion, Repeated
Start or Stop conditions.
SDA
SCL
SEN
SDA sampled low before
SDA goes low before the SEN bit is set.
S bit and SSPIF set because
SSP module reset into Idle state.
SEN cleared automatically because of bus collision.
S bit and SSPIF set because
Set SEN, enable Start
condition if SDA =
1
, SCL =
1
SDA =
0
, SCL =
1
.
BCLIF
S
SSPIF
SDA =
0
, SCL =
1
.
SSPIF and BCLIF are
cleared in software
SSPIF and BCLIF are
cleared in software.
Set BCLIF,
Start condition. Set BCLIF.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 179
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 17-27:
BUS COLLISION DURING START CONDITION (SCL =
0
)
FIGURE 17-28:
BRG RESET DUE TO SDA ARBITRATION DURING START CONDITION
SDA
SCL
SEN
bus collision occurs. Set BCLIF.
SCL =
0
before SDA =
0
,
Set SEN, enable Start
sequence if SDA =
1
, SCL =
1
T
BRG
T
BRG
SDA =
0
, SCL =
1
BCLIF
S
SSPIF
Interrupt cleared
in software
bus collision occurs. Set BCLIF.
SCL =
0
before BRG time-out,
`
0
'
`
0
'
`
0
'
`
0
'
SDA
SCL
SEN
Set S
Less than T
BRG
T
BRG
SDA =
0
, SCL =
1
BCLIF
S
SSPIF
S
Interrupts cleared
in software
set SSPIF
SDA =
0
, SCL =
1
,
SCL pulled low after BRG
Time-out
Set SSPIF
`
0
'
SDA pulled low by other master.
Reset BRG and assert SDA.
Set SEN, enable Start
sequence if SDA =
1
, SCL =
1
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 180
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
17.4.17.2
Bus Collision During a Repeated
Start Condition
During a Repeated Start condition, a bus collision
occurs if:
a)
A low level is sampled on SDA when SCL goes
from low level to high level.
b)
SCL goes low before SDA is asserted low,
indicating that another master is attempting to
transmit a data `
1
'.
When the user deasserts SDA and the pin is allowed to
float high, the BRG is loaded with SSPADD<6:0> and
counts down to 0. The SCL pin is then deasserted and
when sampled high, the SDA pin is sampled.
If SDA is low, a bus collision has occurred (i.e., another
master is attempting to transmit a data `
0
', Figure 17-29).
If SDA is sampled high, the BRG is reloaded and begins
counting. If SDA goes from high-to-low before the BRG
times out, no bus collision occurs because no two
masters can assert SDA at exactly the same time.
If SCL goes from high-to-low before the BRG times out
and SDA has not already been asserted, a bus collision
occurs. In this case, another master is attempting to
transmit a data `
1
' during the Repeated Start condition
(Figure 17-30).
If, at the end of the BRG time-out, both SCL and SDA
are still high, the SDA pin is driven low and the BRG is
reloaded and begins counting. At the end of the count,
regardless of the status of the SCL pin, the SCL pin is
driven low and the Repeated Start condition is
complete.
FIGURE 17-29:
BUS COLLISION DURING A REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 1)
FIGURE 17-30:
BUS COLLISION DURING A REPEATED START CONDITION (CASE 2)
SDA
SCL
RSEN
BCLIF
S
SSPIF
Sample SDA when SCL goes high.
If SDA =
0
, set BCLIF and release SDA and SCL.
Cleared in software
`
0
'
`
0
'
SDA
SCL
BCLIF
RSEN
S
SSPIF
Interrupt cleared
in software
SCL goes low before SDA,
set BCLIF. Release SDA and SCL.
T
BRG
T
BRG
`
0
'
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 181
PIC18FXX8
17.4.17.3
Bus Collision During a Stop
Condition
Bus collision occurs during a Stop condition if:
a)
After the SDA pin has been deasserted and
allowed to float high, SDA is sampled low after
the BRG has timed out.
b)
After the SCL pin is deasserted, SCL is sampled
low before SDA goes high.
The Stop condition begins with SDA asserted low.
When SDA is sampled low, the SCL pin is allowed to
float. When the pin is sampled high (clock arbitration),
the Baud Rate Generator is loaded with SSPADD<6:0>
and counts down to 0. After the BRG times out, SDA is
sampled. If SDA is sampled low, a bus collision has
occurred. This is due to another master attempting to
drive a data `
0
' (Figure 17-31). If the SCL pin is
sampled low before SDA is allowed to float high, a bus
collision occurs. This is another case of another master
attempting to drive a data `
0
' (Figure 17-32).
FIGURE 17-31:
BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 1)
FIGURE 17-32:
BUS COLLISION DURING A STOP CONDITION (CASE 2)
SDA
SCL
BCLIF
PEN
P
SSPIF
T
BRG
T
BRG
T
BRG
SDA asserted low
SDA sampled
low after T
BRG
,
set BCLIF
`
0
'
`
0
'
SDA
SCL
BCLIF
PEN
P
SSPIF
T
BRG
T
BRG
T
BRG
Assert SDA
SCL goes low before SDA goes high,
set BCLIF
`
0
'
`
0
'
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 182
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 183
PIC18FXX8
18.0
ADDRESSABLE UNIVERSAL
SYNCHRONOUS
ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER
TRANSMITTER (USART)
The Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver
Transmitter (USART) module is one of the three serial
I/O modules incorporated into PIC18FXX8 devices.
(USART is also known as a Serial Communications
Interface or SCI.) The USART can be configured as a
full-duplex asynchronous system that can communi-
cate with peripheral devices, such as CRT terminals
and personal computers, or it can be configured as a
half-duplex synchronous system that can communicate
with peripheral devices, such as A/D or D/A integrated
circuits, serial EEPROMs, etc.
The USART can be configured in the following modes:
Asynchronous (full-duplex)
Synchronous Master (half-duplex)
Synchronous Slave (half-duplex).
The SPEN (RCSTA register) and the TRISC<7> bits
have to be set and the TRISC<6> bit must be cleared
in order to configure pins RC6/TX/CK and RC7/RX/DT
as the Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver
Transmitter.
Register 18-1 shows the Transmit Status and Control
register (TXSTA) and Register 18-2 shows the Receive
Status and Control register (RCSTA).
REGISTER 18-1:
TXSTA: TRANSMIT STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R-1
R/W-0
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
--
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
CSRC: Clock Source Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
Don't care.
Synchronous mode:
1
= Master mode (clock generated internally from BRG)
0
= Slave mode (clock from external source)
bit 6
TX9: 9-bit Transmit Enable bit
1
= Selects 9-bit transmission
0
= Selects 8-bit transmission
bit 5
TXEN: Transmit Enable bit
1
= Transmit enabled
0
= Transmit disabled
Note:
SREN/CREN overrides TXEN in Sync mode.
bit 4
SYNC: USART Mode Select bit
1
= Synchronous mode
0
= Asynchronous mode
bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 2
BRGH: High Baud Rate Select bit
Asynchronous mode:
1
= High speed
0
= Low speed
Synchronous mode:
Unused in this mode.
bit 1
TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Status bit
1
= TSR empty
0
= TSR full
bit 0
TX9D: 9th bit of Transmit Data
Can be address/data bit or a parity bit.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 184
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 18-2:
RCSTA: RECEIVE STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
R-x
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
SPEN: Serial Port Enable bit
1
= Serial port enabled (configures RX/DT and TX/CK pins as serial port pins)
0
= Serial port disabled
bit 6
RX9: 9-bit Receive Enable bit
1
= Selects 9-bit reception
0
= Selects 8-bit reception
bit 5
SREN: Single Receive Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
Don't care.
Synchronous mode Master:
1
= Enables single receive
0
= Disables single receive (this bit is cleared after reception is complete)
Synchronous mode Slave:
Unused in this mode.
bit 4
CREN: Continuous Receive Enable bit
Asynchronous mode:
1
= Enables continuous receive
0
= Disables continuous receive
Synchronous mode:
1
= Enables continuous receive until enable bit CREN is cleared (CREN overrides SREN)
0
= Disables continuous receive
bit 3
ADDEN: Address Detect Enable bit
Asynchronous mode 9-bit (RX9 =
1
):
1
= Enables address detection, enables interrupt and load of the receive buffer when RSR<8>
is set
0
= Disables address detection, all bytes are received and ninth bit can be used as parity bit
bit 2
FERR: Framing Error bit
1
= Framing error (can be updated by reading RCREG register and receive next valid byte)
0
= No framing error
bit 1
OERR: Overrun Error bit
1
= Overrun error (can be cleared by clearing bit CREN)
0
= No overrun error
bit 0
RX9D: 9th bit of Received Data
Can be address/data bit or a parity bit.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 185
PIC18FXX8
18.1
USART Baud Rate Generator
(BRG)
The BRG supports both the Asynchronous and
Synchronous modes of the USART. It is a dedicated
8-bit Baud Rate Generator. The SPBRG register
controls the period of a free running, 8-bit timer. In
Asynchronous mode, bit BRGH (TXSTA register) also
controls the baud rate. In Synchronous mode, bit
BRGH is ignored. Table 18-1 shows the formula for
computation of the baud rate for different USART
modes which only apply in Master mode (internal
clock).
Given the desired baud rate and F
OSC
, the nearest
integer value for the SPBRG register can be calculated
using the formula in Table 18-1. From this, the error in
baud rate can be determined.
Example 18-1 shows the calculation of the baud rate
error for the following conditions:
F
OSC
= 16 MHz
Desired Baud Rate = 9600
BRGH =
0
SYNC =
0
It may be advantageous to use the high baud rate
(BRGH =
1
) even for slower baud clocks. This is
because the F
OSC
/(16(X + 1)) equation can reduce the
baud rate error in some cases.
Writing a new value to the SPBRG register causes the
BRG timer to be reset (or cleared). This ensures the
BRG does not wait for a timer overflow before
outputting the new baud rate.
18.1.1
SAMPLING
The data on the RC7/RX/DT pin is sampled three times
by a majority detect circuit to determine if a high or a
low level is present at the RX pin.
EXAMPLE 18-1:
CALCULATING BAUD RATE ERROR
TABLE 18-1:
BAUD RATE FORMULA
TABLE 18-2:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH BAUD RATE GENERATOR
Desired Baud Rate
= F
OSC
/(64 (X + 1))
Solving for X:
X
= ((F
OSC
/Desired Baud Rate)/64) 1
X
= ((16000000/9600)/64) 1
X
= [25.042] = 25
Calculated Baud Rate
= 16000000/(64 (25 + 1))
= 9615
Error
= (Calculated Baud Rate Desired Baud Rate)
Desired Baud Rate
= (9615 9600)/9600
= 0.16%
SYNC
BRGH =
0
(Low Speed)
BRGH =
1
(High Speed)
0
1
(Asynchronous) Baud Rate = F
OSC
/(64 (X + 1))
(Synchronous) Baud Rate = F
OSC
/(4 (X + 1))
Baud Rate = F
OSC
/(16 (X + 1))
NA
Legend: X = value in SPBRG (0 to 255)
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
--
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 -010
0000 -010
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000u
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used by the BRG.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 186
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 18-3:
BAUD RATES FOR SYNCHRONOUS MODE
BAUD
RATE
(Kbps)
F
OSC
= 40 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
33 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
25 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
20 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
0.3
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
1.2
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
2.4
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
9.6
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
19.2
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
76.8
76.92
+0.16
129
77.10
+0.39
106
77.16
+0.47
80
76.92
+0.16
64
96
96.15
+0.16
103
95.93
-0.07
85
96.15
+0.16
64
96.15
+0.16
51
300
303.03
+1.01
32
294.64
-1.79
27
297.62
-0.79
20
294.12
-1.96
16
500
500
0
19
485.30
-2.94
16
480.77
-3.85
12
500
0
9
HIGH
10000
-
0
8250
-
0
6250
-
0
5000
-
0
LOW
39.06
-
255
32.23
-
255
24.41
-
255
19.53
-
255
BAUD
RATE
(Kbps)
F
OSC
= 16 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
10 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
7.15909 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
5.0688 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
0.3
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
1.2
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
2.4
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
9.6 NA
-
-
NA
-
-
9.62
+0.23
185
9.60
0
131
19.2
19.23
+0.16
207
19.23
+0.16
129
19.24
+0.23
92
19.20
0
65
76.8
76.92
+0.16
51
75.76
-1.36
32
77.82
+1.32
22
74.54
-2.94
16
96
95.24
-0.79
41
96.15
+0.16
25
94.20
-1.88
18
97.48
+1.54
12
300
307.70
+2.56
12
312.50
+4.17
7
298.35
-0.57
5
316.80
+5.60
3
500
500
0
7
500
0
4
447.44
-10.51
3
422.40
-15.52
2
HIGH
4000
-
0
2500
-
0
1789.80
-
0
1267.20
-
0
LOW
15.63
-
255
9.77
-
255
6.99
-
255
4.95
-
255
BAUD
RATE
(Kbps)
F
OSC
= 4 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
3.579545 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
1 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
32.768 kHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
0.3
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
0.30
+1.14
26
1.2
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
1.20
+0.16
207
1.17
-2.48
6
2.4
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
2.40
+0.16
103
2.73
+13.78
2
9.6
9.62
+0.16
103
9.62
+0.23
92
9.62
+0.16
25
8.20
-14.67
0
19.2
19.23
+0.16
51
19.04
-0.83
46
19.23
+0.16
12
NA
-
-
76.8
76.92
+0.16
12
74.57
-2.90
11
83.33
+8.51
2
NA
-
-
96
1000
+4.17
9
99.43
+3.57
8
83.33
-13.19
2
NA
-
-
300
333.33
+11.11
2
298.30
-0.57
2
250
-16.67
0
NA
-
-
500
500
0
1
447.44
-10.51
1
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
HIGH
1000
-
0
894.89
-
0
250
-
0
8.20
-
0
LOW
3.91
-
255
3.50
-
255
0.98
-
255
0.03
-
255
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 187
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 18-4:
BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODE (BRGH =
0
)
BAUD
RATE
(Kbps)
F
OSC
= 40 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
33 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
25 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
20 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
0.3
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
1.2 NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
2.4 NA
-
-
2.40
-0.07
214
2.40
-0.15
162
2.40
+0.16
129
9.6 9.62
+0.16
64
9.55
-0.54
53
9.53
-0.76
40
9.47
-1.36
32
19.2
18.94
-1.36
32
19.10
-0.54
26
19.53
+1.73
19
19.53
+1.73
15
76.8
78.13
+1.73
7
73.66
-4.09
6
78.13
+1.73
4
78.13
+1.73
3
96
89.29
-6.99
6
103.13
+7.42
4
97.66
+1.73
3
104.17
+8.51
2
300
312.50
+4.17
1
257.81
-14.06
1
NA
-
-
312.50
+4.17
0
500
625
+25.00
0
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
HIGH
625
-
0
515.63
-
0
390.63
-
0
312.50
-
0
LOW
2.44
-
255
2.01
-
255
1.53
-
255
1.22
-
255
BAUD
RATE
(Kbps)
F
OSC
= 16 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
10 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
7.15909 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
5.0688 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
0.3
NA -
-
NA -
-
NA
-
-
NA -
-
1.2 1.20
+0.16
207
1.20
+0.16
129
1.20
+0.23
92
1.20
0
65
2.4 2.40
+0.16
103
2.40
+0.16
64
2.38
-0.83
46
2.40
0
32
9.6 9.62
+0.16
25
9.77
+1.73
15
9.32
-2.90
11
9.90
+3.13
7
19.2
19.23
+0.16
12
19.53
+1.73
7
18.64
-2.90
5
19.80
+3.13
3
76.8
83.33
+8.51
2
78.13
+1.73
1
111.86
+45.65
0
79.20
+3.13
0
96
83.33
-13.19
2
78.13
-18.62
1
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
300
250
-16.67
0
156.25
-47.92
0
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
500
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
HIGH
250
-
0
156.25
-
0
111.86
-
0
79.20
-
0
LOW
0.98
-
255
0.61
-
255
0.44
-
255
0.31
-
255
BAUD
RATE
(Kbps)
F
OSC
= 4 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
3.579545 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
1 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
32.768 kHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
0.3
0.30
-0.16
207
0.30
+0.23
185
0.30
+0.16
51
0.26
-14.67
1
1.2 1.20
+1.67
51
1.19
-0.83
46
1.20
+0.16
12
NA
-
-
2.4 2.40
+1.67
25
2.43
+1.32
22
2.23
-6.99
6
NA
-
-
9.6 8.93
-6.99
6
9.32
-2.90
5
7.81
-18.62
1
NA
-
-
19.2
20.83
+8.51
2
18.64
-2.90
2
15.63
-18.62
0
NA
-
-
76.8
62.50
-18.62
0
55.93
-27.17
0
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
96
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
300
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
500
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
HIGH
62.50
-
0
55.93
-
0
15.63
-
0
0.51
-
0
LOW
0.24
-
255
0.22
-
255
0.06
-
255
0.002
-
255
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 188
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 18-5:
BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODE (BRGH =
1
)
BAUD
RATE
(Kbps)
F
OSC
= 40 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
33 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
25 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
20 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
0.3
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
1.2
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
2.4
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
9.6
NA
-
-
9.60
-0.07
214
9.59
-0.15
162
9.62
+0.16
129
19.2
19.23
+0.16
129
19.28
+0.39
106
19.30
+0.47
80
19.23
+0.16
64
76.8
75.76
-1.36
32
76.39
-0.54
26
78.13
+1.73
19
78.13
+1.73
15
96
96.15
+0.16
25
98.21
+2.31
20
97.66
+1.73
15
96.15
+0.16
12
300
312.50
+4.17
7
294.64
-1.79
6
312.50
+4.17
4
312.50
+4.17
3
500
500
0
4
515.63
+3.13
3
520.83
+4.17
2
416.67
-16.67
2
HIGH
2500
-
0
2062.50
-
0
1562.50
-
0
1250
-
0
LOW
9.77
-
255
8,06
-
255
6.10
-
255
4.88
-
255
BAUD
RATE
(Kbps)
F
OSC
= 16 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
10 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
7.15909 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
5.0688 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
0.3
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
1.2
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
2.4
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
2.41
+0.23
185
2.40
0
131
9.6
9.62
+0.16
103
9.62
+0.16
64
9.52
-0.83
46
9.60
0
32
19.2
19.23
+0.16
51
18.94
-1.36
32
19.45
+1.32
22
18.64
-2.94
16
76.8
76.92
+0.16
12
78.13
+1.73
7
74.57
-2.90
5
79.20
+3.13
3
96
100
+4.17
9
89.29
-6.99
6
89.49
-6.78
4
105.60
+10.00
2
300
333.33
+11.11
2
312.50
+4.17
1
447.44
+49.15
0
316.80
+5.60
0
500
500
0
1
625
+25.00
0
447.44
-10.51
0
NA
-
-
HIGH
1000
-
0
625
-
0
447.44
-
0
316.80
-
0
LOW
3.91
-
255
2.44
-
255
1.75
-
255
1.24
-
255
BAUD
RATE
(Kbps)
F
OSC
= 4 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
3.579545 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
1 MHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
32.768 kHz
SPBRG
value
(decimal)
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
KBAUD
%
ERROR
0.3
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
0.30
+0.16
207
0.29
-2.48
6
1.2
1.20
+0.16
207
1.20
+0.23
185
1.20
+0.16
51
1.02
-14.67
1
2.4
2.40
+0.16
103
2.41
+0.23
92
2.40
+0.16
25
2.05
-14.67
0
9.6
9.62
+0.16
25
9.73
+1.32
22
8.93
-6.99
6
NA
-
-
19.2
19.23
+0.16
12
18.64
-2.90
11
20.83
+8.51
2
NA
-
-
76.8
NA
-
-
74.57
-2.90
2
62.50
-18.62
0
NA
-
-
96
NA
-
-
111.86
+16.52
1
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
300
NA
-
-
223.72
-25.43
0
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
500
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
NA
-
-
HIGH
250
-
0
55.93
-
0
62.50
-
0
2.05
-
0
LOW
0.98
-
255
0.22
-
255
0.24
-
255
0.008
-
255
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 189
PIC18FXX8
18.2
USART Asynchronous Mode
In this mode, the USART uses standard Non-Return-
to-Zero (NRZ) format (one Start bit, eight or nine data
bits and one Stop bit). The most common data format
is 8 bits. An on-chip dedicated 8-bit Baud Rate
Generator can be used to derive standard baud rate
frequencies from the oscillator. The USART transmits
and receives the LSb first. The USART's transmitter
and receiver are functionally independent but use the
same data format and baud rate. The Baud Rate
Generator produces a clock, either x16 or x64 of the bit
shift rate, depending on the BRGH bit (TXSTA regis-
ter). Parity is not supported by the hardware but can be
implemented in software (and stored as the ninth data
bit). Asynchronous mode is stopped during Sleep.
Asynchronous mode is selected by clearing the SYNC
bit (TXSTA register).
The USART Asynchronous module consists of the
following important elements:
Baud Rate Generator
Sampling Circuit
Asynchronous Transmitter
Asynchronous Receiver.
18.2.1
USART ASYNCHRONOUS
TRANSMITTER
The USART transmitter block diagram is shown in
Figure 18-1. The heart of the transmitter is the Transmit
(Serial) Shift Register (TSR). The TSR register obtains
its data from the Read/Write Transmit Buffer register
(TXREG). The TXREG register is loaded with data in
software. The TSR register is not loaded until the Stop
bit has been transmitted from the previous load. As
soon as the Stop bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded
with new data from the TXREG register (if available).
Once the TXREG register transfers the data to the TSR
register (occurs in one T
CY
), the TXREG register is
empty and flag bit TXIF (PIR1 register) is set. This
interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing
enable bit TXIE (PIE1 register). Flag bit TXIF will be set
regardless of the state of enable bit TXIE and cannot be
cleared in software. It will reset only when new data is
loaded into the TXREG register. While flag bit, TXIF,
indicated the status of the TXREG register, another bit,
TRMT (TXSTA register), shows the status of the TSR
register. Status bit TRMT is a read-only bit which is set
when the TSR register is empty. No interrupt logic is
tied to this bit, so the user has to poll this bit in order to
determine if the TSR register is empty.
Steps to follow when setting up an Asynchronous
Transmission:
1.
Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate
baud rate. If a high-speed baud rate is desired,
set bit BRGH (Section 18.1 "USART Baud
Rate Generator (BRG)"
).
2.
Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
bit SYNC and setting bit SPEN.
3.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit TXIE.
4.
If 9-bit transmission is desired, set transmit bit
TX9. Can be used as address/data bit.
5.
Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN
which will also set bit TXIF.
6.
If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded in bit TX9D.
7.
Load data to the TXREG register (starts
transmission).
FIGURE 18-1:
USART TRANSMIT BLOCK DIAGRAM
Note 1: The TSR register is not mapped in data
memory, so it is not available to the user.
2: Flag bit TXIF is set when enable bit TXEN
is set.
Note:
TXIF is not cleared immediately upon
loading data into the transmit buffer
TXREG. The flag bit becomes valid in the
second instruction cycle following the load
instruction.
TXIF
TXIE
Interrupt
TXEN
Baud Rate CLK
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator
TX9D
MSb
LSb
Data Bus
TXREG register
TSR Register
(8)
0
TX9
TRMT
SPEN
RC6/TX/CK pin
Pin Buffer
and Control
8
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 190
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-2:
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
FIGURE 18-3:
ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (BACK TO BACK)
TABLE 18-6:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
Word 1
Stop bit
Word 1
Transmit Shift Reg
Start bit
bit 0
bit 1
bit 7/8
Write to TXREG
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
RC6/TX/CK (pin)
TXIF bit
(Transmit Buffer
Reg. Empty Flag)
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
Word 1
Transmit Shift Reg.
Write to TXREG
BRG Output
(Shift Clock)
RC6/TX/CK (pin)
TXIF bit
(Interrupt Reg. Flag)
TRMT bit
(Transmit Shift
Reg. Empty Flag)
Word 1
Word 2
Word 1
Word 2
Start bit
Stop bit
Start bit
Transmit Shift Reg.
Word 1
Word 2
bit 0
bit 1
bit 7/8
bit 0
Note: This timing diagram shows two consecutive transmissions.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF
0000 0000 0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE
0000 0000 0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP CCP1IP TMR2IP TMR1IP
1111 1111 1111 1111
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x 0000 000u
TXREG
USART Transmit Register
0000 0000 0000 0000
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
--
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 -010 0000 -010
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register
0000 0000 0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented locations read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous transmission.
Note 1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 191
PIC18FXX8
18.2.2
USART ASYNCHRONOUS
RECEIVER
The receiver block diagram is shown in Figure 18-4.
The data is received on the RC7/RX/DT pin and drives
the data recovery block. The data recovery block is
actually a high-speed shifter, operating at x16 times the
baud rate, whereas the main receive serial shifter oper-
ates at the bit rate or at F
OSC
. This mode would
typically be used in RS-232 systems.
Steps to follow when setting up an Asynchronous
Reception:
1.
Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate
baud rate. If a high-speed baud rate is desired,
set bit BRGH (Section 18.1 "USART Baud
Rate Generator (BRG)"
).
2.
Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
bit SYNC and setting bit SPEN.
3.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit RCIE.
4.
If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9.
5.
Enable the reception by setting bit CREN.
6.
Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is
complete and an interrupt will be generated if
enable bit RCIE was set.
7.
Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if
enabled) and determine if any error occurred
during reception.
8.
Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
RCREG register.
9.
If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing
enable bit CREN.
18.2.3
SETTING UP 9-BIT MODE WITH
ADDRESS DETECT
This mode would typically be used in RS-485 systems.
Steps to follow when setting up an Asynchronous
Reception with Address Detect Enable:
1.
Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate
baud rate. If a high-speed baud rate is required,
set the BRGH bit.
2.
Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing
the SYNC bit and setting the SPEN bit.
3.
If interrupts are required, set the RCEN bit and
select the desired priority level with the RCIP bit.
4.
Set the RX9 bit to enable 9-bit reception.
5.
Set the ADDEN bit to enable address detect.
6.
Enable reception by setting the CREN bit.
7.
The RCIF bit will be set when reception is
complete. The interrupt will be Acknowledged if
the RCIE and GIE bits are set.
8.
Read the RCSTA register to determine if any
error occurred during reception, as well as read
bit 9 of data (if applicable).
9.
Read RCREG to determine if the device is being
addressed.
10. If any error occurred, clear the CREN bit.
11. If the device has been addressed, clear the
ADDEN bit to allow all received data into the
receive buffer and interrupt the CPU.
FIGURE 18-4:
USART RECEIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM
x64 Baud Rate CLK
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator
RC7/RX/DT
Pin Buffer
and Control
SPEN
Data
Recovery
CREN
OERR
FERR
RSR Register
MSb
LSb
RX9D
RCREG Register
FIFO
Interrupt
RCIF
RCIE
Data Bus
8
64
16
or
Stop
Start
(8)
7
1
0
RX9
Note:
I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 192
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-5:
ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION
TABLE 18-7:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION
Start
bit
bit 7/8
bit 1
bit 0
bit 7/8
bit 0
Stop
bit
Start
bit
Start
bit
bit 7/8
Stop
bit
RX (pin)
Reg
Rcv Buffer Reg
Rcv Shift
Read Rcv
Buffer Reg
RCREG
RCIF
(Interrupt Flag)
OERR bit
CREN
Word 1
RCREG
Word 2
RCREG
Stop
bit
Note: This timing diagram shows three words appearing on the RX input. The RCREG (receive buffer) is read after the third word,
causing the OERR (overrun) bit to be set.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000u
RCREG
USART Receive Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
--
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 -010
0000 -010
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented locations read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for asynchronous reception.
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 193
PIC18FXX8
18.3
USART Synchronous
Master Mode
In Synchronous Master mode, the data is transmitted in
a half-duplex manner (i.e., transmission and reception
do not occur at the same time). When transmitting data,
the reception is inhibited and vice versa. Synchronous
mode is entered by setting bit SYNC (TXSTA register).
In addition, enable bit SPEN (RCSTA register) is set in
order to configure the RC6/TX/CK and RC7/RX/DT I/O
pins to CK (clock) and DT (data) lines, respectively. The
Master mode indicates that the processor transmits the
master clock on the CK line. The Master mode is
entered by setting bit CSRC (TXSTA register).
18.3.1
USART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER
TRANSMISSION
The USART transmitter block diagram is shown in
Figure 18-1. The heart of the transmitter is the Transmit
(Serial) Shift Register (TSR). The shift register obtains
its data from the Read/Write Transmit Buffer register
(TXREG). The TXREG register is loaded with data in
software. The TSR register is not loaded until the last
bit has been transmitted from the previous load. As
soon as the last bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded
with new data from the TXREG (if available). Once the
TXREG register transfers the data to the TSR register
(occurs in one T
CY
), the TXREG is empty and interrupt
bit TXIF (PIR1 register) is set. The interrupt can be
enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit TXIE
(PIE1 register). Flag bit TXIF will be set regardless of
the state of enable bit TXIE and cannot be cleared in
software. It will reset only when new data is loaded into
the TXREG register. While flag bit, TXIF, indicates the
status of the TXREG register, another bit, TRMT
(TXSTA register), shows the status of the TSR register.
TRMT is a read-only bit which is set when the TSR is
empty. No interrupt logic is tied to this bit, so the user
has to poll this bit in order to determine if the TSR
register is empty. The TSR is not mapped in data
memory, so it is not available to the user.
Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Master
Transmission:
1.
Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate
baud rate (Section 18.1 "USART Baud Rate
Generator (BRG)"
).
2.
Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC.
3.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit TXIE.
4.
If 9-bit transmission is desired, set bit TX9.
5.
Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN.
6.
If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded in bit TX9D.
7.
Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG
register.
TABLE 18-8:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION
Note:
TXIF is not cleared immediately upon
loading data into the transmit buffer
TXREG. The flag bit becomes valid in the
second instruction cycle following the load
instruction.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000u
TXREG
USART Transmit Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
--
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 -010
0000 -010
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master transmission.
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 194
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 18-6:
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
FIGURE 18-7:
SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (THROUGH TXEN)
bit 0
bit 1
bit 7
Word 1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
bit 2
bit 0
bit 1
bit 7
RC7/RX/DT
RC6/TX/CK
Write to
TXREG Reg
TXIF bit
(Interrupt Flag)
TRMT
TXEN bit
`
1
'
`
1
'
Note: Sync Master mode; SPBRG =
0
; continuous transmission of two 8-bit words.
Word 2
TRMT bit
Write Word 1
Write Word 2
pin
pin
Q3
RC7/RX/DT pin
RC6/TX/CK pin
Write to
TXREG Reg
TXIF bit
TRMT bit
bit 0
bit 1
bit 2
bit 6
bit 7
TXEN bit
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 195
PIC18FXX8
18.3.2
USART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER
RECEPTION
Once Synchronous Master mode is selected, reception
is enabled by setting either enable bit SREN (RCSTA
register) or enable bit CREN (RCSTA register). Data is
sampled on the RC7/RX/DT pin on the falling edge of
the clock. If enable bit SREN is set, only a single word
is received. If enable bit CREN is set, the reception is
continuous until CREN is cleared. If both bits are set,
then CREN takes precedence.
Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Master
Reception:
1.
Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate
baud rate (Section 18.1 "USART Baud Rate
Generator (BRG)"
).
2.
Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits SYNC, SPEN and CSRC.
3.
Ensure bits CREN and SREN are clear.
4.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit RCIE.
5.
If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9.
6.
If a single reception is required, set bit SREN.
For continuous reception, set bit CREN.
7.
Interrupt flag bit RCIF will be set when reception
is complete and an interrupt will be generated if
the enable bit RCIE was set.
8.
Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if
enabled) and determine if any error occurred
during reception.
9.
Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
RCREG register.
10. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing
bit CREN.
TABLE 18-9:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER RECEPTION
FIGURE 18-8:
SYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION (MASTER MODE, SREN)
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000u
RCREG
USART Receive Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
--
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 -010
0000 -010
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous master reception.
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
CREN bit
RC7/RX/DT pin
RC6/TX/CK pin
Write to
bit SREN
SREN bit
RCIF bit
(Interrupt)
Read
RXREG
Note: Timing diagram demonstrates Sync Master mode with bit SREN =
1
and bit BRGH =
0
.
Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Q2
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
`
0
'
bit 0
bit 1
bit 2
bit 3
bit 4
bit 5
bit 6
bit 7
`
0
'
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 196
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
18.4
USART Synchronous Slave Mode
Synchronous Slave mode differs from the Master mode
in that the shift clock is supplied externally at the RC6/
TX/CK pin (instead of being supplied internally in
Master mode). This allows the device to transfer or
receive data while in Sleep mode. Slave mode is
entered by clearing bit CSRC (TXSTA register).
18.4.1
USART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE
TRANSMIT
The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave
modes are identical, except in the case of the Sleep
mode.
If two words are written to the TXREG and then the
SLEEP
instruction is executed, the following will occur:
a)
The first word will immediately transfer to the
TSR register and transmit.
b)
The second word will remain in TXREG register.
c)
Flag bit TXIF will not be set.
d)
When the first word has been shifted out of TSR,
the TXREG register will transfer the second
word to the TSR and flag bit TXIF will be set.
e)
If enable bit TXIE is set, the interrupt will wake
the chip from Sleep. If the global interrupt is
enabled, the program will branch to the interrupt
vector.
Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Slave
Transmission:
1.
Enable the synchronous slave serial port by
setting bits SYNC and SPEN and clearing bit
CSRC.
2.
Clear bits CREN and SREN.
3.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit TXIE.
4.
If 9-bit transmission is desired, set bit TX9.
5.
Enable the transmission by setting enable bit
TXEN.
6.
If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit
should be loaded in bit TX9D.
7.
Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG
register.
18.4.2
USART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE
RECEPTION
The operation of the Synchronous Master and Slave
modes is identical, except in the case of the Sleep
mode and bit SREN, which is a "don't care" in Slave
mode.
If receive is enabled by setting bit CREN prior to the
SLEEP
instruction, then a word may be received during
Sleep. On completely receiving the word, the RSR
register will transfer the data to the RCREG register
and if enable bit RCIE bit is set, the interrupt generated
will wake the chip from Sleep. If the global interrupt is
enabled, the program will branch to the interrupt vector.
Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Slave
Reception:
1.
Enable the synchronous master serial port by
setting bits SYNC and SPEN and clearing bit
CSRC.
2.
If interrupts are desired, set enable bit RCIE.
3.
If 9-bit reception is desired, set bit RX9.
4.
To enable reception, set enable bit CREN.
5.
Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is
complete. An interrupt will be generated if
enable bit RCIE was set.
6.
Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if
enabled) and determine if any error occurred
during reception.
7.
Read the 8-bit received data by reading the
RCREG register.
8.
If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing
bit CREN.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 197
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 18-10: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE TRANSMISSION
TABLE 18-11: REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE RECEPTION
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000u
TXREG
USART Transmit Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
--
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 -010
0000 -010
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave transmission.
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
RCSTA
SPEN
RX9
SREN
CREN
ADDEN
FERR
OERR
RX9D
0000 000x
0000 000u
RCREG
USART Receive Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
TXSTA
CSRC
TX9
TXEN
SYNC
--
BRGH
TRMT
TX9D
0000 -010
0000 -010
SPBRG
Baud Rate Generator Register
0000 0000
0000 0000
Legend:
x
= unknown, - = unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for synchronous slave reception.
Note
1:
These registers or register bits are not implemented on the PIC18F248 and PIC18F258 and read as `
0
's.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 198
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 199
PIC18FXX8
19.0
CAN MODULE
19.1
Overview
The Controller Area Network (CAN) module is a serial
interface, useful for communicating with other peripher-
als or microcontroller devices. This interface/protocol
was designed to allow communications within noisy
environments.
The CAN module is a communication controller,
implementing the CAN 2.0 A/B protocol as defined in
the BOSCH specification. The module will support
CAN 1.2, CAN 2.0A, CAN 2.0B Passive and CAN 2.0B
Active versions of the protocol. The module implemen-
tation is a full CAN system. The CAN specification is
not covered within this data sheet. The reader may
refer to the BOSCH CAN specification for further
details.
The module features are as follows:
Complies with ISO CAN Conformance Test
Implementation of the CAN protocol CAN 1.2,
CAN 2.0A and CAN 2.0B
Standard and extended data frames
0-8 bytes data length
Programmable bit rate up to 1 Mbit/sec
Support for remote frames
Double-buffered receiver with two prioritized
received message storage buffers
6 full (standard/extended identifier) acceptance
filters, 2 associated with the high priority receive
buffer and 4 associated with the low priority
receive buffer
2 full acceptance filter masks, one each
associated with the high and low priority receive
buffers
Three transmit buffers with application specified
prioritization and abort capability
Programmable wake-up functionality with
integrated low-pass filter
Programmable Loopback mode supports self-test
operation
Signaling via interrupt capabilities for all CAN
receiver and transmitter error states
Programmable clock source
Programmable link to timer module for
time-stamping and network synchronization
Low-power Sleep mode
19.1.1
OVERVIEW OF THE MODULE
The CAN bus module consists of a protocol engine and
message buffering and control. The CAN protocol
engine handles all functions for receiving and transmit-
ting messages on the CAN bus. Messages are
transmitted by first loading the appropriate data
registers. Status and errors can be checked by reading
the appropriate registers. Any message detected on
the CAN bus is checked for errors and then matched
against filters to see if it should be received and stored
in one of the 2 receive registers.
The CAN module supports the following frame types:
Standard Data Frame
Extended Data Frame
Remote Frame
Error Frame
Overload Frame Reception
Interframe Space
CAN module uses RB3/CANRX and RB2/CANTX/INT2
pins to interface with CAN bus. In order to configure
CANRX and CANTX as CAN interface:
bit TRISB<3> must be set;
bit TRISB<2> must be cleared.
19.1.2
TRANSMIT/RECEIVE BUFFERS
The PIC18FXX8 has three transmit and two receive
buffers, two acceptance masks (one for each receive
buffer) and a total of six acceptance filters. Figure 19-1
is a block diagram of these buffers and their connection
to the protocol engine.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 200
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 19-1:
CAN BUFFERS AND PROTOCOL ENGINE BLOCK DIAGRAM
Acceptance Mask
RXM0
Acceptance Filter
RXF0
Acceptance Filter
RXF1
Message
Queue
Control
Transmit Byte Sequencer
TXREQ
TXB0
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXBUFF
MESSAGE
Receive Shift
Receive
Error
Transmit
Error
RXERRCNT
TXERRCNT
Err-Pas
Bus-Off
Counter
Counter
Transmit
Logic
Bit Timing
Logic
TX
RX
Bit Timing
Generator
PROTOCOL
ENGINE
BUFFERS
Transmit Shift
Protocol
FSM
Comparator
CRC Register
TXREQ
TXB1
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXBUFF
MESSAGE
TXREQ
TXB2
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXBUFF
MESSAGE
Message Assembly Buffer
Acceptance Filter
RXM2
Acceptance Filter
RXF3
Acceptance Filter
RXF4
Acceptance Filter
RXF5
Acceptance Mask
RXM1
RXB0
RXB1
Accept
Accept
Message
Request
Data and
Identifier
Data and
Identifier
Identifier
Identifier
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 201
PIC18FXX8
19.2
CAN Module Registers
There are many control and data registers associated
with the CAN module. For convenience, their
descriptions have been grouped into the following
sections:
Control and Status Registers
Transmit Buffer Registers (Data and Control)
Receive Buffer Registers (Data and Control)
Baud Rate Control Registers
I/O Control Register
Interrupt Status and Control Registers
19.2.1
CAN CONTROL AND STATUS
REGISTERS
The registers described in this section control the
overall operation of the CAN module and show its
operational status.
REGISTER 19-1:
CANCON: CAN CONTROL REGISTER
Note:
Not all CAN registers are available in the
Access Bank.
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
REQOP2
REQOP1
REQOP0
ABAT
WIN2
WIN1
WIN0
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
REQOP2:REQOP0: Request CAN Operation Mode bits
1xx
= Request Configuration mode
011
= Request Listen Only mode
010
= Request Loopback mode
001
= Request Disable mode
000
= Request Normal mode
bit 4
ABAT: Abort All Pending Transmissions bit
1
= Abort all pending transmissions (in all transmit buffers)
0
= Transmissions proceeding as normal
bit 3-1
WIN2:WIN0: Window Address bits
This selects which of the CAN buffers to switch into the Access Bank area. This allows access
to the buffer registers from any data memory bank. After a frame has caused an interrupt, the
ICODE2:ICODE0 bits can be copied to the WIN2:WIN0 bits to select the correct buffer. See
Example 19-1 for code example.
111
= Receive Buffer 0
110
= Receive Buffer 0
101
= Receive Buffer 1
100
= Transmit Buffer 0
011
= Transmit Buffer 1
010
= Transmit Buffer 2
001
= Receive Buffer 0
000
= Receive Buffer 0
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 202
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 19-2:
CANSTAT: CAN STATUS REGISTER
R-1
R-0
R-0
U-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
U-0
OPMODE2 OPMODE1 OPMODE0
--
ICODE2
ICODE1
ICODE0
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
OPMODE2:OPMODE0: Operation Mode Status bits
111
= Reserved
110
= Reserved
101
= Reserved
100
= Configuration mode
011
= Listen Only mode
010
= Loopback mode
001
= Disable mode
000
= Normal mode
Note:
Before the device goes into Sleep mode, select Disable mode.
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3-1
ICODE2:ICODE0: Interrupt Code bits
When an interrupt occurs, a prioritized coded interrupt value will be present in the
ICODE2:ICODE0 bits. These codes indicate the source of the interrupt. The ICODE2:ICODE0
bits can be copied to the WIN2:WIN0 bits to select the correct buffer to map into the Access
Bank area. See Example 19-1 for code example.
111
= Wake-up on interrupt
110
= RXB0 interrupt
101
= RXB1 interrupt
100
= TXB0 interrupt
011
= TXB1 interrupt
010
= TXB2 interrupt
001
= Error interrupt
000
= No interrupt
bit 0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 203
PIC18FXX8
EXAMPLE 19-1:
WIN AND ICODE BITS USAGE IN INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE TO ACCESS
TX/RX BUFFERS
; Save application required context.
; Poll interrupt flags and determine source of interrupt
; This was found to be CAN interrupt
; TempCANCON and TempCANSTAT are variables defined in Access Bank low
MOVFF
CANCON, TempCANCON
; Save CANCON.WIN bits
; This is required to prevent CANCON
; from corrupting CAN buffer access
; in-progress while this interrupt
; occurred
MOVFF
CANSTAT, TempCANSTAT
; Save CANSTAT register
; This is required to make sure that
; we use same CANSTAT value rather
; than one changed by another CAN
; interrupt.
MOVF
TempCANSTAT, W
; Retrieve ICODE bits
ANDLW
b'00001110'
ADDWF
PCL, F
; Perform computed GOTO
; to corresponding interrupt cause
BRA
NoInterrupt
; 000 = No interrupt
BRA
ErrorInterrupt
; 001 = Error interrupt
BRA
TXB2Interrupt
; 010 = TXB2 interrupt
BRA
TXB1Interrupt
; 011 = TXB1 interrupt
BRA
TXB0Interrupt
; 100 = TXB0 interrupt
BRA
RXB1Interrupt
; 101 = RXB1 interrupt
BRA
RXB0Interrupt
; 110 = RXB0 interrupt
; 111 = Wake-up on interrupt
WakeupInterrupt
BCF
PIR3, WAKIF
; Clear the interrupt flag
;
; User code to handle wake-up procedure
;
;
; Continue checking for other interrupt source or return from here
...
NoInterrupt
...
; PC should never vector here. User may
; place a trap such as infinite loop or pin/port
; indication to catch this error.
ErrorInterrupt
BCF
PIR3, ERRIF
; Clear the interrupt flag
...
; Handle error.
RETFIE
TXB2Interrupt
BCF
PIR3, TXB2IF
; Clear the interrupt flag
GOTO
AccessBuffer
TXB1Interrupt
BCF
PIR3, TXB1IF
; Clear the interrupt flag
GOTO
AccessBuffer
TXB0Interrupt
BCF
PIR3, TXB0IF
; Clear the interrupt flag
GOTO
AccessBuffer
RXB1Interrupt
BCF
PIR3, RXB1IF
; Clear the interrupt flag
GOTO
Accessbuffer
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 204
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
EXAMPLE 19-1:
WIN AND ICODE BITS USAGE IN INTERRUPT SERVICE ROUTINE TO ACCESS
TX/RX BUFFERS (CONTINUED)
RXB0Interrupt
BCF
PIR3, RXB0IF
; Clear the interrupt flag
GOTO
AccessBuffer
AccessBuffer
; This is either TX or RX interrupt
; Copy CANCON.ICODE bits to CANSTAT.WIN bits
MOVF
CANCON, W
; Clear CANCON.WIN bits before copying
; new ones.
ANDLW
b'11110001'
; Use previously saved CANCON value to
; make sure same value.
MOVWF
CANCON
; Copy masked value back to TempCANCON
MOVF
TempCANSTAT, W
; Retrieve ICODE bits
ANDLW
b'00001110'
; Use previously saved CANSTAT value
; to make sure same value.
IORWF
CANCON
; Copy ICODE bits to WIN bits.
; Copy the result to actual CANCON
; Access current buffer...
; User code
; Restore CANCON.WIN bits
MOVF
CANCON, W
; Preserve current non WIN bits
ANDLW
b'11110001'
IORWF
TempCANCON, W
; Restore original WIN bits
MOVWF
CANCON
; Do not need to restore CANSTAT - it is read-only register.
; Return from interrupt or check for another module interrupt source
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 205
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 19-3:
COMSTAT: COMMUNICATION STATUS REGISTER
R/C-0
R/C-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
RXB0OVFL RXB1OVFL
TXBO
TXBP
RXBP
TXWARN RXWARN
EWARN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
RXB0OVFL: Receive Buffer 0 Overflow bit
1
= Receive Buffer 0 overflowed
0
= Receive Buffer 0 has not overflowed
bit 6
RXB1OVFL: Receive Buffer 1 Overflow bit
1
= Receive Buffer 1 overflowed
0
= Receive Buffer 1 has not overflowed
bit 5
TXBO: Transmitter Bus-Off bit
1
= Transmit Error Counter > 255
0
= Transmit Error Counter
255
bit 4
TXBP: Transmitter Bus Passive bit
1
= Transmission Error Counter > 127
0
= Transmission Error Counter
127
bit 3
RXBP: Receiver Bus Passive bit
1
= Receive Error Counter > 127
0
= Receive Error Counter
127
bit 2
TXWARN: Transmitter Warning bit
1
= 127
Transmit Error Counter > 95
0
= Transmit Error Counter
95
bit 1
RXWARN: Receiver Warning bit
1
= 127
Receive Error Counter > 95
0
= Receive Error Counter
95
bit 0
EWARN: Error Warning bit
This bit is a flag of the RXWARN and TXWARN bits.
1
= The RXWARN or the TXWARN bits are set
0
= Neither the RXWARN or the TXWARN bits are set
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
C = Clearable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 206
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.2.2
CAN TRANSMIT BUFFER
REGISTERS
This section describes the CAN Transmit Buffer
registers and their associated control registers.
REGISTER 19-4:
TXBnCON: TRANSMIT BUFFER n CONTROL REGISTERS
U-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXREQ
--
TXPRI1
TXPRI0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
TXABT: Transmission Aborted Status bit
1
= Message was aborted
0
= Message was not aborted
bit 5
TXLARB: Transmission Lost Arbitration Status bit
1
= Message lost arbitration while being sent
0
= Message did not lose arbitration while being sent
bit 4
TXERR: Transmission Error Detected Status bit
1
= A bus error occurred while the message was being sent
0
= A bus error did not occur while the message was being sent
bit 3
TXREQ: Transmit Request Status bit
1
= Requests sending a message. Clears the TXABT, TXLARB and TXERR bits.
0
= Automatically cleared when the message is successfully sent
Note:
Clearing this bit in software while the bit is set will request a message abort.
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
TXPRI1:TXPRI0: Transmit Priority bits
11
= Priority Level 3 (highest priority)
10
= Priority Level 2
01
= Priority Level 1
00
= Priority Level 0 (lowest priority)
Note:
These bits set the order in which the Transmit Buffer will be transferred. They do
not alter the CAN message identifier.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 207
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 19-5:
TXBnSIDH: TRANSMIT BUFFER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER,
HIGH BYTE REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-6:
TXBnSIDL: TRANSMIT BUFFER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER,
LOW BYTE REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-7:
TXBnEIDH: TRANSMIT BUFFER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER,
HIGH BYTE REGISTERS
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
SID10:SID3: Standard Identifier bits if EXIDE =
0
(TXBnSID Register) or
Extended Identifier bits EID28:EID21 if EXIDE =
1
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDE
--
EID17
EID16
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
SID2:SID0: Standard Identifier bits if EXIDE =
0
or
Extended Identifier bits EID20:EID18 if EXIDE =
1
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
EXIDE: Extended Identifier enable bit
1
= Message will transmit extended ID, SID10:SID0 becomes EID28:EID18
0
= Message will transmit standard ID, EID17:EID0 are ignored
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
EID17:EID16: Extended Identifier bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID15:EID8: Extended Identifier bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 208
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 19-8:
TXBnEIDL: TRANSMIT BUFFER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER,
LOW BYTE REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-9:
TXBnDm: TRANSMIT BUFFER n DATA FIELD BYTE m REGISTERS
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID7:EID0: Extended Identifier bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
TXBnDm7 TXBnDm6 TXBnDm5 TXBnDm4 TXBnDm3 TXBnDm2 TXBnDm1 TXBnDm0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
TXBnDm7:TXBnDm0: Transmit Buffer n Data Field Byte m bits (where 0
n < 3 and 0 < m < 8)
Each Transmit Buffer has an array of registers. For example, Transmit Buffer 0 has 7 registers:
TXB0D0 to TXB0D7.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 209
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 19-10: TXBnDLC: TRANSMIT BUFFER n DATA LENGTH CODE REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-11: TXERRCNT: TRANSMIT ERROR COUNT REGISTER
U-0
R/W-x
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
--
TXRTR
--
--
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
TXRTR: Transmission Frame Remote Transmission Request bit
1
= Transmitted message will have TXRTR bit set
0
= Transmitted message will have TXRTR bit cleared
bit 5-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3-0
DLC3:DLC0: Data Length Code bits
1111
= Reserved
1110
= Reserved
1101
= Reserved
1100
= Reserved
1011
= Reserved
1010
= Reserved
1001
= Reserved
1000
= Data Length = 8 bytes
0111
= Data Length = 7 bytes
0110
= Data Length = 6 bytes
0101
= Data Length = 5 bytes
0100
= Data Length = 4 bytes
0011
= Data Length = 3 bytes
0010
= Data Length = 2 bytes
0001
= Data Length = 1 bytes
0000
= Data Length = 0 bytes
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
TEC7
TEC6
TEC5
TEC4
TEC3
TEC2
TEC1
TEC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
TEC7:TEC0: Transmit Error Counter bits
This register contains a value which is derived from the rate at which errors occur. When the
error count overflows, the bus-off state occurs. When the bus has 128 occurrences of
11 consecutive recessive bits, the counter value is cleared.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 210
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.2.3
CAN RECEIVE BUFFER
REGISTERS
This section shows the Receive Buffer registers with
their associated control registers.
REGISTER 19-12: RXB0CON: RECEIVE BUFFER 0 CONTROL REGISTER
R/C-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R-0
R/W-0
R-0
R-0
RXFUL
(1)
RXM1
(1)
RXM0
(1)
--
RXRTRRO RXB0DBEN
JTOFF
FILHIT0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
RXFUL: Receive Full Status bit
(1)
1
= Receive buffer contains a received message
0
= Receive buffer is open to receive a new message
Note:
This bit is set by the CAN module and must be cleared by software after the buffer
is read.
bit 6-5
RXM1:RXM0: Receive Buffer Mode bits
(1)
11
= Receive all messages (including those with errors)
10
= Receive only valid messages with extended identifier
01
= Receive only valid messages with standard identifier
00
= Receive all valid messages
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
RXRTRRO: Receive Remote Transfer Request Read-Only bit
1
= Remote transfer request
0
= No remote transfer request
bit 2
RXB0DBEN: Receive Buffer 0 Double-Buffer Enable bit
1
= Receive Buffer 0 overflow will write to Receive Buffer 1
0
= No Receive Buffer 0 overflow to Receive Buffer 1
bit 1
JTOFF: Jump Table Offset bit (read-only copy of RXB0DBEN)
1
= Allows jump table offset between 6 and 7
0
= Allows jump table offset between 1 and 0
Note:
This bit allows same filter jump table for both RXB0CON and RXB1CON.
bit 0
FILHIT0: Filter Hit bit
This bit indicates which acceptance filter enabled the message reception into Receive Buffer 0.
1
= Acceptance Filter 1 (RXF1)
0
= Acceptance Filter 0 (RXF0)
Note 1: Bits RXFUL, RXM1 and RXM0 of RXB0CON are not mirrored in RXB1CON.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
C = Clearable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 211
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 19-13: RXB1CON: RECEIVE BUFFER 1 CONTROL REGISTER
R/C-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
RXFUL
(1)
RXM1
(1)
RXM0
(1)
--
RXRTRRO
FILHIT2
FILHIT1
FILHIT0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
RXFUL: Receive Full Status bit
(1)
1
= Receive buffer contains a received message
0
= Receive buffer is open to receive a new message
Note:
This bit is set by the CAN module and should be cleared by software after the buffer
is read.
bit 6-5
RXM1:RXM0: Receive Buffer Mode bits
(1)
11
= Receive all messages (including those with errors)
10
= Receive only valid messages with extended identifier
01
= Receive only valid messages with standard identifier
00
= Receive all valid messages
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
RXRTRRO: Receive Remote Transfer Request bit (read-only)
1
= Remote transfer request
0
= No remote transfer request
bit 2-0
FILHIT2:FILHIT0: Filter Hit bits
These bits indicate which acceptance filter enabled the last message reception into Receive
Buffer 1.
111
= Reserved
110
= Reserved
101
= Acceptance Filter 5 (RXF5)
100
= Acceptance Filter 4 (RXF4)
011
= Acceptance Filter 3 (RXF3)
010
= Acceptance Filter 2 (RXF2)
001
= Acceptance Filter 1 (RXF1), only possible when RXB0DBEN bit is set
000
= Acceptance Filter 0 (RXF0), only possible when RXB0DBEN bit is set
Note 1: Bits RXFUL, RXM1 and RXM0 of RXB1CON are not mirrored in RXB0CON.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
C = Clearable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 212
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 19-14: RXBnSIDH: RECEIVE BUFFER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER,
HIGH BYTE REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-15: RXBnSIDL: RECEIVE BUFFER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER,
LOW BYTE REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-16: RXBnEIDH: RECEIVE BUFFER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER,
HIGH BYTE REGISTERS
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
SID10:SID3: Standard Identifier bits if EXID =
0
(RXBnSIDL Register) or
Extended Identifier bits EID28:EID21 if EXID =
1
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID2
SID1
SID0
SRR
EXID
--
EID17
EID16
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
SID2:SID0: Standard Identifier bits if EXID =
0
or
Extended Identifier bits EID20:EID18 if EXID =
1
bit 4
SRR: Substitute Remote Request bit
This bit is always `
0
' when EXID =
1
or equal to the value of RXRTRRO (RXnBCON<3>)
when EXID =
0
.
bit 3
EXID: Extended Identifier bit
1
= Received message is an extended data frame, SID10:SID0 are EID28:EID18
0
= Received message is a standard data frame
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
EID17:EID16: Extended Identifier bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID15:EID8: Extended Identifier bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 213
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 19-17: RXBnEIDL: RECEIVE BUFFER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER,
LOW BYTE REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-18: RXBnDLC: RECEIVE BUFFER n DATA LENGTH CODE REGISTERS
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID7:EID0: Extended Identifier bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
--
RXRTR
RB1
RB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
RXRTR: Receiver Remote Transmission Request bit
1
= Remote transfer request
0
= No remote transfer request
bit 5
RB1: Reserved bit 1
Reserved by CAN spec and read as `
0
'.
bit 4
RB0: Reserved bit 0
Reserved by CAN spec and read as `
0
'.
bit 3-0
DLC3:DLC0: Data Length Code bits
1111
= Invalid
1110
= Invalid
1101
= Invalid
1100
= Invalid
1011
= Invalid
1010
= Invalid
1001
= Invalid
1000
= Data Length = 8 bytes
0111
= Data Length = 7 bytes
0110
= Data Length = 6 bytes
0101
= Data Length = 5 bytes
0100
= Data Length = 4 bytes
0011
= Data Length = 3 bytes
0010
= Data Length = 2 bytes
0001
= Data Length = 1 bytes
0000
= Data Length = 0 bytes
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 214
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 19-19: RXBnDm: RECEIVE BUFFER n DATA FIELD BYTE m REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-20: RXERRCNT: RECEIVE ERROR COUNT REGISTER
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
RXBnDm7 RXBnDm6 RXBnDm5 RXBnDm4 RXBnDm3 RXBnDm2 RXBnDm1 RXBnDm0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
RXBnDm7:RXBnDm0: Receive Buffer n Data Field Byte m bits (where 0
n < 1 and 0 < m < 7)
Each receive buffer has an array of registers. For example, Receive Buffer 0 has 8 registers:
RXB0D0 to RXB0D7.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
R-0
REC7
REC6
REC5
REC4
REC3
REC2
REC1
REC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
REC7:REC0: Receive Error Counter bits
This register contains the receive error value as defined by the CAN specifications.
When RXERRCNT > 127, the module will go into an error passive state. RXERRCNT does not
have the ability to put the module in "Bus-Off" state.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 215
PIC18FXX8
19.2.3.1
Message Acceptance Filters and
Masks
This subsection describes the message acceptance
filters and masks for the CAN receive buffers.
REGISTER 19-21: RXFnSIDH: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE FILTER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER FILTER,
HIGH BYTE REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-22: RXFnSIDL: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE FILTER n STANDARD IDENTIFIER FILTER,
LOW BYTE REGISTERS
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
SID10:SID3: Standard Identifier Filter bits if EXIDEN =
0
or
Extended Identifier Filter bits EID28:EID21 if EXIDEN =
1
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-x
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
EXIDEN
--
EID17
EID16
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
SID2:SID0: Standard Identifier Filter bits if EXIDEN =
0
or
Extended Identifier Filter bits EID20:EID18 if EXIDEN =
1
bit 4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
EXIDEN: Extended Identifier Filter Enable bit
1
= Filter will only accept extended ID messages
0
= Filter will only accept standard ID messages
bit 2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
EID17:EID16: Extended Identifier Filter bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 216
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 19-23: RXFnEIDH: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE FILTER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER,
HIGH BYTE REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-24: RXFnEIDL: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE FILTER n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER,
LOW BYTE REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-25: RXMnSIDH: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE MASK n STANDARD IDENTIFIER MASK,
HIGH BYTE REGISTERS
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID15:EID8: Extended Identifier Filter bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID7:EID0: Extended Identifier Filter bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID10
SID9
SID8
SID7
SID6
SID5
SID4
SID3
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
SID10:SID3: Standard Identifier Mask bits or Extended Identifier Mask bits EID28:EID21
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 217
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 19-26: RXMnSIDL: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE MASK n STANDARD IDENTIFIER MASK,
LOW BYTE REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-27: RXMnEIDH: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE MASK n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER MASK,
HIGH BYTE REGISTERS
REGISTER 19-28: RXMnEIDL: RECEIVE ACCEPTANCE MASK n EXTENDED IDENTIFIER MASK,
LOW BYTE REGISTERS
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-x
R/W-x
SID2
SID1
SID0
--
--
--
EID17
EID16
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
SID2:SID0: Standard Identifier Mask bits or Extended Identifier Mask bits EID20:EID18
bit 4-2
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 1-0
EID17:EID16: Extended Identifier Mask bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID15
EID14
EID13
EID12
EID11
EID10
EID9
EID8
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID15:EID8: Extended Identifier Mask bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
R/W-x
EID7
EID6
EID5
EID4
EID3
EID2
EID1
EID0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
EID7:EID0: Extended Identifier Mask bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 218
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.2.4
CAN BAUD RATE REGISTERS
This subsection describes the CAN Baud Rate
registers.
REGISTER 19-29: BRGCON1: BAUD RATE CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
SJW1
SJW0
BRP5
BRP4
BRP3
BRP2
BRP1
BRP0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
SJW1:SJW0: Synchronized Jump Width bits
11
= Synchronization Jump Width Time = 4 x T
Q
10
= Synchronization Jump Width Time = 3 x T
Q
01
= Synchronization Jump Width Time = 2 x T
Q
00
= Synchronization Jump Width Time = 1 x T
Q
bit 5-0
BRP5:BRP0: Baud Rate Prescaler bits
111111
= T
Q
= (2 x 64)/F
OSC
111110
= T
Q
= (2 x 63)/F
OSC
:
:
000001
= T
Q
= (2 x 2)/F
OSC
000000
= T
Q
= (2 x 1)/F
OSC
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Note:
This register is accessible in Configuration mode only.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 219
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 19-30: BRGCON2: BAUD RATE CONTROL REGISTER 2
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
SEG2PHTS
SAM
SEG1PH2 SEG1PH1 SEG1PH0 PRSEG2
PRSEG1
PRSEG0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
SEG2PHTS: Phase Segment 2 Time Select bit
1
= Freely programmable
0
= Maximum of PHEG1 or Information Processing Time (IPT), whichever is greater
bit 6
SAM: Sample of the CAN bus Line bit
1
= Bus line is sampled three times prior to the sample point
0
= Bus line is sampled once at the sample point
bit 5-3
SEG1PH2:SEG1PH0: Phase Segment 1 bits
111
= Phase Segment 1 Time = 8 x T
Q
110
= Phase Segment 1 Time = 7 x T
Q
101
= Phase Segment 1 Time = 6 x T
Q
100
= Phase Segment 1 Time = 5 x T
Q
011
= Phase Segment 1 Time = 4 x T
Q
010
= Phase Segment 1 Time = 3 x T
Q
001
= Phase Segment 1 Time = 2 x T
Q
000
= Phase Segment 1 Time = 1 x T
Q
bit 2-0
PRSEG2:PRSEG0: Propagation Time Select bits
111
= Propagation Time = 8 x T
Q
110
= Propagation Time = 7 x T
Q
101
= Propagation Time = 6 x T
Q
100
= Propagation Time = 5 x T
Q
011
= Propagation Time = 4 x T
Q
010
= Propagation Time = 3 x T
Q
001
= Propagation Time = 2 x T
Q
000
= Propagation Time = 1 x T
Q
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Note:
This register is accessible in Configuration mode only.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 220
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 19-31: BRGCON3: BAUD RATE CONTROL REGISTER 3
U-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
--
WAKFIL
--
--
--
SEG2PH2
(1)
SEG2PH1
(1)
SEG2PH0
(1)
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
WAKFIL: Selects CAN bus Line Filter for Wake-up bit
1
= Use CAN bus line filter for wake-up
0
= CAN bus line filter is not used for wake-up
bit 5-3
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 2-0
SEG2PH2:SEG2PH0: Phase Segment 2 Time Select bits
(1)
111
= Phase Segment 2 Time = 8 x T
Q
110
= Phase Segment 2 Time = 7 x T
Q
101
= Phase Segment 2 Time = 6 x T
Q
100
= Phase Segment 2 Time = 5 x T
Q
011
= Phase Segment 2 Time = 4 x T
Q
010
= Phase Segment 2 Time = 3 x T
Q
001
= Phase Segment 2 Time = 2 x T
Q
000
= Phase Segment 2 Time = 1 x T
Q
Note 1: Ignored if SEG2PHTS bit (BRGCON2<7>) is clear.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 221
PIC18FXX8
19.2.5
CAN MODULE I/O CONTROL
REGISTER
This register controls the operation of the CAN module's
I/O pins in relation to the rest of the microcontroller.
REGISTER 19-32: CIOCON: CAN I/O CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
--
--
ENDRHI
CANCAP
--
--
--
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5
ENDRHI: Enable Drive High bit
1
= CANTX pin will drive V
DD
when recessive
0
= CANTX pin will tri-state when recessive
bit 4
CANCAP: CAN Message Receive Capture Enable bit
1
= Enable CAN capture, CAN message receive signal replaces input on RC2/CCP1
0
= Disable CAN capture, RC2/CCP1 input to CCP1 module
bit 3-0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 222
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.2.6
CAN INTERRUPT REGISTERS
The registers in this section are the same as described
in Section 8.0 "Interrupts". They are duplicated here
for convenience.
REGISTER 19-33: PIR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT REQUEST (FLAG) REGISTER 3
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
IRXIF
WAKIF
ERRIF
TXB2IF
TXB1IF
TXB0IF
RXB1IF
RXB0IF
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IRXIF: CAN Invalid Received Message Interrupt Flag bit
1
= An invalid message has occurred on the CAN bus
0
= No invalid message on CAN bus
bit 6
WAKIF: CAN bus Activity Wake-up Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Activity on CAN bus has occurred
0
= No activity on CAN bus
bit 5
ERRIF: CAN bus Error Interrupt Flag bit
1
= An error has occurred in the CAN module (multiple sources)
0
= No CAN module errors
bit 4
TXB2IF: CAN Transmit Buffer 2 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Transmit Buffer 2 has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit Buffer 2 has not completed transmission of a message
bit 3
TXB1IF: CAN Transmit Buffer 1 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Transmit Buffer 1 has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit Buffer 1 has not completed transmission of a message
bit 2
TXB0IF: CAN Transmit Buffer 0 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Transmit Buffer 0 has completed transmission of a message and may be reloaded
0
= Transmit Buffer 0 has not completed transmission of a message
bit 1
RXB1IF: CAN Receive Buffer 1 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Receive Buffer 1 has received a new message
0
= Receive Buffer 1 has not received a new message
bit 0
RXB0IF: CAN Receive Buffer 0 Interrupt Flag bit
1
= Receive Buffer 0 has received a new message
0
= Receive Buffer 0 has not received a new message
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 223
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 19-34: PIE3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT ENABLE REGISTER 3
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
IRXIE
WAKIE
ERRIE
TXB2IE
TXB1IE
TXB0IE
RXB1IE
RXB0IE
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IRXIE: CAN Invalid Received Message Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable invalid message received interrupt
0
= Disable invalid message received interrupt
bit 6
WAKIE: CAN bus Activity Wake-up Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable bus activity wake-up interrupt
0
= Disable bus activity wake-up interrupt
bit 5
ERRIE: CAN bus Error Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable CAN bus error interrupt
0
= Disable CAN bus error interrupt
bit 4
TXB2IE: CAN Transmit Buffer 2 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable Transmit Buffer 2 interrupt
0
= Disable Transmit Buffer 2 interrupt
bit 3
TXB1IE: CAN Transmit Buffer 1 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable Transmit Buffer 1 interrupt
0
= Disable Transmit Buffer 1 interrupt
bit 2
TXB0IE: CAN Transmit Buffer 0 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable Transmit Buffer 0 interrupt
0
= Disable Transmit Buffer 0 interrupt
bit 1
RXB1IE: CAN Receive Buffer 1 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable Receive Buffer 1 interrupt
0
= Disable Receive Buffer 1 interrupt
bit 0
RXB0IE: CAN Receive Buffer 0 Interrupt Enable bit
1
= Enable Receive Buffer 0 interrupt
0
= Disable Receive Buffer 0 interrupt
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 224
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 19-35: IPR3: PERIPHERAL INTERRUPT PRIORITY REGISTER 3
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
R/W-1
IRXIP
WAKIP
ERRIP
TXB2IP
TXB1IP
TXB0IP
RXB1IP
RXB0IP
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
IRXIP: CAN Invalid Received Message Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 6
WAKIP: CAN bus Activity Wake-up Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 5
ERRIP: CAN bus Error Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 4
TXB2IP: CAN Transmit Buffer 2 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 3
TXB1IP: CAN Transmit Buffer 1 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 2
TXB0IP: CAN Transmit Buffer 0 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 1
RXB1IP: CAN Receive Buffer 1 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
bit 0
RXB0IP: CAN Receive Buffer 0 Interrupt Priority bit
1
= High priority
0
= Low priority
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 225
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 19-1:
CAN CONTROLLER REGISTER MAP
Note 1:
Shaded registers are available in Access Bank low area while the rest are available in Bank 15.
2:
CANSTAT register is repeated in these locations to simplify application firmware. Unique names are given
for each instance of the CANSTAT register due to the Microchip Header file requirement.
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
Address
Name
F7Fh
--
F5Fh
--
F3Fh
--
F1Fh
RXM1EIDL
F7Eh
--
F5Eh CANSTATRO1
(2)
F3Eh CANSTATRO3
(2)
F1Eh
RXM1EIDH
F7Dh
--
F5Dh
RXB1D7
F3Dh
TXB1D7
F1Dh
RXM1SIDL
F7Ch
--
F5Ch
RXB1D6
F3Ch
TXB1D6
F1Ch
RXM1SIDH
F7Bh
--
F5Bh
RXB1D5
F3Bh
TXB1D5
F1Bh
RXM0EIDL
F7Ah
--
F5Ah
RXB1D4
F3Ah
TXB1D4
F1Ah
RXM0EIDH
F79h
--
F59h
RXB1D3
F39h
TXB1D3
F19h
RXM0SIDL
F78h
--
F58h
RXB1D2
F38h
TXB1D2
F18h
RXM0SIDH
F77h
--
F57h
RXB1D1
F37h
TXB1D1
F17h
RXF5EIDL
F76h TXERRCNT
F56h
RXB1D0
F36h
TXB1D0
F16h
RXF5EIDH
F75h RXERRCNT
F55h
RXB1DLC
F35h
TXB1DLC
F15h
RXF5SIDL
F74h
COMSTAT
F54h
RXB1EIDL
F34h
TXB1EIDL
F14h
RXF5SIDH
F73h
CIOCON
F53h
RXB1EIDH
F33h
TXB1EIDH
F13h
RXF4EIDL
F72h
BRGCON3
F52h
RXB1SIDL
F32h
TXB1SIDL
F12h
RXF4EIDH
F71h
BRGCON2
F51h
RXB1SIDH
F31h
TXB1SIDH
F11h
RXF4SIDL
F70h
BRGCON1
F50h
RXB1CON
F30h
TXB1CON
F10h
RXF4SIDH
F6Fh
CANCON
F4Fh
--
F2Fh
--
F0Fh
RXF3EIDL
F6Eh
CANSTAT
F4Eh CANSTATRO2
(2)
F2Eh CANSTATRO4
(2)
F0Eh
RXF3EIDH
F6Dh
RXB0D7
F4Dh
TXB0D7
F2Dh
TXB2D7
F0Dh
RXF3SIDL
F6Ch
RXB0D6
F4Ch
TXB0D6
F2Ch
TXB2D6
F0Ch
RXF3SIDH
F6Bh
RXB0D5
F4Bh
TXB0D5
F2Bh
TXB2D5
F0Bh
RXF2EIDL
F6Ah
RXB0D4 F4Ah
TXB0D4
F2Ah
TXB2D4
F0Ah
RXF2EIDH
F69h
RXB0D3
F49h
TXB0D3
F29h
TXB2D3
F09h
RXF2SIDL
F68h
RXB0D2
F48h
TXB0D2
F28h
TXB2D2
F08h
RXF2SIDH
F67h
RXB0D1 F47h
TXB0D1
F27h
TXB2D1
F07h
RXF1EIDL
F66h
RXB0D0 F46h
TXB0D0
F26h
TXB2D0
F06h
RXF1EIDH
F65h
RXB0DLC F45h
TXB0DLC
F25h
TXB2DLC
F05h
RXF1SIDL
F64h
RXB0EIDL F44h
TXB0EIDL
F24h
TXB2EIDL
F04h
RXF1SIDH
F63h
RXB0EIDH
F43h
TXB0EIDH
F23h
TXB2EIDH
F03h
RXF0EIDL
F62h
RXB0SIDL
F42h
TXB0SIDL
F22h
TXB2SIDL
F02h
RXF0EIDH
F61h
RXB0SIDH
F41h
TXB0SIDH
F21h
TXB2SIDH
F01h
RXF0SIDL
F60h
RXB0CON F40h
TXB0CON
F20h
TXB2CON
F00h
RXF0SIDH
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 226
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.3
CAN Modes of Operation
The PIC18FXX8 has six main modes of operation:
Configuration mode
Disable mode
Normal Operation mode
Listen Only mode
Loopback mode
Error Recognition mode
All modes, except Error Recognition, are requested by
setting the REQOP bits (CANCON<7:5>); Error Recog-
nition is requested through the RXM bits of the Receive
Buffer register(s). Entry into a mode is Acknowledged
by monitoring the OPMODE bits.
When changing modes, the mode will not actually
change until all pending message transmissions are
complete. Because of this, the user must verify that the
device has actually changed into the requested mode
before fUrther Operations Are Executed.
19.3.1
CONFIGURATION MODE
The CAN module has to be initialized before the
activation. This is only possible if the module is in the
Configuration mode. The Configuration mode is
requested by setting the REQOP2 bit. Only when the
OPMODE2 status bit has a high level can the initializa-
tion be performed. Afterwards, the Configuration
registers, the Acceptance Mask registers and the
Acceptance Filter registers can be written. The module
is activated by setting the REQOP control bits to zero.
The module will protect the user from accidentally
violating the CAN protocol through programming
errors. All registers which control the configuration of
the module can not be modified while the module is on-
line. The CAN module will not be allowed to enter the
Configuration mode while a transmission is taking
place. The CONFIG bit serves as a lock to protect the
following registers.
Configuration registers
Bus Timing registers
Identifier Acceptance Filter registers
Identifier Acceptance Mask registers
In the Configuration mode, the module will not transmit
or receive. The error counters are cleared and the
interrupt flags remain unchanged. The programmer will
have access to Configuration registers that are access
restricted in other modes.
19.3.2
DISABLE MODE
In Disable mode, the module will not transmit or
receive. The module has the ability to set the WAKIF bit
due to bus activity, however, any pending interrupts will
remain and the error counters will retain their value.
If REQOP<2:0> is set to `
001
', the module will enter the
Module Disable mode. This mode is similar to disabling
other peripheral modules by turning off the module
enables. This causes the module internal clock to stop
unless the module is active (i.e., receiving or transmit-
ting a message). If the module is active, the module will
wait for 11 recessive bits on the CAN bus, detect that
condition as an IDLE bus, then accept the module
disable command. OPMODE<2:0> =
001
indicates
whether the module successfully went into Module
Disable mode.
The WAKIF interrupt is the only module interrupt that is
still active in the Module Disable mode. If the WAKIE is
set, the processor will receive an interrupt whenever
the CAN bus detects a dominant state, as occurs with
a SOF. If the processor receives an interrupt while it is
sleeping, more than one message may get lost. User
firmware must anticipate this condition and request
retransmission. If the processor is running while it
receives an interrupt, only the first message may get
lost.
The I/O pins will revert to normal I/O function when the
module is in the Module Disable mode.
19.3.3
NORMAL MODE
This is the standard operating mode of the PIC18FXX8.
In this mode, the device actively monitors all bus
messages and generates Acknowledge bits, error
frames, etc. This is also the only mode in which the
PIC18FXX8 will transmit messages over the CAN bus.
19.3.4
LISTEN ONLY MODE
Listen Only mode provides a means for the
PIC18FXX8 to receive all messages, including
messages with errors. This mode can be used for bus
monitor applications or for detecting the baud rate in
`hot plugging' situations. For auto-baud detection, it is
necessary that there are at least two other nodes which
are communicating with each other. The baud rate can
be detected empirically by testing different values until
valid messages are received. The Listen Only mode is
a silent mode, meaning no messages will be trans-
mitted while in this state, including error flags or
Acknowledge signals. The filters and masks can be
used to allow only particular messages to be loaded
into the receive registers, or the filter masks can be set
to all zeros to allow a message with any identifier to
pass. The error counters are reset and deactivated in
this state. The Listen Only mode is activated by setting
the mode request bits in the CANCON register.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 227
PIC18FXX8
19.3.5
LOOPBACK MODE
This mode will allow internal transmission of messages
from the transmit buffers to the receive buffers without
actually transmitting messages on the CAN bus. This
mode can be used in system development and testing.
In this mode, the ACK bit is ignored and the device will
allow incoming messages from itself, just as if they
were coming from another node. The Loopback mode
is a silent mode, meaning no messages will be trans-
mitted while in this state, including error flags or
Acknowledge signals. The TXCAN pin will revert to port
I/O while the device is in this mode. The filters and
masks can be used to allow only particular messages
to be loaded into the receive registers. The masks can
be set to all zeros to provide a mode that accepts all
messages. The Loopback mode is activated by setting
the mode request bits in the CANCON register.
19.3.6
ERROR RECOGNITION MODE
The module can be set to ignore all errors and receive
all message. The Error Recognition mode is activated
by setting the RXM<1:0> bits in the RXBnCON
registers to `
11
'. In this mode, all messages, valid or
invalid, are received and copied to the receive buffer.
19.4
CAN Message Transmission
19.4.1
TRANSMIT BUFFERS
The PIC18FXX8 implements three transmit buffers
(Figure 19-2). Each of these buffers occupies 14 bytes
of SRAM and are mapped into the device memory
map.
For the MCU to have write access to the message
buffer, the TXREQ bit must be clear, indicating that the
message buffer is clear of any pending message to be
transmitted. At a minimum, the TXBnSIDH, TXBnSIDL
and TXBnDLC registers must be loaded. If data bytes
are present in the message, the TXBnDm registers
must also be loaded. If the message is to use extended
identifiers, the TXBnEIDm registers must also be
loaded and the EXIDE bit set.
Prior to sending the message, the MCU must initialize
the TXInE bit to enable or disable the generation of an
interrupt when the message is sent. The MCU must
also initialize the TXP priority bits (see Section 19.4.2
"Transmit Priority"
).
19.4.2
TRANSMIT PRIORITY
Transmit priority is a prioritization within the
PIC18FXX8 of the pending transmittable messages.
This is independent from and not related to any prioriti-
zation implicit in the message arbitration scheme built
into the CAN protocol. Prior to sending the SOF, the
priority of all buffers that are queued for transmission is
compared. The transmit buffer with the highest priority
will be sent first. If two buffers have the same priority
setting, the buffer with the highest buffer number will be
sent first. There are four levels of transmit priority. If
TXP bits for a particular message buffer are set to `
11
',
that buffer has the highest possible priority. If TXP bits
for a particular message buffer are `
00
', that buffer has
the lowest possible priority.
FIGURE 19-2:
TRANSMIT BUFFER
BLOCK DIAGRAM
Message
Queue
Control
Transmit Byte Sequencer
TXREQ
TXB0
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXBUFF
MESSAGE
TXREQ
TXB1
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXBUFF
MESSAGE
TXREQ
TXB2
TXABT
TXLARB
TXERR
TXBUFF
MESSAGE
Message
Request
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 228
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.4.3
INITIATING TRANSMISSION
To initiate message transmission, the TXREQ bit must
be set for each buffer to be transmitted. When TXREQ
is set, the TXABT, TXLARB and TXERR bits will be
cleared.
Setting the TXREQ bit does not initiate a message
transmission; it merely flags a message buffer as ready
for transmission. Transmission will start when the
device detects that the bus is available. The device will
then begin transmission of the highest priority message
that is ready.
When the transmission has completed successfully,
the TXREQ bit will be cleared, the TXBnIF bit will be set
and an interrupt will be generated if the TXBnIE bit is
set.
If the message transmission fails, the TXREQ will
remain set, indicating that the message is still pending
for transmission and one of the following condition flags
will be set. If the message started to transmit but
encountered an error condition, the TXERR and the
IRXIF bits will be set and an interrupt will be generated.
If the message lost arbitration, the TXLARB bit will be
set.
19.4.4
ABORTING TRANSMISSION
The MCU can request to abort a message by clearing
the TXREQ bit associated with the corresponding
message buffer (TXBnCON<3>). Setting the ABAT bit
(CANCON<4>) will request an abort of all pending
messages. If the message has not yet started transmis-
sion, or if the message started but is interrupted by loss
of arbitration or an error, the abort will be processed.
The abort is indicated when the module sets the ABT
bits for the corresponding buffer (TXBnCON<6>). If the
message has started to transmit, it will attempt to
transmit the current message fully. If the current
message is transmitted fully and is not lost to arbitration
or an error, the ABT bit will not be set because the
message was transmitted successfully. Likewise, if a
message is being transmitted during an abort request
and the message is lost to arbitration or an error, the
message will not be retransmitted and the ABT bit will
be set, indicating that the message was successfully
aborted.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 229
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 19-3:
INTERNAL TRANSMIT MESSAGE FLOWCHART
Start
Is CAN bus
Available to Start
Transmission?
No
Examine TXPRI <1:0> to
Are any
TXREQ
bits =
1
?
The message transmission sequence begins when
the device determines that the TXREQ for any of the
transmit registers has been set.
Clear: TXABT, TXLARB
and TXERR
Yes
Is
TXREQ =
0
ABAT =
1
?
Clearing the TXREQ bit while it is set, or setting
the ABAT bit before the message has started
transmission, will abort the message.
No
Begin Transmission (SOF)
Abort Transmission:
Was
Message Transmitted
Successfully?
No
Yes
Set TXREQ =
0
Is
TXIE =
1
?
Generate
Interrupt
Yes
Yes
Set TXABT =
1
Set
Set
TXERR =
1
Yes
No
Determine Highest Priority Message
No
Is
TXLARB =
1
?
The TXIE bit determines if an inter-
rupt should be generated when a
message is successfully transmitted.
END
Is
TXREQ =
0
or TXABT =
1
?
Yes
No
TXBUFE =
1
Yes
A message can also be
aborted if a message
error or lost arbitration
condition occurred during
transmission.
Arbitration Lost During
Transmission
No
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 230
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.5
Message Reception
19.5.1
RECEIVE MESSAGE BUFFERING
The PIC18FXX8 includes two full receive buffers with
multiple acceptance filters for each. There is also a
separate Message Assembly Buffer (MAB) which acts
as a third receive buffer (see Figure 19-4).
19.5.2
RECEIVE BUFFERS
Of the three receive buffers, the MAB is always commit-
ted to receiving the next message from the bus. The
remaining two receive buffers are called RXB0 and
RXB1 and can receive a complete message from the
protocol engine. The MCU can access one buffer while
the other buffer is available for message reception or
holding a previously received message.
The MAB assembles all messages received. These
messages will be transferred to the RXBn buffers only
if the acceptance filter criteria are met.
When a message is moved into either of the receive
buffers, the appropriate RXBnIF bit is set. This bit must
be cleared by the MCU when it has completed process-
ing the message in the buffer in order to allow a new
message to be received into the buffer. This bit
provides a positive lockout to ensure that the MCU has
finished with the message before the PIC18FXX8
attempts to load a new message into the receive buffer.
If the RXBnIE bit is set, an interrupt will be generated to
indicate that a valid message has been received.
19.5.3
RECEIVE PRIORITY
RXB0 is the higher priority buffer and has two message
acceptance filters associated with it. RXB1 is the lower
priority buffer and has four acceptance filters associ-
ated with it. The lower number of acceptance filters
makes the match on RXB0 more restrictive and implies
a higher priority for that buffer. Additionally, the
RXB0CON register can be configured such if RXB0
contains a valid message and another valid message is
received, an overflow error will not occur and the new
message will be moved into RXB1 regardless of the
acceptance criteria of RXB1. There are also two
programmable acceptance filter masks available, one
for each receive buffer (see Section 19.6 "Message
Acceptance Filters and Masks"
).
When a message is received, bits <3:0> of the
RXBnCON register will indicate the acceptance filter
number that enabled reception and whether the
received message is a remote transfer request.
The RXM bits set special Receive modes. Normally,
these bits are set to `
00
' to enable reception of all valid
messages as determined by the appropriate accep-
tance filters. In this case, the determination of whether
or not to receive standard or extended messages is
determined by the EXIDE bit in the Acceptance Filter
register. If the RXM bits are set to `
01
' or `
10
', the
receiver will accept only messages with standard or
extended identifiers, respectively. If an acceptance
filter has the EXIDE bit set, such that it does not corre-
spond with the RXM mode, that acceptance filter is
rendered useless. These two modes of RXM bits can
be used in systems where it is known that only standard
or extended messages will be on the bus. If the RXM
bits are set to `
11
', the buffer will receive all messages
regardless of the values of the acceptance filters. Also,
if a message has an error before the end of frame, that
portion of the message assembled in the MAB before
the error frame will be loaded into the buffer. This mode
has some value in debugging a CAN system and would
not be used in an actual system environment.
19.5.4
TIME-STAMPING
The CAN module can be programmed to generate a
time-stamp for every message that is received. When
enabled, the module generates a capture signal for
CCP1 which in turns captures the value of either
Timer1 or Timer3. This value can be used as the
message time-stamp.
To use the time-stamp capability, the CANCAP bit
(CIOCAN<4>) must be set. This replaces the capture
input for CCP1 with the signal generated from the CAN
module. In addition, CCP1CON<3:0> must be set to
`
0011
' to enable the CCP special event trigger for CAN
events.
FIGURE 19-4:
RECEIVE BUFFER BLOCK
DIAGRAM
Note:
The entire contents of the MAB are moved
into the receive buffer once a message is
accepted. This means that regardless of
the type of identifier (standard or
extended) and the number of data bytes
received, the entire receive buffer is over-
written with the MAB contents. Therefore,
the contents of all registers in the buffer
must be assumed to have been modified
when any message is received.
Acceptance Mask
RXM0
Acceptance Filter
RXF0
Acceptance Filter
RXF1
Message Assembly Buffer
Acceptance Filter
RXM2
Acceptance Filter
RXF3
Acceptance Filter
RXF4
Acceptance Filter
RXF5
Acceptance Mask
RXM1
RXB0
RXB1
Accept
Accept
Data and
Identifier
Data and
Identifier
Identifier
Identifier
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 231
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 19-5:
INTERNAL MESSAGE RECEPTION FLOWCHART
Start
Detect
Start of
Message?
Valid
Message
Received?
Generate
Error
Message
Identifier meets a
Filter Criteria?
Is
RXFUL =
0
?
Go to Start
Move Message into RXB0
Set RXRDY =
1
Set FILHIT <2:0>
Is
RXFUL =
0
?
Move Message into RXB1
Set RXRDY =
1
Yes, meets criteria
for RXBO
Yes, meets criteria
for RXB1
No
Generate
Interrupt
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Frame
The RXFUL bit determines if the
receive register is empty and able
to accept a new message.
No
Yes
No
Generate Overrun Error:
Begin Loading Message into
Message Assembly Buffer (MAB)
according to which Filter
Criteria was met
Is
RXIE =
1
?
Is
RXIE =
1
?
Is
RX0DBEN =
1
?
The RXB0DBEN bit determines if
RXB0 can rollover into RXB1 if it is
full.
Set RXB0OVFL
Generate Overrun Error:
Set RXB1OVFL
Is
ERRIE =
1
?
No
Go to Start
Yes
No
Set FILHIT <0>
according to which Filter
Criteria was met
Set CANSTAT <3:0> according
to which Receive Buffer the
Message was loaded into
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 232
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.6
Message Acceptance Filters
and Masks
The message acceptance filters and masks are used to
determine if a message in the message assembly
buffer should be loaded into either of the receive buff-
ers. Once a valid message has been received into the
MAB, the identifier fields of the message are compared
to the filter values. If there is a match, that message will
be loaded into the appropriate receive buffer. The filter
masks are used to determine which bits in the identifier
are examined with the filters. A truth table is shown
below in Table 19-2 that indicates how each bit in the
identifier is compared to the masks and filters to deter-
mine if a message should be loaded into a receive
buffer. The mask essentially determines which bits to
apply the acceptance filters to. If any mask bit is set to
a zero, then that bit will automatically be accepted
regardless of the filter bit.
TABLE 19-2:
FILTER/MASK TRUTH TABLE
As shown in the receive buffer block diagram
(Figure 19-4), acceptance filters RXF0 and RXF1 and
filter mask RXM0 are associated with RXB0. Filters
RXF2, RXF3, RXF4 and RXF5 and mask RXM1 are
associated with RXB1. When a filter matches and a
message is loaded into the receive buffer, the filter
number that enabled the message reception is loaded
into the FILHIT bit(s).
For RXB1, the RXB1CON register contains the
FILHIT<2:0> bits. They are coded as follows:
101
= Acceptance Filter 5 (RXF5)
100
= Acceptance Filter 4 (RXF4)
011
= Acceptance Filter 3 (RXF3)
010
= Acceptance Filter 2 (RXF2)
001
= Acceptance Filter 1 (RXF1)
000
= Acceptance Filter 0 (RXF0)
The coding of the RXB0DBEN bit enables these three
bits to be used similarly to the FILHIT bits and to
distinguish a hit on filter RXF0 and RXF1, in either
RXB0, or after a rollover into RXB1.
111
= Acceptance Filter 1 (RXF1)
110
= Acceptance Filter 0 (RXF0)
001
= Acceptance Filter 1 (RXF1)
000
= Acceptance Filter 0
If the RXB0DBEN bit is clear, there are six codes
corresponding to the six filters. If the RXB0DBEN bit is
set, there are six codes corresponding to the six filters
plus two additional codes corresponding to RXF0 and
RXF1 filters that rollover into RXB1.
If more than one acceptance filter matches, the FILHIT
bits will encode the binary value of the lowest
numbered filter that matched. In other words, if filter
RXF2 and filter RXF4 match, FILHIT will be loaded with
the value for RXF2. This essentially prioritizes the
acceptance filters with a lower number filter having
higher priority. Messages are compared to filters in
ascending order of filter number.
The mask and filter registers can only be modified
when the PIC18FXX8 is in Configuration mode. The
mask and filter registers cannot be read outside of
Configuration mode. When outside of Configuration
mode, all mask and filter registers will be read as `
0
'.
FIGURE 19-6:
MESSAGE ACCEPTANCE MASK AND FILTER OPERATION
Mask
bit n
Filter bit n
Message
Identifier
bit n001
Accept or
Reject
bit n
0
x
x
Accept
1
0
0
Accept
1
0
1
Reject
1
1
0
Reject
1
1
1
Accept
Legend:
x
= don't care
Note:
`
000
' and `
001
' can only occur if the
RXB0DBEN bit is set in the RXB0CON
register allowing RXB0 messages to
rollover into RXB1.
Acceptance Filter Register
Acceptance Mask Register
RxRqst
Message Assembly Buffer
RXFn
0
RXFn
1
RXFn
n
RXMn
0
RXMn
1
RXMn
n
Identifier
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 233
PIC18FXX8
19.7
Baud Rate Setting
All nodes on a given CAN bus must have the same
nominal bit rate. The CAN protocol uses Non-Return-
to-Zero (NRZ) coding which does not encode a clock
within the data stream. Therefore, the receive clock
must be recovered by the receiving nodes and
synchronized to the transmitters clock.
As oscillators and transmission time may vary from
node to node, the receiver must have some type of
Phase Lock Loop (PLL) synchronized to data transmis-
sion edges to synchronize and maintain the receiver
clock. Since the data is NRZ coded, it is necessary to
include bit stuffing to ensure that an edge occurs at
least every six bit times to maintain the Digital Phase
Lock Loop (DPLL) synchronization.
The bit timing of the PIC18FXX8 is implemented using
a DPLL that is configured to synchronize to the
incoming data and provides the nominal timing for the
transmitted data. The DPLL breaks each bit time into
multiple segments made up of minimal periods of time
called the Time Quanta (T
Q
).
Bus timing functions executed within the bit time frame,
such as synchronization to the local oscillator, network
transmission delay compensation and sample point
positioning, are defined by the programmable bit timing
logic of the DPLL.
All devices on the CAN bus must use the same bit rate.
However, all devices are not required to have the same
master oscillator clock frequency. For the different clock
frequencies of the individual devices, the bit rate has to
be adjusted by appropriately setting the baud rate
prescaler and number of time quanta in each segment.
The Nominal Bit Rate is the number of bits transmitted
per second, assuming an ideal transmitter with an ideal
oscillator, in the absence of resynchronization. The
nominal bit rate is defined to be a maximum of 1 Mb/s.
The Nominal Bit Time is defined as:
T
BIT
= 1/Nominal Bit Rate
The nominal bit time can be thought of as being divided
into separate, non-overlapping time segments. These
segments (Figure 19-7) include:
Synchronization Segment (Sync_Seg)
Propagation Time Segment (Prop_Seg)
Phase Buffer Segment 1 (Phase_Seg1)
Phase Buffer Segment 2 (Phase_Seg2)
The time segments (and thus, the nominal bit time) are,
in turn, made up of integer units of time called time
quanta or T
Q
(see Figure 19-7). By definition, the
nominal bit time is programmable from a minimum of
8 T
Q
to a maximum of 25 T
Q
. Also, by definition, the
minimum nominal bit time is 1
s corresponding to a
maximum 1 Mb/s rate. The actual duration is given by
the relationship:
Nominal Bit Time = T
Q
* (Sync_Seg + Prop_Seg +
Phase_Seg1 + Phase_Seg2)
The time quantum is a fixed unit derived from the
oscillator period. It is also defined by the programmable
baud rate prescaler, with integer values from 1 to 64, in
addition to a fixed divide-by-two for clock generation.
Mathematically, this is
T
Q
(
s) = (2 * (BRP + 1))/F
OSC
(MHz)
or
T
Q
(
s) = (2 * (BRP + 1)) * T
OSC
(
s)
where F
OSC
is the clock frequency, T
OSC
is the
corresponding oscillator period and BRP is an integer
(0 through 63) represented by the binary values of
BRGCON1<5:0>.
FIGURE 19-7:
BIT TIME PARTITIONING
Input
Sync
Propagation
Segment
Phase
Segment 1
Phase
Segment 2
Sample Point
T
Q
Nominal Bit Time
Bit
Time
Intervals
Signal
Segment
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 234
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
19.7.1
TIME QUANTA
As already mentioned, the time quanta is a fixed unit
derived from the oscillator period and baud rate
prescaler. Its relationship to T
BIT
and the nominal bit
rate is shown in Example 19-2.
EXAMPLE 19-2:
CALCULATING T
Q
,
NOMINAL BIT RATE AND
NOMINAL BIT TIME
The frequencies of the oscillators in the different nodes
must be coordinated in order to provide a system wide
specified nominal bit time. This means that all oscilla-
tors must have a T
OSC
that is an integral divisor of T
Q
.
It should also be noted that although the number of T
Q
is programmable from 4 to 25, the usable minimum is
8 T
Q
.
A bit time of less than 8 T
Q
in length is not
ensured to operate correctly.
19.7.2
SYNCHRONIZATION SEGMENT
This part of the bit time is used to synchronize the
various CAN nodes on the bus. The edge of the input
signal is expected to occur during the sync segment.
The duration is 1 T
Q
.
19.7.3
PROPAGATION SEGMENT
This part of the bit time is used to compensate for
physical delay times within the network. These delay
times consist of the signal propagation time on the bus
line and the internal delay time of the nodes. The length
of the Propagation Segment can be programmed from
1 T
Q
to 8 T
Q
by setting the PRSEG2:PRSEG0 bits.
19.7.4
PHASE BUFFER SEGMENTS
The phase buffer segments are used to optimally
locate the sampling point of the received bit within the
nominal bit time. The sampling point occurs between
Phase Segment 1 and Phase Segment 2. These
segments can be lengthened or shortened by the
resynchronization process. The end of Phase Segment
1 determines the sampling point within a bit time.
Phase Segment 1 is programmable from 1 T
Q
to 8 T
Q
in duration. Phase Segment 2 provides delay before
the next transmitted data transition and is also
programmable from 1 T
Q
to 8 T
Q
in duration. However,
due to IPT requirements, the actual minimum length of
Phase Segment 2 is 2 T
Q
or it may be defined to be
equal to the greater of Phase Segment 1 or the
Information Processing Time (IPT).
19.7.5
SAMPLE POINT
The sample point is the point of time at which the bus
level is read and the value of the received bit is deter-
mined. The sampling point occurs at the end of Phase
Segment 1. If the bit timing is slow and contains many
T
Q
, it is possible to specify multiple sampling of the bus
line at the sample point. The value of the received bit is
determined to be the value of the majority decision of
three values. The three samples are taken at the sam-
ple point and twice before, with a time of T
Q
/2 between
each sample.
19.7.6
INFORMATION PROCESSING TIME
The Information Processing Time (IPT) is the time
segment, starting at the sample point, that is reserved
for calculation of the subsequent bit level. The CAN
specification defines this time to be less than or equal
to 2 T
Q
. The PIC18FXX8 defines this time to be 2 T
Q
.
Thus, Phase Segment 2 must be at least 2 T
Q
long.
T
Q
(
s) = (2 * (BRP + 1))/F
OSC
(MHz)
T
BIT
(
s) = T
Q
(
s) * number of T
Q
per bit interval
Nominal Bit Rate (bits/s) = 1/T
BIT
CASE 1:
For F
OSC
= 16 MHz, BRP<5:0> = 00h and
Nominal Bit Time = 8 T
Q
:
T
Q
= (2 * 1)/16 = 0.125
s (125 ns)
T
BIT
= 8 * 0.125 = 1
s (10
-6
s)
Nominal Bit Rate = 1/10
-6
= 10
6
bits/s (1 Mb/s)
CASE 2:
For F
OSC
= 20 MHz, BRP<5:0> = 01h and
Nominal Bit Time = 8 T
Q
:
T
Q
= (2 * 2)/20 = 0.2
s (200 ns)
T
BIT
= 8 * 0.2 = 1.6
s (1.6 * 10
-6
s)
Nominal Bit Rate = 1/1.6 * 10
-6
s =
625,000 bits/s
(625 Kb/s)
CASE 3:
For F
OSC
= 25 MHz, BRP<5:0> = 3Fh and
Nominal Bit Time = 25 T
Q
:
T
Q
= (2 * 64)/25 = 5.12
s
T
BIT
= 25 * 5.12 = 128
s (1.28 * 10
-4
s)
Nominal Bit Rate = 1/1.28 * 10
-4
=
7813 bits/s
(7.8 Kb/s)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 235
PIC18FXX8
19.8
Synchronization
To compensate for phase shifts between the oscillator
frequencies of each of the nodes on the bus, each CAN
controller must be able to synchronize to the relevant
signal edge of the incoming signal. When an edge in
the transmitted data is detected, the logic will compare
the location of the edge to the expected time
(Sync_Seg). The circuit will then adjust the values of
Phase Segment 1 and Phase Segment 2, as
necessary. There are two mechanisms used for
synchronization.
19.8.1
HARD SYNCHRONIZATION
Hard synchronization is only done when there is a reces-
sive to dominant edge during a bus Idle condition, indi-
cating the start of a message. After hard
synchronization, the bit time counters are restarted with
Sync_Seg. Hard synchronization forces the edge which
has occurred to lie within the synchronization segment of
the restarted bit time. Due to the rules of synchroniza-
tion, if a hard synchronization occurs, there will not be a
resynchronization within that bit time.
19.8.2
RESYNCHRONIZATION
As a result of resynchronization, Phase Segment 1
may be lengthened or Phase Segment 2 may be short-
ened. The amount of lengthening or shortening of the
phase buffer segments has an upper bound given by
the Synchronization Jump Width (SJW). The value of
the SJW will be added to Phase Segment 1 (see
Figure 19-8) or subtracted from Phase Segment 2 (see
Figure 19-9). The SJW is programmable between 1 T
Q
and 4 T
Q
.
Clocking information will only be derived from reces-
sive to dominant transitions. The property, that only a
fixed maximum number of successive bits have the
same value, ensures resynchronization to the bit
stream during a frame.
The phase error of an edge is given by the position of
the edge relative to Sync_Seg, measured in T
Q
. The
phase error is defined in magnitude of T
Q
as follows:
e = 0 if the edge lies within Sync_Seg.
e > 0 if the edge lies before the sample point.
e < 0 if the edge lies after the sample point of the
previous bit.
If the magnitude of the phase error is less than or equal
to the programmed value of the synchronization jump
width, the effect of a resynchronization is the same as
that of a hard synchronization.
If the magnitude of the phase error is larger than the
synchronization jump width and if the phase error is
positive, then Phase Segment 1 is lengthened by an
amount equal to the synchronization jump width.
If the magnitude of the phase error is larger than the
resynchronization jump width and if the phase error is
negative, then Phase Segment 2 is shortened by an
amount equal to the synchronization jump width.
19.8.3
SYNCHRONIZATION RULES
Only one synchronization within one bit time is
allowed.
An edge will be used for synchronization only if
the value detected at the previous sample point
(previously read bus value) differs from the bus
value immediately after the edge.
All other recessive to dominant edges, fulfilling
rules 1 and 2, will be used for resynchronization
with the exception that a node transmitting a
dominant bit will not perform a resynchronization
as a result of a recessive to dominant edge with a
positive phase error.
FIGURE 19-8:
LENGTHENING A BIT PERIOD (ADDING SJW TO PHASE SEGMENT 1)
Input
Sync
Prop
Segment
Phase
Segment 1
Phase
Segment 2
SJW
Sample Point
T
Q
Signal
Nominal Bit Length
Actual Bit Length
Bit
Time
Segments
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 236
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 19-9:
SHORTENING A BIT PERIOD (SUBTRACTING SJW FROM PHASE SEGMENT 2)
19.9
Programming Time Segments
Some requirements for programming of the time
segments:
Prop Seg + Phase Seg 1
Phase Seg 2
Phase Seg 2
Sync Jump Width
For example, assume that a 125 kHz CAN baud rate is
desired using 20 MHz for F
OSC
. With a T
OSC
of 50 ns,
a baud rate prescaler value of 04h gives a T
Q
of 500 ns.
To obtain a nominal bit rate of 125 kHz, the nominal bit
time must be 8
s or 16 T
Q
.
Using 1 T
Q
for the Sync Segment, 2 T
Q
for the Propa-
gation Segment and 7 T
Q
for Phase Segment 1 would
place the sample point at 10 T
Q
after the transition.
This leaves 6 T
Q
for Phase Segment 2.
By the rules above, the Sync Jump Width could be the
maximum of 4 T
Q
. However, normally a large SJW is
only necessary when the clock generation of the differ-
ent nodes is inaccurate or unstable, such as using
ceramic resonators. Typically, an SJW of 1 is enough.
19.10 Oscillator Tolerance
As a rule of thumb, the bit timing requirements allow
ceramic resonators to be used in applications with
transmission rates of up to 125 Kbit/sec. For the full bus
speed range of the CAN protocol, a quartz oscillator is
required. A maximum node-to-node oscillator variation
of 1.7% is allowed.
19.11 Bit Timing Configuration
Registers
The Configuration registers (BRGCON1, BRGCON2,
BRGCON3) control the bit timing for the CAN bus
interface. These registers can only be modified when
the PIC18FXX8 is in Configuration mode.
19.11.1
BRGCON1
The BRP bits control the baud rate prescaler. The
SJW<1:0> bits select the synchronization jump width in
terms of multiples of T
Q
.
19.11.2
BRGCON2
The PRSEG bits set the length of the Propagation Seg-
ment in terms of T
Q
. The SEG1PH bits set the length of
Phase Segment 1 in T
Q
. The SAM bit controls how
many times the RXCAN pin is sampled. Setting this bit
to a `
1
' causes the bus to be sampled three times; twice
at T
Q
/2 before the sample point and once at the normal
sample point (which is at the end of Phase Segment 1).
The value of the bus is determined to be the value read
during at least two of the samples. If the SAM bit is set
to a `
0
', then the RXCAN pin is sampled only once at
the sample point. The SEG2PHTS bit controls how the
length of Phase Segment 2 is determined. If this bit is
set to a `
1
', then the length of Phase Segment 2 is
determined by the SEG2PH bits of BRGCON3. If the
SEG2PHTS bit is set to a `
0
', then the length of Phase
Segment 2 is the greater of Phase Segment 1 and the
information processing time (which is fixed at 2 T
Q
for
the PIC18FXX8).
19.11.3
BRGCON3
The PHSEG2<2:0> bits set the length (in T
Q
) of Phase
Segment 2 if the SEG2PHTS bit is set to a `
1
'. If the
SEG2PHTS bit is set to a `
0
', then the PHSEG2<2:0>
bits have no effect.
Sync
Prop
Segment
Phase
Segment 1
Phase
Segment 2
SJW
T
Q
Sample Point
Nominal Bit Length
Actual Bit Length
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 237
PIC18FXX8
19.12 Error Detection
The CAN protocol provides sophisticated error detection
mechanisms. The following errors can be detected.
19.12.1
CRC ERROR
With the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC), the
transmitter calculates special check bits for the bit
sequence, from the start of a frame until the end of the
data field. This CRC sequence is transmitted in the
CRC field. The receiving node also calculates the CRC
sequence using the same formula and performs a
comparison to the received sequence. If a mismatch is
detected, a CRC error has occurred and an error frame
is generated. The message is repeated.
19.12.2
ACKNOWLEDGE ERROR
In the Acknowledge field of a message, the transmitter
checks if the Acknowledge slot (which was sent out as
a recessive bit) contains a dominant bit. If not, no other
node has received the frame correctly. An Acknowl-
edge Error has occurred; an error frame is generated
and the message will have to be repeated.
19.12.3
FORM ERROR
If a node detects a dominant bit in one of the four
segments, including end of frame, interframe space,
Acknowledge delimiter or CRC delimiter, then a Form
Error has occurred and an error frame is generated.
The message is repeated.
19.12.4
BIT ERROR
A Bit Error occurs if a transmitter sends a dominant bit
and detects a recessive bit, or if it sends a recessive bit
and detects a dominant bit, when monitoring the actual
bus level and comparing it to the just transmitted bit. In
the case where the transmitter sends a recessive bit
and a dominant bit is detected during the arbitration
field and the Acknowledge slot, no Bit Error is
generated because normal arbitration is occurring.
19.12.5
STUFF BIT ERROR
If, between the start of frame and the CRC delimiter, six
consecutive bits with the same polarity are detected,
the bit stuffing rule has been violated. A Stuff Bit Error
occurs and an error frame is generated. The message
is repeated.
19.12.6
ERROR STATES
Detected errors are made public to all other nodes via
error frames. The transmission of the erroneous
message is aborted and the frame is repeated as soon
as possible. Furthermore, each CAN node is in one of
the three error states "error-active", "error-passive" or
"bus-off" according to the value of the internal error
counters. The error-active state is the usual state,
where the bus node can transmit messages and
activate error frames (made of dominant bits) without
any restrictions. In the error-passive state, messages
and passive error frames (made of recessive bits) may
be transmitted. The bus-off state makes it temporarily
impossible for the station to participate in the bus
communication. During this state, messages can
neither be received nor transmitted.
19.12.7
ERROR MODES AND ERROR
COUNTERS
The PIC18FXX8 contains two error counters: the
Receive Error Counter (RXERRCNT) and the Transmit
Error Counter (TXERRCNT). The values of both
counters can be read by the MCU. These counters are
incremented or decremented in accordance with the
CAN bus specification.
The PIC18FXX8 is error-active if both error counters
are below the error-passive limit of 128. It is error-
passive if at least one of the error counters equals or
exceeds 128. It goes to bus-off if the transmit error
counter equals or exceeds the bus-off limit of 256. The
device remains in this state until the bus-off recovery
sequence is received. The bus-off recovery sequence
consists of 128 occurrences of 11 consecutive
recessive bits (see Figure 19-10). Note that the CAN
module, after going bus-off, will recover back to error-
active without any intervention by the MCU if the bus
remains Idle for 128 x 11 bit times. If this is not desired,
the error Interrupt Service Routine should address this.
The current error mode of the CAN module can be read
by the MCU via the COMSTAT register.
Additionally, there is an Error State Warning flag bit,
EWARN, which is set if at least one of the error
counters equals or exceeds the error warning limit of
96. EWARN is reset if both error counters are less than
the error warning limit.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 238
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 19-10:
ERROR MODES STATE DIAGRAM
19.13 CAN Interrupts
The module has several sources of interrupts. Each of
these interrupts can be individually enabled or
disabled. The CANINTF register contains interrupt
flags. The CANINTE register contains the enables for
the 8 main interrupts. A special set of read-only bits in
the CANSTAT register, the ICODE bits, can be used in
combination with a jump table for efficient handling of
interrupts.
All interrupts have one source, with the exception of the
error interrupt. Any of the error interrupt sources can set
the error interrupt flag. The source of the error interrupt
can be determined by reading the Communication
Status register, COMSTAT.
The interrupts can be broken up into two categories:
receive and transmit interrupts.
The receive related interrupts are:
Receive Interrupts
Wake-up Interrupt
Receiver Overrun Interrupt
Receiver Warning Interrupt
Receiver Error-Passive Interrupt
The transmit related interrupts are:
Transmit Interrupts
Transmitter Warning Interrupt
Transmitter Error-Passive Interrupt
Bus-Off Interrupt
19.13.1
INTERRUPT CODE BITS
The source of a pending interrupt is indicated in the
ICODE (Interrupt Code) bits of the CANSTAT register
(ICODE<2:0>). Interrupts are internally prioritized such
that the higher priority interrupts are assigned lower
ICODE values. Once the highest priority interrupt con-
dition has been cleared, the code for the next highest
priority interrupt that is pending (if any) will be reflected
by the ICODE bits (see Table 19-3, following page).
Note that only those interrupt sources that have their
associated CANINTE enable bit set will be reflected in
the ICODE bits.
19.13.2
TRANSMIT INTERRUPT
When the transmit interrupt is enabled, an interrupt will
be generated when the associated transmit buffer
becomes empty and is ready to be loaded with a new
message. The TXBnIF bit will be set to indicate the
source of the interrupt. The interrupt is cleared by the
MCU resetting the TXBnIF bit to a `
0
'.
19.13.3
RECEIVE INTERRUPT
When the receive interrupt is enabled, an interrupt will
be generated when a message has been successfully
received and loaded into the associated receive buffer.
This interrupt is activated immediately after receiving
the EOF field. The RXBnIF bit will be set to indicate the
source of the interrupt. The interrupt is cleared by the
MCU resetting the RXBnIF bit to a `
0
'.
Bus-
Off
Error-
Active
Error-
Passive
RXERRCNT < 127 or
TXERRCNT < 127
RXERRCNT > 127 or
TXERRCNT > 127
TXERRCNT > 255
128 occurrences of
11 consecutive
"recessive" bits
Reset
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 239
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 19-3:
VALUES FOR ICODE<2:0>
19.13.4
MESSAGE ERROR INTERRUPT
When an error occurs during transmission or reception
of a message, the message error flag IRXIF will be set
and if the IRXIE bit is set, an interrupt will be generated.
This is intended to be used to facilitate baud rate
determination when used in conjunction with Listen
Only mode.
19.13.5
BUS ACTIVITY WAKE-UP
INTERRUPT
When the PIC18FXX8 is in Sleep mode and the bus
activity wake-up interrupt is enabled, an interrupt will be
generated and the WAKIF bit will be set when activity is
detected on the CAN bus. This interrupt causes the
PIC18FXX8 to exit Sleep mode. The interrupt is reset
by the MCU, clearing the WAKIF bit.
19.13.6
ERROR INTERRUPT
When the error interrupt is enabled, an interrupt is
generated if an overflow condition occurs or if the error
state of transmitter or receiver has changed. The error
flags in COMSTAT will indicate one of the following
conditions.
19.13.6.1
Receiver Overflow
An overflow condition occurs when the MAB has
assembled a valid received message (the message
meets the criteria of the acceptance filters) and the
receive buffer associated with the filter is not available
for loading of a new message. The associated
COMSTAT.RXnOVFL bit will be set to indicate the
overflow condition. This bit must be cleared by the
MCU.
19.13.6.2
Receiver Warning
The receive error counter has reached the MCU
warning limit of 96.
19.13.6.3
Transmitter Warning
The transmit error counter has reached the MCU
warning limit of 96.
19.13.6.4
Receiver Bus Passive
The receive error counter has exceeded the error-
passive limit of 127 and the device has gone to
error-passive state.
19.13.6.5
Transmitter Bus Passive
The transmit error counter has exceeded the error-
passive limit of 127 and the device has gone to
error-passive state.
19.13.6.6
Bus-Off
The transmit error counter has exceeded 255 and the
device has gone to bus-off state.
19.13.7
INTERRUPT ACKNOWLEDGE
Interrupts are directly associated with one or more
status flags in the PIR register. Interrupts are pending
as long as one of the flags is set. Once an interrupt flag
is set by the device, the flag cannot be reset by the
microcontroller until the interrupt condition is removed.
ICOD
<2:0>
Interrupt
Boolean Expression
000
None
ERRWAKTX0TX1TX2RX0
RX1
001
Error
ERR
010
TXB2
ERRTX0TX1TX2
011
TXB1
ERRTX0TX1
100
TXB0
ERRTX0
101
RXB1
ERRTX0TX1TX2RX0RX1
110
RXB0
ERRTX0TX1TX2RX0
111
Wake on
Interrupt
ERRTX0TX1TX2RX0RX1
WAK
Key:
ERR = ERRIF * ERRIE
RX0 = RXB0IF * RXB0IE
TX0 = TXB0IF * TXB0IE
RX1 = RXB1IF * RXB1IE
TX1 = TXB1IF * TXB1IE
WAK = WAKIF * WAKIE
TX2 = TXB2IF * TXB2IE
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 240
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 241
PIC18FXX8
20.0
COMPATIBLE 10-BIT ANALOG-
TO-DIGITAL CONVERTER (A/D)
MODULE
The Analog-to-Digital (A/D) Converter module has five
inputs for the PIC18F2X8 devices and eight for the
PIC18F4X8 devices. This module has the ADCON0
and ADCON1 register definitions that are compatible
with the PICmicro
mid-range A/D module.
The A/D allows conversion of an analog input signal to
a corresponding 10-bit digital number.
The A/D module has four registers. These registers are:
A/D Result High Register (ADRESH)
A/D Result Low Register (ADRESL)
A/D Control Register 0 (ADCON0)
A/D Control Register 1 (ADCON1)
The ADCON0 register, shown in Register 20-1,
controls the operation of the A/D module. The
ADCON1 register, shown in Register 20-2, configures
the functions of the port pins.
REGISTER 20-1:
ADCON0: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
R/W-0
ADCS1
ADCS0
CHS2
CHS1
CHS0
GO/DONE
--
ADON
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
ADCS1:ADCS0: A/D Conversion Clock Select bits (ADCON0 bits in bold)
bit 5-3
CHS2:CHS0: Analog Channel Select bits
000
= Channel 0 (AN0)
001
= Channel 1 (AN1)
010
= Channel 2 (AN2)
011
= Channel 3 (AN3)
100
= Channel 4 (AN4)
101
= Channel 5 (AN5)
(1)
110
= Channel 6 (AN6)
(1)
111
= Channel 7 (AN7)
(1)
Note 1: These channels are unimplemented on PIC18F2X8 (28-pin) devices. Do not select
any unimplemented channel.
bit 2
GO/DONE: A/D Conversion Status bit
When ADON =
1
:
1
= A/D conversion in progress (setting this bit starts the A/D conversion which is automatically
cleared by hardware when the A/D conversion is complete)
0
= A/D conversion not in progress
bit 1
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 0
ADON: A/D On bit
1
= A/D converter module is powered up
0
= A/D converter module is shut-off and consumes no operating current
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
ADCON1
<ADCS2>
ADCON0
<ADCS1:ADCS0>
Clock Conversion
0
00
F
OSC
/2
0
01
F
OSC
/8
0
10
F
OSC
/32
0
11
F
RC
(clock derived from the internal A/D RC oscillator)
1
00
F
OSC
/4
1
01
F
OSC
/16
1
10
F
OSC
/64
1
11
F
RC
(clock derived from the internal A/D RC oscillator)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 242
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 20-2:
ADCON1: A/D CONTROL REGISTER 1
R/W-0
R/W-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
ADFM
ADCS2
--
--
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
ADFM: A/D Result Format Select bit
1
= Right justified. Six (6) Most Significant bits of ADRESH are read as `
0
'.
0
= Left justified. Six (6) Least Significant bits of ADRESL are read as `
0
'.
bit 6
ADCS2: A/D Conversion Clock Select bit (ADCON1 bits in bold)
bit 5-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3-0
PCFG3:PCFG0: A/D Port Configuration Control bits
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
Note:
On any device Reset, the port pins that are multiplexed with analog functions (ANx)
are forced to be analog inputs.
ADCON1
<ADCS2>
ADCON0
<ADCS1:ADCS0>
Clock Conversion
0
00
F
OSC
/2
0
01
F
OSC
/8
0
10
F
OSC
/32
0
11
F
RC
(clock derived from the internal A/D RC oscillator)
1
00
F
OSC
/4
1
01
F
OSC
/16
1
10
F
OSC
/64
1
11
F
RC
(clock derived from the internal A/D RC oscillator)
A = Analog input D = Digital I/O
C/R = # of analog input channels/# of A/D voltage references
Note:
Shaded cells indicate channels available only on PIC18F4X8 devices.
PCFG
AN7
AN6
AN5
AN4
AN3
AN2
AN1
AN0
V
REF
+
V
REF
-
C/R
0000
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
V
DD
V
SS
8/0
0001
A
A
A
A
V
REF
+
A
A
A
AN3
V
SS
7/1
0010
D
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
V
DD
V
SS
5/0
0011
D
D
D
A
V
REF
+
A
A
A
AN3
V
SS
4/1
0100
D
D
D
D
A
D
A
A
V
DD
V
SS
3/0
0101
D
D
D
D
V
REF
+
D
A
A
AN3
V
SS
2/1
011x
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
--
--
0/0
1000
A
A
A
A
V
REF
+
V
REF
-
A
A
AN3
AN2
6/2
1001
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
V
DD
V
SS
6/0
1010
D
D
A
A
V
REF
+
A
A
A
AN3
V
SS
5/1
1011
D
D
A
A
V
REF
+
V
REF
-
A
A
AN3
AN2
4/2
1100
D
D
D
A
V
REF
+
V
REF
-
A
A
AN3
AN2
3/2
1101
D
D
D
D
V
REF
+
V
REF
-
A
A
AN3
AN2
2/2
1110
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
A
V
DD
V
SS
1/0
1111
D
D
D
D
V
REF
+
V
REF
-
D
A
AN3
AN2
1/2
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 243
PIC18FXX8
The analog reference voltage is software selectable to
either the device's positive and negative supply voltage
(V
DD
and V
SS
) or the voltage level on the RA3/AN3/
V
REF
+ pin and RA2/AN2/V
REF
- pin.
The A/D converter has a unique feature of being able
to operate while the device is in Sleep mode. To oper-
ate in Sleep, the A/D conversion clock must be derived
from the A/D's internal RC oscillator.
The output of the sample and hold is the input into the
converter which generates the result via successive
approximation.
A device Reset forces all registers to their Reset state.
This forces the A/D module to be turned off and any
conversion is aborted.
Each port pin associated with the A/D converter can be
configured as an analog input (RA3 can also be a
voltage reference) or as a digital I/O.
The ADRESH and ADRESL registers contain the result
of the A/D conversion. When the A/D conversion is com-
plete, the result is loaded into the ADRESH/ADRESL
registers, the GO/DONE bit (ADCON0<2>) is cleared
and A/D Interrupt Flag bit, ADIF, is set. The block
diagram of the A/D module is shown in Figure 20-1.
FIGURE 20-1:
A/D BLOCK DIAGRAM
(Input Voltage)
V
AIN
V
REF
+
Reference
voltage
V
DD
PCFG0
CHS2:CHS0
AN7
(1)
AN6
(1)
AN5
(1)
AN4
AN3
AN2
AN1
AN0
111
110
101
100
011
010
001
000
10-bit
Converter
V
REF
-
V
SS
A/D
Note 1: Channels AN5 through AN7 are not available on PIC18F2X8 devices.
2: All I/O pins have diode protection to V
DD
and V
SS
.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 244
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
The value that is in the ADRESH/ADRESL registers is
not modified for a Power-on Reset. The ADRESH/
ADRESL registers will contain unknown data after a
Power-on Reset.
After the A/D module has been configured as desired,
the selected channel must be acquired before the
conversion is started. The analog input channels must
have their corresponding TRIS bits selected as an
input. To determine acquisition time, see Section 20.1
"A/D Acquisition Requirements"
. After this acquisi-
tion time has elapsed, the A/D conversion can be
started. The following steps should be followed for
doing an A/D conversion:
1.
Configure the A/D module:
Configure analog pins, voltage reference and
digital I/O (ADCON1)
Select A/D input channel (ADCON0)
Select A/D conversion clock (ADCON0)
Turn on A/D module (ADCON0)
2.
Configure A/D interrupt (if desired):
Clear ADIF bit
Set ADIE bit
Set GIE bit
3.
Wait the required acquisition time.
4.
Start conversion:
Set GO/DONE bit (ADCON0)
5.
Wait for A/D conversion to complete, by either:
Polling for the GO/DONE bit to be cleared
OR
Waiting for the A/D interrupt
6.
Read A/D Result registers (ADRESH/ADRESL);
clear bit ADIF if required.
7.
For next conversion, go to step 1 or step 2 as
required. The A/D conversion time per bit is
defined as T
AD
. A minimum wait of 2 T
AD
is
required before next acquisition starts.
20.1
A/D Acquisition Requirements
For the A/D converter to meet its specified accuracy,
the charge holding capacitor (C
HOLD
) must be allowed
to fully charge to the input channel voltage level. The
analog input model is shown in Figure 20-2. The
source impedance (R
S
) and the internal sampling
switch (R
SS
) impedance directly affect the time
required to charge the capacitor C
HOLD
. The sampling
switch (R
SS
) impedance varies over the device voltage
(V
DD
). The source impedance affects the offset voltage
at the analog input (due to pin leakage current). The
maximum recommended impedance for analog
sources is 2.5 k
. After the analog input channel is
selected (changed), this acquisition must be done
before the conversion can be started.
FIGURE 20-2:
ANALOG INPUT MODEL
Note:
When the conversion is started, the
holding capacitor is disconnected from the
input pin.
V
AIN
C
PIN
Rs
ANx
5 pF
V
DD
V
T
= 0.6V
V
T
= 0.6V
I
LEAKAGE
R
IC
1k
Sampling
Switch
SS
R
SS
C
HOLD
= 120 pF
V
SS
6V
Sampling Switch
5V
4V
3V
2V
5 6 7 8 9 10 11
(k
)
V
DD
500 nA
Legend: C
PIN
V
T
I
LEAKAGE
R
IC
SS
C
HOLD
= input capacitance
= threshold voltage
= leakage current at the pin due to
= interconnect resistance
= sampling switch
= sample/hold capacitance (from DAC)
various junctions
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 245
PIC18FXX8
To calculate the minimum acquisition time,
Equation 20-1 may be used. This equation assumes
that 1/2 LSb error is used (1024 steps for the A/D). The
1/2 LSb error is the maximum error allowed for the A/D
to meet its specified resolution.
Example 20-1 shows the calculation of the minimum
required acquisition time T
ACQ
. This calculation is
based on the following application system assumptions:
C
HOLD
=
120
pF
Rs
=
2.5 k
Conversion Error
1/2 LSb
V
DD
=
5V
Rss = 7 k
Temperature
=
50
C (system max.)
V
HOLD
=
0V @ time = 0
EQUATION 20-1:
ACQUISITION TIME
EQUATION 20-2:
A/D MINIMUM CHARGING TIME
EXAMPLE 20-1:
CALCULATING THE MINIMUM REQUIRED ACQUISITION TIME
T
ACQ
=
Amplifier Settling Time + Holding Capacitor Charging Time + Temperature Coefficient
=
T
AMP
+ T
C
+ T
COFF
V
HOLD
=
(V
REF
(V
REF
/2048)) (1 e
(-Tc/C
HOLD
(R
IC
+ R
SS
+ R
S
))
)
or
Tc
=
-(120 pF)(1 k
+ R
SS
+ R
S
) ln(1/2047)
T
ACQ
=
T
AMP
+ T
C
+ T
COFF
Temperature coefficient is only required for temperatures > 25
C.
T
ACQ
=
2
s + T
C
+ [(Temp 25
C)(0.05 s/C)]
T
C
=
-C
HOLD
(R
IC
+ R
SS
+ R
S
) ln(1/2047)
-120 pF (1 k
+ 7 k + 2.5 k) ln(0.0004885)
-120 pF (10.5 k
) ln(0.0004885)
-1.26
s (-7.6241)
9.61
s
T
ACQ
=
2
s + 9.61 s + [(50C 25C)(0.05 s/C)]
11.61
s + 1.25 s
12.86
s
Note:
When using external voltage references with the A/D converter, the source impedance of the external
voltage references must be less than 20
to obtain the specified A/D resolution. Higher reference source
impedances will increase both offset and gain errors. Resistive voltage dividers will not provide a sufficiently
low source impedance.
To maintain the best possible performance in A/D conversions, external V
REF
inputs should be buffered with
an operational amplifier or other low output impedance circuit.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 246
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
20.2
Selecting the A/D Conversion
Clock
The A/D conversion time per bit is defined as T
AD
. The
A/D conversion requires 12 T
AD
per 10-bit conversion.
The source of the A/D conversion clock is software
selectable. The seven possible options for T
AD
are:
2 T
OSC
4 T
OSC
8 T
OSC
16 T
OSC
32 T
OSC
64 T
OSC
Internal RC oscillator.
For correct A/D conversions, the A/D conversion clock
(T
AD
) must be selected to ensure a minimum T
AD
time
of 1.6
s.
Table 20-1 shows the resultant T
AD
times derived from
the device operating frequencies and the A/D clock
source selected.
20.3
Configuring Analog Port Pins
The ADCON1, TRISA and TRISE registers control the
operation of the A/D port pins. The port pins that are
desired as analog inputs must have their corresponding
TRIS bits set (input). If the TRIS bit is cleared (output),
the digital output level (V
OH
or V
OL
) will be converted.
The A/D operation is independent of the state of the
CHS2:CHS0 bits and the TRIS bits.
TABLE 20-1:
T
AD
vs. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES
TABLE 20-2:
T
AD
vs. DEVICE OPERATING FREQUENCIES (FOR EXTENDED, LF DEVICES)
Note 1: When reading the port register, all pins
configured as analog input channels will
read as cleared (a low level). Pins config-
ured as digital inputs will convert an
analog input. Analog levels on a digitally
configured input will not affect the
conversion accuracy.
2: Analog levels on any pin that is defined as
a digital input (including the AN4:AN0
pins) may cause the input buffer to
consume current that is out of the
device's specification.
AD Clock Source (T
AD
)
Device Frequency
Operation
ADCS2:ADCS0
20 MHz
5 MHz
1.25 MHz
333.33 kHz
2 T
OSC
000
100 ns
(2)
400 ns
(2)
1.6
s
6
s
4 T
OSC
100
200 ns
(2)
800 ns
(2)
3.2
s
12
s
8 T
OSC
001
400 ns
(2)
1.6
s
6.4
s
24
s
(3)
16 T
OSC
101
800 ns
(2)
3.2
s
12.8
s
48
s
(3)
32 T
OSC
010
1.6
s
6.4
s
25.6
s
(3)
96
s
(3)
64 T
OSC
110
3.2
s
12.8
s
51.2
s
(3)
192
s
(3)
RC
011
2-6
s
(1)
2-6
s
(1)
2-6
s
(1)
2-6
s
(1)
Legend: Shaded cells are outside of recommended range.
Note 1:
The RC source has a typical T
AD
time of 4
s.
2:
These values violate the minimum required T
AD
time.
3:
For faster conversion times, the selection of another clock source is recommended.
AD Clock Source (T
AD
)
Device Frequency
Operation
ADCS2:ADCS0
4 MHz
2 MHz
1.25 MHz
333.33 kHz
2 T
OSC
000
500 ns
(2)
1.0
s
(2)
1.6
s
(2)
6
s
4 T
OSC
100
1.0
s
(2)
2.0
s
(2)
3.2
s
(2)
12
s
8 T
OSC
001
2.0
s
(2)
4.0
s
6.4
s
24
s
(3)
16 T
OSC
101
4.0
s
(2)
8.0
s
12.8
s
48
s
(3)
32 T
OSC
010
8.0
s
16.0
s
25.6
s
(3)
96
s
(3)
64 T
OSC
110
16.0
s
32.0
s
51.2
s
(3)
192
s
(3)
RC
011
3-9
s
(1)
3-9
s
(1)
3-9
s
(1)
3-9
s
(1)
Legend: Shaded cells are outside of recommended range.
Note 1:
The RC source has a typical T
AD
time of 6
s.
2:
These values violate the minimum required T
AD
time.
3:
For faster conversion times, the selection of another clock source is recommended.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 247
PIC18FXX8
20.4
A/D Conversions
Figure 20-4 shows the operation of the A/D converter
after the GO bit has been set. Clearing the GO/DONE
bit during a conversion will abort the current conver-
sion. The A/D Result register pair will not be updated
with the partially completed A/D conversion sample.
That is, the ADRESH:ADRESL registers will continue
to contain the value of the last completed conversion
(or the last value written to the ADRESH:ADRESL
registers). After the A/D conversion is aborted, a 2 T
AD
wait is required before the next acquisition is started.
After this 2 T
AD
wait, acquisition on the selected
channel is automatically started.
20.4.1
A/D RESULT REGISTERS
The ADRESH:ADRESL register pair is the location
where the 10-bit A/D result is loaded at the completion
of the A/D conversion. This register pair is 16 bits wide.
The A/D module gives the flexibility to left or right justify
the 10-bit result in the 16-bit result register. The A/D
Format Select bit (ADFM) controls this justification.
Figure 20-3 shows the operation of the A/D result justi-
fication. The extra bits are loaded with `
0
's. When an
A/D result will not overwrite these locations (A/D
disable), these registers may be used as two general
purpose 8-bit registers.
FIGURE 20-3:
A/D RESULT JUSTIFICATION
Note:
The GO/DONE bit should NOT be set in
the same instruction that turns on the A/D.
10-bit Result
ADRESH
ADRESL
0000 00
ADFM =
0
0
2 1 0 7
7
10-bit Result
ADRESH
ADRESL
10-bit Result
0000 00
7
0 7 6 5
0
ADFM =
1
Right Justified
Left Justified
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 248
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
20.5
Use of the ECCP Trigger
An A/D conversion can be started by the "special event
trigger" of the ECCP module. This requires that the
ECCP1M3:ECCP1M0 bits (ECCP1CON<3:0>) be pro-
grammed as `
1011
' and that the A/D module is enabled
(ADON bit is set). When the trigger occurs, the GO/
DONE bit will be set, starting the A/D conversion and the
Timer1 (or Timer3) counter will be reset to zero. Timer1
(or Timer3) is reset to automatically repeat the A/D
acquisition period with minimal software overhead
(moving ADRESH/ADRESL to the desired location). The
appropriate analog input channel must be selected and
the minimum acquisition done before the "special event
trigger" sets the GO/DONE bit (starts a conversion).
If the A/D module is not enabled (ADON is cleared), the
"special event trigger" will be ignored by the A/D module
but will still reset the Timer1 (or Timer3) counter.
FIGURE 20-4:
A/D CONVERSION T
AD
CYCLES
TABLE 20-3:
SUMMARY OF A/D REGISTERS
T
AD
1 T
AD
2 T
AD
3 T
AD
4 T
AD
5 T
AD
6 T
AD
7 T
AD
8
T
AD
11
Set GO bit
Holding capacitor is disconnected from analog input
b9
b8
b7
b6
b5
b4
b3
b2
T
AD
9 T
AD
10
b1
b0
T
CY
- T
AD
Next Q4: ADRESH/ADRESL is loaded, GO bit is cleared,
ADIF bit is set, holding capacitor is connected to analog input.
Conversion Starts
b0
(typically 100 ns)
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR, BOR
Value on
all other
Resets
INTCON
GIE/GIEH
PEIE/GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF
INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x
0000 000u
PIR1
PSPIF
(1)
ADIF
RCIF
TXIF
SSPIF
CCP1IF
TMR2IF
TMR1IF
0000 0000
0000 0000
PIE1
PSPIE
(1)
ADIE
RCIE
TXIE
SSPIE
CCP1IE
TMR2IE
TMR1IE
0000 0000
0000 0000
IPR1
PSPIP
(1)
ADIP
RCIP
TXIP
SSPIP
CCP1IP
TMR2IP
TMR1IP
1111 1111
1111 1111
PIR2
--
CMIF
(1)
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF
ECCP1IF
(1)
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
(1)
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE
ECCP1IE
(1)
-0-0 0000
-0-0 0000
IPR2
--
CMIP
(1)
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP
ECCP1IP
(1)
-1-1 1111
-1-1 1111
ADRESH A/D Result Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
ADRESL A/D Result Register
xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu
ADCON0
ADCS1
ADCS0
CHS2
CHS1
CHS0
GO/DONE
--
ADON
0000 00-0
0000 00-0
ADCON1
ADFM
ADCS2
--
--
PCFG3
PCFG2
PCFG1
PCFG0
00-- 0000
00-- 0000
PORTA
--
RA6
RA5
RA4
RA3
RA2
RA1
RA0
-x0x 0000
-u0u 0000
TRISA
--
PORTA Data Direction Register
-111 1111
-111 1111
PORTE
--
--
--
--
--
RE2
RE1
RE0
---- -xxx
---- -000
LATE
--
--
--
--
--
LATE2
LATE1
LATE0
---- -xxx
---- -uuu
TRISE
IBF
OBF
IBOV
PSPMODE
--
TRISE2
TRISE1
TRISE0
0000 -111
0000 -111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as `
0
'. Shaded cells are not used for A/D conversion.
Note
1:
These bits are reserved on PIC18F2X8 devices; always maintain these bits clear.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 249
PIC18FXX8
21.0
COMPARATOR MODULE
The comparator module contains two analog com-
parators. The inputs to the comparators are
multiplexed with the RD0 through RD3 pins. The on-chip
voltage reference (Section 22.0 "Comparator Voltage
Reference Module"
) can also be an input to the
comparators.
The CMCON register, shown in Register 21-1, controls
the comparator input and output multiplexers. A block
diagram of the comparator is shown in Figure 21-1.
REGISTER 21-1:
CMCON: COMPARATOR CONTROL REGISTER
Note:
The analog comparators are only
available on the PIC18F448 and
PIC18F458.
R-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
C2OUT
C1OUT
C2INV
C1INV
CIS
CM2
CM1
CM0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
C2OUT: Comparator 2 Output bit
When C2INV =
0
:
1
= C2 V
IN
+ > C2 V
IN
-
0
= C2 V
IN
+ < C2 V
IN
-
When C2INV =
1
:
1
= C2 V
IN
+ < C2 V
IN
-
0
= C2 V
IN
+ > C2 V
IN
-
bit 6
C1OUT: Comparator 1 Output bit
When C1INV =
0
:
1
= C1 V
IN
+ > C1 V
IN
-
0
= C1 V
IN
+ < C1 V
IN
-
When C1INV =
1
:
1
= C1 V
IN
+ < C1 V
IN
-
0
= C1 V
IN
+ > C1 V
IN
-
bit 5
C2INV: Comparator 2 Output Inversion bit
1
= C2 output inverted
0
= C2 output not inverted
bit 4
C1INV: Comparator 1 Output Inversion bit
1
= C1 output inverted
0
= C1 output not inverted
bit 3
CIS: Comparator Input Switch bit
When CM2:CM0 =
110
:
1
= C1 V
IN
- connects to RD0/PSP0
C2 V
IN
- connects to RD2/PSP2
0
= C1 V
IN
- connects to RD1/PSP1
C2 V
IN
- connects to RD3/PSP3
bit 2-0
CM2:CM0: Comparator Mode bits
Figure 21-1 shows the Comparator modes and CM2:CM0 bit settings.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 250
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
21.1
Comparator Configuration
There are eight modes of operation for the compara-
tors. The CMCON register is used to select these
modes. Figure 21-1 shows the eight possible modes.
The TRISD register controls the data direction of the
comparator pins for each mode. If the Comparator
mode is changed, the comparator output level may not
be valid for the specified mode change delay shown in
Section 27.0 "Electrical Characteristics".
FIGURE 21-1:
COMPARATOR I/O OPERATING MODES
Note:
Comparator interrupts should be disabled
during a Comparator mode change;
otherwise, a false interrupt may occur.
C1
RD1/PSP1
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
Off
(Read as `
0
')
Comparators Reset (POR Default Value)
A
A
CM2:CM0 =
000
C2
RD3/PSP3
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD2/PSP2
Off
(Read as `
0
')
A
A
C1
RD1/PSP1
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD0/PSP0
C1OUT
Two Independent Comparators
A
A
CM2:CM0 =
010
C2
RD3/PSP3
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD2/PSP2
C2OUT
A
A
C1
RD1/PSP1
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD0/PSP0
C1OUT
Two Common Reference Comparators
A
A
CM2:CM0 =
100
C2
RD3/PSP3
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD2/PSP2
C2OUT
A
D
C2
RD3/PSP3
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD2/PSP2
Off
(Read as `
0
')
One Independent Comparator with Output
D
D
CM2:CM0 =
001
C1
RD1/PSP1
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD0/PSP0
C1OUT
A
A
C1
RD1/PSP1
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD0/PSP0
Off
(Read as `
0
')
Comparators Off
D
D
CM2:CM0 =
111
C2
RD3/PSP3
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD2/PSP2
Off
(Read as `
0
')
D
D
C1
RD1/PSP1
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD0/PSP0
C1OUT
Four Inputs Multiplexed to Two Comparators
A
A
CM2:CM0 =
110
C2
RD3/PSP3
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD2/PSP2
C2OUT
A
A
From V
REF
Module
CIS = 0
CIS = 1
CIS = 0
CIS = 1
C1
RD1/PSP1
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD0/PSP0
C1OUT
Two Common Reference Comparators with Outputs
A
A
CM2:CM0 =
101
C2
RD3/PSP3
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD2/PSP2
C2OUT
A
D
A = Analog Input, port reads zeros always
D = Digital Input
CIS (CMCON<3>) is the Comparator Input Switch
CV
REF
C1
RD1/PSP1
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD0/PSP0
C1OUT
Two Independent Comparators with Outputs
A
A
CM2:CM0 =
011
C2
RD3/PSP3
V
IN
-
V
IN
+
RD2/PSP2
C2OUT
A
A
RE1/AN6/WR/C1OUT
RE2/AN7/CS/C2OUT
RE1/AN6/WR/
RE2/AN7/CS/C2OUT
RE1/AN6/WR/C1OUT
RD0/PSP0
C1OUT
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 251
PIC18FXX8
21.2
Comparator Operation
A single comparator is shown in Figure 21-2 along with
the relationship between the analog input levels and
the digital output. When the analog input at V
IN
+ is less
than the analog input V
IN
-, the output of the comparator
is a digital low level. When the analog input at V
IN
+ is
greater than the analog input V
IN
-, the output of the
comparator is a digital high level. The shaded areas of
the output of the comparator in Figure 21-2 represent
the uncertainty due to input offsets and response time.
21.3
Comparator Reference
An external or internal reference signal may be used
depending on the comparator operating mode. The
analog signal present at V
IN
- is compared to the signal
at V
IN
+ and the digital output of the comparator is
adjusted accordingly (Figure 21-2).
FIGURE 21-2:
SINGLE COMPARATOR
21.3.1
EXTERNAL REFERENCE SIGNAL
When external voltage references are used, the
comparator module can be configured to have the com-
parators operate from the same or different reference
sources. However, threshold detector applications may
require the same reference. The reference signal must
be between V
SS
and V
DD
and can be applied to either
pin of the comparator(s).
21.3.2
INTERNAL REFERENCE SIGNAL
The comparator module also allows the selection of an
internally generated voltage reference for the compara-
tors. Section 22.0 "Comparator Voltage Reference
Module"
contains a detailed description of the module
that provides this signal. The internal reference signal is
used when comparators are in mode CM<2:0> =
110
(Figure 21-1). In this mode, the internal voltage
reference is applied to the V
IN
+ pin of both comparators.
21.4
Comparator Response Time
Response time is the minimum time, after selecting a
new reference voltage or input source, before the
comparator output has a valid level. If the internal ref-
erence is changed, the maximum delay of the internal
voltage reference must be considered when using the
comparator outputs. Otherwise, the maximum delay of
the comparators should be used (Section 27.0
"Electrical Characteristics"
).
21.5
Comparator Outputs
The comparator outputs are read through the CMCON
register. These bits are read-only. The comparator
outputs may also be directly output to the RE1 and RE2
I/O pins. When enabled, multiplexors in the output path
of the RE1 and RE2 pins will switch and the output of
each pin will be the unsynchronized output of the
comparator. The uncertainty of each of the
comparators is related to the input offset voltage and
the response time given in the specifications.
Figure 21-3 shows the comparator output block
diagram.
The TRISE bits will still function as an output enable/
disable for the RE1 and RE2 pins while in this mode.
The polarity of the comparator outputs can be changed
using the C2INV and C1INV bits (CMCON<4:5>).
-
+
V
IN
+
V
IN
-
Output
V
IN
V
IN+
Output
Output
V
IN
+
V
IN
-
Note 1: When reading the Port register, all pins
configured as analog inputs will read as a
`
0
'. Pins configured as digital inputs will
convert an analog input according to the
Schmitt Trigger input specification.
2: Analog levels on any pin defined as a dig-
ital input may cause the input buffer to
consume more current than is specified.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 252
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 21-3:
COMPARATOR OUTPUT BLOCK DIAGRAM
21.6
Comparator Interrupts
The comparator interrupt flag is set whenever there is
a change in the output value of either comparator.
Software will need to maintain information about the
status of the output bits, as read from CMCON<7:6>, to
determine the actual change that occurred. The CMIF
bit (PIR2 register) is the Comparator Interrupt Flag. The
CMIF bit must be reset by clearing `
0
'. Since it is also
possible to write a `
1
' to this register, a simulated
interrupt may be initiated.
The CMIE bit (PIE2 register) and the PEIE bit (INTCON
register) must be set to enable the interrupt. In addition,
the GIE bit must also be set. If any of these bits are
clear, the interrupt is not enabled, though the CMIF bit
will still be set if an interrupt condition occurs.
The user, in the Interrupt Service Routine, can clear the
interrupt in the following manner:
a)
Any read or write of CMCON will end the
mismatch condition.
b)
Clear flag bit CMIF.
A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit CMIF.
Reading CMCON will end the mismatch condition and
allow flag bit CMIF to be cleared.
D
Q
EN
To RE1 or
RE2 pin
Bus
Data
Read CMCON
Set
MULTIPLEX
CMIF
bit
-
+
D
Q
EN
CL
Port Pins
Read CMCON
Reset
From
Other
Comparator
CxINV
Note:
If a change in the CMCON register
(C1OUT or C2OUT) should occur when a
read operation is being executed (start of
the Q2 cycle), then the CMIF (PIR2
register) interrupt flag may not get set.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 253
PIC18FXX8
21.7
Comparator Operation During
Sleep
When a comparator is active and the device is placed
in Sleep mode, the comparator remains active and the
interrupt is functional if enabled. This interrupt will
wake-up the device from Sleep mode when enabled.
While the comparator is powered up, higher Sleep
currents than shown in the power-down current
specification will occur. Each operational comparator
will consume additional current, as shown in the com-
parator specifications. To minimize power consumption
while in Sleep mode, turn off the comparators,
CM<2:0> =
111
, before entering Sleep. If the device
wakes up from Sleep, the contents of the CMCON
register are not affected.
21.8
Effects of a Reset
A device Reset forces the CMCON register to its Reset
state, causing the comparator module to be in the
Comparator Reset mode, CM<2:0> =
000
. This
ensures that all potential inputs are analog inputs.
Device current is minimized when analog inputs are
present at Reset time. The comparators will be
powered down during the Reset interval.
21.9
Analog Input Connection
Considerations
A simplified circuit for an analog input is shown in
Figure 21-4. Since the analog pins are connected to a
digital output, they have reverse biased diodes to V
DD
and V
SS
. The analog input, therefore, must be between
V
SS
and V
DD
. If the input voltage deviates from this
range by more than 0.6V in either direction, one of the
diodes is forward biased and a latch-up condition may
occur. A maximum source impedance of 10 k
is
recommended for the analog sources. Any external
component connected to an analog input pin, such as
a capacitor or a Zener diode, should have very little
leakage current.
FIGURE 21-4:
ANALOG INPUT MODEL
VA
R
S
<
10k
A
IN
C
PIN
5 pF
V
DD
V
T
= 0.6V
V
T
= 0.6V
R
IC
I
LEAKAGE
500 nA
V
SS
Legend:
C
PIN
=
Input Capacitance
V
T
= Threshold
Voltage
I
LEAKAGE
=
Leakage Current at the pin due to various junctions
R
IC
=
Interconnect Resistance
R
S
=
Source Impedance
VA
=
Analog Voltage
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 254
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 21-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARATOR MODULE
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR
Value on
all other
Resets
CMCON
C2OUT C1OUT C2INV
C1INV
CIS
CM2
CM1
CM0
0000 0000 0000 0000
CVRCON CVREN CVROE CVRR
CVRSS
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
0000 0000 0000 0000
INTCON
GIE/
GIEH
PEIE/
GIEL
TMR0IE
INT0IE
RBIE
TMR0IF INT0IF
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
PIR2
--
CMIF
(1)
--
EEIF
BCLIF
LVDIF
TMR3IF ECCP1IF
(1)
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
PIE2
--
CMIE
(1)
--
EEIE
BCLIE
LVDIE
TMR3IE ECCP1IE
(1)
-0-0 0000 -0-0 0000
IPR2
--
CMIP
(1)
--
EEIP
BCLIP
LVDIP
TMR3IP ECCP1IP
(1)
-1-1 1111 -1-1 1111
PORTD
RD7
RD6
RD5
RD4
RD3
RD2
RD1
RD0
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
LATD
LATD7
LATD6
LATD5
LATD4
LATD3
LATD2
LATD1
LATD0
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
TRISD
PORTD Data Direction Register
1111 1111 1111 1111
PORTE
--
--
--
--
--
RE2
RE1
RE0
---- -xxx ---- -000
LATE
--
--
--
--
--
LATE2
LATE1
LATE0
---- -xxx ---- -uuu
TRISE
IBF
(1)
OBF
(1)
IBOV
(1)
PSPMODE
(1)
--
TRISE2 TRISE1
TRISE0
0000 -111 0000 -111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as `
0
'
Note 1:
These bits are reserved on PIC18F2X8 devices; always maintain these bits clear.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 255
PIC18FXX8
22.0
COMPARATOR VOLTAGE
REFERENCE MODULE
This module is a 16-tap resistor ladder network that
provides a selectable voltage reference. The resistor
ladder is segmented to provide two ranges of CV
REF
values and has a power-down function to conserve
power when the reference is not being used. The
CVRCON register controls the operation of the
reference, as shown in Register 22-1. The block
diagram is shown in Figure 22-1.
The comparator and reference supply voltage can
come from either V
DD
and V
SS
, or the external V
REF
+
and V
REF
-, that are multiplexed with RA3 and RA2. The
comparator reference supply voltage is controlled by
the CVRSS bit.
22.1
Configuring the Comparator
Voltage Reference
The comparator voltage reference can output 16 distinct
voltage levels for each range. The equations used to
calculate the output of the comparator voltage reference
are as follows.
EQUATION 22-1:
EQUATION 22-2:
The settling time of the Comparator Voltage Reference
must be considered when changing the RA0/AN0/
CV
REF
output (see Table 27-4 in Section 27.2 "DC
Characteristics").
REGISTER 22-1:
CVRCON: COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONTROL REGISTER
Note:
The comparator voltage reference is only
available on the PIC18F448 and
PIC18F458.
If CVRR = 1:
CV
REF
= (CVR<3:0>/24) x CV
RSRC
where:
CVRSS = 1, CV
RSRC
= (V
REF
+) (V
REF
-)
CVRSS = 0, CV
RSRC
= AV
DD
AV
SS
If CVRR = 0:
CV
REF
= (CV
RSRC
x 1/4) + (CVR<3:0>/32) x CV
RSRC
where:
CVRSS = 1, CV
RSRC
= (V
REF
+) (V
REF
-)
CVRSS = 0, CV
RSRC
= AV
DD
AV
SS
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
CVREN
CVROE
CVRR
CVRSS
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
CVREN: Comparator Voltage Reference Enable bit
1
= CV
REF
circuit powered on
0
= CV
REF
circuit powered down
bit 6
CVROE: Comparator V
REF
Output Enable bit
1
= CV
REF
voltage level is also output on the RA0/AN0/CV
REF
pin
0
= CV
REF
voltage is disconnected from the RA0/AN0/CV
REF
pin
bit 5
CVRR: Comparator V
REF
Range Selection bit
1
= 0.00 CV
RSRC
to 0.625 CV
RSRC
with CV
RSRC
/24 step size
0
= 0.25 CV
RSRC
to 0.719 CV
RSRC
with CV
RSRC
/32 step size
bit 4
CVRSS: Comparator V
REF
Source Selection bit
1
= Comparator reference source, CV
RSRC
= (V
REF
+) (V
REF
-)
0
= Comparator reference source, CV
RSRC
= V
DD
V
SS
bit 3-0
CVR<3:0>: Comparator V
REF
Value Selection 0
CVR3:CVR0
15 bits
When CVRR =
1
:
CV
REF
= (CVR3:CVR0/24)
(CV
RSRC
)
When CVRR =
0
:
CV
REF
= 1/4
(CV
RSRC
) + (CVR3:CVR0/32)
(CV
RSRC
)
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 256
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 22-1:
VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
22.2
Voltage Reference Accuracy/Error
The full range of voltage reference cannot be realized
due to the construction of the module. The transistors
on the top and bottom of the resistor ladder network
(Figure 22-1) keep V
REF
from approaching the refer-
ence source rails. The voltage reference is derived
from the reference source; therefore, the V
REF
output
changes with fluctuations in that source. The absolute
accuracy of the voltage reference can be found in
Section 27.0 "Electrical Characteristics".
22.3
Operation During Sleep
When the device wakes up from Sleep through an
interrupt or a Watchdog Timer time-out, the contents of
the CVRCON register are not affected. To minimize
current consumption in Sleep mode, the voltage
reference should be disabled.
22.4
Effects of a Reset
A device Reset disables the voltage reference by
clearing bit CVREN (CVRCON register). This Reset
also disconnects the reference from the RA2 pin by
clearing bit CVROE (CVRCON register) and selects the
high-voltage range by clearing bit CVRR (CVRCON
register). The CVRSS value select bits, CVRCON<3:0>,
are also cleared.
22.5
Connection Considerations
The voltage reference module operates independently
of the comparator module. The output of the reference
generator may be connected to the RA0/AN0 pin if the
TRISA<0> bit is set and the CVROE bit (CVRCON<6>)
is set. Enabling the voltage reference output onto the
RA0/AN0 pin, with an input signal present, will increase
current consumption. Connecting RA0/AN0 as a digital
output, with CVRSS enabled, will also increase current
consumption.
The RA0/AN0 pin can be used as a simple D/A output
with limited drive capability. Due to the limited current
drive capability, a buffer must be used on the voltage
reference output for external connections to V
REF
.
Figure 22-2 shows an example buffering technique.
CVRR
8R
CVR3
CVR0
(From CVRCON<3:0>)
16-to-1 Analog MUX
8R
R
R
R
R
RA0/AN0/CV
REF
16 Stages
CVRSS =
1
V
DD
V
REF
+
CVRSS =
1
CVRSS =
0
RA2/AN2/V
REF
-
CVRSS =
0
or CV
REF
of Comparator
CVREN
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 257
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 22-2:
VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT BUFFER EXAMPLE
TABLE 22-1:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARATOR VOLTAGE REFERENCE
CV
REF
Output
+
CV
REF
Module
Voltage
Reference
Output
Impedance
R
(1)
RA0/AN0
Note 1: R is dependent upon the voltage reference configuration CVRCON<3:0> and CVRCON<5>.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Value on
POR
Value on
all other
Resets
CVRCON
CVREN CVROE
CVRR
CVRSS
CVR3
CVR2
CVR1
CVR0
0000 0000 0000 0000
CMCON
C2OUT
C1OUT
C2INV
C1INV
CIS
CM2
CM1
CM0
0000 0000 0000 0000
TRISA
--
TRISA6 TRISA5 TRISA4 TRISA3
TRISA2
TRISA1 TRISA0
-111 1111 -111 1111
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as `
0
'.
Shaded cells are not used with the comparator voltage reference.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 258
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 259
PIC18FXX8
23.0
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT
In many applications, the ability to determine if the
device voltage (V
DD
) is below a specified voltage level
is a desirable feature. A window of operation for the
application can be created, where the application
software can do "housekeeping tasks" before the
device voltage exits the valid operating range. This can
be done using the Low-Voltage Detect module.
This module is a software programmable circuitry,
where a device voltage trip point can be specified.
When the voltage of the device becomes lower than the
specified point, an interrupt flag is set. If the interrupt is
enabled, the program execution will branch to the
interrupt vector address and the software can then
respond to that interrupt source.
The Low-Voltage Detect circuitry is completely under
software control. This allows the circuitry to be "turned
off" by the software which minimizes the current
consumption for the device.
Figure 23-1 shows a possible application voltage curve
(typically for batteries). Over time, the device voltage
decreases. When the device voltage equals voltage V
A
,
the LVD logic generates an interrupt. This occurs at
time T
A
. The application software then has the time,
until the device voltage is no longer in valid operating
range, to shutdown the system. Voltage point V
B
is the
minimum valid operating voltage specification. This
occurs at time T
B
. The difference T
B
T
A
is the total
time for shutdown.
The block diagram for the LVD module is shown in
Figure 23-2. A comparator uses an internally gener-
ated reference voltage as the set point. When the
selected tap output of the device voltage crosses the
set point (is lower than), the LVDIF bit is set.
Each node in the resistor divider represents a "trip point"
voltage. The "trip point" voltage is the minimum supply
voltage level at which the device can operate before the
LVD module asserts an interrupt. When the supply
voltage is equal to the trip point, the voltage tapped off of
the resistor array is equal to the internal reference
voltage generated by the voltage reference module. The
comparator then generates an interrupt signal, setting
the LVDIF bit. This voltage is software programmable to
any one of 16 values (see Figure 23-2). The trip point is
selected by programming the LVDL3:LVDL0 bits
(LVDCON<3:0>).
FIGURE 23-1:
TYPICAL LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT APPLICATION
Time
Vo
l
t
a
g
e
V
A
V
B
T
A
T
B
V
A
= LVD trip point
V
B
= Minimum valid device
operating voltage
Legend:
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 260
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 23-2:
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT (LVD) BLOCK DIAGRAM
The LVD module has an additional feature that allows
the user to supply the trip voltage to the module from an
external source. This mode is enabled when bits
LVDL3:LVDL0 are set to `
1111
'. In this state, the com-
parator input is multiplexed from the external input pin
LVDIN to one input of the comparator (Figure 23-3).
The other input is connected to the internally generated
voltage reference (parameter #D423 in Section 27.2
"DC Characteristics"
). This gives users flexibility,
because it allows them to configure the Low-Voltage
Detect interrupt to occur at any voltage in the valid
operating range.
FIGURE 23-3:
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT (LVD) WITH EXTERNAL INPUT BLOCK DIAGRAM
LVDIF
V
DD
1
6
-
t
o
-1
MU
X
LVDEN
LVDCON
Internally Generated
Reference Voltage,
LVDIN
LVDL3:LVDL0
Register
1.2V Typical
LVD
EN
1
6
-
t
o
-1
MU
X
BGAP
BODEN
LVDEN
VxEN
LVDIN
V
DD
V
DD
Externally Generated
Trip Point
LVDL3:LVDL0
LVDCON
Register
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 261
PIC18FXX8
23.1
Control Register
The Low-Voltage Detect Control register controls the
operation of the Low Voltage Detect circuitry.
REGISTER 23-1:
LVDCON: LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT CONTROL REGISTER
U-0
U-0
R-0
R/W-0
R/W-0
R/W-1
R/W-0
R/W-1
--
--
IRVST
LVDEN
LVDL3
LVDL2
LVDL1
LVDL0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5
IRVST: Internal Reference Voltage Stable Flag bit
1
= Indicates that the Low-Voltage Detect logic will generate the interrupt flag at the specified
voltage range
0
= Indicates that the Low-Voltage Detect logic will not generate the interrupt flag at the
specified voltage range and the LVD interrupt should not be enabled
bit 4
LVDEN: Low-Voltage Detect Power Enable bit
1
= Enables LVD, powers up LVD circuit
0
= Disables LVD, powers down LVD circuit
bit 3-0
LVDL3:LVDL0: Low-Voltage Detection Limit bits
1111
= External analog input is used (input comes from the LVDIN pin)
1110
= 4.45V min.-4.83V max.
1101
= 4.16V min.-4.5V max.
1100
= 3.96V min.-4.2V max.
1011
= 3.76V min.-4.08V max.
1010
= 3.57V min.-3.87V max.
1001
= 3.47V min.-3.75V max.
1000
= 3.27V min.-3.55V max.
0111
= 2.98V min.-3.22V max.
0110
= 2.77V min.-3.01V max.
0101
= 2.67V min.-2.89V max.
0100
= 2.48V min.-2.68V max.
0011
= 2.37V min.-2.57V max.
0010
= 2.18V min.-2.36V max.
0001
= 1.98V min.-2.14V max.
0000
= Reserved
Note:
LVDL3:LVDL0 modes, which result in a trip point below the valid operating voltage
of the device, are not tested.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
`1' = Bit is set
`0' = Bit is cleared
x = Bit is unknown
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 262
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
23.2
Operation
Depending on the power source for the device voltage,
the voltage normally decreases relatively slowly. This
means that the LVD module does not need to be
constantly operating. To decrease the current require-
ments, the LVD circuitry only needs to be enabled for
short periods where the voltage is checked. After doing
the check, the LVD module may be disabled.
Each time that the LVD module is enabled, the circuitry
requires some time to stabilize. After the circuitry has
stabilized, all status flags may be cleared. The module
will then indicate the proper state of the system.
The following steps are needed to set up the LVD
module:
1.
Write the value to the LVDL3:LVDL0 bits
(LVDCON register) which selects the desired
LVD trip point.
2.
Ensure that LVD interrupts are disabled (the
LVDIE bit is cleared or the GIE bit is cleared).
3.
Enable the LVD module (set the LVDEN bit in
the LVDCON register).
4.
Wait for the LVD module to stabilize (the IRVST
bit to become set).
5.
Clear the LVD interrupt flag, which may have
falsely become set, until the LVD module has
stabilized (clear the LVDIF bit).
6.
Enable the LVD interrupt (set the LVDIE and the
GIE bits).
Figure 23-4 shows typical waveforms that the LVD
module may be used to detect.
FIGURE 23-4:
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT WAVEFORMS
V
LVD
V
DD
LVDIF
V
LVD
V
DD
Enable LVD
Internally Generated
T
IRVST
LVDIF may not be set
Enable LVD
LVDIF
LVDIF cleared in software
LVDIF cleared in software
LVDIF cleared in software,
CASE 1:
CASE 2:
LVDIF remains set since LVD condition still exists
Reference Stable
Internally Generated
Reference Stable
T
IRVST
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 263
PIC18FXX8
23.2.1
REFERENCE VOLTAGE SET POINT
The internal reference voltage of the LVD module may be
used by other internal circuitry (the Programmable
Brown-out Reset). If these circuits are disabled (lower
current consumption), the reference voltage circuit
requires a time to become stable before a low-voltage
condition can be reliably detected. This time is invariant
of system clock speed. This start-up time is specified in
electrical specification parameter #36. The low-voltage
interrupt flag will not be enabled until a stable reference
voltage is reached. Refer to the waveform in Figure 23-4.
23.2.2
CURRENT CONSUMPTION
When the module is enabled, the LVD comparator and
voltage divider are enabled and will consume static cur-
rent. The voltage divider can be tapped from multiple
places in the resistor array. Total current consumption,
when enabled, is specified in electrical specification
parameter #D022B.
23.3
Operation During Sleep
When enabled, the LVD circuitry continues to operate
during Sleep. If the device voltage crosses the trip
point, the LVDIF bit will be set and the device will wake-
up from Sleep. Device execution will continue from the
interrupt vector address if interrupts have been globally
enabled.
23.4
Effects of a Reset
A device Reset forces all registers to their Reset state.
This forces the LVD module to be turned off.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 264
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 265
PIC18FXX8
24.0
SPECIAL FEATURES OF
THE CPU
There are several features intended to maximize
system reliability, minimize cost through elimination of
external components, provide power-saving operating
modes and offer code protection. These are:
Oscillator Selection
Reset
- Power-on Reset (POR)
- Power-up Timer (PWRT)
- Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST)
- Brown-out Reset (BOR)
Interrupts
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
Sleep
Code Protection
ID Locations
In-Circuit Serial Programming
All PIC18FXX8 devices have a Watchdog Timer which
is permanently enabled via the configuration bits or
software controlled. It runs off its own RC oscillator for
added reliability. There are two timers that offer
necessary delays on power-up. One is the Oscillator
Start-up Timer (OST), intended to keep the chip in
Reset until the crystal oscillator is stable. The other is
the Power-up Timer (PWRT) which provides a fixed
delay on power-up only, designed to keep the part in
Reset while the power supply stabilizes. With these two
timers on-chip, most applications need no external
Reset circuitry.
Sleep mode is designed to offer a very Low-Current
Power-Down mode. The user can wake-up from Sleep
through external Reset, Watchdog Timer wake-up or
through an interrupt. Several oscillator options are also
made available to allow the part to fit the application.
The RC oscillator option saves system cost while the
LP crystal option saves power. A set of configuration
bits is used to select various options.
24.1
Configuration Bits
The configuration bits can be programmed (read as `
0
')
or left unprogrammed (read as `
1
'), to select various
device configurations. These bits are mapped starting
at program memory location 300000h.
The user will note that address 300000h is beyond the
user program memory space. In fact, it belongs to the
configuration memory space (300000h-3FFFFFh)
which can only be accessed using table reads and
table writes.
Programming the Configuration registers is done in a
manner similar to programming the Flash memory. The
EECON1 register WR bit starts a self-timed write to the
Configuration register. In normal operation mode, a
TBLWT
instruction, with the TBLPTR pointed to the
Configuration register, sets up the address and the
data for the Configuration register write. Setting the WR
bit starts a long write to the Configuration register. The
Configuration registers are written a byte at a time. To
write or erase a configuration cell, a
TBLWT
instruction
can write a `
1
' or a `
0
' into the cell.
TABLE 24-1:
CONFIGURATION BITS AND DEVICE IDS
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
Default/
Unprogrammed
Value
300001h
CONFIG1H
--
--
OSCSEN
--
--
FOSC2
FOSC1
FOSC0
--1- -111
300002h
CONFIG2L
--
--
--
--
BORV1
BORV0
BOREN
PWRTEN
---- 1111
300003h
CONFIG2H
--
--
--
--
WDTPS2
WDTPS1
WDTPS0
WDTEN
---- 1111
300006h
CONFIG4L
DEBUG
--
--
--
--
LVP
--
STVREN
1--- -1-1
300008h
CONFIG5L
--
--
--
--
CP3
CP2
CP1
CP0
---- 1111
300009h
CONFIG5H
CPD
CPB
--
--
--
--
--
--
11-- ----
30000Ah
CONFIG6L
--
--
--
--
WRT3
WRT2
WRT1
WRT0
---- 1111
30000Bh
CONFIG6H
WRTD
WRTB
WRTC
--
--
--
--
--
111- ----
30000Ch
CONFIG7L
--
--
--
--
EBTR3
EBTR2
EBTR1
EBTR0
---- 1111
30000Dh
CONFIG7H
--
EBTRB
--
--
--
--
--
--
-1-- ----
3FFFFEh
DEVID1
DEV2
DEV1
DEV0
REV4
REV3
REV2
REV1
REV0
(1)
3FFFFFh
DEVID2
DEV10
DEV9
DEV8
DEV7
DEV6
DEV5
DEV4
DEV3
0000 1000
Legend:
x
= unknown,
u
= unchanged, - = unimplemented,
q
= value depends on condition. Shaded cells are unimplemented, read as `
0
'.
Note
1:
See Register 24-11 for DEVID1 values.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 266
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 24-1:
CONFIG1H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 1 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 300001h)
REGISTER 24-2:
CONFIG2L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 2 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300002h)
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
--
--
OSCSEN
--
--
FOSC2
FOSC1
FOSC0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-6
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 5
OSCSEN: Oscillator System Clock Switch Enable bit
1
= Oscillator system clock switch option is disabled (main oscillator is source)
0
= Oscillator system clock switch option is enabled (oscillator switching is enabled)
bit 4-3
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 2-0
FOSC2:FOSC0: Oscillator Selection bits
111
= RC oscillator w/OSC2 configured as RA6
110
= HS oscillator with PLL enabled/clock frequency = (4 x F
OSC
)
101
= EC oscillator w/OSC2 configured as RA6
100
= EC oscillator w/OSC2 configured as divide-by-4 clock output
011
= RC oscillator
010
= HS oscillator
001
= XT oscillator
000
= LP oscillator
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
--
--
--
--
BORV1
BORV0
BOREN
PWRTEN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3-2
BORV1:BORV0: Brown-out Reset Voltage bits
11
= V
BOR
set to 2.0V
10
= V
BOR
set to 2.7V
01
= V
BOR
set to 4.2V
00
= V
BOR
set to 4.5V
bit 1
BOREN: Brown-out Reset Enable bit
1
= Brown-out Reset enabled
0
= Brown-out Reset disabled
bit 0
PWRTEN: Power-up Timer Enable bit
1
= PWRT disabled
0
= PWRT enabled
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 267
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 24-3:
CONFIG2H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 2 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 300003h)
REGISTER 24-4:
CONFIG4L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 4 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300006h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
--
--
--
--
WDTPS2
WDTPS1
WDTPS0
WDTEN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3-1
WDTPS2:WDTPS0: Watchdog Timer Postscale Select bits
111
= 1:128
110
= 1:64
101
= 1:32
100
= 1:16
011
= 1:8
010
= 1:4
001
= 1:2
000
= 1:1
Note:
The Watchdog Timer postscale select bits configuration used in the PIC18FXXX
devices has changed from the configuration used in the PIC18CXXX devices.
bit 0
WDTEN: Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1
= WDT enabled
0
= WDT disabled (control is placed on the SWDTEN bit)
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
R/P-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
U-0
R/P-1
DEBUG
--
--
--
--
LVP
--
STVREN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
DEBUG: Background Debugger Enable bit
1
= Background Debugger disabled. RB6 and RB7 configured as general purpose I/O pins.
0
= Background Debugger enabled. RB6 and RB7 are dedicated to In-Circuit Debug.
bit 6-3
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 2
LVP: Low-Voltage ICSP Enable bit
1
= Low-Voltage ICSP enabled
0
= Low-Voltage ICSP disabled
bit 1
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 0
STVREN: Stack Full/Underflow Reset Enable bit
1
= Stack Full/Underflow will cause Reset
0
= Stack Full/Underflow will not cause Reset
Legend:
R = Readable bit
C = Clearable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 268
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 24-5:
CONFIG5L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 5 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 300008h)
REGISTER 24-6:
CONFIG5H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 5 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 300009h)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
R/C-1
--
--
--
--
CP3
(1)
CP2
(1)
CP1
CP0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
CP3: Code Protection bit
(1)
1
= Block 3 (006000-007FFFh) not code-protected
0
= Block 3 (006000-007FFFh) code-protected
bit 2
CP2: Code Protection bit
(1)
1
= Block 2 (004000-005FFFh) not code-protected
0
= Block 2 (004000-005FFFh) code-protected
bit 1
CP1: Code Protection bit
1
= Block 1 (002000-003FFFh) not code-protected
0
= Block 1 (002000-003FFFh) code-protected
bit 0
CP0: Code Protection bit
1
= Block 0 (000200-001FFFh) not code-protected
0
= Block 0 (000200-001FFFh) code-protected
Note 1: Unimplemented in PIC18FX48 devices; maintain this bit set.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
C = Clearable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
R/C-1
R/C-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
CPD
CPB
--
--
--
--
--
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
CPD: Data EEPROM Code Protection bit
1
= Data EEPROM not code-protected
0
= Data EEPROM code-protected
bit 6
CPB: Boot Block Code Protection bit
1
= Boot Block (000000-0001FFh) not code-protected
0
= Boot Block (000000-0001FFh) code-protected
bit 5-0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Legend:
R = Readable bit
C = Clearable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 269
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 24-7:
CONFIG6L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 6 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Ah)
REGISTER 24-8:
CONFIG6H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 6 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Bh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
--
--
--
--
WRT3
(1)
WRT2
(1)
WRT1
WRT0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
WRT3: Write Protection bit
(1)
1
= Block 3 (006000-007FFFh) not write-protected
0
= Block 3 (006000-007FFFh) write-protected
bit 2
WRT2: Write Protection bit
(1)
1
= Block 2 (004000-005FFFh) not write-protected
0
= Block 2 (004000-005FFFh) write-protected
bit 1
WRT1: Write Protection bit
1
= Block 1 (002000-003FFFh) not write-protected
0
= Block 1 (002000-003FFFh) write-protected
bit 0
WRT0: Write Protection bit
1
= Block 0 (000200-001FFFh) not write-protected
0
= Block 0 (000200-001FFFh) write-protected
Note 1: Unimplemented in PIC18FX48 devices; maintain this bit set.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
R/P-1
R/P-1
R-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
WRTD
WRTB
WRTC
--
--
--
--
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
WRTD: Data EEPROM Write Protection bit
1
= Data EEPROM not write-protected
0
= Data EEPROM write-protected
bit 6
WRTB: Boot Block Write Protection bit
1
= Boot Block (000000-0001FFh) not write-protected
0
= Boot Block (000000-0001FFh) write-protected
bit 5
WRTC: Configuration Register Write Protection bit
1
= Configuration registers (300000-3000FFh) not write-protected
0
= Configuration registers (300000-3000FFh) write-protected
Note:
This bit is read-only and cannot be changed in user mode.
bit 4-0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 270
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
REGISTER 24-9:
CONFIG7L: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 7 LOW (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Ch)
REGISTER 24-10: CONFIG7H: CONFIGURATION REGISTER 7 HIGH (BYTE ADDRESS 30000Dh)
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
R/P-1
--
--
--
--
EBTR3
(1)
EBTR2
(1)
EBTR1
EBTR0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-4
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 3
EBTR3: Table Read Protection bit
(1)
1
= Block 3 (006000-007FFFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0
= Block 3 (006000-007FFFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
bit 2
EBTR2: Table Read Protection bit
(1)
1
= Block 2 (004000-005FFFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0
= Block 2 (004000-005FFFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
bit 1
EBTR1: Table Read Protection bit
1
= Block 1 (002000-003FFFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0
= Block 1 (002000-003FFFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
bit 0
EBTR0: Table Read Protection bit
1
= Block 0 (000200-001FFFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0
= Block 0 (000200-001FFFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
Note 1: Unimplemented in PIC18FX48 devices; maintain this bit set.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
U-0
R/P-1
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
--
EBTRB
--
--
--
--
--
--
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 6
EBTRB: Boot Block Table Read Protection bit
1
= Boot Block (000000-0001FFh) not protected from table reads executed in other blocks
0
= Boot Block (000000-0001FFh) protected from table reads executed in other blocks
bit 5-0
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 271
PIC18FXX8
REGISTER 24-11: DEVID1: DEVICE ID REGISTER 1 FOR PIC18FXX8 DEVICES
(BYTE ADDRESS 3FFFFEh)
REGISTER 24-12: DEVID2: DEVICE ID REGISTER 2 FOR PIC18FXX8 DEVICES
(BYTE ADDRESS 3FFFFFh)
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
DEV2
DEV1
DEV0
REV4
REV3
REV2
REV1
REV0
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-5
DEV2:DEV0: Device ID bits
These bits are used with the DEV<10:3> bits in the Device ID Register 2 to identify the
part number.
000
= PIC18F248
001
= PIC18F448
010
= PIC18F258
011
= PIC18F458
bit 4-0
REV4:REV0: Revision ID bits
These bits are used to indicate the device revision.
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
DEV10
DEV9
DEV8
DEV7
DEV6
DEV5
DEV4
DEV3
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-0
DEV10:DEV3: Device ID bits
These bits are used with the DEV<2:0> bits in the Device ID Register 1 to identify the
part number.
00001000
= PIC18FXX8
Legend:
R = Readable bit
P = Programmable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value when device is unprogrammed
u = Unchanged from programmed state
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 272
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.2
Watchdog Timer (WDT)
The Watchdog Timer is a free running, on-chip RC
oscillator which does not require any external com-
ponents. This RC oscillator is separate from the RC
oscillator of the OSC1/CLKI pin. That means that the
WDT will run, even if the clock on the OSC1/CLKI and
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 pins of the device has been stopped,
for example, by execution of a
SLEEP
instruction.
During normal operation, a WDT time-out generates a
device Reset (Watchdog Timer Reset). If the device is
in Sleep mode, a WDT time-out causes the device to
wake-up and continue with normal operation
(Watchdog Timer wake-up). The TO bit in the RCON
register will be cleared upon a WDT time-out.
The Watchdog Timer is enabled/disabled by a device
configuration bit. If the WDT is enabled, software
execution may not disable this function. When the
WDTEN configuration bit is cleared, the SWDTEN bit
enables/disables the operation of the WDT.
The WDT time-out period values may be found in
Section 27.0 "Electrical Characteristics" under
parameter #31. Values for the WDT postscaler may be
assigned using the configuration bits.
24.2.1
CONTROL REGISTER
Register 24-13 shows the WDTCON register. This is a
readable and writable register which contains a control
bit that allows software to override the WDT enable
configuration bit only when the configuration bit has
disabled the WDT.
REGISTER 24-13: WDTCON: WATCHDOG TIMER CONTROL REGISTER
Note:
The
CLRWDT
and
SLEEP
instructions clear
the WDT and the postscaler if assigned to
the WDT and prevent it from timing out
and generating a device Reset condition.
Note:
When a
CLRWDT
instruction is executed
and the postscaler is assigned to the WDT,
the postscaler count will be cleared but the
postscaler assignment is not changed.
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
U-0
R/W-0
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
SWDTEN
bit 7
bit 0
bit 7-1
Unimplemented: Read as `
0
'
bit 0
SWDTEN: Software Controlled Watchdog Timer Enable bit
1
= Watchdog Timer is on
0
= Watchdog Timer is turned off if the WDTEN configuration bit in the Configuration register =
0
Legend:
R = Readable bit
W = Writable bit
U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0'
-n = Value at POR
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 273
PIC18FXX8
24.2.2
WDT POSTSCALER
The WDT has a postscaler that can extend the WDT
Reset period. The postscaler is selected at the time of
device programming by the value written to the
CONFIG2H Configuration register.
FIGURE 24-1:
WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM
TABLE 24-2:
SUMMARY OF WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTERS
Postscaler
WDT Timer
WDTEN
8-to-1 MUX
WDTPS2:WDTPS0
WDT
Time-out
8
SWDTEN bit
Configuration bit
Note:
WDTPS2:WDTPS0 are bits in register CONFIG2H.
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
CONFIG2H
--
--
--
--
WDTPS2
WDTPS1
WDTPS0
WDTEN
RCON
IPEN
--
--
RI
TO
PD
POR
BOR
WDTCON
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
SWDTEN
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the Watchdog Timer.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 274
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.3
Power-Down Mode (Sleep)
Power-down mode is entered by executing a
SLEEP
instruction.
If enabled, the Watchdog Timer will be cleared but
keeps running, the PD bit (RCON<2>) is cleared, the
TO bit (RCON<3>) is set and the oscillator driver is
turned off. The I/O ports maintain the status they had
before the
SLEEP
instruction was executed (driving
high, low or high-impedance).
For lowest current consumption in this mode, place all
I/O pins at either V
DD
or V
SS
, ensure no external circuitry
is drawing current from the I/O pin, power-down the A/D
and disable external clocks. Pull all I/O pins that are
high-impedance inputs, high or low externally, to avoid
switching currents caused by floating inputs. The T0CKI
input should also be at V
DD
or V
SS
for lowest current
consumption. The contribution from on-chip pull-ups on
PORTB should be considered.
The MCLR pin must be at a logic high level (V
IHMC
).
24.3.1
WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP
The device can wake-up from Sleep through one of the
following events:
1.
External Reset input on MCLR pin.
2.
Watchdog Timer wake-up (if WDT was
enabled).
3.
Interrupt from INT pin, RB port change or a
peripheral interrupt.
The following peripheral interrupts can wake the device
from Sleep:
1.
PSP read or write.
2.
TMR1 interrupt. Timer1 must be operating as an
asynchronous counter.
3.
TMR3 interrupt. Timer3 must be operating as an
asynchronous counter.
4.
CCP Capture mode interrupt.
5.
Special event trigger (Timer1 in Asynchronous
mode using an external clock).
6.
MSSP (Start/Stop) bit detect interrupt.
7.
MSSP transmit or receive in Slave mode
(SPI/I
2
C).
8.
USART RX or TX (Synchronous Slave mode).
9.
A/D conversion (when A/D clock source is RC).
10. EEPROM write operation complete.
11. LVD interrupt.
Other peripherals cannot generate interrupts, since
during Sleep, no on-chip clocks are present.
External MCLR Reset will cause a device Reset. All
other events are considered a continuation of program
execution and will cause a "wake-up". The TO and PD
bits in the RCON register can be used to determine the
cause of the device Reset. The PD bit, which is set on
power-up, is cleared when Sleep is invoked. The TO bit
is cleared if a WDT time-out occurred (and caused
wake-up).
When the
SLEEP
instruction is being executed, the next
instruction (PC + 2) is prefetched. For the device to
wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding
interrupt enable bit must be set (enabled). Wake-up is
regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE bit is
clear (disabled), the device continues execution at the
instruction after the
SLEEP
instruction. If the GIE bit is
set (enabled), the device executes the instruction after
the
SLEEP
instruction and then branches to the inter-
rupt address. In cases where the execution of the
instruction following
SLEEP
is not desirable, the user
should have a
NOP
after the
SLEEP
instruction.
24.3.2
WAKE-UP USING INTERRUPTS
When global interrupts are disabled (GIE cleared) and
any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit
and interrupt flag bit set, one of the following will occur:
If an interrupt condition (interrupt flag bit and
interrupt enable bits are set) occurs before the
execution of a
SLEEP
instruction, the
SLEEP
instruction will complete as a
NOP
. Therefore, the
WDT and WDT postscaler will not be cleared, the
TO bit will not be set and the PD bit will not be
cleared.
If the interrupt condition occurs during or after
the execution of a
SLEEP
instruction, the device
will immediately wake-up from Sleep. The
SLEEP
instruction will be completely executed before the
wake-up. Therefore, the WDT and WDT
postscaler will be cleared, the TO bit will be set
and the PD bit will be cleared.
Even if the flag bits were checked before executing a
SLEEP
instruction, it may be possible for flag bits to
become set before the
SLEEP
instruction completes. To
determine whether a
SLEEP
instruction executed, test
the PD bit. If the PD bit is set, the
SLEEP
instruction
was executed as a
NOP
.
To ensure that the WDT is cleared, a
CLRWDT
instruction should be executed before a
SLEEP
instruction.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 275
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 24-2:
WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT
(1,2)
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1
CLKO
(4)
INT pin
INTF Flag
(INTCON<1>)
GIEH bit
(INTCON<7>)
INSTRUCTION FLOW
PC
Instruction
Fetched
Instruction
Executed
PC
PC + 2
PC + 4
Inst(PC) = Sleep
Inst(PC 1)
Inst(PC + 2)
Sleep
Processor in
Sleep
Interrupt Latency
(3)
Inst(PC + 4)
Inst(PC + 2)
Inst(0008h)
Inst(000Ah)
Inst(0008h)
Dummy Cycle
PC + 4
0008h
000Ah
Dummy Cycle
T
OST
(2)
PC + 4
Note
1:
XT, HS or LP Oscillator mode assumed.
2:
GIE =
1
assumed. In this case, after wake-up, the processor jumps to the interrupt routine. If GIE =
0
, execution will continue in-line.
3:
T
OST
= 1024 T
OSC
(drawing not to scale). This delay will not occur for RC and EC Oscillator modes.
4:
CLKO is not available in these oscillator modes but shown here for timing reference.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 276
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
24.4
Program Verification and
Code Protection
The overall structure of the code protection on the
PIC18 Flash devices differs significantly from other
PICmicro devices.
The user program memory is divided into five blocks.
One of these is a boot block of 512 bytes. The remain-
der of the memory is divided into four blocks on binary
boundaries.
Each of the five blocks has three code protection bits
associated with them. They are:
Code-Protect bit (CPn)
Write-Protect bit (WRTn)
External Block Table Read bit (EBTRn)
Figure 24-3 shows the program memory organization
for 16 and 32-Kbyte devices and the specific code
protection bit associated with each block. The actual
locations of the bits are summarized in Table 24-3.
FIGURE 24-3:
CODE-PROTECTED PROGRAM MEMORY FOR PIC18FXX8
TABLE 24-3:
SUMMARY OF CODE PROTECTION REGISTERS
MEMORY SIZE/DEVICE
Block Code Protection
Controlled By:
16 Kbytes
(PIC18FX48)
32 Kbytes
(PIC18FX58)
Address
Range
Boot Block
Boot Block
000000h
0001FFh
CPB, WRTB, EBTRB
Block 0
Block 0
000200h
001FFFh
CP0, WRT0, EBTR0
Block 1
Block 1
002000h
003FFFh
CP1, WRT1, EBTR1
Unimplemented
Read `
0
's
Block 2
004000h
005FFFh
CP2, WRT2, EBTR2
Unimplemented
Read `
0
's
Block 3
006000h
007FFFh
CP3, WRT3, EBTR3
Unimplemented
Read `
0
's
Unimplemented
Read `
0
's
008000h
1FFFFFh
(Unimplemented Memory Space)
File Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
300008h
CONFIG5L
--
--
--
--
CP3
CP2
CP1
CP0
300009h
CONFIG5H
CPD
CPB
--
--
--
--
--
--
30000Ah
CONFIG6L
--
--
--
--
WRT3
WRT2
WRT1
WRT0
30000Bh
CONFIG6H
WRTD
WRTB
WRTC
--
--
--
--
--
30000Ch
CONFIG7L
--
--
--
--
EBTR3
EBTR2
EBTR1
EBTR0
30000Dh
CONFIG7H
--
EBTRB
--
--
--
--
--
--
Legend: Shaded cells are unimplemented.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 277
PIC18FXX8
24.4.1
PROGRAM MEMORY
CODE PROTECTION
The user memory may be read to or written from any
location using the table read and table write instruc-
tions. The device ID may be read with table reads. The
Configuration registers may be read and written with
the table read and table write instructions.
In user mode, the CPn bits have no direct effect. CPn
bits inhibit external reads and writes. A block of user
memory may be protected from table writes if the
WRTn configuration bit is `
0
'. The EBTRn bits control
table reads. For a block of user memory with the
EBTRn bit set to `
0
', a table read instruction that
executes from within that block is allowed to read. A
table read instruction that executes from a location
outside of that block is not allowed to read and will
result in reading `
0
's. Figures 24-4 through 24-6
illustrate table write and table read protection.
FIGURE 24-4:
TABLE WRITE (WRTn) DISALLOWED
Note:
Code protection bits may only be written to
a `
0
' from a `
1
' state. It is not possible to
write a `
1
' to a bit in the `
0
' state. Code
protection bits are only set to `
1
' by a full
chip erase or block erase function. The full
chip erase and block erase functions can
only be initiated via ICSP or an external
programmer.
000000h
0001FFh
000200h
001FFFh
002000h
003FFFh
004000h
005FFFh
006000h
007FFFh
WRTB, EBTRB =
11
WRT0, EBTR0 =
01
WRT1, EBTR1 =
11
WRT2, EBTR2 =
11
WRT3, EBTR3 =
11
TBLWT *
TBLPTR = 000FFF
PC = 001FFE
TBLWT *
PC = 004FFE
Register Values
Program Memory
Configuration Bit Settings
Results: All table writes disabled to Blockn whenever WRTn =
0
.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 278
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 24-5:
EXTERNAL BLOCK TABLE READ (EBTRn) DISALLOWED
FIGURE 24-6:
EXTERNAL BLOCK TABLE READ (EBTRn) ALLOWED
000000h
0001FFh
000200h
001FFFh
002000h
003FFFh
004000h
005FFFh
006000h
007FFFh
WRTB, EBTRB =
11
WRT0, EBTR0 =
10
WRT1, EBTR1 =
11
WRT2, EBTR2 =
11
WRT3, EBTR3 =
11
TBLRD *
TBLPTR = 000FFF
PC = 002FFE
Results: All table reads from external blocks to Blockn are disabled whenever EBTRn =
0
.
TABLAT register returns a value of `
0
'.
Register Values
Program Memory
Configuration Bit Settings
000000h
0001FFh
000200h
001FFFh
002000h
003FFFh
004000h
005FFFh
006000h
007FFFh
WRTB, EBTRB =
11
WRT0, EBTR0 =
10
WRT1, EBTR1 =
11
WRT2, EBTR2 =
11
WRT3, EBTR3 =
11
TBLRD *
TBLPTR = 000FFF
PC = 001FFE
Register Values
Program Memory
Configuration Bit Settings
Results: Table reads permitted within Blockn even when EBTRBn =
0
.
TABLAT register returns the value of the data at the location TBLPTR.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 279
PIC18FXX8
24.4.2
DATA EEPROM
CODE PROTECTION
The entire data EEPROM is protected from external
reads and writes by two bits: CPD and WRTD. CPD
inhibits external reads and writes of data EEPROM.
WRTD inhibits external writes to data EEPROM. The
CPU can continue to read and write data EEPROM
regardless of the protection bit settings.
24.4.3
CONFIGURATION REGISTER
PROTECTION
The Configuration registers can be write-protected.
The WRTC bit controls protection of the Configuration
registers. In user mode, the WRTC bit is readable only.
WRTC can only be written via ICSP or an external
programmer.
24.5
ID Locations
Eight memory locations (200000h-200007h) are
designated as ID locations where the user can store
checksum or other code identification numbers. These
locations are accessible during normal execution
through the
TBLRD
and
TBLWT
instructions or during
program/verify. The ID locations can be read when the
device is code-protected.
24.6
In-Circuit Serial Programming
PIC18FXXX microcontrollers can be serially pro-
grammed while in the end application circuit. This is
simply done with two lines for clock and data and three
other lines for power, ground and the programming
voltage. This allows customers to manufacture boards
with unprogrammed devices and then program the
microcontroller just before shipping the product. This
also allows the most recent firmware or a custom
firmware to be programmed.
24.7
In-Circuit Debugger
When the DEBUG bit in Configuration register,
CONFIG4L, is programmed to a `
0
', the In-Circuit
Debugger functionality is enabled. This function allows
simple debugging functions when used with
MPLAB
IDE. When the microcontroller has this fea-
ture enabled, some of the resources are not available
for general use. Resources used include 2 I/O pins,
stack locations, program memory and data memory.
For more information on the resources required, see
the User's Guide for the In-Circuit Debugger you are
using.
To use the In-Circuit Debugger function of the micro-
controller, the design must implement In-Circuit Serial
Programming connections to MCLR/V
PP
, V
DD
, GND,
RB7 and RB6. This will interface to the In-Circuit
Debugger module available from Microchip or one of
the third party development tool companies. The
Microchip In-Circuit Debugger (ICD) used with the
PIC18FXXX microcontrollers is the MPLAB
ICD 2.
24.8
Low-Voltage ICSP Programming
The LVP bit in Configuration register, CONFIG4L,
enables Low-Voltage ICSP Programming. This mode
allows the microcontroller to be programmed via ICSP
using a V
DD
source in the operating voltage range. This
only means that V
PP
does not have to be brought to
V
IHH
but can instead be left at the normal operating
voltage. In this mode, the RB5/PGM pin is dedicated to
the programming function and ceases to be a general
purpose I/O pin. During programming, V
DD
is applied to
the MCLR/V
PP
pin. To enter Programming mode, V
DD
must be applied to the RB5/PGM pin, provided the LVP
bit is set. The LVP bit defaults to a (`
1
') from the factory.
If Low-Voltage Programming mode is not used, the LVP
bit can be programmed to a `
0
' and RB5/PGM becomes
a digital I/O pin. However, the LVP bit may only be
programmed when programming is entered with V
IHH
on MCLR/V
PP
. The LVP bit can only be charged when
using high voltage on MCLR.
It should be noted that once the LVP bit is programmed
to `
0
', only the High-Voltage Programming mode is
available and only High-Voltage Programming mode
can be used to program the device.
When using Low-Voltage ICSP Programming, the part
must be supplied 4.5V to 5.5V if a bulk erase will be
executed. This includes reprogramming of the code-
protect bits from an ON state to an OFF state. For all
other cases of Low-Voltage ICSP Programming, the
part may be programmed at the normal operating
voltage. This means unique user IDs or user code can
be reprogrammed or added.
Note 1: The High-Voltage Programming mode is
always available, regardless of the state
of the LVP bit, by applying V
IHH
to the
MCLR pin.
2: While in Low-Voltage ICSP mode, the
RB5 pin can no longer be used as a
general purpose I/O pin.
3: When using Low-Voltage ICSP Program-
ming (LVP) and the pull-ups on PORTB
are enabled, bit 5 in the TRISB register
must be cleared to disable the pull-up on
RB5 and ensure the proper operation of
the device.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 280
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 281
PIC18FXX8
25.0
INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY
The PIC18 instruction set adds many enhancements to
the previous PICmicro instruction sets, while maintaining
an easy migration from these PICmicro instruction sets.
Most instructions are a single program memory word
(16 bits) but there are three instructions that require two
program memory locations.
Each single-word instruction is a 16-bit word divided
into an opcode, which specifies the instruction type and
one or more operands, which further specify the
operation of the instruction.
The instruction set is highly orthogonal and is grouped
into four basic categories:
Byte-oriented operations
Bit-oriented operations
Literal operations
Control operations
The PIC18 instruction set summary in Table 25-2 lists
byte-oriented, bit-oriented, literal and control
operations. Table 25-1 shows the opcode field
descriptions.
Most byte-oriented instructions have three operands:
1.
The file register (specified by `f')
2.
The destination of the result
(specified by `d')
3.
The accessed memory
(specified by `a')
The file register designator `f' specifies which file
register is to be used by the instruction.
The destination designator `d' specifies where the
result of the operation is to be placed. If `d' is zero, the
result is placed in the WREG register. If `d' is one, the
result is placed in the file register specified in the
instruction.
All bit-oriented instructions have three operands:
1.
The file register (specified by `f')
2.
The bit in the file register
(specified by `b')
3.
The accessed memory
(specified by `a')
The bit field designator `b' selects the number of the bit
affected by the operation, while the file register desig-
nator `f' represents the number of the file in which the
bit is located.
The literal instructions may use some of the following
operands:
A literal value to be loaded into a file register
(specified by `k')
The desired FSR register to load the literal value
into (specified by `f')
No operand required
(specified by `--')
The control instructions may use some of the following
operands:
A program memory address (specified by `n')
The mode of the
CALL
or
RETURN
instructions
(specified by `s')
The mode of the table read and table write
instructions (specified by `m')
No operand required
(specified by `--')
All instructions are a single word, except for three
double-word instructions. These three instructions
were made double-word instructions so that all the
required information is available in these 32 bits. In the
second word, the 4 MSbs are `
1
's. If this second word
is executed as an instruction (by itself), it will execute
as a
NOP
.
All single-word instructions are executed in a single
instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true or the
program counter is changed as a result of the instruc-
tion. In these cases, the execution takes two instruction
cycles, with the additional instruction cycle(s) executed
as a
NOP
.
The double-word instructions execute in two instruction
cycles.
One instruction cycle consists of four oscillator periods.
Thus, for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, the normal
instruction execution time is 1
s. If a conditional test is
true, or the program counter is changed as a result of
an instruction, the instruction execution time is 2
s.
Two-word branch instructions (if true) would take 3
s.
Figure 25-1 shows the general formats that the
instructions can have.
All examples use the format `
nnh
' to represent a hexa-
decimal number, where `
h
' signifies a hexadecimal
digit.
The Instruction Set Summary, shown in Table 25-2,
lists the instructions recognized by the Microchip
MPASM
TM
Assembler.
Section 25.2 "Instruction Set" provides a description
of each instruction.
25.1
Read-Modify-Write Operations
Any instruction that specifies a file register as part of
the instruction performs a Read-Modify-Write (R-M-W)
operation. The register is read, the data is modified and
the result is stored according to either the instruction or
the destination designator `d'. A read operation is
performed on a register even if the instruction writes to
that register.
For example, a "
CLRF PORTB
" instruction will read
PORTB, clear all the data bits, then write the result
back to PORTB. This example would have the
unintended result that the condition that sets the RBIF
flag would be cleared.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 282
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 25-1:
OPCODE FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
Field
Description
a
RAM access bit:
a =
0
: RAM location in Access RAM (BSR register is ignored)
a =
1
: RAM bank is specified by BSR register
bbb
Bit address within an 8-bit file register (0 to 7).
BSR
Bank Select Register. Used to select the current RAM bank.
d
Destination select bit:
d =
0
: store result in WREG
d =
1
: store result in file register f
dest
Destination either the WREG register or the specified register file location.
f
8-bit register file address (0x00 to 0xFF).
fs
12-bit register file address (0x000 to 0xFFF). This is the source address.
fd
12-bit register file address (0x000 to 0xFFF). This is the destination address.
k
Literal field, constant data or label (may be either an 8-bit, 12-bit or a 20-bit value).
label
Label name.
mm
The mode of the TBLPTR register for the table read and table write instructions.
Only used with table read and table write instructions:
*
No change to register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes)
*+
Post-Increment register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes)
*-
Post-Decrement register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes)
+*
Pre-Increment register (such as TBLPTR with table reads and writes)
n
The relative address (2's complement number) for relative branch instructions or the direct address for
Call/Branch and Return instructions.
PRODH
Product of Multiply High Byte.
PRODL
Product of Multiply Low Byte.
s
Fast Call/Return mode select bit:
s =
0
: do not update into/from shadow registers
s =
1
: certain registers loaded into/from shadow registers (Fast mode)
u
Unused or unchanged.
WREG
Working register (accumulator).
x
Don't care (0 or 1).
The assembler will generate code with x =
0
. It is the recommended form of use for compatibility with all
Microchip software tools.
TBLPTR
21-bit Table Pointer (points to a program memory location).
TABLAT
8-bit Table Latch.
TOS
Top-of-Stack.
PC
Program Counter
PCL
Program Counter Low Byte.
PCH
Program Counter High Byte.
PCLATH
Program Counter High Byte Latch.
PCLATU
Program Counter Upper Byte Latch.
GIE
Global Interrupt Enable bit.
WDT
Watchdog Timer.
TO
Time-out bit.
PD
Power-Down bit.
C, DC, Z, OV, N
ALU status bits: Carry, Digit Carry, Zero, Overflow, Negative.
[ ]
Optional.
( )
Contents.
Assigned to.
< >
Register bit field.
In the set of.
italics
User defined term (font is courier).
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 283
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 25-1:
GENERAL FORMAT FOR INSTRUCTIONS
Byte-oriented file register operations
15 10 9 8 7 0
d =
0
for result destination to be WREG register
OPCODE d a f (FILE #)
d =
1
for result destination to be file register (f)
a =
0
to force Access Bank
Bit-oriented file register operations
15 12 11 9 8 7 0
OPCODE b (BIT #) a f (FILE #)
b = 3-bit position of bit in file register (f)
Literal operations
15 8 7 0
OPCODE k (literal)
k = 8-bit immediate value
Byte to Byte move operations (2-word)
15 12 11 0
OPCODE f (Source FILE #)
CALL, GOTO and Branch operations
15 8 7 0
OPCODE n<7:0> (literal)
n = 20-bit immediate value
a =
1
for BSR to select bank
f = 8-bit file register address
a =
0
to force Access Bank
a =
1
for BSR to select bank
f = 8-bit file register address
15 12 11 0
1111
n<19:8> (literal)
15 12 11 0
1111
f (Destination FILE #)
f = 12-bit file register address
Control operations
Example Instruction
ADDWF MYREG, W, B
MOVFF MYREG1, MYREG2
BSF MYREG, bit, B
MOVLW 0x7F
GOTO Label
15 8 7 0
OPCODE n<7:0> (literal)
15 12 11 0
n<19:8> (literal)
CALL MYFUNC
15 11 10 0
OPCODE n<10:0> (literal)
S = Fast bit
BRA MYFUNC
15 8 7 0
OPCODE n<7:0> (literal)
BC MYFUNC
S
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 284
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 25-2:
PIC18FXXX INSTRUCTION SET
Mnemonic,
Operands
Description
Cycles
16-Bit Instruction Word
Status
Affected
Notes
MSb
LSb
BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
ADDWF
ADDWFC
ANDWF
CLRF
COMF
CPFSEQ
CPFSGT
CPFSLT
DECF
DECFSZ
DCFSNZ
INCF
INCFSZ
INFSNZ
IORWF
MOVF
MOVFF
MOVWF
MULWF
NEGF
RLCF
RLNCF
RRCF
RRNCF
SETF
SUBFWB
SUBWF
SUBWFB
SWAPF
TSTFSZ
XORWF
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, a
f, d, a
f, a
f, a
f, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f
s
, f
d
f, a
f, a
f, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, d, a
f, a
f, d, a
Add WREG and f
Add WREG and Carry bit to f
AND WREG with f
Clear f
Complement f
Compare f with WREG, skip =
Compare f with WREG, skip >
Compare f with WREG, skip <
Decrement f
Decrement f, Skip if 0
Decrement f, Skip if Not 0
Increment f
Increment f, Skip if 0
Increment f, Skip if Not 0
Inclusive OR WREG with f
Move f
Move f
s
(source) to
1st word
f
d
(destination) 2nd word
Move WREG to f
Multiply WREG with f
Negate f
Rotate Left f through Carry
Rotate Left f (No Carry)
Rotate Right f through Carry
Rotate Right f (No Carry)
Set f
Subtract f from WREG with
borrow
Subtract WREG from f
Subtract WREG from f with
borrow
Swap nibbles in f
Test f, skip if 0
Exclusive OR WREG with f
1
1
1
1
1
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 (2 or 3)
1
0010
0010
0001
0110
0001
0110
0110
0110
0000
0010
0100
0010
0011
0100
0001
0101
1100
1111
0110
0000
0110
0011
0100
0011
0100
0110
0101
0101
0101
0011
0110
0001
01da
00da
01da
101a
11da
001a
010a
000a
01da
11da
11da
10da
11da
10da
00da
00da
ffff
ffff
111a
001a
110a
01da
01da
00da
00da
100a
01da
11da
10da
10da
011a
10da
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
C, DC, Z, OV, N
C, DC, Z, OV, N
Z, N
Z
Z, N
None
None
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
None
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
None
None
Z, N
Z, N
None
None
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
C, Z, N
Z, N
C, Z, N
Z, N
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
C, DC, Z, OV, N
C, DC, Z, OV, N
None
None
Z, N
1, 2
1, 2
1,2
2
1, 2
4
4
1, 2
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2, 3, 4
1, 2
1, 2, 3, 4
4
1, 2
1, 2
1
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
1, 2
4
1, 2
BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS
BCF
BSF
BTFSC
BTFSS
BTG
f, b, a
f, b, a
f, b, a
f, b, a
f, d, a
Bit Clear f
Bit Set f
Bit Test f, Skip if Clear
Bit Test f, Skip if Set
Bit Toggle f
1
1
1 (2 or 3)
1 (2 or 3)
1
1001
1000
1011
1010
0111
bbba
bbba
bbba
bbba
bbba
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
None
None
None
None
None
1, 2
1, 2
3, 4
3, 4
1, 2
Note 1:
When a Port register is modified as a function of itself (e.g.,
MOVF PORTB, 1, 0
), the value used will be
that value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is `
1
' for a pin configured as input
and is driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a `
0
'.
2:
If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and where applicable, d =
1
), the prescaler will be
cleared if assigned.
3:
If Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The
second cycle is executed as a
NOP
.
4:
Some instructions are 2-word instructions. The second word of these instructions will be executed as a
NOP
unless the first word of the instruction retrieves the information embedded in these 16 bits. This ensures that
all program memory locations have a valid instruction.
5:
If the table write starts the write cycle to internal memory, the write will continue until terminated.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 285
PIC18FXX8
CONTROL OPERATIONS
BC
BN
BNC
BNN
BNOV
BNZ
BOV
BRA
BZ
CALL
CLRWDT
DAW
GOTO
NOP
NOP
POP
PUSH
RCALL
RESET
RETFIE
RETLW
RETURN
SLEEP
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n, s
--
--
n
--
--
--
--
n
s
k
s
--
Branch if Carry
Branch if Negative
Branch if Not Carry
Branch if Not Negative
Branch if Not Overflow
Branch if Not Zero
Branch if Overflow
Branch Unconditionally
Branch if Zero
Call subroutine1st word
2nd word
Clear Watchdog Timer
Decimal Adjust WREG
Go to address 1st word
2nd word
No Operation
No Operation
Pop top of return stack (TOS)
Push top of return stack (TOS)
Relative Call
Software device Reset
Return from interrupt enable
Return with literal in WREG
Return from Subroutine
Go into Standby mode
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
2
1 (2)
1 (2)
1 (2)
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
1
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1110
1101
1110
1110
1111
0000
0000
1110
1111
0000
1111
0000
0000
1101
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0010
0110
0011
0111
0101
0001
0100
0nnn
0000
110s
kkkk
0000
0000
1111
kkkk
0000
xxxx
0000
0000
1nnn
0000
0000
1100
0000
0000
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
kkkk
kkkk
0000
0000
kkkk
kkkk
0000
xxxx
0000
0000
nnnn
1111
0001
kkkk
0001
0000
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
nnnn
kkkk
kkkk
0100
0111
kkkk
kkkk
0000
xxxx
0110
0101
nnnn
1111
000s
kkkk
001s
0011
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
TO
,
PD
C
None
None
None
None
None
None
All
GIE/GIEH,
PEIE/GIEL
None
None
TO
,
PD
4
TABLE 25-2:
PIC18FXXX INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED)
Mnemonic,
Operands
Description
Cycles
16-Bit Instruction Word
Status
Affected
Notes
MSb
LSb
Note 1:
When a Port register is modified as a function of itself (e.g.,
MOVF PORTB, 1, 0
), the value used will be
that value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is `
1
' for a pin configured as input
and is driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a `
0
'.
2:
If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and where applicable, d =
1
), the prescaler will be
cleared if assigned.
3:
If Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The
second cycle is executed as a
NOP
.
4:
Some instructions are 2-word instructions. The second word of these instructions will be executed as a
NOP
unless the first word of the instruction retrieves the information embedded in these 16 bits. This ensures that
all program memory locations have a valid instruction.
5:
If the table write starts the write cycle to internal memory, the write will continue until terminated.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 286
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
LITERAL OPERATIONS
ADDLW
ANDLW
IORLW
LFSR
MOVLB
MOVLW
MULLW
RETLW
SUBLW
XORLW
k
k
k
f, k
k
k
k
k
k
k
Add literal and WREG
AND literal with WREG
Inclusive OR literal with WREG
Move literal (12-bit) 2nd word
to FSRx
1st word
Move literal to BSR<3:0>
Move literal to WREG
Multiply literal with WREG
Return with literal in WREG
Subtract WREG from literal
Exclusive OR literal with WREG
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
0000
0000
0000
1110
1111
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
1111
1011
1001
1110
0000
0001
1110
1101
1100
1000
1010
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
00ff
kkkk
0000
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
kkkk
C, DC, Z, OV, N
Z, N
Z, N
None
None
None
None
None
C, DC, Z, OV, N
Z, N
DATA MEMORY
PROGRAM MEMORY OPERATIONS
TBLRD*
TBLRD*+
TBLRD*-
TBLRD+*
TBLWT*
TBLWT*+
TBLWT*-
TBLWT+*
Table Read
Table Read with post-increment
Table Read with post-decrement
Table Read with pre-increment
Table Write
Table Write with post-increment
Table Write with post-decrement
Table Write with pre-increment
2
2 (5)
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
TABLE 25-2:
PIC18FXXX INSTRUCTION SET (CONTINUED)
Mnemonic,
Operands
Description
Cycles
16-Bit Instruction Word
Status
Affected
Notes
MSb
LSb
Note 1:
When a Port register is modified as a function of itself (e.g.,
MOVF PORTB, 1, 0
), the value used will be
that value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is `
1
' for a pin configured as input
and is driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a `
0
'.
2:
If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and where applicable, d =
1
), the prescaler will be
cleared if assigned.
3:
If Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The
second cycle is executed as a
NOP
.
4:
Some instructions are 2-word instructions. The second word of these instructions will be executed as a
NOP
unless the first word of the instruction retrieves the information embedded in these 16 bits. This ensures that
all program memory locations have a valid instruction.
5:
If the table write starts the write cycle to internal memory, the write will continue until terminated.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 287
PIC18FXX8
25.2
Instruction Set
ADDLW
ADD Literal to W
Syntax:
[ label ] ADDLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
(W) + k
W
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0000
1111
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of W are added to the 8-bit
literal `k' and the result is placed in W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Write to W
Example:
ADDLW
0x15
Before Instruction
W
=
0x10
After Instruction
W = 0x25
ADDWF
ADD W to f
Syntax:
[ label ] ADDWF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) + (f)
dest
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0010
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Add W to register `f'. If `d' is `
0
', the
result is stored in W. If `d' is `
1
', the
result is stored back in register `f'
(default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank
will be selected. If `a' is `
1
', the BSR is
used.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
ADDWF
REG,
W
Before Instruction
W
=
0x17
REG
=
0xC2
After Instruction
W
=
0xD9
REG
=
0xC2
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 288
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
ADDWFC
ADD W and Carry bit to f
Syntax:
[ label ] ADDWFC f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) + (f) + (C)
dest
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0010
00da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Add W, the Carry flag and data memory
location `f'. If `d' is `
0
', the result is placed
in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is placed in
data memory location `f'. If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected. If `a' is `
1
',
the BSR will not be overridden.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
ADDWFC
REG,
W
Before Instruction
Carry bit =
1
REG
=
0x02
W
=
0x4D
After Instruction
Carry bit =
0
REG
=
0x02
W
=
0x50
ANDLW
AND Literal with W
Syntax:
[ label ] ANDLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
(W) .AND. k
W
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0000
1011
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of W are ANDed with the
8-bit literal `k'. The result is placed in W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`k'
Process
Data
Write to W
Example:
ANDLW
0x5F
Before Instruction
W
=
0xA3
After Instruction
W
=
0x03
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 289
PIC18FXX8
ANDWF
AND W with f
Syntax:
[ label ] ANDWF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) .AND. (f)
dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0001
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of W are ANDed with
register `f'. If `d' is `
0
', the result is stored
in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is stored back
in register `f' (default). If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected. If `a' is `
1
',
the BSR will not be overridden (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
ANDWF
REG,
W
Before Instruction
W
=
0x17
REG
=
0xC2
After Instruction
W
=
0x02
REG
=
0xC2
BC
Branch if Carry
Syntax:
[ label ] BC n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if Carry bit is `
1
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0010
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Carry bit is `
1
', then the program
will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next instruc-
tion, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BC
JUMP
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Carry
=
1;
PC
= address
(JUMP)
If Carry
=
0;
PC
= address
(HERE + 2)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 290
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
BCF
Bit Clear f
Syntax:
[ label ] BCF f,b[,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
0
b
7
a
[0,1]
Operation:
0
f<b>
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1001
bbba
ffff
ffff
Description:
Bit `b' in register `f' is cleared. If `a' is `
0
',
the Access Bank will be selected, over-
riding the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then the
bank will be selected as per the BSR
value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
BCF
FLAG_REG, 7
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0xC7
After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x47
BN
Branch if Negative
Syntax:
[ label ] BN n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if Negative bit is `
1
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0110
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Negative bit is `
1
', then the
program will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next instruc-
tion, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BN
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Negative
=
1;
PC
= address
(Jump)
If Negative
=
0;
PC
= address
(HERE + 2)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 291
PIC18FXX8
BNC
Branch if Not Carry
Syntax:
[ label ] BNC n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if Carry bit is `
0
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0011
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Carry bit is `
0
', then the program
will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next instruc-
tion, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BNC
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Carry
=
0;
PC
= address
(Jump)
If Carry
=
1;
PC
= address
(HERE + 2)
BNN
Branch if Not Negative
Syntax:
[ label ] BNN n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if Negative bit is `
0
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0111
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Negative bit is `
0
', then the
program will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next instruc-
tion, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BNN
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Negative
=
0;
PC
= address
(Jump)
If Negative
=
1;
PC
= address
(HERE + 2)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 292
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
BNOV
Branch if Not Overflow
Syntax:
[ label ] BNOV n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if Overflow bit is `
0
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0101
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Overflow bit is `
0
', then the
program will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next instruc-
tion, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BNOV
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Overflow
=
0;
PC
= address
(Jump)
If Overflow
=
1;
PC
= address
(HERE + 2)
BNZ
Branch if Not Zero
Syntax:
[ label ] BNZ n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if Zero bit is `
0
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0001
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Zero bit is `
0
', then the program
will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next instruc-
tion, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BNZ
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Zero
=
0;
PC
= address
(Jump)
If Zero
=
1;
PC
= address
(HERE + 2)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 293
PIC18FXX8
BRA
Unconditional Branch
Syntax:
[ label ] BRA n
Operands:
-1024
n
1023
Operation:
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1101
0nnn
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
Add the 2's complement number `2n' to
the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BRA
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
PC
= address
(Jump)
BSF
Bit Set f
Syntax:
[ label ] BSF f,b[,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
0
b
7
a
[0,1]
Operation:
1
f<b>
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1000
bbba
ffff
ffff
Description:
Bit `b' in register `f' is set. If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then
the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
BSF
FLAG_REG, 7
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG
=
0x0A
After Instruction
FLAG_REG
=
0x8A
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 294
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
BTFSC
Bit Test File, Skip if Clear
Syntax:
[ label ] BTFSC f,b[,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
0
b
7
a
[0,1]
Operation:
skip if (f<b>) =
0
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1011
bbba
ffff
ffff
Description:
If bit `b' in register `f' is `
0
', then the next
instruction is skipped.
If bit `b' is `
0
', then the next instruction
fetched during the current instruction
execution is discarded and a
NOP
is
executed instead, making this a two-cycle
instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank
will be selected, overriding the BSR
value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE
FALSE
TRUE
BTFSC
:
:
FLAG, 1
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If FLAG<1>
=
0;
PC
= address
(TRUE)
If FLAG<1>
=
1;
PC
= address
(FALSE)
BTFSS
Bit Test File, Skip if Set
Syntax:
[ label ] BTFSS f,b[,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
0
b
7
a
[0,1]
Operation:
skip if (f<b>) =
1
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1010
bbba
ffff
ffff
Description:
If bit `b' in register `f' is `
1
', then the next
instruction is skipped.
If bit `b' is `
1
', then the next instruction
fetched during the current instruction
execution is discarded and a
NOP
is
executed instead, making this a two-cycle
instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank
will be selected, overriding the BSR
value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE
FALSE
TRUE
BTFSS
:
:
FLAG, 1
Before Instruction
PC
= address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If FLAG<1>
=
0;
PC
= address
(FALSE)
If FLAG<1>
=
1;
PC
= address
(TRUE)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 295
PIC18FXX8
BTG
Bit Toggle f
Syntax:
[ label ] BTG f,b[,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
0
b
7
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f<b>)
f<b>
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0111
bbba
ffff
ffff
Description:
Bit `b' in data memory location `f' is
inverted. If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank will
be selected, overriding the BSR value. If
`a' =
1
, then the bank will be selected as
per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
BTG
PORTC,
4
Before Instruction:
PORTC
=
0111 0101
[0x75]
After Instruction:
PORTC
=
0110 0101
[0x65]
BOV
Branch if Overflow
Syntax:
[ label ] BOV n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if Overflow bit is `
1
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0100
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Overflow bit is `
1
', then the
program will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next instruc-
tion, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to
PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BOV
JUMP
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Overflow
=
1;
PC
= address
(JUMP)
If Overflow
=
0;
PC
= address
(HERE + 2)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 296
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
BZ
Branch if Zero
Syntax:
[ label ] BZ n
Operands:
-128
n
127
Operation:
if Zero bit is `
1
'
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
0000
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
If the Zero bit is `
1
', then the program
will branch.
The 2's complement number `2n' is
added to the PC. Since the PC will have
incremented to fetch the next instruc-
tion, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is then a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Q Cycle Activity:
If Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
Write to
PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If No Jump:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`n'
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
HERE
BZ
Jump
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If Zero
=
1;
PC
= address
(Jump)
If Zero
=
0;
PC
= address
(HERE + 2)
CALL
Subroutine Call
Syntax:
[ label ] CALL k [,s]
Operands:
0
k
1048575
s
[0,1]
Operation:
(PC) + 4
TOS,
k
PC<20:1>,
if s =
1
(W)
WS,
(Status)
STATUSS,
(BSR)
BSRS
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1st word (k<7:0>)
2nd word(k<19:8>)
1110
1111
110s
k
19
kkk
k
7
kkk
kkkk
kkkk
0
kkkk
8
Description:
Subroutine call of entire 2-Mbyte
memory range. First, return address
(PC + 4) is pushed onto the return
stack. If `s' =
1
, the W, Status and BSR
registers are also pushed into their
respective shadow registers, WS,
STATUSS and BSRS. If `s' =
0
, no
update occurs (default). Then, the
20-bit value `k' is loaded into PC<20:1>.
CALL
is a two-cycle instruction.
Words:
2
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`k'<7:0>,
Push PC to
stack
Read literal
`k'<19:8>,
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE
CALL THERE,FAST
Before Instruction
PC
=
address
(HERE)
After Instruction
PC
=
address
(THERE)
TOS
=
address
(HERE + 4)
WS
=
W
BSRS
=
BSR
STATUSS= Status
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 297
PIC18FXX8
CLRF
Clear f
Syntax:
[ label ] CLRF f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
000h
f
1
Z
Status Affected:
Z
Encoding:
0110
101a
ffff
ffff
Description:
Clears the contents of the specified
register. If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank will
be selected, overriding the BSR value.
If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be selected
as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
CLRF
FLAG_REG
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG
=
0x5A
After Instruction
FLAG_REG
=
0x00
CLRWDT
Clear Watchdog Timer
Syntax:
[ label ] CLRWDT
Operands:
None
Operation:
000h
WDT,
000h
WDT postscaler,
1
TO,
1
PD
Status Affected:
TO, PD
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
0100
Description:
CLRWDT
instruction resets the
Watchdog Timer. It also resets the
postscaler of the WDT. Status bits TO
and PD are set.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
Process
Data
No
operation
Example:
CLRWDT
Before Instruction
WDT Counter
=
?
After Instruction
WDT Counter
=
0x00
WDT Postscaler
=
0
TO
=
1
PD
=
1
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 298
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
COMF
Complement f
Syntax:
[ label ] COMF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0001
11da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
complemented. If `d' is `
0
', the result is
stored in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
stored back in register `f' (default). If `a'
is `
0
', the Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then
the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
COMF
REG,
W
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x13
After Instruction
REG
=
0x13
W
=
0xEC
( f )
CPFSEQ
Compare f with W, Skip if f = W
Syntax:
[ label ] CPFSEQ f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) (W),
skip if (f) = (W)
(unsigned comparison)
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
001a
ffff
ffff
Description:
Compares the contents of data memory
location `f' to the contents of W by
performing an unsigned subtraction.
If `f' = W
,
then the fetched instruction is
discarded and a
NOP
is executed
instead, making this a two-cycle
instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank
will be selected, overriding the BSR
value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE CPFSEQ REG
NEQUAL :
EQUAL :
Before Instruction
PC Address
=
HERE
W
=
?
REG
=
?
After Instruction
If REG
=
W;
PC =
Address
(EQUAL)
If REG
W;
PC =
Address
(NEQUAL)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 299
PIC18FXX8
CPFSGT
Compare f with W, Skip if f > W
Syntax:
[ label ] CPFSGT f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f)
- (
W),
skip if (f) > (W)
(unsigned comparison)
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
010a
ffff
ffff
Description:
Compares the contents of data memory
location `f' to the contents of the W by
performing an unsigned subtraction.
If the contents of `f' are greater than the
contents of WREG
,
then the fetched
instruction is discarded and a
NOP
is
executed instead, making this a
two-cycle instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then
the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE CPFSGT REG
NGREATER :
GREATER :
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
W
=
?
After Instruction
If REG
>
W;
PC =
Address
(GREATER)
If REG
W;
PC
= Address
(NGREATER)
CPFSLT
Compare f with W, Skip if f < W
Syntax:
[ label ] CPFSLT f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f)
(
W),
skip if (f) < (W)
(unsigned comparison)
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
000a
ffff
ffff
Description:
Compares the contents of data memory
location `f' to the contents of W by
performing an unsigned subtraction.
If the contents of `f' are less than the
contents of W, then the fetched
instruction is discarded and a
NOP
is
executed instead, making this a
two-cycle instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected. If `a' is `
1
',
the BSR will not be overridden (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE CPFSLT REG
NLESS :
LESS :
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
W
=
?
After Instruction
If REG
<
W;
PC
= Address
(LESS)
If REG
W;
PC =
Address
(NLESS)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 300
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DAW
Decimal Adjust W Register
Syntax:
[ label ] DAW
Operands:
None
Operation:
If [W<3:0> > 9] or [DC =
1
] then
(W<3:0>) + 6
W<3:0>;
else
(
W<3:0>)
W<3:0>
If [W<7:4> > 9] or [C =
1
] then
(
W<7:4>) + 6
W<7:4>;
else
(W<7:4>)
W<7:4>
Status Affected:
C
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
0111
Description:
DAW
adjusts the eight-bit value in W
resulting from the earlier addition of two
variables (each in packed BCD format)
and produces a correct packed BCD
result.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register W
Process
Data
Write
W
Example 1:
DAW
Before Instruction
W
=
0xA5
C
=
0
DC
=
0
After Instruction
W
=
0x05
C
=
1
DC
=
0
Example 2:
Before Instruction
W
=
0xCE
C
=
0
DC
=
0
After Instruction
W
=
0x34
C
=
1
DC
=
0
DECF
Decrement f
Syntax:
[ label ] DECF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) 1
dest
Status Affected:
C, DC, N, OV, Z
Encoding:
0000
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Decrement register `f'. If `d' is `
0
', the
result is stored in W. If `d' is `
1
', the
result is stored back in register `f'
(default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank
will be selected, overriding the BSR
value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
DECF CNT,
Before Instruction
CNT
=
0x01
Z
=
0
After Instruction
CNT
=
0x00
Z
=
1
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 301
PIC18FXX8
DECFSZ
Decrement f, Skip if 0
Syntax:
[ label ] DECFSZ f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) 1
dest,
skip if result =
0
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0010
11da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
decremented. If `d' is `
0
', the result is
placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
placed back in register `f' (default).
If the result is `
0
', the next instruction
which is already fetched is discarded
and a
NOP
is executed instead, making
it a two-cycle instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' =
1
,
then the bank will be selected as per
the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE DECFSZ CNT
GOTO LOOP
CONTINUE
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
After Instruction
CNT
=
CNT 1
If CNT
=
0;
PC = Address
(CONTINUE)
If CNT
0;
PC = Address
(HERE + 2)
DCFSNZ
Decrement f, Skip if not 0
Syntax:
[ label ] DCFSNZ f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) 1
dest,
skip if result
0
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0100
11da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
decremented. If `d' is `
0
', the result is
placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
placed back in register `f' (default).
If the result is not `
0
', the next
instruction which is already fetched is
discarded and a
NOP
is executed
instead, making it a two-cycle
instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank
will be selected, overriding the BSR
value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE DCFSNZ TEMP
ZERO :
NZERO :
Before Instruction
TEMP
=
?
After Instruction
TEMP
=
TEMP 1,
If TEMP
=
0;
PC =
Address
(ZERO)
If TEMP
0;
PC =
Address
(NZERO)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 302
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
GOTO
Unconditional Branch
Syntax:
[ label ] GOTO k
Operands:
0
k
1048575
Operation:
k
PC<20:1>
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1st word (k<7:0>)
2nd word(k<19:8>)
1110
1111
1111
k
19
kkk
k
7
kkk
kkkk
kkkk
0
kkkk
8
Description:
GOTO
allows an unconditional branch
anywhere within entire 2-Mbyte memory
range. The 20-bit value `k' is loaded into
PC<20:1>.
GOTO
is always a two-cycle
instruction.
Words:
2
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`k'<7:0>
No
operation
Read literal
`k'<19:8>,
Write to PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
GOTO THERE
After Instruction
PC =
Address
(THERE)
INCF
Increment f
Syntax:
[ label ] INCF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) + 1
dest
Status Affected:
C, DC, N, OV, Z
Encoding:
0010
10da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
incremented. If `d' is `
0
', the result is
placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
placed back in register `f' (default). If `a'
is `
0
', the Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then
the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
INCF
CNT,
Before Instruction
CNT
=
0xFF
Z
=
0
C
=
?
DC
=
?
After Instruction
CNT
=
0x00
Z
=
1
C
=
1
DC
=
1
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 303
PIC18FXX8
INCFSZ
Increment f, Skip if 0
Syntax:
[ label ] INCFSZ f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) + 1
dest,
skip if result =
0
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0011
11da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
incremented. If `d' is `
0
', the result is
placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
placed back in register `f' (default).
If the result is `
0
', the next instruction
which is already fetched is discarded
and a
NOP
is executed instead, making
it a two-cycle instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then
the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE INCFSZ CNT
NZERO :
ZERO :
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
After Instruction
CNT
=
CNT + 1
If CNT
=
0;
PC
= Address
(ZERO)
If CNT
0;
PC =
Address
(NZERO)
INFSNZ
Increment f, Skip if not 0
Syntax:
[ label ] INFSNZ f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) + 1
dest,
skip if result
0
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0100
10da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are
incremented. If `d' is `
0
', the result is
placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
placed back in register `f' (default).
If the result is not `
0
', the next
instruction which is already fetched is
discarded and a
NOP
is executed
instead, making it a two-cycle
instruction. If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank
will be selected, overriding the BSR
value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note:
3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE INFSNZ REG
ZERO
NZERO
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
After Instruction
REG
=
REG + 1
If REG
0;
PC =
Address
(NZERO)
If REG
=
0;
PC =
Address
(ZERO)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 304
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
IORLW
Inclusive OR Literal with W
Syntax:
[ label ] IORLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
(W) .OR. k
W
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0000
1001
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of W are ORed with the
eight-bit literal `k'. The result is placed in
W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Write to W
Example:
IORLW
0x35
Before Instruction
W
=
0x9A
After Instruction
W
=
0xBF
IORWF
Inclusive OR W with f
Syntax:
[ label ] IORWF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) .OR. (f)
dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0001
00da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Inclusive OR W with register `f'. If `d' is
`
0
', the result is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
',
the result is placed back in register `f'
(default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank
will be selected, overriding the BSR
value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
IORWF RESULT, W
Before Instruction
RESULT =
0x13
W
=
0x91
After Instruction
RESULT =
0x13
W
=
0x93
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 305
PIC18FXX8
LFSR
Load FSR
Syntax:
[ label ] LFSR f,k
Operands:
0
f
2
0
k
4095
Operation:
k
FSRf
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1110
1111
1110
0000
00ff
k
7
kkk
k
11
kkk
kkkk
Description:
The 12-bit literal `k' is loaded into the
file select register pointed to by `f'.
Words:
2
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`k' MSB
Process
Data
Write
literal `k'
MSB to
FSRfH
Decode
Read literal
`k' LSB
Process
Data
Write literal
`k' to FSRfL
Example:
LFSR 2, 0x3AB
After Instruction
FSR2H =
0x03
FSR2L
=
0xAB
MOVF
Move f
Syntax:
[ label ] MOVF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
f
dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0101
00da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are moved to
a destination dependent upon the
status of `d'. If `d' is `
0
', the result is
placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
placed back in register `f' (default).
Location `f' can be anywhere in the
256-byte bank. If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding the
BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank will
be selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write W
Example:
MOVF REG, W
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x22
W
=
0xFF
After Instruction
REG
=
0x22
W
=
0x22
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 306
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
MOVFF
Move f to f
Syntax:
[ label ] MOVFF f
s
,f
d
Operands:
0
f
s
4095
0
f
d
4095
Operation:
(f
s
)
f
d
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1st word (source)
2nd word (destin.)
1100
1111
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
ffff
s
ffff
d
Description:
The contents of source register `f
s
' are
moved to destination register `f
d
'.
Location of source `f
s
' can be anywhere
in the 4096-byte data space (000h to
FFFh) and location of destination `f
d
'
can also be anywhere from 000h to
FFFh.
Either source or destination can be W
(a useful special situation).
MOVFF
is particularly useful for
transferring a data memory location to a
peripheral register (such as the transmit
buffer or an I/O port).
The
MOVFF
instruction cannot use the
PCL, TOSU, TOSH or TOSL as the
destination register.
The
MOVFF
instruction should not be
used to modify interrupt settings while
any interrupt is enabled (see page 77).
Words:
2
Cycles:
2 (3)
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
(src)
Process
Data
No
operation
Decode
No
operation
No dummy
read
No
operation
Write
register `f'
(dest)
Example:
MOVFF REG1, REG2
Before Instruction
REG1
=
0x33
REG2
=
0x11
After Instruction
REG1
=
0x33
REG2
=
0x33
MOVLB
Move Literal to Low Nibble in BSR
Syntax:
[ label ] MOVLB k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
k
BSR
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
0001
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The 8-bit literal `k' is loaded into the
Bank Select Register (BSR).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal
`k'
Process
Data
Write
literal `k' to
BSR
Example:
MOVLB
5
Before Instruction
BSR register
=
0x02
After Instruction
BSR register
=
0x05
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 307
PIC18FXX8
MOVLW
Move Literal to W
Syntax:
[ label ] MOVLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
k
W
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
1110
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The eight-bit literal `k' is loaded into W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Write to W
Example:
MOVLW
0x5A
After Instruction
W
=
0x5A
MOVWF
Move W to f
Syntax:
[ label ] MOVWF f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W)
f
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
111a
ffff
ffff
Description:
Move data from W to register `f'.
Location `f' can be anywhere in the
256-byte bank. If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding the
BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank will
be selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
MOVWF
REG
Before Instruction
W
=
0x4F
REG
=
0xFF
After Instruction
W
=
0x4F
REG
=
0x4F
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 308
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
MULLW
Multiply Literal with W
Syntax:
[ label ] MULLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
(W) x k
PRODH:PRODL
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
1101
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
An unsigned multiplication is carried out
between the contents of W and the 8-bit
literal `k'. The 16-bit result is placed in
the PRODH:PRODL register pair.
PRODH contains the high byte. W is
unchanged.
None of the status flags are affected.
Note that neither Overflow nor Carry is
possible in this operation. A Zero result
is possible but not detected.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Write
registers
PRODH:
PRODL
Example:
MULLW 0xC4
Before Instruction
W
=
0xE2
PRODH
=
?
PRODL
=
?
After Instruction
W
=
0xE2
PRODH
=
0xAD
PRODL
=
0x08
MULWF
Multiply W with f
Syntax:
[ label ] MULWF f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) x (f)
PRODH:PRODL
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
001a
ffff
ffff
Description:
An unsigned multiplication is carried out
between the contents of W and the
register file location `f'. The 16-bit result
is stored in the PRODH:PRODL
register pair. PRODH contains the high
byte.
Both W and `f' are unchanged.
None of the status flags are affected.
Note that neither Overflow nor Carry is
possible in this operation. A Zero result
is possible but not detected. If `a' is `
0
',
the Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a'=
1
, then
the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
registers
PRODH:
PRODL
Example:
MULWF REG
Before Instruction
W
=
0xC4
REG
=
0xB5
PRODH
=
?
PRODL
=
?
After Instruction
W
=
0xC4
REG
=
0xB5
PRODH
=
0x8A
PRODL
=
0x94
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 309
PIC18FXX8
NEGF
Negate f
Syntax:
[ label ] NEGF f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
( f ) + 1
f
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0110
110a
ffff
ffff
Description:
Location `f' is negated using two's
complement. The result is placed in the
data memory location `f'. If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' =
1
, then
the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
NEGF
REG, 1
Before Instruction
REG
=
0011 1010
[0x3A]
After Instruction
REG
=
1100 0110
[0xC6]
NOP
No Operation
Syntax:
[ label ] NOP
Operands:
None
Operation:
No operation
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
1111
0000
xxxx
0000
xxxx
0000
xxxx
Description:
No operation.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
None.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 310
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
POP
Pop Top of Return Stack
Syntax:
[ label ] POP
Operands:
None
Operation:
(TOS)
bit bucket
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
0110
Description:
The TOS value is pulled off the return
stack and is discarded. The TOS value
then becomes the previous value that
was pushed onto the return stack.
This instruction is provided to enable
the user to properly manage the return
stack to incorporate a software stack.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
POP TOS
value
No
operation
Example:
POP
GOTO
NEW
Before Instruction
TOS
=
0x0031A2
Stack (1 level down)
=
0x014332
After Instruction
TOS
=
0x014332
PC
=
NEW
PUSH
Push Top of Return Stack
Syntax:
[ label ] PUSH
Operands:
None
Operation:
(PC + 2)
TOS
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
0101
Description:
The PC + 2 is pushed onto the top of
the return stack. The previous TOS
value is pushed down on the stack.
This instruction allows the user to
implement a software stack by
modifying TOS and then pushing it onto
the return stack.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
PUSH PC + 2
onto return
stack
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
PUSH
Before Instruction
TOS
=
0x00345A
PC
=
0x000124
After Instruction
PC
=
0x000126
TOS
=
0x000126
Stack (1 level down)
=
0x00345A
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 311
PIC18FXX8
RCALL
Relative Call
Syntax:
[ label ] RCALL n
Operands:
-1024
n
1023
Operation:
(PC) + 2
TOS,
(PC) + 2 + 2n
PC
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
1101
1nnn
nnnn
nnnn
Description:
Subroutine call with a jump up to 1K
from the current location. First, return
address (PC + 2) is pushed onto the
stack. Then, add the 2's complement
number `2n' to the PC. Since the PC will
have incremented to fetch the next
instruction, the new address will be
PC + 2 + 2n. This instruction is a
two-cycle instruction.
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read literal `n'
Push PC to
stack
Process
Data
Write to
PC
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE
RCALL Jump
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
After Instruction
PC =
Address
(Jump)
TOS =
Address
(HERE + 2)
RESET
Reset
Syntax:
[ label ] RESET
Operands:
None
Operation:
Reset all registers and flags that are
affected by a MCLR Reset.
Status Affected:
All
Encoding:
0000
0000
1111
1111
Description:
This instruction provides a way to
execute a MCLR Reset in software.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Start
Reset
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
RESET
After Instruction
Registers =
Reset Value
Flags*
=
Reset Value
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 312
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
RETFIE
Return from Interrupt
Syntax:
[ label ] RETFIE [s]
Operands:
s
[0,1]
Operation:
(TOS)
PC,
1
GIE/GIEH or PEIE/GIEL,
if s =
1
(WS)
W,
(STATUSS)
Status,
(BSRS)
BSR,
PCLATU, PCLATH are unchanged.
Status Affected:
GIE/GIEH, PEIE/GIEL.
Encoding:
0000
0000
0001
000s
Description:
Return from interrupt. Stack is popped
and Top-of-Stack (TOS) is loaded into
the PC. Interrupts are enabled by
setting either the high or low priority
global interrupt enable bit. If `s' =
1
, the
contents of the shadow registers WS,
STATUSS and BSRS are loaded into
their corresponding registers W, Status
and BSR. If `s' =
0
, no update of these
registers occurs (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
No
operation
Pop PC from
stack
Set GIEH or
GIEL
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
RETFIE 1
After Interrupt
PC
=
TOS
W
=
WS
BSR
=
BSRS
Status
=
STATUSS
GIE/GIEH, PEIE/GIEL
=
1
RETLW
Return Literal to W
Syntax:
[ label ] RETLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
k
W,
(TOS)
PC,
PCLATU, PCLATH are unchanged
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
1100
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
W is loaded with the eight-bit literal `k'.
The program counter is loaded from the
top of the stack (the return address).
The high address latch (PCLATH)
remains unchanged.
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Pop PC
from stack,
Write to W
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
CALL TABLE ; W contains table
; offset value
; W now has
; table value
:
TABLE
ADDWF PCL
; W = offset
RETLW k0
; Begin table
RETLW k1
;
:
:
RETLW kn
; End of table
Before Instruction
W
=
0x07
After Instruction
W
=
value of kn
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 313
PIC18FXX8
RETURN
Return from Subroutine
Syntax:
[ label ] RETURN [s]
Operands:
s
[0,1]
Operation:
(TOS)
PC,
if s =
1
(WS)
W,
(STATUSS)
Status,
(BSRS)
BSR,
PCLATU, PCLATH are unchanged
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0000
0000
0001
001s
Description:
Return from subroutine. The stack is
popped and the top of the stack (TOS)
is loaded into the program counter. If
`s'=
1
, the contents of the shadow
registers WS, STATUSS and BSRS are
loaded into their corresponding
registers W, Status and BSR. If `s' =
0
,
no update of these registers occurs
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
Process
Data
Pop PC
from stack
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
RETURN
After Interrupt
PC = TOS
RLCF
Rotate Left f through Carry
Syntax:
[ label ]
RLCF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f<n>)
dest<n + 1>,
(f<7>)
C,
(C)
dest<0>
Status Affected:
C, N, Z
Encoding:
0011
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are rotated
one bit to the left through the Carry flag.
If `d' is `
0
', the result is placed in W. If `d'
is `
1
', the result is stored back in register
`f' (default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank
will be selected, overriding the BSR
value. If `a' =
1
, then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
RLCF
REG, W
Before Instruction
REG
=
1110 0110
C
=
0
After Instruction
REG
=
1110 0110
W
=
1100 1100
C
=
1
C
register f
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 314
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
RLNCF
Rotate Left f (no carry)
Syntax:
[ label ]
RLNCF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f<n>)
dest<n + 1>,
(f<7>)
dest<0>
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0100
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are rotated
one bit to the left. If `d' is `
0
', the result is
placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
stored back in register `f' (default). If `a'
is `
0
', the Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' is `
1
',
then the bank will be selected as per
the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
RLNCF
REG
Before Instruction
REG
=
1010 1011
After Instruction
REG
=
0101 0111
register f
RRCF
Rotate Right f through Carry
Syntax:
[ label ] RRCF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f<n>)
dest<n 1>,
(f<0>)
C,
(C)
dest<7>
Status Affected:
C, N, Z
Encoding:
0011
00da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are rotated
one bit to the right through the Carry
flag. If `d' is `
0
', the result is placed in W.
If `d' is `
1
', the result is placed back in
register `f' (default). If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' is `
1
',
then the bank will be selected as per
the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
RRCF
REG, W
Before Instruction
REG
=
1110 0110
C
=
0
After Instruction
REG
=
1110 0110
W
=
0111 0011
C
=
0
C
register f
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 315
PIC18FXX8
RRNCF
Rotate Right f (no carry)
Syntax:
[ label ] RRNCF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f<n>)
dest<n 1>,
(f<0>)
dest<7>
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0100
00da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of register `f' are rotated
one bit to the right. If `d' is `
0
', the result
is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
placed back in register `f' (default). If `a'
is `
0
', the Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' is `
1
',
then the bank will be selected as per
the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example 1:
RRNCF REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
1101 0111
After Instruction
REG
=
1110 1011
Example 2:
RRNCF REG, W
Before Instruction
W
=
?
REG
=
1101 0111
After Instruction
W
=
1110 1011
REG
=
1101 0111
register f
SETF
Set f
Syntax:
[ label ] SETF f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
FFh
f
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
100a
ffff
ffff
Description:
The contents of the specified register
are set to FFh. If `a' is `
0
', the Access
Bank will be selected, overriding the
BSR value. If `a' is `
1
', then the bank will
be selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write
register `f'
Example:
SETF
REG
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x5A
After Instruction
REG
=
0xFF
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 316
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
SLEEP
Enter Sleep Mode
Syntax:
[ label ]
SLEEP
Operands:
None
Operation:
00h
WDT,
0
WDT postscaler,
1
TO,
0
PD
Status Affected:
TO, PD
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
0011
Description:
The Power-Down status bit (PD) is
cleared. The Time-out status bit (TO)
is set. Watchdog Timer and its
postscaler are cleared.
The processor is put into Sleep mode
with the oscillator stopped.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
Process
Data
Go to
Sleep
Example:
SLEEP
Before Instruction
TO =
?
PD =
?
After Instruction
TO =
1
PD =
0
If WDT causes wake-up, this bit is cleared.
SUBFWB
Subtract f from W with Borrow
Syntax:
[ label ]
SUBFWB f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) (f) (C)
dest
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0101
01da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Subtract register `f' and Carry flag
(borrow) from W (2's complement
method). If `d' is `
0
', the result is stored
in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is stored in
register `f' (default). If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' is `
1
',
then the bank will be selected as per
the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example 1:
SUBFWB REG
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x03
W
=
0x02
C
=
0x01
After Instruction
REG
=
0xFF
W
=
0x02
C
=
0x00
Z
=
0x00
N
=
0x01 ; result is negative
Example 2:
SUBFWB REG, 0, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
2
W
=
5
C
=
1
After Instruction
REG
=
2
W
=
3
C
=
1
Z
=
0
N
=
0 ; result is positive
Example 3:
SUBFWB REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
1
W
=
2
C
=
0
After Instruction
REG
=
0
W
=
2
C
=
1
Z
=
1 ; result is zero
N
=
0
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 317
PIC18FXX8
SUBLW
Subtract W from Literal
Syntax:
[ label ]
SUBLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
k (W)
W
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0000
1000
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
W is subtracted from the eight-bit
literal `k'. The result is placed in W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Write to W
Example 1:
SUBLW
0x02
Before Instruction
W
=
1
C
=
?
After Instruction
W
=
1
C
=
1 ; result is positive
Z
=
0
N
=
0
Example 2:
SUBLW
0x02
Before Instruction
W
=
2
C
=
?
After Instruction
W
=
0
C
=
1 ; result is zero
Z
=
1
N
=
0
Example 3:
SUBLW
0x02
Before Instruction
W
=
3
C
=
?
After Instruction
W
=
FF ; (2's complement)
C
=
0 ; result is negative
Z
=
0
N
=
1
SUBWF
Subtract W from f
Syntax:
[ label ]
SUBWF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) (W)
dest
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0101
11da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Subtract W from register `f' (2's
complement method). If `d' is `
0
', the
result is stored in W. If `d' is `
1
', the
result is stored back in register `f'
(default). If `a' is `
0
', the Access Bank
will be selected, overriding the BSR
value. If `a' is `
1
', then the bank will be
selected as per the BSR value
(default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example 1:
SUBWF REG
Before Instruction
REG
=
3
W
=
2
C
=
?
After Instruction
REG
=
1
W
=
2
C
=
1 ; result is positive
Z
=
0
N
=
0
Example 2:
SUBWF REG, W
Before Instruction
REG
=
2
W
=
2
C
=
?
After Instruction
REG
=
2
W
=
0
C
=
1 ; result is zero
Z
=
1
N
=
0
Example 3:
SUBWF REG
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x01
W
=
0x02
C
=
?
After Instruction
REG
=
0xFFh ;(2's complement)
W
=
0x02
C
=
0x00 ; result is negative
Z
=
0x00
N
=
0x01
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 318
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
SUBWFB
Subtract W from f with Borrow
Syntax:
[ label ]
SUBWFB f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f) (W) (C)
dest
Status Affected:
N, OV, C, DC, Z
Encoding:
0101
10da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Subtract W and the Carry flag (borrow)
from register `f' (2's complement
method). If `d' is `
0
', the result is stored
in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is stored back
in register `f' (default). If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' is `
1
',
then the bank will be selected as per the
BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example 1:
SUBWFB REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x19
(0001 1001)
W
=
0x0D
(0000 1101)
C
=
0x01
After Instruction
REG
=
0x0C
(0000 1011)
W
=
0x0D
(0000 1101)
C
=
0x01
Z
=
0x00
N
=
0x00
; result is positive
Example 2:
SUBWFB
REG, 0, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x1B
(0001 1011)
W
=
0x1A
(0001 1010)
C
=
0x00
After Instruction
REG
=
0x1B
(0001 1011)
W
=
0x00
C
=
0x01
Z
=
0x01
; result is zero
N
=
0x00
Example 3:
SUBWFB REG, 1, 0
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x03
(0000 0011)
W
=
0x0E
(0000 1101)
C
=
0x01
After Instruction
REG
=
0xF5
(1111 0100)
; [2's comp]
W
=
0x0E
(0000 1101)
C
=
0x00
Z
=
0x00
N
=
0x01
; result is negative
SWAPF
Swap f
Syntax:
[ label ]
SWAPF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(f<3:0>)
dest<7:4>,
(f<7:4>)
dest<3:0>
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0011
10da
ffff
ffff
Description:
The upper and lower nibbles of register
`f' are exchanged. If `d' is `
0
', the result
is placed in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is
placed in register `f' (default). If `a' is `
0
',
the Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' is `
1
',
then the bank will be selected as per
the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
SWAPF
REG
Before Instruction
REG
=
0x53
After Instruction
REG
=
0x35
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 319
PIC18FXX8
TBLRD
Table Read
Syntax:
[ label ]
TBLRD ( *; *+; *-; +*)
Operands:
None
Operation:
if TBLRD *,
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR))
TABLAT;
TBLPTR No Change;
if TBLRD *+,
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR))
TABLAT;
(TBLPTR) + 1
TBLPTR;
if TBLRD *-,
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR))
TABLAT;
(TBLPTR) 1
TBLPTR;
if TBLRD +*,
(TBLPTR) + 1
TBLPTR;
(Prog Mem (TBLPTR))
TABLAT
Status Affected: None
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
10nn
nn=0 *
=1 *+
=2 *-
=3 +*
Description:
This instruction is used to read the contents
of Program Memory (P.M.). To address the
program memory, a pointer called Table
Pointer (TBLPTR) is used.
The TBLPTR (a 21-bit pointer) points to each
byte in the program memory. TBLPTR has a
2-Mbyte address range.
TBLPTR[0] =
0
:
Least Significant
Byte of Program
Memory Word
TBLPTR[0] =
1
:
Most Significant Byte
of Program Memory
Word
The
TBLRD
instruction can modify the value
of TBLPTR as follows:
no change
post-increment
post-decrement
pre-increment
Words:
1
Cycles:
2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No operation
(Read Program
Memory)
No
operation
No operation
(Write
TABLAT)
Example 1:
TBLRD *+ ;
Before Instruction
TABLAT
=
0x55
TBLPTR
=
0x00A356
MEMORY(0x00A356)
=
0x34
After Instruction
TABLAT
=
0x34
TBLPTR
=
0x00A357
Example 2:
TBLRD +* ;
Before Instruction
TABLAT
=
0xAA
TBLPTR
=
0x01A357
MEMORY(0x01A357)
=
0x12
MEMORY(0x01A358)
=
0x34
After Instruction
TABLAT
=
0x34
TBLPTR
=
0x01A358
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 320
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TBLWT Table
Write
Syntax:
[ label ]
TBLWT ( *; *+; *-; +*)
Operands:
None
Operation:
if TBLWT*,
(TABLAT)
Holding Register;
TBLPTR No Change;
if TBLWT*+,
(TABLAT)
Holding Register;
(TBLPTR) + 1
TBLPTR;
if TBLWT*-,
(TABLAT)
Holding Register;
(TBLPTR) 1
TBLPTR;
if TBLWT+*,
(TBLPTR) + 1
TBLPTR;
(TABLAT)
Holding Register;
Status Affected: None
Encoding:
0000
0000
0000
11nn
nn=0 *
=1 *+
=2 *-
=3 +*
Description:
This instruction uses the 3 LSBs of TBLPTR to
determine which of the 8 holding registers the
TABLAT is written to. The holding registers are
used to program the contents of Program
Memory (P.M.). (Refer to Section 6.0 "Flash
Program Memory"
for additional details.)
The TBLPTR (a 21-bit pointer) points to each
byte in the program memory. TBLPTR has a
2-Mbyte address range. The LSb of the
TBLPTR selects which byte of the program
memory location to access.
TBLPTR[0] =
0
:
Least Significant Byte
of Program Memory
Word
TBLPTR[0] =
1
:
Most Significant Byte
of Program Memory
Word
The
TBLWT
instruction can modify the value
of TBLPTR as follows:
no change
post-increment
post-decrement
pre-increment
TBLWT Table Write (Continued)
Words: 1
Cycles: 2
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No operation
(Read
TABLAT)
No
operation
No operation
(Write to Holding
Register)
Example 1:
TBLWT *+;
Before Instruction
TABLAT =
0x55
TBLPTR
=
0x00A356
HOLDING REGISTER
(0x00A356)
=
0xFF
After Instructions (table write completion)
TABLAT
=
0x55
TBLPTR
=
0x00A357
HOLDING REGISTER
(0x00A356)
=
0x55
Example 2:
TBLWT +*;
Before Instruction
TABLAT
=
0x34
TBLPTR
=
0x01389A
HOLDING REGISTER
(0x01389A)
=
0xFF
HOLDING REGISTER
(0x01389B)
=
0xFF
After Instruction (table write completion)
TABLAT
=
0x34
TBLPTR
=
0x01389B
HOLDING REGISTER
(0x01389A)
=
0xFF
HOLDING REGISTER
(0x01389B)
=
0x34
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 321
PIC18FXX8
TSTFSZ
Test f, Skip if 0
Syntax:
[ label ]
TSTFSZ f [,a]
Operands:
0
f
255
a
[0,1]
Operation:
skip if f =
0
Status Affected:
None
Encoding:
0110
011a
ffff
ffff
Description:
If `f' =
0
, the next instruction fetched
during the current instruction execution
is discarded and a
NOP
is executed,
making this a two-cycle instruction. If `a'
is `
0
', the Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' is `
1
',
then the bank will be selected as per
the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1(2)
Note: 3 cycles if skip and followed
by a 2-word instruction.
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
No
operation
If skip:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
If skip and followed by 2-word instruction:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
No
operation
Example:
HERE TSTFSZ CNT
NZERO :
ZERO :
Before Instruction
PC =
Address
(HERE)
After Instruction
If CNT
=
0x00,
PC =
Address
(ZERO)
If CNT
0x00,
PC =
Address
(NZERO)
XORLW
Exclusive OR Literal with W
Syntax:
[ label ]
XORLW k
Operands:
0
k
255
Operation:
(W) .XOR. k
W
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0000
1010
kkkk
kkkk
Description:
The contents of W are XORed with
the 8-bit literal `k'. The result is placed
in W.
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
literal `k'
Process
Data
Write to
W
Example:
XORLW
0xAF
Before Instruction
W
=
0xB5
After Instruction
W
=
0x1A
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 322
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
XORWF
Exclusive OR W with f
Syntax:
[ label ]
XORWF f [,d [,a]]
Operands:
0
f
255
d
[0,1]
a
[0,1]
Operation:
(W) .XOR. (f)
dest
Status Affected:
N, Z
Encoding:
0001
10da
ffff
ffff
Description:
Exclusive OR the contents of W with
register `f'. If `d' is `
0
', the result is stored
in W. If `d' is `
1
', the result is stored back
in register `f' (default). If `a' is `
0
', the
Access Bank will be selected,
overriding the BSR value. If `a' is `
1
',
then the bank will be selected as per
the BSR value (default).
Words:
1
Cycles:
1
Q Cycle Activity:
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Decode
Read
register `f'
Process
Data
Write to
destination
Example:
XORWF REG
Before Instruction
REG
=
0xAF
W
=
0xB5
After Instruction
REG
=
0x1A
W
=
0xB5
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 323
PIC18FXX8
26.0
DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT
The PICmicro
microcontrollers are supported with a
full range of hardware and software development tools:
Integrated Development Environment
- MPLAB
IDE Software
Assemblers/Compilers/Linkers
- MPASM
TM
Assembler
- MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 C Compilers
- MPLINK
TM
Object Linker/
MPLIB
TM
Object Librarian
- MPLAB C30 C Compiler
- MPLAB ASM30 Assembler/Linker/Library
Simulators
- MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
- MPLAB dsPIC30 Software Simulator
Emulators
- MPLAB ICE 2000 In-Circuit Emulator
- MPLAB ICE 4000 In-Circuit Emulator
In-Circuit Debugger
- MPLAB ICD 2
Device Programmers
- PRO MATE
II Universal Device Programmer
- PICSTART
Plus Development Programmer
- MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
Low-Cost Demonstration Boards
- PICDEM
TM
1 Demonstration Board
- PICDEM.net
TM
Demonstration Board
- PICDEM 2 Plus Demonstration Board
- PICDEM 3 Demonstration Board
- PICDEM 4 Demonstration Board
- PICDEM 17 Demonstration Board
- PICDEM 18R Demonstration Board
- PICDEM LIN Demonstration Board
- PICDEM USB Demonstration Board
Evaluation Kits
- K
EE
L
OQ
Evaluation and Programming Tools
- PICDEM MSC
- microID
Developer Kits
- CAN
- PowerSmart
Developer Kits
- Analog
26.1
MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment Software
The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software
development previously unseen in the 8/16-bit micro-
controller market. The MPLAB IDE is a Windows
based application that contains:
An interface to debugging tools
- simulator
- programmer (sold separately)
- emulator (sold separately)
- in-circuit debugger (sold separately)
A full-featured editor with color coded context
A multiple project manager
Customizable data windows with direct edit of
contents
High-level source code debugging
Mouse over variable inspection
Extensive on-line help
The MPLAB IDE allows you to:
Edit your source files (either assembly or C)
One touch assemble (or compile) and download
to PICmicro emulator and simulator tools
(automatically updates all project information)
Debug using:
- source files (assembly or C)
- mixed assembly and C
- machine code
MPLAB IDE supports multiple debugging tools in a
single development paradigm, from the cost effective
simulators, through low-cost in-circuit debuggers, to
full-featured emulators. This eliminates the learning
curve when upgrading to tools with increasing flexibility
and power.
26.2
MPASM Assembler
The MPASM assembler is a full-featured, universal
macro assembler for all PICmicro MCUs.
The MPASM assembler generates relocatable object
files for the MPLINK object linker, Intel
standard HEX
files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol ref-
erence, absolute LST files that contain source lines and
generated machine code and COFF files for
debugging.
The MPASM assembler features include:
Integration into MPLAB IDE projects
User defined macros to streamline assembly code
Conditional assembly for multi-purpose source
files
Directives that allow complete control over the
assembly process
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 324
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
26.3
MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18
C Compilers
The MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 Code Development
Systems are complete ANSI C compilers for
Microchip's PIC17CXXX and PIC18CXXX family of
microcontrollers. These compilers provide powerful
integration capabilities, superior code optimization and
ease of use not found with other compilers.
For easy source level debugging, the compilers provide
symbol information that is optimized to the MPLAB IDE
debugger.
26.4
MPLINK Object Linker/
MPLIB Object Librarian
The MPLINK object linker combines relocatable
objects created by the MPASM assembler and the
MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18 C compilers. It can link
relocatable objects from precompiled libraries, using
directives from a linker script.
The MPLIB object librarian manages the creation and
modification of library files of precompiled code. When
a routine from a library is called from a source file, only
the modules that contain that routine will be linked in
with the application. This allows large libraries to be
used efficiently in many different applications.
The object linker/library features include:
Efficient linking of single libraries instead of many
smaller files
Enhanced code maintainability by grouping
related modules together
Flexible creation of libraries with easy module
listing, replacement, deletion and extraction
26.5
MPLAB C30 C Compiler
The MPLAB C30 C compiler is a full-featured, ANSI
compliant, optimizing compiler that translates standard
ANSI C programs into dsPIC30F assembly language
source. The compiler also supports many command
line options and language extensions to take full
advantage of the dsPIC30F device hardware capabili-
ties and afford fine control of the compiler code
generator.
MPLAB C30 is distributed with a complete ANSI C
standard library. All library functions have been vali-
dated and conform to the ANSI C library standard. The
library includes functions for string manipulation,
dynamic memory allocation, data conversion, time-
keeping and math functions (trigonometric, exponential
and hyperbolic). The compiler provides symbolic
information for high-level source debugging with the
MPLAB IDE.
26.6
MPLAB ASM30 Assembler, Linker
and Librarian
MPLAB ASM30 assembler produces relocatable
machine code from symbolic assembly language for
dsPIC30F devices. MPLAB C30 compiler uses the
assembler to produce it's object file. The assembler
generates relocatable object files that can then be
archived or linked with other relocatable object files and
archives to create an executable file. Notable features
of the assembler include:
Support for the entire dsPIC30F instruction set
Support for fixed-point and floating-point data
Command line interface
Rich directive set
Flexible macro language
MPLAB IDE compatibility
26.7
MPLAB SIM Software Simulator
The MPLAB SIM software simulator allows code devel-
opment in a PC hosted environment by simulating the
PICmicro series microcontrollers on an instruction
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
a file, or user defined key press, to any pin. The execu-
tion can be performed in Single-Step, Execute Until
Break or Trace mode.
The MPLAB SIM simulator fully supports symbolic
debugging using the MPLAB C17 and MPLAB C18
C Compilers, as well as the MPASM assembler. The
software simulator offers the flexibility to develop and
debug code outside of the laboratory environment,
making it an excellent, economical software
development tool.
26.8
MPLAB SIM30 Software Simulator
The MPLAB SIM30 software simulator allows code
development in a PC hosted environment by simulating
the dsPIC30F series microcontrollers on an instruction
level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be
examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from
a file, or user defined key press, to any of the pins.
The MPLAB SIM30 simulator fully supports symbolic
debugging using the MPLAB C30 C Compiler and
MPLAB ASM30 assembler. The simulator runs in either
a Command Line mode for automated tasks, or from
MPLAB IDE. This high-speed simulator is designed to
debug, analyze and optimize time intensive DSP
routines.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 325
PIC18FXX8
26.9
MPLAB ICE 2000
High-Performance Universal
In-Circuit Emulator
The MPLAB ICE 2000 universal in-circuit emulator is
intended to provide the product development engineer
with a complete microcontroller design tool set for
PICmicro microcontrollers. Software control of the
MPLAB ICE 2000 in-circuit emulator is advanced by
the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment,
which allows editing, building, downloading and source
debugging from a single environment.
The MPLAB ICE 2000 is a full-featured emulator sys-
tem with enhanced trace, trigger and data monitoring
features. Interchangeable processor modules allow the
system to be easily reconfigured for emulation of differ-
ent processors. The universal architecture of the
MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator allows expansion to
support new PICmicro microcontrollers.
The MPLAB ICE 2000 in-circuit emulator system has
been designed as a real-time emulation system with
advanced features that are typically found on more
expensive development tools. The PC platform and
Microsoft
Windows 32-bit operating system were
chosen to best make these features available in a
simple, unified application.
26.10 MPLAB ICE 4000
High-Performance Universal
In-Circuit Emulator
The MPLAB ICE 4000 universal in-circuit emulator is
intended to provide the product development engineer
with a complete microcontroller design tool set for high-
end PICmicro microcontrollers. Software control of the
MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator is provided by the
MPLAB Integrated Development Environment, which
allows editing, building, downloading and source
debugging from a single environment.
The MPLAB ICD 4000 is a premium emulator system,
providing the features of MPLAB ICE 2000, but with
increased emulation memory and high-speed perfor-
mance for dsPIC30F and PIC18XXXX devices. Its
advanced emulator features include complex triggering
and timing, up to 2 Mb of emulation memory and the
ability to view variables in real-time.
The MPLAB ICE 4000 in-circuit emulator system has
been designed as a real-time emulation system with
advanced features that are typically found on more
expensive development tools. The PC platform and
Microsoft Windows 32-bit operating system were
chosen to best make these features available in a
simple, unified application.
26.11 MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger
Microchip's In-Circuit Debugger, MPLAB ICD 2, is a
powerful, low-cost, run-time development tool,
connecting to the host PC via an RS-232 or high-speed
USB interface. This tool is based on the Flash
PICmicro MCUs and can be used to develop for these
and other PICmicro microcontrollers. The MPLAB
ICD 2 utilizes the in-circuit debugging capability built
into the Flash devices. This feature, along with
Microchip's In-Circuit Serial Programming
TM
(ICSP
TM
)
protocol, offers cost effective in-circuit Flash debugging
from the graphical user interface of the MPLAB
Integrated Development Environment. This enables a
designer to develop and debug source code by setting
breakpoints, single-stepping and watching variables,
CPU status and peripheral registers. Running at full
speed enables testing hardware and applications in
real-time. MPLAB ICD 2 also serves as a development
programmer for selected PICmicro devices.
26.12 PRO MATE II Universal Device
Programmer
The PRO MATE II is a universal, CE compliant device
programmer with programmable voltage verification at
V
DDMIN
and V
DDMAX
for maximum reliability. It features
an LCD display for instructions and error messages
and a modular detachable socket assembly to support
various package types. In Stand-Alone mode, the
PRO MATE II device programmer can read, verify and
program PICmicro devices without a PC connection. It
can also set code protection in this mode.
26.13 MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer
The MPLAB PM3 is a universal, CE compliant device
programmer with programmable voltage verification at
V
DDMIN
and V
DDMAX
for maximum reliability. It features
a large LCD display (128 x 64) for menus and error
messages and a modular detachable socket assembly
to support various package types. The ICSPTM cable
assembly is included as a standard item. In Stand-
Alone mode, the MPLAB PM3 device programmer can
read, verify and program PICmicro devices without a
PC connection. It can also set code protection in this
mode. MPLAB PM3 connects to the host PC via an RS-
232 or USB cable. MPLAB PM3 has high-speed com-
munications and optimized algorithms for quick pro-
gramming of large memory devices and incorporates
an SD/MMC card for file storage and secure data appli-
cations.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 326
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
26.14 PICSTART Plus Development
Programmer
The PICSTART Plus development programmer is an
easy-to-use, low-cost, prototype programmer. It con-
nects to the PC via a COM (RS-232) port. MPLAB
Integrated Development Environment software makes
using the programmer simple and efficient. The
PICSTART Plus development programmer supports
most PICmicro devices up to 40 pins. Larger pin count
devices, such as the PIC16C92X and PIC17C76X,
may be supported with an adapter socket. The
PICSTART Plus development programmer is CE
compliant.
26.15 PICDEM 1 PICmicro
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 1 demonstration board demonstrates the
capabilities of the PIC16C5X (PIC16C54 to
PIC16C58A), PIC16C61, PIC16C62X, PIC16C71,
PIC16C8X, PIC17C42, PIC17C43 and PIC17C44. All
necessary hardware and software is included to run
basic demo programs. The sample microcontrollers
provided with the PICDEM 1 demonstration board can
be programmed with a PRO MATE II device program-
mer or a PICSTART Plus development programmer.
The PICDEM 1 demonstration board can be connected
to the MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulator for testing. A
prototype area extends the circuitry for additional appli-
cation components. Features include an RS-232
interface, a potentiometer for simulated analog input,
push button switches and eight LEDs.
26.16 PICDEM.net Internet/Ethernet
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM.net demonstration board is an Internet/
Ethernet demonstration board using the PIC18F452
microcontroller and TCP/IP firmware. The board
supports any 40-pin DIP device that conforms to the
standard pinout used by the PIC16F877 or
PIC18C452. This kit features a user friendly TCP/IP
stack, web server with HTML, a 24L256 Serial
EEPROM for Xmodem download to web pages into
Serial EEPROM, ICSP/MPLAB ICD 2 interface con-
nector, an Ethernet interface, RS-232 interface and a
16 x 2 LCD display. Also included is the book and
CD-ROM "TCP/IP Lean, Web Servers for Embedded
Systems,"
by Jeremy Bentham
26.17 PICDEM 2 Plus
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 2 Plus demonstration board supports
many 18, 28 and 40-pin microcontrollers, including
PIC16F87X and PIC18FXX2 devices. All the neces-
sary hardware and software is included to run the dem-
onstration programs. The sample microcontrollers
provided with the PICDEM 2 demonstration board can
be programmed with a PRO MATE II device program-
mer, PICSTART Plus development programmer, or
MPLAB ICD 2 with a Universal Programmer Adapter.
The MPLAB ICD 2 and MPLAB ICE in-circuit emulators
may also be used with the PICDEM 2 demonstration
board to test firmware. A prototype area extends the
circuitry for additional application components. Some
of the features include an RS-232 interface, a 2 x 16
LCD display, a piezo speaker, an on-board temperature
sensor, four LEDs and sample PIC18F452 and
PIC16F877 Flash microcontrollers.
26.18 PICDEM 3 PIC16C92X
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 3 demonstration board supports the
PIC16C923 and PIC16C924 in the PLCC package. All
the necessary hardware and software is included to run
the demonstration programs.
26.19 PICDEM 4 8/14/18-Pin
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 4 can be used to demonstrate the capa-
bilities of the 8, 14 and 18-pin PIC16XXXX and
PIC18XXXX MCUs, including the PIC16F818/819,
PIC16F87/88, PIC16F62XA and the PIC18F1320
family of microcontrollers. PICDEM 4 is intended to
showcase the many features of these low pin count
parts, including LIN and Motor Control using ECCP.
Special provisions are made for low-power operation
with the supercapacitor circuit and jumpers allow on-
board hardware to be disabled to eliminate current
draw in this mode. Included on the demo board are pro-
visions for Crystal, RC or Canned Oscillator modes, a
five volt regulator for use with a nine volt wall adapter
or battery, DB-9 RS-232 interface, ICD connector for
programming via ICSP and development with MPLAB
ICD 2, 2 x 16 liquid crystal display, PCB footprints for
H-Bridge motor driver, LIN transceiver and EEPROM.
Also included are: header for expansion, eight LEDs,
four potentiometers, three push buttons and a proto-
typing area. Included with the kit is a PIC16F627A and
a PIC18F1320. Tutorial firmware is included along
with the User's Guide.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 327
PIC18FXX8
26.20 PICDEM 17 Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 17 demonstration board is an evaluation
board that demonstrates the capabilities of several
Microchip microcontrollers, including PIC17C752,
PIC17C756A, PIC17C762 and PIC17C766. A pro-
grammed sample is included. The PRO MATE II device
programmer, or the PICSTART Plus development pro-
grammer, can be used to reprogram the device for user
tailored application development. The PICDEM 17
demonstration board supports program download and
execution from external on-board Flash memory. A
generous prototype area is available for user hardware
expansion.
26.21 PICDEM 18R PIC18C601/801
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM 18R demonstration board serves to assist
development of the PIC18C601/801 family of Microchip
microcontrollers. It provides hardware implementation
of both 8-bit Multiplexed/Demultiplexed and 16-bit
Memory modes. The board includes 2 Mb external
Flash memory and 128 Kb SRAM memory, as well as
serial EEPROM, allowing access to the wide range of
memory types supported by the PIC18C601/801.
26.22 PICDEM LIN PIC16C43X
Demonstration Board
The powerful LIN hardware and software kit includes a
series of boards and three PICmicro microcontrollers.
The small footprint PIC16C432 and PIC16C433 are
used as slaves in the LIN communication and feature
on-board LIN transceivers. A PIC16F874 Flash
microcontroller serves as the master. All three micro-
controllers are programmed with firmware to provide
LIN bus communication.
26.23 PICkit
TM
1 Flash Starter Kit
A complete "development system in a box", the PICkitTM
Flash Starter Kit includes a convenient multi-section
board for programming, evaluation and development of
8/14-pin Flash PIC
microcontrollers. Powered via USB,
the board operates under a simple Windows GUI. The
PICkit 1 Starter Kit includes the User's Guide (on CD
ROM), PICkit
1 tutorial software and code for various
applications. Also included are MPLAB
IDE (Integrated
Development Environment) software, software and
hardware "Tips 'n Tricks for 8-pin Flash PIC
Microcontrollers" Handbook and a USB interface cable.
Supports all current 8/14-pin Flash PIC microcontrollers,
as well as many future planned devices.
26.24 PICDEM USB PIC16C7X5
Demonstration Board
The PICDEM USB Demonstration Board shows off the
capabilities of the PIC16C745 and PIC16C765 USB
microcontrollers. This board provides the basis for
future USB products.
26.25 Evaluation and
Programming Tools
In addition to the PICDEM series of circuits, Microchip
has a line of evaluation kits and demonstration software
for these products.
K
EE
L
OQ
evaluation and programming tools for
Microchip's HCS Secure Data Products
CAN developers kit for automotive network
applications
Analog design boards and filter design software
PowerSmart battery charging evaluation/
calibration kits
IrDA
development kit
microID development and rfLab
TM
development
software
SEEVAL
designer kit for memory evaluation and
endurance calculations
PICDEM MSC demo boards for Switching mode
power supply, high-power IR driver, delta sigma
ADC and flow rate sensor
Check the Microchip web page and the latest Product
Selector Guide for the complete list of demonstration
and evaluation kits.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 328
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 329
PIC18FXX8
27.0
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Absolute Maximum Ratings
()
Ambient temperature under bias............................................................................................................ .-40C to +125C
Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65C to +150C
Voltage on any pin with respect to V
SS
(except V
DD
, MCLR and RA4) .......................................... -0.3V to (V
DD
+ 0.3V)
Voltage on V
DD
with respect to V
SS
......................................................................................................... -0.3V to +7.5V
Voltage on MCLR with respect to V
SS
(Note 2) ......................................................................................... 0V to +13.25V
Voltage on RA4 with respect to V
SS
............................................................................................................... 0V to +8.5V
Total power dissipation (Note 1) ............................................................................................................................... 1.0W
Maximum current out of V
SS
pin ........................................................................................................................... 300 mA
Maximum current into V
DD
pin .............................................................................................................................. 250 mA
Input clamp current, I
IK
(V
I
< 0 or V
I
> V
DD
) .......................................................................................................... 20 mA
Output clamp current, I
OK
(V
O
< 0 or V
O
> V
DD
) ................................................................................................... 20 mA
Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA
Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin .................................................................................................... 25 mA
Maximum current sunk by all ports (combined) .................................................................................................... 200 mA
Maximum current sourced by all ports (combined) ............................................................................................... 200 mA
Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows:
Pdis = V
DD
x {I
DD
I
OH
} +
{(V
DD
V
OH
) x I
OH
} +
(V
OL
x I
OL
)
2: Voltage spikes below V
SS
at the MCLR/V
PP
pin, inducing currents greater than 80 mA, may cause latch-up.
Thus, a series resistor of 50-100
should be used when applying a "low" level to the MCLR/V
PP
pin rather
than pulling this pin directly to V
SS
.
Note:
Stresses above those listed under "Absolute Maximum Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the
device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions
above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum
rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 330
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 27-1:
PIC18FXX8 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH (INDUSTRIAL)
FIGURE 27-2:
PIC18FXX8 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH (EXTENDED)
Frequency
Vo
l
t
a
g
e
6.0V
5.5V
4.5V
4.0V
2.0V
40 MHz
5.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
PIC18FXX8
4.2V
Frequency
Vo
l
t
a
g
e
6.0V
5.5V
4.5V
4.0V
2.0V
25 MHz
5.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
PIC18FXX8
4.2V
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 331
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 27-3:
PIC18LFXX8 VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH (INDUSTRIAL)
Frequency
Vo
l
t
a
g
e
6.0V
5.5V
4.5V
4.0V
2.0V
40 MHz
5.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
PIC18LFXX8
4 MHz
4.2V
F
MAX
= (16.36 MHz/V) (V
DDAPPMIN
2.0V) + 4 MHz, if V
DDAPPMIN
4.2V = 40 MHz, if V
DDAPPMIN
> 4.2V
Note: V
DDAPPMIN
is the minimum voltage of the PICmicro
device in the application.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 332
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
27.1
DC Characteristics
PIC18LFXX8
(Industrial)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
PIC18FXX8
(Industrial, Extended)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40
C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic/
Device
Min
Typ
Max Units
Conditions
V
DD
Supply Voltage
D001
PIC18LFXX8
2.0
--
5.5
V
HS, XT, RC and LP Oscillator modes
D001
PIC18FXX8
4.2
--
5.5
V
D002
V
DR
RAM Data Retention
Voltage
(1)
1.5
--
--
V
D003
V
POR
V
DD
Start Voltage
to ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal
--
--
0.7
V
See section on Power-on Reset for details
D004
S
VDD
V
DD
Rise Rate
to ensure internal
Power-on Reset signal
0.05
--
--
V/ms See section on Power-on Reset for details
V
BOR
Brown-out Reset Voltage
PIC18LFXX8
D005
BORV1:BORV0 =
11
1.96
--
2.16
V
BORV1:BORV0 =
10
2.64
--
2.92
V
BORV1:BORV0 =
01
4.07
--
4.59
V
BORV1:BORV0 =
00
4.36
--
4.92
V
PIC18FXX8
D005
BORV1:BORV0 =
1x
N.A.
--
N.A.
V
Not in operating voltage range of device
BORV1:BORV0 =
01
4.07
--
4.59
V
BORV1:BORV0 =
00
4.36
--
4.92
V
Legend: Rows are shaded for improved readability.
Note 1:
This is the limit to which V
DD
can be lowered in Sleep mode, or during a device Reset, without losing RAM
data.
2:
The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O
pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have
an impact on the current consumption.
The test conditions for all I
DD
measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to V
DD
MCLR = V
DD
; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3:
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to V
DD
and V
SS
and all features that add delta current disabled (such as WDT, Timer1 Oscillator, BOR, ...).
4:
For RC oscillator configuration, current through R
EXT
is not included. The current through the resistor can
be estimated by the formula Ir = V
DD
/2 R
EXT
(mA) with R
EXT
in kOhm.
5:
The LVD and BOR modules share a large portion of circuitry. The
I
BOR
and
I
LVD
currents are not
additive. Once one of these modules is enabled, the other may also be enabled without further penalty.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 333
PIC18FXX8
I
DD
Supply Current
(2,3,4)
D010
PIC18LFXX8
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
.7
.7
1.7
1
1
2.5
.7
.7
1.8
2
2
4
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
2.5
4
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
XT oscillator configuration
V
DD
= 2.0V, +25C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
V
DD
= 2.0V, -40C to +85C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +85C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
RC oscillator configuration
V
DD
= 2.0V, +25C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
V
DD
= 2.0V, -40C to +85C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +85C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
RCIO oscillator configuration
V
DD
= 2.0V, +25C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
V
DD
= 2.0V, -40C to +85C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +85C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
D010
PIC18FXX8
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
1.7
1.7
1.7
2.5
2.5
2.5
1.8
1.8
1.8
4
4
4
5
5
6
4
5
5
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
mA
XT oscillator configuration
V
DD
= 4.2V, +25C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +85C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +125C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
RC oscillator configuration
V
DD
= 4.2V, +25C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +85C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +125C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
RCIO oscillator configuration
V
DD
= 4.2V, +25C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +85C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +125C, F
OSC
= 4 MHz
D010A
PIC18LFXX8
--
18
40
A
LP oscillator, F
OSC
= 32 kHz, WDT disabled
V
DD
= 2.0V, -40C to +85C
D010A
PIC18FXX8
--
--
60
60
150
180
A
A
LP oscillator, F
OSC
= 32 kHz, WDT disabled
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +85C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +125C
27.1
DC Characteristics (Continued)
PIC18LFXX8
(Industrial)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
PIC18FXX8
(Industrial, Extended)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40
C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic/
Device
Min
Typ
Max Units
Conditions
Legend: Rows are shaded for improved readability.
Note 1:
This is the limit to which V
DD
can be lowered in Sleep mode, or during a device Reset, without losing RAM
data.
2:
The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O
pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have
an impact on the current consumption.
The test conditions for all I
DD
measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to V
DD
MCLR = V
DD
; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3:
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to V
DD
and V
SS
and all features that add delta current disabled (such as WDT, Timer1 Oscillator, BOR, ...).
4:
For RC oscillator configuration, current through R
EXT
is not included. The current through the resistor can
be estimated by the formula Ir = V
DD
/2 R
EXT
(mA) with R
EXT
in kOhm.
5:
The LVD and BOR modules share a large portion of circuitry. The
I
BOR
and
I
LVD
currents are not
additive. Once one of these modules is enabled, the other may also be enabled without further penalty.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 334
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
I
DD
Supply Current
(2,3,4)
D010C
PIC18LFXX8
--
21
28
mA
EC, ECIO oscillator configurations
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +85C
D010C
PIC18FXX8
--
21
30
mA
EC, ECIO oscillator configurations
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +125C,
F
OSC
= 25 MHz
D013
PIC18LFXX8
--
--
--
1.3
18
28
3
28
40
mA
mA
mA
HS oscillator configurations
F
OSC
= 6 MHz, V
DD
= 2.0V
F
OSC
= 25 MHz, V
DD
= 5.5V
HS + PLL osc configuration
F
OSC
= 10 MHz, V
DD
= 5.5V
D013
PIC18FXX8
--
--
18
28
28
40
mA
mA
HS oscillator configurations
F
OSC
= 25 MHz, V
DD
= 5.5V
HS + PLL osc configuration
F
OSC
= 10 MHz, V
DD
= 5.5V
D014
PIC18LFXX8
--
32
65
A
Timer1 oscillator configuration
F
OSC
= 32 kHz, V
DD
= 2.0V
D014
PIC18FXX8
--
--
62
62
250
310
A
A
Timer1 oscillator configuration
F
OSC
= 32 kHz, V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +85C
F
OSC
= 32 kHz, V
DD
= 4.2V, -40C to +125C
I
PD
Power-Down Current
(3)
D020
PIC18LFXX8
--
--
0.3
2
4
10
A
A
V
DD
= 2.0V, -40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +85
C
D020
PIC18FXX8
--
2
10
A
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +85
C
D021B
--
6
40
A
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +125
C
27.1
DC Characteristics (Continued)
PIC18LFXX8
(Industrial)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
PIC18FXX8
(Industrial, Extended)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40
C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic/
Device
Min
Typ
Max Units
Conditions
Legend: Rows are shaded for improved readability.
Note 1:
This is the limit to which V
DD
can be lowered in Sleep mode, or during a device Reset, without losing RAM
data.
2:
The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O
pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have
an impact on the current consumption.
The test conditions for all I
DD
measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to V
DD
MCLR = V
DD
; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3:
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to V
DD
and V
SS
and all features that add delta current disabled (such as WDT, Timer1 Oscillator, BOR, ...).
4:
For RC oscillator configuration, current through R
EXT
is not included. The current through the resistor can
be estimated by the formula Ir = V
DD
/2 R
EXT
(mA) with R
EXT
in kOhm.
5:
The LVD and BOR modules share a large portion of circuitry. The
I
BOR
and
I
LVD
currents are not
additive. Once one of these modules is enabled, the other may also be enabled without further penalty.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 335
PIC18FXX8
I
WDT
Module Differential Current
D022
Watchdog Timer
PIC18LFXX8
--
--
--
0.75
0.8
7
1.5
8
25
A
A
A
V
DD
= 2.5V, +25
C
V
DD
= 2.0V, -40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +85
C
D022
Watchdog Timer
PIC18FXX8
--
--
--
7
7
7
25
25
45
A
A
A
V
DD
= 4.2V, +25
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +125
C
D022A
I
BOR
Brown-out Reset
(5)
PIC18LFXX8
--
--
--
38
42
49
50
55
65
A
A
A
V
DD
= 2.0V, +25
C
V
DD
= 2.0V, -40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +85
C
D022A
Brown-out Reset
(5)
PIC18FXX8
--
--
--
46
49
50
65
65
75
A
A
A
V
DD
= 4.2V, +25
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +125
C
D022B
I
LVD
Low-Voltage Detect
(5)
PIC18LFXX8
--
--
--
36
40
47
50
55
65
A
A
A
V
DD
= 2.0V, +25
C
V
DD
= 2.0V, -40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +85
C
D022B
Low-Voltage Detect
(5)
PIC18FXX8
--
--
--
44
47
47
65
65
75
A
A
A
V
DD
= 4.2V, +25
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +125
C
D025
I
TMR1
Timer1 Oscillator
PIC18LFXX8
--
--
--
6.2
6.2
7.5
40
45
55
A
A
A
V
DD
= 2.0V, +25
C
V
DD
= 2.0V, -40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +85
C
D025
Timer1 Oscillator
PIC18FXX8
--
--
--
7.5
7.5
7.5
55
55
65
A
A
A
V
DD
= 4.2V, +25
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +85
C
V
DD
= 4.2V, -40
C to +125
C
27.1
DC Characteristics (Continued)
PIC18LFXX8
(Industrial)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
PIC18FXX8
(Industrial, Extended)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40
C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic/
Device
Min
Typ
Max Units
Conditions
Legend: Rows are shaded for improved readability.
Note 1:
This is the limit to which V
DD
can be lowered in Sleep mode, or during a device Reset, without losing RAM
data.
2:
The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors, such as I/O
pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern and temperature, also have
an impact on the current consumption.
The test conditions for all I
DD
measurements in active operation mode are:
OSC1 = external square wave, from rail-to-rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to V
DD
MCLR = V
DD
; WDT enabled/disabled as specified.
3:
The power-down current in Sleep mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power-down current is
measured with the part in Sleep mode, with all I/O pins in high-impedance state and tied to V
DD
and V
SS
and all features that add delta current disabled (such as WDT, Timer1 Oscillator, BOR, ...).
4:
For RC oscillator configuration, current through R
EXT
is not included. The current through the resistor can
be estimated by the formula Ir = V
DD
/2 R
EXT
(mA) with R
EXT
in kOhm.
5:
The LVD and BOR modules share a large portion of circuitry. The
I
BOR
and
I
LVD
currents are not
additive. Once one of these modules is enabled, the other may also be enabled without further penalty.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 336
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
27.2
DC Characteristics: PIC18FXX8 (Industrial, Extended)
PIC18LFXX8 (Industrial)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic/
Device
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
V
IL
Input Low Voltage
I/O ports:
D030
with TTL buffer
V
SS
0.15 V
DD
V
V
DD
< 4.5V
D030A
--
0.8
V
4.5V
V
DD
5.5V
D031
with Schmitt Trigger buffer
RC3 and RC4
V
SS
V
SS
0.2 V
DD
0.3 V
DD
V
V
D032
MCLR
V
SS
0.2 V
DD
V
D032A
OSC1 (in XT, HS and LP modes)
and T1OSI
V
SS
0.3 V
DD
V
D033
OSC1 (in RC mode)
(1)
V
SS
0.2 V
DD
V
V
IH
Input High Voltage
I/O ports:
D040
with TTL buffer
0.25 V
DD
+ 0.8V
V
DD
V
V
DD
< 4.5V
D040A
2.0
V
DD
V
4.5V
V
DD
5.5V
D041
with Schmitt Trigger buffer
RC3 and RC4
0.8 V
DD
0.7 V
DD
V
DD
V
DD
V
V
D042
MCLR
0.8 V
DD
V
DD
V
D042A
OSC1 (in XT, HS and LP modes)
and T1OSI
0.7 V
DD
V
DD
V
D043
OSC1 (RC mode)
(1)
0.9 V
DD
V
DD
V
I
IL
Input Leakage Current
(2,3)
D060
I/O ports
--
1
A
V
SS
V
PIN
V
DD
,
Pin at high-impedance
D061
MCLR
--
5
A
Vss
V
PIN
V
DD
D063
OSC1
--
5
A
Vss
V
PIN
V
DD
I
PU
Weak Pull-up Current
D070
I
PURB
PORTB weak pull-up current
50
450
A
V
DD
= 5V, V
PIN
= V
SS
Note 1:
In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKI pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the
PICmicro
device be driven with an external clock while in RC mode.
2:
The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified
levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input
voltages.
3:
Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 337
PIC18FXX8
V
OL
Output Low Voltage
D080
I/O ports
--
0.6
V
I
OL
= 8.5 mA, V
DD
= 4.2V,
-40
C to +85
C
D080A
--
0.6
V
I
OL
= 7.0 mA, V
DD
= 4.2V,
-40
C to +125
C
D083
OSC2/CLKO
(RC mode)
--
0.6
V
I
OL
= 1.6 mA, V
DD
= 4.2V,
-40
C to +85
C
D083A
--
0.6
V
I
OL
= 1.2 mA, V
DD
= 4.2V,
-40
C to +125
C
V
OH
Output High Voltage
(3)
D090
I/O ports
V
DD
0.7
--
V
I
OH
= -3.0 mA, V
DD
= 4.2V,
-40
C to +85
C
D090A
V
DD
0.7
--
V
I
OH
= -2.5 mA, V
DD
= 4.2V,
-40
C to +125
C
D092
OSC2/CLKO
(RC mode)
V
DD
0.7
--
V
I
OH
= -1.3 mA, V
DD
= 4.2V,
-40
C to +85
C
D092A
V
DD
0.7
--
V
I
OH
= -1.0 mA, V
DD
= 4.2V,
-40
C to +125
C
D150
V
OD
Open-Drain High Voltage
--
7.5
V
RA4 pin
Capacitive Loading Specs on
Output Pins
D101
C
IO
All I/O pins and OSC2
(in RC mode)
--
50
pF
To meet the AC Timing
Specifications
D102
C
B
SCL, SDA
--
400
pF
In I
2
CTM mode
27.2
DC Characteristics: PIC18FXX8 (Industrial, Extended)
PIC18LFXX8 (Industrial) (Continued)
DC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature
-40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic/
Device
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
Note 1:
In RC oscillator configuration, the OSC1/CLKI pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the
PICmicro
device be driven with an external clock while in RC mode.
2:
The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on the applied voltage level. The specified
levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input
voltages.
3:
Negative current is defined as current sourced by the pin.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 338
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 27-4:
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT CHARACTERISTICS
TABLE 27-1:
LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT CHARACTERISTICS
V
LVD
LVDIF
V
DD
(LVDIF set by hardware)
(LVDIF can be
cleared in software)
37
Low-Voltage Detect Characteristics
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C
T
A
+85C for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
D420
V
LVD
LVD Voltage
LVV =
0001
1.96
2.06
2.16
V
T
25C
LVV =
0010
2.16
2.27
2.38
V
T
25C
LVV =
0011
2.35
2.47
2.59
V
T
25C
LVV =
0100
2.43
2.58
2.69
V
LVV =
0101
2.64
2.78
2.92
V
LVV =
0110
2.75
2.89
3.03
V
LVV =
0111
2.95
3.1
3.26
V
LVV =
1000
3.24
3.41
3.58
V
LVV =
1001
3.43
3.61
3.79
V
LVV =
1010
3.53
3.72
3.91
V
LVV =
1011
3.72
3.92
4.12
V
LVV =
1100
3.92
4.13
4.34
V
LVV =
1101
4.07
4.33
4.59
V
LVV =
1110
4.36
4.64
4.92
V
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 339
PIC18FXX8
TABLE 27-2:
DC CHARACTERISTICS: EEPROM AND ENHANCED FLASH
DC Characteristics
Standard Operating Conditions
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
Internal Program Memory
Programming Specifications
D110
V
PP
Voltage on MCLR/V
PP
pin
9.00
--
13.25
V
D113
I
DDP
Supply Current during
Programming
--
--
10
mA
Data EEPROM Memory
D120
E
D
Cell Endurance
100K
1M
--
E/W
-40C to +85C
D120A
E
D
Byte Endurance
10K
100K
--
E/W
+85C to +125C
D121
V
DRW
V
DD
for Read/Write
V
MIN
--
5.5
V
Using EECON to read/write
V
MIN
= Minimum operating voltage
D122
T
DEW
Erase/Write Cycle Time
--
4
--
ms
D123
T
RETD
Characteristic Retention
40
--
--
Year
Provided no other specifications
are violated
D124
T
REF
Number of Total Erase/Write
Cycles to Data EEPROM before
Refresh*
1M
10M
--
Cycles -40C to +85C
D124A
T
REF
Number of Total Erase/Write
Cycles before Refresh*
100K
1M
--
Cycles +85C to +125C
Program Flash Memory
D130
E
P
Cell Endurance
10K
100K
--
E/W
-40C to +85C
D130A
E
P
Cell Endurance
1000
10K
--
E/W
+85C to +125C
D131
V
PR
V
DD
for Read
V
MIN
--
5.5
V
V
MIN
= Minimum operating voltage
D132
V
IE
V
DD
for Block Erase
4.5
--
5.5
V
Using ICSPTM port
D132A
V
IW
V
DD
for Externally Timed Erase
or Write
4.5
--
5.5
V
Using ICSP port
D132B
V
PEW
V
DD
for Self-Timed Write
V
MIN
--
5.5
V
V
MIN
= Minimum operating voltage
D133
T
IE
ICSP Erase Cycle Time
--
4
--
ms
V
DD
4.5V
D133A
T
IW
ICSP Erase or Write Cycle Time
(externally timed)
1
--
--
ms
V
DD
4.5V
D133A
T
IW
Self-Timed Write Cycle Time
--
2
--
ms
D134
T
RETD
Characteristic Retention
40
--
--
Year
Provided no other specifications
are violated
Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25
C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
*
See Section 5.8 "Using the Data EEPROM" for more information.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 340
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-3:
COMPARATOR SPECIFICATIONS
TABLE 27-4:
VOLTAGE REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions: V
DD
range as described in Section 27.1 "DC Characteristics", -40
C < T
A
< +125
C
Param
No.
Sym
Characteristics
Min
Typ Max
Units
Comments
D300
V
IOFF
Input Offset Voltage
--
5.0
10
mV
D301
V
ICM
Input Common Mode Voltage
0
--
V
DD
1.5
V
D302
CMRR
CMRR
+55*
--
--
db
D300
T
RESP
Response Time
(1)
--
300*
350*
400*
600*
ns
ns
PIC18FXX8
PIC18LFXX8
D301
T
MC2OV
Comparator Mode Change to
Output Valid
--
--
10*
s
*
These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1:
Response time measured with one comparator input at (V
DD
1.5)/2 while the other input transitions from
V
SS
to V
DD
.
Operating Conditions: V
DD
range as described in Section 27.1 "DC Characteristics", -40
C < T
A
< +125
C
Param No.
Sym
Characteristics
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Comments
D310
V
RES
Resolution
V
DD
/24
--
V
DD
/32
LSB
D311
V
RAA
Absolute Accuracy
--
--
0.5
LSB
D312
V
RUR
Unit Resistor Value (R)
--
2K*
--
D310
T
SET
Settling Time
(1)
--
--
10*
s
*
These parameters are characterized but not tested.
Note 1:
Settling time measured while CVRR =
1
and CVR<3:0> transitions from
0000
to
1111
.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 341
PIC18FXX8
27.3
AC (Timing) Characteristics
27.3.1
TIMING PARAMETER SYMBOLOGY
The timing parameter symbols have been created
using one of the following formats:
1. TppS2ppS
3. T
CC
:
ST
(I
2
C specifications only)
2. TppS
4. Ts
(I
2
C specifications only)
T
F
Frequency
T
Time
Lowercase letters (pp) and their meanings:
pp
cc
CCP1
osc
OSC1
ck
CLKO
rd
RD
cs
CS
rw
RD or WR
di
SDI
sc
SCK
do
SDO
ss
SS
dt
Data in
t0
T0CKI
io
I/O port
t1
T1CKI
mc
MCLR
wr
WR
Uppercase letters and their meanings:
S
F
Fall
P
Period
H
High
R
Rise
I
Invalid (High-Impedance)
V
Valid
L
Low
Z
High-Impedance
I
2
C only
AA
output access
High
High
BUF
Bus free
Low
Low
T
CC
:
ST
(I
2
C specifications only)
CC
HD
Hold
SU
Setup
ST
DAT
DATA input hold
STO
Stop condition
STA
Start condition
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 342
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
27.3.2
TIMING CONDITIONS
The temperature and voltages specified in Table 27-5
apply to all timing specifications unless otherwise
noted. Figure 27-5 specifies the load conditions for the
timing specifications.
TABLE 27-5:
TEMPERATURE AND VOLTAGE SPECIFICATIONS AC
FIGURE 27-5:
LOAD CONDITIONS FOR DEVICE TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
AC CHARACTERISTICS
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
Operating temperature -40C
T
A
+85C
for industrial
-40C
T
A
+125C for extended
Operating voltage V
DD
range as described in DC specification,
Section 27.1 "DC Characteristics".
LF parts operate for industrial temperatures only.
V
DD
/2
C
L
R
L
Pin
Pin
V
SS
V
SS
C
L
R
L
= 464
C
L
= 50 pF
for all pins except OSC2/CLKO
and including D and E outputs as ports
Load Condition 1
Load Condition 2
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 343
PIC18FXX8
27.3.3
TIMING DIAGRAMS AND SPECIFICATIONS
FIGURE 27-6:
EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING
TABLE 27-6:
EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS
OSC1
CLKO
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
1
2
3
3
4
4
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
1A
F
OSC
External CLKI Frequency
(1)
Oscillator Frequency
(1)
DC
40
MHz
EC, ECIO oscillator, -40C to +85C
DC
25
MHz
EC, ECIO oscillator, +85C to +125C
DC
4
MHz
RC oscillator
0.1
4
MHz
XT oscillator
4
25
MHz
HS oscillator, -40C to +85C
4
25
MHz
HS oscillator, +85C to +125C
4
10
MHz
HS + PLL oscillator, -40C to +85C
4
6.25
MHz
HS + PLL oscillator, +85C to +125C
DC
200
kHz
LP oscillator
1
T
OSC
External CLKI Period
(1)
Oscillator Period
(1)
25
--
ns
EC, ECIO oscillator, -40C to +85C
40
--
ns
EC, ECIO oscillator, +85C to +125C
250
--
ns
RC oscillator
250
10,000
ns
XT oscillator
40
--
ns
HS oscillator, -40C to +85C
40
--
ns
HS oscillator, +85C to +125C
100
250
ns
HS + PLL oscillator, -40C to +85C
160
250
ns
HS + PLL oscillator, +85C to +125C
5
200
s
LP oscillator
2
T
CY
Instruction Cycle Time
(1)
100
160
--
--
ns
ns
T
CY
= 4/F
OSC
, -40C to +85C
T
CY
= 4/F
OSC
, +85C to +125C
3
TosL,
TosH
External Clock in (OSC1)
High or Low Time
30
--
ns
XT oscillator
2.5
--
ns
LP oscillator
10
--
s
HS oscillator
4
TosR,
TosF
External Clock in (OSC1)
Rise or Fall Time
-- 20
ns
XT
oscillator
-- 50
ns
LP
oscillator
--
7.5
ns
HS oscillator
Note 1:
Instruction cycle period (T
CY
) equals four times the input oscillator time base period. All specified values
are based on characterization data for that particular oscillator type under standard operating conditions
with the device executing code. Exceeding these specified limits may result in an unstable oscillator
operation and/or higher than expected current consumption. All devices are tested to operate at "Min."
values with an external clock applied to the OSC1/CLKI pin. When an external clock input is used, the
"Max." cycle time limit is "DC" (no clock) for all devices.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 344
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-7:
PLL CLOCK TIMING SPECIFICATIONS (V
DD
= 4.2 TO 5.5V)
FIGURE 27-7:
CLKO AND I/O TIMING
TABLE 27-8:
CLKO AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Param No.
Sym
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
--
F
OSC
Oscillator Frequency Range
4
--
10
MHz
HS mode only
--
F
SYS
On-Chip VCO System Frequency
16
--
40
MHz
HS mode only
--
t
rc
PLL Start-up Time (Lock Time)
--
--
2
ms
--
CLK
CLKO Stability (Jitter)
-2
--
+2
%
Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25
C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance
only and are not tested.
Param No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units Conditions
10
TosH2ckL OSC1
to CLKO
--
75
200
ns
(1)
11
TosH2ckH OSC1
to CLKO
--
75
200
ns
(1)
12
TckR
CLKO Rise Time
--
35
100
ns
(1)
13
TckF
CLKO Fall Time
--
35
100
ns
(1)
14
TckL2ioV
CLKO
to Port Out Valid
--
--
0.5 T
CY
+ 20
ns
(1)
15
TioV2ckH Port In Valid before CLKO
0.25
T
CY
+ 25
--
--
ns
(1)
16
TckH2ioI
Port In Hold after CLKO
0
--
--
ns
(1)
17
TosH2ioV OSC1
(Q1 cycle) to Port Out Valid
--
50
150
ns
18
TosH2ioI
OSC1
(Q2 cycle) to Port
Input Invalid (I/O in hold time)
PIC18FXX8
100
--
--
ns
18A
PIC18LFXX8
200
--
--
ns
19
TioV2osH Port Input Valid to OSC1
(I/O in setup time)
0
--
--
ns
20
T
IO
R
Port Output Rise Time
PIC18FXX8
--
10
25
ns
20A
PIC18LFXX8
--
--
60
ns
21
T
IO
F
Port Output Fall Time
PIC18FXX8
--
10
25
ns
21A
PIC18LFXX8
--
--
60
ns
22
T
INP
INT pin High or Low Time
T
CY
--
--
ns
23
T
RBP
RB7:RB4 Change INT High or Low Time
T
CY
--
--
ns
24
T
RCP
RC7:RC4 Change INT High or Low Time
20
--
--
ns
These parameters are asynchronous events not related to any internal clock edges.
Note
1:
Measurements are taken in RC mode where CLKO pin output is 4 x T
OSC
.
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
OSC1
CLKO
I/O Pin
(Input)
I/O Pin
(Output)
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
10
13
14
17
20, 21
19
18
15
11
12
16
Old Value
New Value
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 345
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 27-8:
RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND
POWER-UP TIMER TIMING
FIGURE 27-9:
BROWN-OUT RESET AND LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT TIMING
TABLE 27-9:
RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER, POWER-UP TIMER,
BROWN-OUT RESET AND LOW-VOLTAGE DETECT REQUIREMENTS
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
30
TmcL
MCLR Pulse Width (low)
2
--
--
s
31
T
WDT
Watchdog Timer Time-out Period
(no prescaler)
7
18
33
ms
32
T
OST
Oscillation Start-up Timer Period
1024 T
OSC
--
1024 T
OSC
--
T
OSC
= OSC1 period
33
T
PWRT
Power-up Timer Period
28
72
132
ms
34
T
IOZ
I/O High-Impedance from MCLR Low
or Watchdog Timer Reset
--
2
--
s
35
T
BOR
Brown-out Reset Pulse Width
200
--
--
s
For V
DD
BV
DD
(see D005)
36
T
IRVST
Time for Internal Reference
Voltage to become stable
--
20
50
s
37
T
LVD
Low-Voltage Detect Pulse Width
200
--
--
s
For V
DD
V
LVD
(see D420)
V
DD
MCLR
Internal
POR
PWRT
Time-out
Oscillator
Time-out
Internal
Reset
Watchdog
Timer
Reset
33
32
30
31
34
I/O Pins
34
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
V
DD
BV
DD
(for 35)
35, 37
V
BGAP
= 1.2V
V
IRVST
Enable Internal
Internal Reference
36
V
LVD
(for 37)
Reference Voltage
Voltage Stable
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 346
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 27-10:
TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS
TABLE 27-10: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
40
Tt0H
T0CKI High Pulse Width
No prescaler
0.5 T
CY
+ 20
--
ns
With prescaler
10
--
ns
41
Tt0L
T0CKI Low Pulse Width
No prescaler
0.5 T
CY
+ 20
--
ns
With prescaler
10
--
ns
42
Tt0P
T0CKI Period
No prescaler
T
CY
+ 10
--
ns
With prescaler
Greater of:
20 ns or T
CY
+ 40
N
--
ns
N = prescale value
(1, 2, 4,..., 256)
45
Tt1H
T1CKI
High Time
Synchronous, no prescaler
0.5 T
CY
+ 20
--
ns
Synchronous,
with prescaler
PIC18FXX8
10
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8
25
--
ns
Asynchronous PIC18FXX8
30
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8
50
--
ns
46
Tt1L
T1CKI
Low Time
Synchronous, no prescaler
0.5 T
CY
+ 5
--
ns
Synchronous,
with prescaler
PIC18FXX8
10
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8
25
--
ns
Asynchronous PIC18FXX8
30
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8
TBD
TBD
ns
47
Tt1P
T1CKI
Input Period
Synchronous
Greater of:
20 ns or T
CY
+ 40
N
--
ns
N = prescale value
(1, 2, 4, 8)
Asynchronous
60
--
ns
Ft1
T1CKI Oscillator Input Frequency Range
DC
50
kHz
48
Tcke2tmrI Delay from External T1CKI Clock Edge to
Timer Increment
2 T
OSC
7 T
OSC
--
Legend: TBD = To Be Determined
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
46
47
45
48
41
42
40
T0CKI
T1OSO/T1CKI
TMR0 or
TMR1
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 347
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 27-11:
CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM TIMINGS (CCP1 AND ECCP1)
TABLE 27-11: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM REQUIREMENTS (CCP1 AND ECCP1)
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
CCPx
(Capture Mode)
50
51
52
CCPx
53
54
(Compare or PWM Mode)
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
50
TccL
CCPx Input Low Time No prescaler
0.5 T
CY
+ 20
--
ns
With
prescaler
PIC18FXX8
10
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8
20
--
ns
51
TccH
CCPx Input High Time No prescaler
0.5 T
CY
+ 20
--
ns
With
prescaler
PIC18FXX8
10
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8
20
--
ns
52
TccP
CCPx Input Period
3 T
CY
+ 40
N
--
ns
N = prescale
value (1, 4 or 16)
53
TccR
CCPx Output Fall Time
PIC18FXX8
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
45
ns
54
TccF
CCPx Output Fall Time
PIC18FXX8
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
45
ns
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 348
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 27-12:
PARALLEL SLAVE PORT TIMING (PIC18F248 AND PIC18F458)
TABLE 27-12: PARALLEL SLAVE PORT REQUIREMENTS (PIC18F248 AND PIC18F458)
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
RE2/CS
RE0/RD
RE1/WR
RD7:RD0
62
63
64
65
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
62
TdtV2wrH
Data-In Valid before WR
or CS
(setup time)
20
25
--
--
ns
ns
Extended Temp. range
63
TwrH2dtI
WR
or CS
to Data-In Invalid
(hold time)
PIC18FXX8
20
--
ns
PIC18LFXX8
35
--
ns
64
TrdL2dtV
RD
and CS
to Data-Out Valid
--
--
80
90
ns
ns
Extended Temp. range
65
TrdH2dtI
RD
or CS
to Data-Out Invalid
10
30
ns
66
TibfINH
Inhibit the IBF flag bit being cleared from
WR
or CS
--
3 T
CY
ns
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 349
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 27-13:
EXAMPLE SPITM MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE =
0
)
TABLE 27-13: EXAMPLE SPITM MODE REQUIREMENTS (MASTER MODE, CKE =
0
)
SS
SCK
(CKP =
0
)
SCK
(CKP =
1
)
SDO
SDI
70
71
72
73
74
75, 76
78
79
80
79
78
MSb
LSb
Bit 6 - - - - - -1
MSb In
LSb In
Bit 6 - - - -1
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max Units
Conditions
70
TssL2scH,
TssL2scL
SS
to SCK
or SCK
Input
T
CY
--
ns
71
TscH
SCK Input High Time
(Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
71A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
72
TscL
SCK Input Low Time
(Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
72A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
73
TdiV2scH,
TdiV2scL
Setup Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
73A
T
B
2
B
Last Clock Edge of Byte 1 to the 1st Clock Edge
of Byte 2
1.5 T
CY
+ 40
--
ns
(Note 2)
74
TscH2diL,
TscL2diL
Hold Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
75
TdoR
SDO Data Output Rise Time
PIC18FXX8
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
45
ns
76
TdoF
SDO Data Output Fall Time
--
25
ns
78
TscR
SCK Output Rise Time
(Master mode)
PIC18FXX8
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
45
ns
79
TscF
SCK Output Fall Time (Master mode)
--
25
ns
80
TscH2doV,
TscL2doV
SDO Data Output Valid after
SCK Edge
PIC18FXX8
--
50
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
100
ns
Note 1:
Requires the use of parameter #73A.
2:
Only if parameter #71A and #72A are used.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 350
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 27-14:
EXAMPLE SPITM MASTER MODE TIMING (CKE =
1
)
TABLE 27-14: EXAMPLE SPITM MODE REQUIREMENTS (MASTER MODE, CKE =
1
)
SS
SCK
(CKP =
0
)
SCK
(CKP =
1
)
SDO
SDI
81
71
72
74
75, 76
78
80
MSb
79
73
MSb In
Bit 6 - - - - - -1
LSb In
Bit 6 - - - -1
LSb
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max Units
Conditions
71
TscH
SCK Input High Time
(Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
71A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
72
TscL
SCK Input Low Time
(Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
72A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
73
TdiV2scH,
TdiV2scL
Setup Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
73A
T
B
2
B
Last Clock Edge of Byte 1 to the 1st Clock Edge
of Byte 2
1.5 T
CY
+ 40
--
ns
(Note 2)
74
TscH2diL,
TscL2diL
Hold Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
75
TdoR
SDO Data Output Rise Time
PIC18FXX8
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
45
ns
76
TdoF
SDO Data Output Fall Time
--
25
ns
78
TscR
SCK Output Rise Time
(Master mode)
PIC18FXX8
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
45
ns
79
TscF
SCK Output Fall Time (Master mode)
--
25
ns
80
TscH2doV,
TscL2doV
SDO Data Output Valid after
SCK Edge
PIC18FXX8
--
50
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
100
ns
81
TdoV2scH,
TdoV2scL
SDO Data Output Setup to SCK Edge
T
CY
--
ns
Note 1:
Requires the use of parameter #73A.
2:
Only if parameter #71A and #72A are used.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 351
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 27-15:
EXAMPLE SPITM SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE =
0
)
TABLE 27-15: EXAMPLE SPITM MODE REQUIREMENTS, SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE =
0
)
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max Units Conditions
70
TssL2scH,
TssL2scL
SS
to SCK
or SCK
Input
T
CY
--
ns
71
TscH
SCK Input High Time (Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
71A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
72
TscL
SCK Input Low Time (Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
72A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
73
TdiV2scH,
TdiV2scL
Setup Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
73A
T
B
2
B
Last Clock Edge of Byte 1 to the 1st Clock Edge of Byte 2 1.5 T
CY
+ 40
--
ns
(Note 2)
74
TscH2diL,
TscL2diL
Hold Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
75
TdoR
SDO Data Output Rise Time
PIC18FXX8
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8
45
ns
76
TdoF
SDO Data Output Fall Time
--
25
ns
77
TssH2doZ SS
to SDO Output High-Impedance
10
50
ns
78
TscR
SCK Output Rise Time (Master mode) PIC18FXX8
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8
45
ns
79
TscF
SCK Output Fall Time (Master mode)
--
25
ns
80
TscH2doV,
TscL2doV
SDO Data Output Valid after SCK
Edge
PIC18FXX8
--
50
ns
PIC18LFXX8
100
ns
83
TscH2ssH,
TscL2ssH
SS
after SCK Edge
1.5 T
CY
+ 40
--
ns
Note 1:
Requires the use of parameter #73A.
2:
Only if parameter #71A and #72A are used.
SS
SCK
(CKP =
0
)
SCK
(CKP =
1
)
SDO
SDI
70
71
72
73
74
75, 76
77
78
79
80
79
78
MSb
LSb
Bit 6 - - - - - -1
Bit 6 - - - -1
LSb In
83
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
MSb In
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 352
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 27-16:
EXAMPLE SPITM SLAVE MODE TIMING (CKE =
1
)
TABLE 27-16: EXAMPLE SPITM SLAVE MODE REQUIREMENTS (CKE =
1
)
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max Units Conditions
70
TssL2scH,
TssL2scL
SS
to SCK
or SCK
Input
T
CY
--
ns
71
TscH
SCK Input High Time
(Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
71A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
72
TscL
SCK Input Low Time
(Slave mode)
Continuous
1.25 T
CY
+ 30
--
ns
72A
Single Byte
40
--
ns
(Note 1)
73A
T
B
2
B
Last Clock Edge of Byte 1 to the 1st Clock Edge of Byte 2 1.5 T
CY
+ 40
--
ns
(Note 2)
74
TscH2diL,
TscL2diL
Hold Time of SDI Data Input to SCK Edge
100
--
ns
75
TdoR
SDO Data Output Rise Time
PIC18FXX8
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
45
ns
76
TdoF
SDO Data Output Fall Time
--
25
ns
77
TssH2doZ SS
to SDO Output High-Impedance
10
50
ns
78
TscR
SCK Output Rise Time
(Master mode)
PIC18FXX8
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
45
ns
79
TscF
SCK Output Fall Time (Master mode)
--
25
ns
80
TscH2doV,
TscL2doV
SDO Data Output Valid after SCK
Edge
PIC18FXX8
--
50
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
100
ns
82
TssL2doV
SDO Data Output Valid after SS
Edge
PIC18FXX8
--
50
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
100
ns
83
TscH2ssH,
TscL2ssH
SS
after SCK Edge
1.5 T
CY
+ 40
--
ns
Note 1:
Requires the use of parameter #73A.
2:
Only if parameter #71A and #72A are used.
SS
SCK
(CKP =
0
)
SCK
(CKP =
1
)
SDO
SDI
71
72
82
74
75, 76
MSb
Bit 6 - - - - - -1
LSb
77
MSb In
Bit 6 - - - -1
LSb In
80
83
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
70
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 353
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 27-17:
I
2
CTM BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING
TABLE 27-17: I
2
CTM BUS START/STOP BITS REQUIREMENTS (SLAVE MODE)
FIGURE 27-18:
I
2
CTM BUS DATA TIMING
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
91
92
93
SCL
SDA
Start
Condition
Stop
Condition
90
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
90
T
SU
:
STA
Start Condition
100 kHz mode
4700
--
ns
Only relevant for Repeated
Start condition
Setup Time
400 kHz mode
600
--
91
T
HD
:
STA
Start Condition
100 kHz mode
4000
--
ns
After this period, the first
clock pulse is generated
Hold Time
400 kHz mode
600
--
92
T
SU
:
STO
Stop Condition
100 kHz mode
4700
--
ns
Setup Time
400 kHz mode
600
--
93
T
HD
:
STO
Stop Condition
100 kHz mode
4000
--
ns
Hold Time
400 kHz mode
600
--
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
90
91
92
100
101
103
106
107
109
109
110
102
SCL
SDA
In
SDA
Out
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 354
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-18: I
2
CTM BUS DATA REQUIREMENTS (SLAVE MODE)
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
100
T
HIGH
Clock High Time
100 kHz mode
4.0
--
s
PIC18FXX8 must operate
at a minimum of 1.5 MHz
400 kHz mode
0.6
--
s
PIC18FXX8 must operate
at a minimum of 10 MHz
SSP Module
1.5 T
CY
--
101
T
LOW
Clock Low Time
100 kHz mode
4.7
--
s
PIC18FXX8 must operate
at a minimum of 1.5 MHz
400 kHz mode
1.3
--
s
PIC18FXX8 must operate
at a minimum of 10 MHz
SSP module
1.5 T
CY
--
ns
102
T
R
SDA and SCL Rise
Time
100 kHz mode
--
1000
ns
400 kHz mode
20 + 0.1 C
B
300
ns
C
B
is specified to be from
10 to 400 pF
103
T
F
SDA and SCL Fall
Time
100 kHz mode
--
300
ns
400 kHz mode
20 + 0.1 C
B
300
ns
C
B
is specified to be from
10 to 400 pF
90
T
SU
:
STA
Start Condition
Setup Time
100 kHz mode
4.7
--
s
Only relevant for Repeated
Start condition
400 kHz mode
0.6
--
s
91
T
HD
:
STA
Start Condition
Hold Time
100 kHz mode
4.0
--
s
After this period the first
clock pulse is generated
400 kHz mode
0.6
--
s
106
T
HD
:
DAT
Data Input Hold
Time
100 kHz mode
0
--
ns
400 kHz mode
0
0.9
s
107
T
SU
:
DAT
Data Input Setup
Time
100 kHz mode
250
--
ns
(Note 2)
400 kHz mode
100
--
ns
92
T
SU
:
STO
Stop Condition
Setup Time
100 kHz mode
4.7
--
s
400 kHz mode
0.6
--
s
109
T
AA
Output Valid from
Clock
100 kHz mode
--
3500
ns
(Note 1)
400 kHz mode
--
--
ns
110
T
BUF
Bus Free Time
100 kHz mode
4.7
--
s
Time the bus must be free
before a new transmission
can start
400 kHz mode
1.3
--
s
D102
C
B
Bus Capacitive Loading
--
400
pF
Note 1:
As a transmitter, the device must provide this internal minimum delay time to bridge the undefined region
(min. 300 ns) of the falling edge of SCL to avoid unintended generation of Start or Stop conditions.
2:
A Fast mode I
2
CTM bus device can be used in a Standard mode I
2
C bus system, but the requirement
T
SU
;
DAT
250 ns must then be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not stretch the
low period of the SCL signal. If such a device does stretch the low period of the SCL signal, it must output
the next data bit to the SDA line.
Before the SCL line is released, T
R
max. + T
SU
:
DAT
= 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (according to the Standard
mode I
2
C bus specification).
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 355
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 27-19:
MASTER SSP I
2
CTM BUS START/STOP BITS TIMING WAVEFORMS
TABLE 27-19: MASTER SSP I
2
CTM BUS START/STOP BITS REQUIREMENTS
FIGURE 27-20:
MASTER SSP I
2
CTM BUS DATA TIMING
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
91
93
SCL
SDA
Start
Condition
Stop
Condition
90
92
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
90
T
SU
:
STA
Start Condition
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ns
Only relevant for
Repeated Start
condition
Setup Time
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
91
T
HD
:
STA
Start Condition
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ns
After this period, the
first clock pulse is
generated
Hold Time
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
92
T
SU
:
STO
Stop Condition
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ns
Setup Time
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
93
T
HD
:
STO
Stop Condition
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ns
Hold Time
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
Note 1:
Maximum pin capacitance = 10 pF for all I
2
CTM pins.
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
90
91
92
100
101
103
106
107
109
109
110
102
SCL
SDA
In
SDA
Out
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 356
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-20: MASTER SSP I
2
CTM BUS DATA REQUIREMENTS
Param.
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
100
T
HIGH
Clock High Time 100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
101
T
LOW
Clock Low Time
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
102
T
R
SDA and SCL
Rise Time
100 kHz mode
--
1000
ns
C
B
is specified to be
from 10 to 400 pF
400 kHz mode
20 + 0.1 C
B
300
ns
1 MHz mode
(1)
--
300
ns
103
T
F
SDA and SCL
Fall Time
100 kHz mode
--
300
ns
C
B
is specified to be
from 10 to 400 pF
400 kHz mode
20 + 0.1 C
B
300
ns
1 MHz mode
(1)
--
100
ns
90
T
SU
:
STA
Start Condition
Setup Time
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
Only relevant for
Repeated Start
condition
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
91
T
HD
:
STA
Start Condition
Hold Time
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
After this period, the
first clock pulse is
generated
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
106
T
HD
:
DAT
Data Input
Hold Time
100 kHz mode
0
--
ns
400 kHz mode
0
0.9
ms
107
T
SU
:
DAT
Data Input
Setup Time
100 kHz mode
250
--
ns
(Note 2)
400 kHz mode
100
--
ns
92
T
SU
:
STO
Stop Condition
Setup Time
100 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
400 kHz mode
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
1 MHz mode
(1)
2(T
OSC
)(BRG + 1)
--
ms
109
T
AA
Output Valid
from Clock
100 kHz mode
--
3500
ns
400 kHz mode
--
1000
ns
1 MHz mode
(1)
--
--
ns
110
T
BUF
Bus Free Time
100 kHz mode
4.7
--
ms
Time the bus must be
free before a new
transmission can start
400 kHz mode
1.3
--
ms
D102
C
B
Bus Capacitive Loading
--
400
pF
Note 1:
Maximum pin capacitance = 10 pF for all I
2
CTM pins.
2:
A Fast mode I
2
C bus device can be used in a Standard mode I
2
C bus system, but parameter #107
250 ns
must then be met. This will automatically be the case if the device does not stretch the low period of the SCL
signal. If such a device does stretch the low period of the SCL signal, it must output the next data bit to the
SDA line.
Before the SCL line is released, parameter #102 + parameter #107 = 1000 + 250 = 1250 ns (for 100 kHz mode).
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 357
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 27-21:
USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING
TABLE 27-21: USART SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS
FIGURE 27-22:
USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE (MASTER/SLAVE) TIMING
TABLE 27-22: USART SYNCHRONOUS RECEIVE REQUIREMENTS
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
121
121
120
122
RC6/TX/CK
RC7/RX/DT
pin
pin
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
120
TckH2dtV SYNC XMIT (Master & Slave)
Clock High to Data-Out Valid
PIC18FXX8
--
50
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
150
ns
121
Tckrf
Clock Out Rise Time and Fall Time
(Master mode)
PIC18FXX8
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
60
ns
122
Tdtrf
Data-Out Rise Time and Fall Time
PIC18FXX8
--
25
ns
PIC18LFXX8
--
60
ns
Note: Refer to Figure 27-5 for load conditions.
125
126
RC6/TX/CK
RC7/RX/DT
pin
pin
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
125
TdtV2ckl
SYNC RCV (Master & Slave)
Data-Hold before CK
(DT hold time)
10
--
ns
126
TckL2dtl
Data-Hold after CK
(DT hold time)
15
--
ns
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 358
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
TABLE 27-23: A/D CONVERTER CHARACTERISTICS: PIC18FXX8 (INDUSTRIAL, EXTENDED)
PIC18LFXX8 (INDUSTRIAL)
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
A01
N
R
Resolution
--
--
10
bit
V
REF
= V
DD
3.0V
A03
E
IL
Integral Linearity Error
--
--
<1
LSb V
REF
= V
DD
3.0V
A04
E
DL
Differential Linearity Error
--
--
<1
LSb V
REF
= V
DD
3.0V
A05
E
FS
Full Scale Error
--
--
<1
LSb V
REF
= V
DD
3.0V
A06
E
OFF
Offset Error
--
--
<1.5
LSb V
REF
= V
DD
3.0V
A10
--
Monotonicity
(3)
guaranteed
--
V
SS
V
AIN
V
REF
A20
V
REF
Reference Voltage
(V
REFH
V
REFL
)
0V
--
--
V
A20A
3V
--
--
V
For 10-bit resolution
A21
V
REFH
Reference Voltage High
V
SS
--
V
DD
+ 0.3V
V
A22
V
REFL
Reference Voltage Low
V
SS
0.3V
--
V
DD
V
A25
V
AIN
Analog Input Voltage
V
SS
0.3V
--
V
REF
+ 0.3V
V
A30
Z
AIN
Recommended Impedance of
Analog Voltage Source
--
--
10.0
k
A40
I
AD
A/D Conversion
Current (V
DD
)
PIC18FXX8
--
180
--
A
Average current
consumption when
A/D is on (Note 1)
PIC18LFXX8
--
90
--
A
A50
I
REF
V
REF
Input Current (Note 2)
0
--
--
--
5
150
A
A
During V
AIN
acquisition.
Based on differential of
V
HOLD
to V
AIN
. To
charge C
HOLD
.
During A/D conversion
cycle.
Note 1:
When A/D is off, it will not consume any current other than minor leakage current. The power-down current
specification includes any such leakage from the A/D module.
V
REF
current is from RA2/AN2/V
REF
- and RA3/AN3/V
REF
+ pins or V
DD
and V
SS
pins, whichever is selected
as reference input.
2:
V
SS
V
AIN
V
REF
3:
The A/D conversion result never decreases with an increase in the input voltage and has no missing
codes.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 359
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 27-23:
A/D CONVERSION TIMING
TABLE 27-24: A/D CONVERSION REQUIREMENTS
131
130
132
BSF ADCON0, GO
Q4
A/D CLK
A/D DATA
ADRES
ADIF
GO
SAMPLE
OLD_DATA
SAMPLING STOPPED
DONE
NEW_DATA
(Note 2)
9
8
7
2
1
0
Note
1:
If the A/D clock source is selected as RC, a time of T
CY
is added before the A/D clock starts. This allows the
SLEEP
instruction
to be executed.
2:
This is a minimal RC delay (typically 100 ns) which also disconnects the holding capacitor from the analog input.
. . .
. . .
T
CY
Param
No.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Max
Units
Conditions
130
T
AD
A/d Clock Period
PIC18FXX8
1.6
20
(5)
s
T
OSC
based, V
REF
3.0V
PIC18LFXX8
3.0
20
(5)
s
T
OSC
based, V
REF
full range
PIC18FXX8
2.0
6.0
s
A/D RC mode
PIC18LFXX8
3.0
9.0
s
A/D RC mode
131
T
CNV
Conversion Time
(not including acquisition time) (Note 1)
11
12
T
AD
132
T
ACQ
Acquisition Time (Note 3)
15
10
--
--
s
s
-40
C
Temp
+125
C
0
C
Temp
+125
C
135
T
SWC
Switching Time from Convert
Sample
--
(Note 4)
136
T
AMP
Amplifier Settling Time (Note 2)
1
--
s
This may be used if the
"new" input voltage has not
changed by more than 1 LSb
(i.e., 5 mV @ 5.12V) from the
last sampled voltage (as
stated on C
HOLD
).
Note 1:
ADRES register may be read on the following T
CY
cycle.
2:
See Section 20.0 "Compatible 10-Bit Analog-to-Digital Converter (A/D) Module" for minimum
conditions when input voltage has changed more than 1 LSb.
3:
The time for the holding capacitor to acquire the "New" input voltage when the voltage changes full scale
after the conversion (AV
DD
to AV
SS
or AV
SS
to AV
DD
). The source impedance (R
S
) on the input channels
is 50
.
4:
On the next Q4 cycle of the device clock.
5:
The time of the A/D clock period is dependent on the device frequency and the T
AD
clock divider.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 360
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 361
PIC18FXX8
28.0
DC AND AC CHARACTERISTICS GRAPHS AND TABLES
"Typical" represents the mean of the distribution at 25
C. "Maximum" or "minimum" represents (mean + 3
) or (mean 3
)
respectively, where
is a standard deviation, over the whole temperature range.
FIGURE 28-1:
TYPICAL I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(HS MODE)
FIGURE 28-2:
MAXIMUM I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(HS MODE)
Note:
The graphs and tables provided following this note are a statistical summary based on a limited number of
samples and are provided for informational purposes only. The performance characteristics listed herein
are not tested or guaranteed. In some graphs or tables, the data presented may be outside the specified
operating range (e.g., outside specified power supply range) and therefore, outside the warranted range.
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A
)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A
)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 362
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-3:
TYPICAL I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(HS/PLL MODE)
FIGURE 28-4:
MAXIMUM I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(HS/PLL MODE)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.2V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A
)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.2V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 363
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 28-5:
TYPICAL I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(XT MODE)
FIGURE 28-6:
MAXIMUM I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(XT MODE)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(mA
)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum: mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A
)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 364
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-7:
TYPICAL I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(LP MODE)
FIGURE 28-8:
MAXIMUM I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(LP MODE)
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
F
OSC
(kHz)
I
DD
(
A)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
F
OSC
(kHz)
I
DD
(
A)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 365
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 28-9:
TYPICAL I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(EC MODE)
FIGURE 28-10:
MAXIMUM I
DD
vs. F
OSC
OVER V
DD
(EC MODE)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A
)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.0V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
4.2V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
4
8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
F
OSC
(MHz)
I
DD
(m
A
)
5.5V
5.0V
4.5V
4.2V
3.5V
3.0V
2.5V
2.0V
4.0V
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 366
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-11:
TYPICAL AND MAXIMUM I
DD
vs. V
DD
(TIMER1 AS MAIN OSCILLATOR 32.768 kHz, C1 AND C2 = 47 pF)
FIGURE 28-12:
AVERAGE F
OSC
vs. V
DD
FOR VARIOUS VALUES OF R
(RC MODE, C = 20 pF, +25
C)
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
I
DD
(
A)
Typ (25C)
Max (70C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-10C to +70C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-10C to +70C)
0
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
3,500
4,000
4,500
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
Fr
eq (
k
H
z
)
3.3k
5.1k
10k
100k
Operation above 4 MHz is not recommended.
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 367
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 28-13:
AVERAGE F
OSC
vs. V
DD
FOR VARIOUS VALUES OF R
(RC MODE, C = 100 pF, +25
C)
FIGURE 28-14:
AVERAGE F
OSC
vs. V
DD
FOR VARIOUS VALUES OF R
(RC MODE, C = 300 pF, +25
C)
0
200
400
600
800
1,000
1,200
1,400
1,600
1,800
2,000
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
Fr
eq (
k
H
z
)
3.3k
5.1k
10k
100k
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
Fr
eq (
M
H
z
)
3.3k
5.1k
10k
100k
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 368
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-15:
I
PD
vs. V
DD
, -40
C TO +125
C (SLEEP MODE, ALL PERIPHERALS DISABLED)
FIGURE 28-16:
I
BOR
vs. V
DD
OVER TEMPERATURE (BOR ENABLED, V
BOR
= 2.00-2.16V)
0.01
0.1
1
10
100
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
D D
(V )
I
(
A)
Typ (+25C)
Max
(+85C)
Max
(-40C to +125C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
I
DD
(
A)
Max (125C)
Max (85C)
Typ (25C)
Device
Held in
Reset
Device
in
Sleep
Max (+125C)
Max (+85C)
Typ (+25C)
Device
Held in
Reset
Device
in
Sleep
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 369
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 28-17:
TYPICAL AND MAXIMUM
I
TMR1
vs. V
DD
OVER TEMPERATURE (-10
C TO +70
C,
TIMER1 WITH OSCILLATOR, XTAL = 32 kHz, C1 AND C2 = 47 pF)
FIGURE 28-18:
TYPICAL AND MAXIMUM
I
WDT
vs. V
DD
OVER TEMPERATURE (WDT ENABLED)
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
I
PD
(uA)
Typ (25C)
Max (70C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-10C to +70C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-10C to +70C)
I
PD
(
A)
Max (+70C)
Typ (+25C)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
I
PD
(
A)
Max (125C)
Max (85C)
Typ (25C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
Max (+125C)
Max (+85C)
Typ (+25C)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 370
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-19:
TYPICAL, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM WDT PERIOD vs. V
DD
(-40
C TO +125
C)
FIGURE 28-20:
I
LVD
vs. V
DD
OVER TEMPERATURE (LVD ENABLED, V
LVD
= 4.5 - 4.78V)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
WD
T P
e
r
i
od (
m
s)
Max
(125C)
MAX
(85C)
Typ
(25C)
Min
(-40C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
Max
(+125C)
Max
(+85C)
Typ
(+25C)
Min
(-40C)
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
I
DD
(
A)
Max (125C)
Typ (25C)
Max (125C)
Typ (25C)
LVDIF is set
by hardware
LVDIF can be
cleared by
firmware
LVDIF state
is unknown
Max (+125C)
Max (+125C)
Typ (+25C)
Typ (+25C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 371
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 28-21:
TYPICAL, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM V
OH
vs. I
OH
(V
DD
= 5V, -40
C TO +125
C)
FIGURE 28-22:
TYPICAL, MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM V
OH
vs. I
OH
(V
DD
= 3V, -40
C TO +125
C)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
0
5
10
15
20
25
I
OH
(-mA)
V
OH
(V
)
Typ (25C)
Max
Min
Max
Typ (+25C)
Min
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
0
5
10
15
20
25
I
OH
(-mA)
V
OH
(V
)
Typ (25C)
Max
Min
Typ (+25C)
Min
Max
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 372
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-23:
TYPICAL AND MAXIMUM V
OL
vs. I
OL
(V
DD
= 5V, -40
C TO +125
C)
FIGURE 28-24:
TYPICAL AND MAXIMUM V
OL
vs. I
OL
(V
DD
= 3V, -40
C TO +125
C)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
0
5
10
15
20
25
I
OL
(-mA)
V
OL
(V
)
Max
Typ (25C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
Typ (+25C)
Max
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
0
5
10
15
20
25
I
OL
(-mA)
V
OL
(V
)
Max
Typ (25C)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
Typ (+25C)
Max
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 373
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 28-25:
MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM V
IN
vs. V
DD
(ST INPUT, -40
C TO +125
C)
FIGURE 28-26:
MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM V
IN
vs. V
DD
(TTL INPUT, -40
C TO +125
C)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
V
IN
(V
)
V
IH
Max
V
IH
Min
V
IL
Max
V
IL
Min
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
V
IN
(V
)
V
TH
(Max)
V
TH
(Min)
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 374
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
FIGURE 28-27:
MINIMUM AND MAXIMUM V
IN
vs. V
DD
(I
2
CTM INPUT, -40
C TO +125
C)
FIGURE 28-28:
A/D NONLINEARITY vs. V
REFH
(V
DD
= V
REFH
, -40
C TO +125
C)
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
5.0
5.5
V
DD
(V)
V
IN
(V
)
V
IH
Max
V
IH
Min
V
IL
Max
V
IL
Min
Typical:
statistical mean @ 25C
Maximum:
mean + 3
(-40C to +125C)
Minimum:
mean 3
(-40C to +125C)
V
IL
Max
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
V
DD
and V
REFH
(V)
D
i
ffer
e
n
t
ial o
r
In
teg
r
al N
o
n
lin
ear
ity (L
S
B
)
-40C
25C
85C
125C
-40C
+25C
+85C
+125C
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 375
PIC18FXX8
FIGURE 28-29:
A/D NONLINEARITY vs. V
REFH
(V
DD
= 5V, -40
C TO +125
C)
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
2
2.5
3
3.5
4
4.5
5
5.5
V
REFH
(V)
D
i
ffer
e
n
t
ial o
r
In
teg
r
al N
o
n
lin
ear
ilty (L
S
B
)
Max (-40C to 125C)
Typ (25C)
Typ (+25C)
Max (-40C to +125C)
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 376
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 377
PIC18FXX8
29.0
PACKAGING INFORMATION
29.1
Package Marking Information
28-Lead SPDIP
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC18F258-I/SP
0410017
28-Lead SOIC
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC18F248-E/SO
0410017
40-Lead PDIP
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC18F448-I/P
0410017
Legend: XX...X
Customer specific information*
Y
Year code (last digit of calendar year)
YY
Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year)
WW
Week code (week of January 1 is week `01')
NNN
Alphanumeric traceability code
Note:
In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will
be carried over to the next line thus limiting the number of available characters
for customer specific information.
*
Standard PICmicro device marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week code, and
traceability code. For PICmicro device marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check
with your Microchip Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP
price.
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 378
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
29.1
Package Marking Information (Continued)
44-Lead PLCC
XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC18F458
-I/L
0410017
44-Lead TQFP
XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXX
YYWWNNN
Example
PIC18F448
-I/PT
0410017
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 379
PIC18FXX8
29.2
Package Details
The following sections give the technical details of the packages.
28-Lead Skinny Plastic Dual In-line (SP) 300 mil Body (PDIP)
15
10
5
15
10
5
Mold Draft Angle Bottom
15
10
5
15
10
5
Mold Draft Angle Top
10.92
8.89
8.13
.430
.350
.320
eB
Overall Row Spacing
0.56
0.48
0.41
.022
.019
.016
B
Lower Lead Width
1.65
1.33
1.02
.065
.053
.040
B1
Upper Lead Width
0.38
0.29
0.20
.015
.012
.008
c
Lead Thickness
3.43
3.30
3.18
.135
.130
.125
L
Tip to Seating Plane
35.18
34.67
34.16
1.385
1.365
1.345
D
Overall Length
7.49
7.24
6.99
.295
.285
.275
E1
Molded Package Width
8.26
7.87
7.62
.325
.310
.300
E
Shoulder to Shoulder Width
0.38
.015
A1
Base to Seating Plane
3.43
3.30
3.18
.135
.130
.125
A2
Molded Package Thickness
4.06
3.81
3.56
.160
.150
.140
A
Top to Seating Plane
2.54
.100
p
Pitch
28
28
n
Number of Pins
MAX
NOM
MIN
MAX
NOM
MIN
Dimension Limits
MILLIMETERS
INCHES*
Units
2
1
D
n
E1
c
eB
E
p
L
A2
B
B1
A
A1
Notes:
JEDEC Equivalent: MO-095
Drawing No. C04-070
* Controlling Parameter
Dimension D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed
.010" (0.254mm) per side.
Significant Characteristic
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 380
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
28-Lead Plastic Small Outline (SO) Wide, 300 mil Body (SOIC)
Foot Angle Top
0
4
8
0
4
8
15
12
0
15
12
0
Mold Draft Angle Bottom
15
12
0
15
12
0
Mold Draft Angle Top
0.51
0.42
0.36
.020
.017
.014
B
Lead Width
0.33
0.28
0.23
.013
.011
.009
c
Lead Thickness
1.27
0.84
0.41
.050
.033
.016
L
Foot Length
0.74
0.50
0.25
.029
.020
.010
h
Chamfer Distance
18.08
17.87
17.65
.712
.704
.695
D
Overall Length
7.59
7.49
7.32
.299
.295
.288
E1
Molded Package Width
10.67
10.34
10.01
.420
.407
.394
E
Overall Width
0.30
0.20
0.10
.012
.008
.004
A1
Standoff
2.39
2.31
2.24
.094
.091
.088
A2
Molded Package Thickness
2.64
2.50
2.36
.104
.099
.093
A
Overall Height
1.27
.050
p
Pitch
28
28
n
Number of Pins
MAX
NOM
MIN
MAX
NOM
MIN
Dimension Limits
MILLIMETERS
INCHES*
Units
2
1
D
p
n
B
E
E1
L
c
45
h
A2
A
A1
* Controlling Parameter
Notes:
Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed
.010" (0.254mm) per side.
JEDEC Equivalent: MS-013
Drawing No. C04-052
Significant Characteristic
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 381
PIC18FXX8
40-Lead Plastic Dual In-line (P) 600 mil Body (PDIP)
15
10
5
15
10
5
Mold Draft Angle Bottom
15
10
5
15
10
5
Mold Draft Angle Top
17.27
16.51
15.75
.680
.650
.620
eB
Overall Row Spacing
0.56
0.46
0.36
.022
.018
.014
B
Lower Lead Width
1.78
1.27
0.76
.070
.050
.030
B1
Upper Lead Width
0.38
0.29
0.20
.015
.012
.008
c
Lead Thickness
3.43
3.30
3.05
.135
.130
.120
L
Tip to Seating Plane
52.45
52.26
51.94
2.065
2.058
2.045
D
Overall Length
14.22
13.84
13.46
.560
.545
.530
E1
Molded Package Width
15.88
15.24
15.11
.625
.600
.595
E
Shoulder to Shoulder Width
0.38
.015
A1
Base to Seating Plane
4.06
3.81
3.56
.160
.150
.140
A2
Molded Package Thickness
4.83
4.45
4.06
.190
.175
.160
A
Top to Seating Plane
2.54
.100
p
Pitch
40
40
n
Number of Pins
MAX
NOM
MIN
MAX
NOM
MIN
Dimension Limits
MILLIMETERS
INCHES*
Units
A2
1
2
D
n
E1
c
eB
E
p
L
B
B1
A
A1
* Controlling Parameter
Notes:
Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed
.010" (0.254mm) per side.
JEDEC Equivalent: MO-011
Drawing No. C04-016
Significant Characteristic
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 382
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
44-Lead Plastic Leaded Chip Carrier (L) Square (PLCC)
CH2 x 45
CH1 x 45
10
5
0
10
5
0
Mold Draft Angle Bottom
10
5
0
10
5
0
Mold Draft Angle Top
0.53
0.51
0.33
.021
.020
.013
B
0.81
0.74
0.66
.032
.029
.026
B1
Upper Lead Width
0.33
0.27
0.20
.013
.011
.008
c
Lead Thickness
11
11
n1
Pins per Side
16.00
15.75
14.99
.630
.620
.590
D2
Footprint Length
16.00
15.75
14.99
.630
.620
.590
E2
Footprint Width
16.66
16.59
16.51
.656
.653
.650
D1
Molded Package Length
16.66
16.59
16.51
.656
.653
.650
E1
Molded Package Width
17.65
17.53
17.40
.695
.690
.685
D
Overall Length
17.65
17.53
17.40
.695
.690
.685
E
Overall Width
0.25
0.13
0.00
.010
.005
.000
CH2
Corner Chamfer (others)
1.27
1.14
1.02
.050
.045
.040
CH1
Corner Chamfer 1
0.86
0.74
0.61
.034
.029
.024
A3
Side 1 Chamfer Height
0.51
.020
A1
Standoff
A2
Molded Package Thickness
4.57
4.39
4.19
.180
.173
.165
A
Overall Height
1.27
.050
p
Pitch
44
44
n
Number of Pins
MAX
NOM
MIN
MAX
NOM
MIN
Dimension Limits
MILLIMETERS
INCHES*
Units
A2
c
E2
2
D
D1
n
#leads=n1
E
E1
1
p
A3
A
35
B1
B
D2
A1
.145
.153
.160
3.68
3.87
4.06
.028
.035
0.71
0.89
Lower Lead Width
* Controlling Parameter
Notes:
Dimensions D and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed
.010" (0.254mm) per side.
JEDEC Equivalent: MO-047
Drawing No. C04-048
Significant Characteristic
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 383
PIC18FXX8
44-Lead Plastic Thin Quad Flatpack (PT) 10x10x1 mm Body, 1.0/0.10 mm Lead Form (TQFP)
* Controlling Parameter
Notes:
Dimensions D1 and E1 do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed
.010" (0.254mm) per side.
JEDEC Equivalent: MS-026
Drawing No. C04-076
1.14
0.89
0.64
.045
.035
.025
CH
Pin 1 Corner Chamfer
1.00
.039
(F)
Footprint (Reference)
(F)
A
A1
A2
E
E1
#leads=n1
p
B
D1
D
n
1
2
c
L
Units
INCHES
MILLIMETERS*
Dimension Limits
MIN
NOM
MAX
MIN
NOM
MAX
Number of Pins
n
44
44
Pitch
p
.031
0.80
Overall Height
A
.039
.043
.047
1.00
1.10
1.20
Molded Package Thickness
A2
.037
.039
.041
0.95
1.00
1.05
Standoff
A1
.002
.004
.006
0.05
0.10
0.15
Foot Length
L
.018
.024
.030
0.45
0.60
0.75
Foot Angle
0
3.5
7
0
3.5
7
Overall Width
E
.463
.472
.482
11.75
12.00
12.25
Overall Length
D
.463
.472
.482
11.75
12.00
12.25
Molded Package Width
E1
.390
.394
.398
9.90
10.00
10.10
Molded Package Length
D1
.390
.394
.398
9.90
10.00
10.10
Pins per Side
n1
11
11
Lead Thickness
c
.004
.006
.008
0.09
0.15
0.20
Lead Width
B
.012
.015
.017
0.30
0.38
0.44
Mold Draft Angle Top
5
10
15
5
10
15
Mold Draft Angle Bottom
5
10
15
5
10
15
CH x 45
Significant Characteristic
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 384
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
NOTES:
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 385
PIC18FXX8
APPENDIX A:
DATA SHEET
REVISION HISTORY
Revision A (June 2001)
Original data sheet for the PIC18FXX8 family.
Revision B (May 2002)
Updated information on CAN module, device memory
and register maps, I/O ports and Enhanced CCP.
Revision C (January 2003)
This revision includes the DC and AC Characteristics
Graphs and Tables (see Section 28.0 "DC and AC
Characteristics Graphs and Tables"
), Section 27.0
"Electrical Characteristics"
have been updated and
CAN certification information has been added.
Revision D (September 2004)
Data Sheet Errata (DS80134 and DS80161) issues
have been addressed and corrected along with minor
corrections to the data sheet text.
APPENDIX B:
DEVICE
DIFFERENCES
The differences between the devices listed in this data
sheet are shown in Table B-1.
TABLE B-1:
DEVICE DIFFERENCES
Features
PIC18F248
PIC18F258
PIC18F448
PIC18F458
Internal
Program
Memory
Bytes
16K
32K
16K
32K
# of Single-Word
Instructions
8192
16384
8192
16384
Data Memory (Bytes)
768
1536
768
1536
I/O Ports
Ports A, B, C
Ports A, B, C
Ports A, B, C, D, E Ports A, B, C, D, E
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
Modules
--
--
1
1
Parallel Slave Port
No
No
Yes
Yes
10-bit Analog-to-Digital Converter
5 input channels
5 input channels
8 input channels
8 input channels
Analog Comparators
No
No
2
2
Analog Comparators V
REF
Output
N/A
N/A
Yes
Yes
Packages
28-pin SPDIP
28-pin SOIC
28-pin SPDIP
28-pin SOIC
40-pin PDIP
44-pin PLCC
44-pin TQFP
40-pin PDIP
44-pin PLCC
44-pin TQFP
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 386
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
APPENDIX C:
DEVICE MIGRATIONS
This section is intended to describe the functional and
electrical specification differences when migrating
between functionally similar devices (such as from a
PIC16C74A to a PIC16C74B).
Not Applicable
APPENDIX D:
MIGRATING FROM
OTHER PICmicro
DEVICES
This discusses some of the issues in migrating from
other PICmicro devices to the PIC18FXX8 family of
devices.
D.1
PIC16CXXX to PIC18FXX8
See Application Note AN716 "Migrating Designs from
PIC16C74A/74B to PIC18C442"
(DS00716).
D.2
PIC17CXXX to PIC18FXX8
See Application Note AN726 "PIC17CXXX to
PIC18CXXX Migration"
(DS00726).
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 387
PIC18FXX8
INDEX
A
A/D .................................................................................... 241
A/D Converter Flag (ADIF Bit) .................................. 243
A/D Converter Interrupt, Configuring ........................ 244
Acquisition Requirements ......................................... 244
Acquisition Time........................................................ 245
ADCON0 Register..................................................... 241
ADCON1 Register..................................................... 241
ADRESH Register..................................................... 241
ADRESH/ADRESL Registers ................................... 243
ADRESL Register ..................................................... 241
Analog Port Pins, Configuring................................... 246
Associated Registers Summary................................ 248
Calculating the Minimum Required
Acquisition Time ............................................... 245
Configuring the Module............................................. 244
Conversion Clock (T
AD
) ............................................ 246
Conversion Status (GO/DONE Bit) ........................... 243
Conversion T
AD
Cycles............................................. 248
Conversions .............................................................. 247
Minimum Charging Time ........................................... 245
Result Registers........................................................ 247
Selecting the Conversion Clock ................................ 246
Special Event Trigger (CCP)..................................... 126
Special Event Trigger (ECCP) .......................... 133, 248
T
AD
vs. Device Operating Frequencies
(For Extended, LF Devices) (table)................... 246
T
AD
vs. Device Operating
Frequencies (table) ........................................... 246
Use of the ECCP Trigger .......................................... 248
Absolute Maximum Ratings .............................................. 329
AC (Timing) Characteristics .............................................. 341
Parameter Symbology .............................................. 341
Access Bank ....................................................................... 54
ACKSTAT ......................................................................... 173
ACKSTAT Status Flag ...................................................... 173
ADCON0 Register............................................................. 241
GO/DONE Bit............................................................ 243
ADCON1 Register............................................................. 241
ADDLW ............................................................................. 287
Addressable Universal Synchronous Asynchronous
Receiver Transmitter. See USART.
ADDWF ............................................................................. 287
ADDWFC .......................................................................... 288
ADRESH Register............................................................. 241
ADRESH/ADRESL Registers ........................................... 243
ADRESL Register ............................................................. 241
Analog-to-Digital Converter. See A/D.
ANDLW ............................................................................. 288
ANDWF ............................................................................. 289
Assembler
MPASM Assembler................................................... 323
Associated Registers ................................................ 192, 197
B
Bank Select Register (BSR)................................................ 54
Baud Rate Generator ........................................................ 169
BC ..................................................................................... 289
BCF ................................................................................... 290
BF ..................................................................................... 173
BF Status Flag .................................................................. 173
Block Diagrams
A/D............................................................................ 243
Analog Input Model........................................... 244, 253
Baud Rate Generator ............................................... 169
CAN Buffers and Protocol Engine ............................ 200
CAN Receive Buffer ................................................. 230
CAN Transmit Buffer ................................................ 227
Capture Mode Operation .......................................... 125
Comparator I/O Operating Modes ............................ 250
Comparator Output................................................... 252
Comparator Voltage Reference
Output Buffer Example ..................................... 257
Compare (CCP Module) Mode Operation ................ 126
Enhanced PWM........................................................ 134
Interrupt Logic............................................................. 78
Low-Voltage Detect (LVD)........................................ 260
Low-Voltage Detect with External Input.................... 260
MSSP (I
2
C Master Mode)......................................... 167
MSSP (I
2
C Mode)..................................................... 152
MSSP (SPI Mode) .................................................... 143
On-Chip Reset Circuit................................................. 25
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 Pin ................................................. 94
PIC18F248/258 Architecture ........................................ 8
PIC18F448/458 Architecture ........................................ 9
PLL ............................................................................. 19
PORTC (Peripheral Output Override)....................... 100
PORTD and PORTE (Parallel Slave Port)................ 107
PORTD in I/O Port Mode .......................................... 102
PORTE ..................................................................... 104
PWM (CCP Module) ................................................. 128
RA3:RA0 and RA5 Pins.............................................. 94
RA4/T0CKI Pin ........................................................... 94
RB1:RB0 Pins............................................................. 97
RB2/CANTX/INT2 Pin ................................................ 98
RB3/CANRX Pin ......................................................... 98
RB7:RB4 Pins............................................................. 97
Reads from Flash Program Memory .......................... 69
Table Read Operation ................................................ 65
Table Write Operation ................................................ 66
Table Writes to Flash Program Memory ..................... 71
Timer0 in 16-bit Mode............................................... 110
Timer0 in 8-bit Mode................................................. 110
Timer1 ...................................................................... 114
Timer1 (16-bit Read/Write Mode) ............................. 114
Timer2 ...................................................................... 118
Timer3 ...................................................................... 120
Timer3 (16-bit Read/Write Mode) ............................. 120
USART Receive ....................................................... 191
USART Transmit ...................................................... 189
Voltage Reference.................................................... 256
Watchdog Timer ....................................................... 273
BN..................................................................................... 290
BNC .................................................................................. 291
BNN .................................................................................. 291
BNOV ............................................................................... 292
BNZ .................................................................................. 292
BOR. See Brown-out Reset.
BOV .................................................................................. 295
BRA .................................................................................. 293
BRG. See Baud Rate Generator.
Brown-out Reset (BOR).............................................. 26, 265
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 388
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
BSF ................................................................................... 293
BTFSC .............................................................................. 294
BTFSS............................................................................... 294
BTG................................................................................... 295
BZ...................................................................................... 296
C
C Compilers
MPLAB C17 .............................................................. 324
MPLAB C18 .............................................................. 324
MPLAB C30 .............................................................. 324
CALL ................................................................................. 296
CAN Module
Aborting Transmission .............................................. 228
Acknowledge Error.................................................... 237
Baud Rate Registers ................................................. 218
Baud Rate Setting ..................................................... 233
Bit Error ..................................................................... 237
Bit Time Partitioning (diagram) ................................. 233
Bit Timing Configuration Registers ........................... 236
BRGCON1 ........................................................ 236
BRGCON2 ........................................................ 236
BRGCON3 ........................................................ 236
Calculating T
Q
, Nominal Bit Rate and
Nominal Bit Time............................................... 234
Configuration Mode................................................... 226
Control and Status Registers .................................... 201
Controller Register Map ............................................ 225
CRC Error ................................................................. 237
Disable Mode ............................................................ 226
Error Detection .......................................................... 237
Error Modes and Error Counters............................... 237
Error Modes State (diagram) .................................... 238
Error Recognition Mode ............................................ 227
Error States ............................................................... 237
Filter/Mask Truth (table) ............................................ 232
Form Error................................................................. 237
Hard Synchronization................................................ 235
I/O Control Register .................................................. 221
Information Processing Time .................................... 234
Initiating Transmission .............................................. 228
Internal Message Reception
Flowchart .......................................................... 231
Internal Transmit Message
Flowchart .......................................................... 229
Interrupt Acknowledge .............................................. 239
Interrupt Registers .................................................... 222
Interrupts ................................................................... 238
Bus Activity Wake-up ........................................ 239
Bus-Off.............................................................. 239
Code Bits .......................................................... 238
Error .................................................................. 239
Message Error .................................................. 239
Receive ............................................................. 238
Receiver Bus Passive ....................................... 239
Receiver Overflow............................................. 239
Receiver Warning ............................................. 239
Transmit ............................................................ 238
Transmitter Bus Passive ................................... 239
Transmitter Warning ......................................... 239
Lengthening a Bit Period
(diagram)........................................................... 235
Listen Only Mode...................................................... 226
Loopback Mode ........................................................ 227
Message Acceptance Filters
and Masks ................................................ 215, 232
Message Acceptance Mask and
Filter Operation (diagram) ................................ 232
Message Reception .................................................. 230
Message Time-Stamping.......................................... 230
Message Transmission............................................. 227
Modes of Operation .................................................. 226
Normal Mode ............................................................ 226
Oscillator Tolerance.................................................. 236
Overview................................................................... 199
Phase Buffer Segments............................................ 234
Programming Time Segments .................................. 236
Propagation Segment ............................................... 234
Receive Buffer Registers .......................................... 210
Receive Buffers ........................................................ 230
Receive Message Buffering...................................... 230
Receive Priority......................................................... 230
Registers .................................................................. 201
Resynchronization .................................................... 235
Sample Point ............................................................ 234
Shortening a Bit Period (diagram) ............................ 236
Stuff Bit Error ............................................................ 237
Synchronization ........................................................ 235
Synchronization Rules .............................................. 235
Synchronization Segment......................................... 234
Time Quanta ............................................................. 234
Transmit Buffer Registers ......................................... 206
Transmit Buffers ....................................................... 227
Transmit Priority........................................................ 227
Transmit/Receive Buffers ......................................... 199
Values for ICODE (table).......................................... 239
Capture (CCP Module) ..................................................... 124
CAN Message Time-Stamp ...................................... 125
CCP Pin Configuration.............................................. 124
CCP1 Prescaler ........................................................ 125
CCPR1H:CCPR1L Registers.................................... 124
Software Interrupt ..................................................... 125
Timer1/Timer3 Mode Selection................................. 124
Capture (ECCP Module)................................................... 133
CAN Message Time-Stamp ...................................... 133
Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) ........................................ 123
Capture Mode. See Capture
(CCP Module).
CCP1 Module ........................................................... 124
Timer Resources .............................................. 124
CCPR1H Register..................................................... 124
CCPR1L Register ..................................................... 124
Compare Mode. See Compare
(CCP Module).
Interaction of CCP1 and
ECCP1 Modules ............................................... 124
PWM Mode. See PWM (CCP Module).
Ceramic Resonators
Ranges Tested ........................................................... 17
Clocking Scheme ................................................................ 41
CLRF ................................................................................ 297
CLRWDT .......................................................................... 297
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 389
PIC18FXX8
Code Examples
16 x 16 Signed Multiply Routine ................................. 76
16 x 16 Unsigned Multiply Routine ............................. 76
8 x 8 Signed Multiply Routine ..................................... 75
8 x 8 Unsigned Multiply Routine ................................. 75
Changing Between Capture Prescalers.................... 125
Data EEPROM Read .................................................. 61
Data EEPROM Refresh Routine................................. 62
Data EEPROM Write .................................................. 61
Erasing a Flash Program Memory Row ...................... 70
Fast Register Stack..................................................... 40
How to Clear RAM (Bank 1) Using
Indirect Addressing ............................................. 55
Initializing PORTA....................................................... 93
Initializing PORTB....................................................... 96
Initializing PORTC..................................................... 100
Initializing PORTD..................................................... 102
Initializing PORTE..................................................... 104
Loading the SSPBUF Register ................................. 146
Reading a Flash Program
Memory Word ..................................................... 69
Saving Status, WREG and BSR
Registers in RAM ................................................ 92
WIN and ICODE Bits Usage in
Interrupt Service Routine to
Access TX/RX Buffers ...................................... 203
Writing to Flash Program Memory ........................ 7273
Code Protection ................................................................ 265
COMF ............................................................................... 298
Comparator Module .......................................................... 249
Analog Input Connection Considerations.................. 253
Associated Registers ................................................ 254
Configuration............................................................. 250
Effects of a Reset...................................................... 253
External Reference Signal ........................................ 251
Internal Reference Signal ......................................... 251
Interrupts................................................................... 252
Operation .................................................................. 251
Operation During Sleep ............................................ 253
Outputs ..................................................................... 251
Reference ................................................................. 251
Response Time ......................................................... 251
Comparator Specifications ................................................ 340
Comparator Voltage Reference Module ........................... 255
Accuracy/Error .......................................................... 256
Associated Registers ................................................ 257
Configuring................................................................ 255
Connection Considerations....................................... 256
Effects of a Reset...................................................... 256
Operation During Sleep ............................................ 256
Compare (CCP Module) ................................................... 126
CCP1 Pin Configuration............................................ 126
CCPR1 and ECCPR1 Registers ............................... 126
Registers Associated with Capture,
Compare, Timer1 and Timer3........................... 127
Software Interrupt ..................................................... 126
Special Event Trigger........................ 115, 121, 126, 248
Timer1/Timer3 Mode Selection................................. 126
Compare (ECCP Module) ................................................. 133
Registers Associated with Enhanced
Capture, Compare, Timer1 and Timer3 ............ 133
Special Event Trigger................................................ 133
Compatible 10-Bit Analog-to-Digital
Converter (A/D) Module. See A/D.
Configuration Mode (CAN Module) ................................... 226
CPFSEQ ........................................................................... 298
CPFSGT ........................................................................... 299
CPFSLT ............................................................................ 299
Crystal Oscillator
Capacitor Selection .................................................... 18
D
Data EEPROM Memory...................................................... 59
Associated Registers.................................................. 63
EEADR Register......................................................... 59
EECON1 Register ...................................................... 59
EECON2 Register ...................................................... 59
Operation During Code-Protect .................................. 62
Protection Against Spurious Writes ............................ 62
Reading ...................................................................... 61
Usage ......................................................................... 62
Write Verify ................................................................. 62
Writing to .................................................................... 61
Data Memory ...................................................................... 44
General Purpose Registers ........................................ 44
Special Function Registers......................................... 44
Data Memory Map
PIC18F248/448 .......................................................... 45
PIC18F258/458 .......................................................... 46
DAW ................................................................................. 300
DC and AC Characteristics
Graphs and Tables ................................................... 361
DC Characteristics............................................................ 332
EEPROM and Enhanced Flash ................................ 339
PIC18FXX8 (Ind., Ext.) and
PIC18LFXX8 (Ind.) ........................................... 336
DCFSNZ ........................................................................... 301
DECF ................................................................................ 300
DECFSZ ........................................................................... 301
Demonstration Boards
PICDEM 1................................................................. 326
PICDEM 17............................................................... 327
PICDEM 18R ............................................................ 327
PICDEM 2 Plus......................................................... 326
PICDEM 3................................................................. 326
PICDEM 4................................................................. 326
PICDEM LIN ............................................................. 327
PICDEM USB ........................................................... 327
PICDEM.net Internet/Ethernet .................................. 326
Development Support ....................................................... 323
Device Differences............................................................ 385
Device Migrations ............................................................. 386
Device Overview................................................................... 7
Features ....................................................................... 7
Direct Addressing ............................................................... 56
Disable Mode (CAN Module) ............................................ 226
E
Electrical Characteristics .................................................. 329
Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM (ECCP)..................... 131
Auto-Shutdown ......................................................... 142
Capture Mode. See Capture
(ECCP Module).
Compare Mode. See Compare
(ECCP Module).
ECCPR1H Register .................................................. 132
ECCPR1L Register................................................... 132
Interaction of CCP1 and
ECCP1 Modules ............................................... 132
Pin Assignments for Various Modes......................... 132
PWM Mode. See PWM (ECCP Module).
Timer Resources ...................................................... 132
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 390
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Enhanced CCP Auto-Shutdown........................................ 142
Enhanced PWM Mode.
See PWM (ECCP Module).
Errata .................................................................................... 5
Error Recognition Mode (CAN Module) ............................ 226
Evaluation and Programming Tools .................................. 327
External Clock Input ............................................................ 19
F
Firmware Instructions........................................................ 281
Flash Program Memory....................................................... 65
Associated Registers .................................................. 74
Control Registers ........................................................ 66
Erase Sequence ......................................................... 70
Erasing ........................................................................ 70
Operation During Code-Protect .................................. 73
Reading....................................................................... 69
TABLAT (Table Latch) Register .................................. 68
Table Pointer
Boundaries Based on Operation......................... 68
Table Pointer Boundaries ........................................... 68
Table Reads and Table Writes ................................... 65
TBLPTR (Table Pointer) Register ............................... 68
Write Sequence .......................................................... 71
Writing to ..................................................................... 71
Protection Against Spurious Writes .................... 73
Unexpected Termination..................................... 73
Write Verify ......................................................... 73
G
GOTO................................................................................ 302
H
Hardware Multiplier ............................................................. 75
Operation .................................................................... 75
Performance Comparison (table) ................................ 75
HS4 (PLL) ........................................................................... 19
I
I/O Ports .............................................................................. 93
I
2
C Mode ........................................................................... 152
ACK Pulse......................................................... 156, 157
Acknowledge Sequence Timing................................ 176
Baud Rate Generator ................................................ 169
Bus Collision During a
Repeated Start Condition.................................. 180
Bus Collision During a Start Condition ...................... 178
Bus Collision During a Stop Condition ...................... 181
Clock Arbitration........................................................ 170
Clock Stretching ........................................................ 162
Effect of a Reset ....................................................... 177
General Call Address Support .................................. 166
Master Mode ............................................................. 167
Operation .......................................................... 168
Reception.......................................................... 173
Repeated Start Condition Timing ...................... 172
Start Condition Timing ...................................... 171
Transmission..................................................... 173
Multi-Master Mode .................................................... 177
Communication, Bus Collision
and Bus Arbitration ................................... 177
Operation .................................................................. 156
Read/Write Bit Information (R/W Bit) ................ 156, 157
Registers ................................................................... 152
Serial Clock (RC3/SCK/SCL) .................................... 157
Slave Mode............................................................... 156
Addressing........................................................ 156
Reception ......................................................... 157
Transmission .................................................... 157
Sleep Operation........................................................ 177
Stop Condition Timing .............................................. 176
ID Locations.............................................................. 265, 279
INCF ................................................................................. 302
INCFSZ............................................................................. 303
In-Circuit Debugger........................................................... 279
In-Circuit Serial Programming (ICSP)....................... 265, 279
Indirect Addressing ............................................................. 56
FSR Register .............................................................. 55
INDF Register ............................................................. 55
Operation .................................................................... 55
INFSNZ............................................................................. 303
Initialization Conditions for All Registers............................. 30
Instruction Cycle ................................................................. 41
Instruction Flow/Pipelining .................................................. 41
Instruction Format............................................................. 283
Instruction Set................................................................... 281
ADDLW..................................................................... 287
ADDWF..................................................................... 287
ADDWFC .................................................................. 288
ANDLW..................................................................... 288
ANDWF..................................................................... 289
BC............................................................................. 289
BCF .......................................................................... 290
BN............................................................................. 290
BNC .......................................................................... 291
BNN .......................................................................... 291
BNOV ....................................................................... 292
BNZ .......................................................................... 292
BOV .......................................................................... 295
BRA .......................................................................... 293
BSF........................................................................... 293
BTFSC ...................................................................... 294
BTFSS ...................................................................... 294
BTG .......................................................................... 295
BZ ............................................................................. 296
CALL......................................................................... 296
CLRF ........................................................................ 297
CLRWDT .................................................................. 297
COMF ....................................................................... 298
CPFSEQ ................................................................... 298
CPFSGT ................................................................... 299
CPFSLT .................................................................... 299
DAW ......................................................................... 300
DCFSNZ ................................................................... 301
DECF ........................................................................ 300
DECFSZ ................................................................... 301
GOTO ....................................................................... 302
INCF ......................................................................... 302
INCFSZ..................................................................... 303
INFSNZ..................................................................... 303
IORLW ...................................................................... 304
IORWF...................................................................... 304
LFSR ........................................................................ 305
MOVF ....................................................................... 305
MOVFF ..................................................................... 306
MOVLB ..................................................................... 306
MOVLW .................................................................... 307
MOVWF .................................................................... 307
MULLW..................................................................... 308
MULWF..................................................................... 308
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 391
PIC18FXX8
NEGF ........................................................................ 309
NOP .......................................................................... 309
POP .......................................................................... 310
PUSH ........................................................................ 310
RCALL ...................................................................... 311
RESET ...................................................................... 311
RETFIE ..................................................................... 312
RETLW ..................................................................... 312
RETURN ................................................................... 313
RLCF......................................................................... 313
RLNCF ...................................................................... 314
RRCF ........................................................................ 314
RRNCF ..................................................................... 315
SETF......................................................................... 315
SLEEP ...................................................................... 316
SUBFWB................................................................... 316
SUBLW ..................................................................... 317
SUBWF ..................................................................... 317
SUBWFB................................................................... 318
SWAPF ..................................................................... 318
TBLRD ...................................................................... 319
TBLWT...................................................................... 320
TSTFSZ .................................................................... 321
XORLW..................................................................... 321
XORWF..................................................................... 322
Summary Table......................................................... 284
INTCON Register
RBIF Bit....................................................................... 96
Inter-Integrated Circuit. See I
2
C.
Interrupt Sources
A/D Conversion Complete ........................................ 244
CAN Module.............................................................. 238
Capture Complete (CCP).......................................... 125
Compare Complete (CCP)........................................ 126
Interrupt-on-Change (RB7:RB4) ................................. 96
TMR0 Overflow ......................................................... 111
TMR1 Overflow ................................................. 113, 115
TMR2 to PR2 Match ................................................. 118
TMR2 to PR2 Match (PWM) ............................. 117, 128
TMR3 Overflow ................................................. 119, 121
Interrupt-on-Change (RB7:RB4) Flag
(RBIF Bit) .................................................................... 96
Interrupts ..................................................................... 77, 265
Context Saving During ................................................ 92
Enable Registers......................................................... 85
Flag Registers............................................................. 82
INT .............................................................................. 92
PORTB Interrupt-on-Change ...................................... 92
Priority Registers......................................................... 88
TMR0 .......................................................................... 92
Interrupts, Flag Bits
A/D Converter Flag (ADIF Bit) .................................. 243
CCP1 Flag (CCP1IF Bit) ........................... 124, 125, 126
IORLW .............................................................................. 304
IORWF .............................................................................. 304
L
LFSR ................................................................................. 305
Listen Only Mode (CAN Module) ...................................... 226
Look-up Tables ................................................................... 43
Computed GOTO........................................................ 43
Table Reads/Table Writes .......................................... 43
Loopback Mode (CAN Module)......................................... 226
Low-Voltage Detect .......................................................... 259
Characteristics.......................................................... 338
Current Consumption ............................................... 263
Effects of a Reset ..................................................... 263
Operation .................................................................. 262
Operation During Sleep ............................................ 263
Reference Voltage Set Point .................................... 263
Typical Application.................................................... 259
Low-Voltage ICSP Programming...................................... 279
LVD. See Low-Voltage Detect.
M
Master Synchronous Serial Port (MSSP).
See MSSP.
Master Synchronous Serial Port.
See MSSP.
Memory Organization ......................................................... 37
Data Memory .............................................................. 44
Internal Program Memory Operation .......................... 37
Program Memory........................................................ 37
Migrating from other PICmicro Devices ............................ 386
MOVF ............................................................................... 305
MOVFF ............................................................................. 306
MOVLB ............................................................................. 306
MOVLW ............................................................................ 307
MOVWF ............................................................................ 307
MPLAB ASM30 Assembler,
Linker, Librarian........................................................ 324
MPLAB ICD 2 In-Circuit Debugger ................................... 325
MPLAB ICE 2000 High-Performance
Universal In-Circuit Emulator.................................... 325
MPLAB ICE 4000 High-Performance
Universal In-Circuit Emulator.................................... 325
MPLAB Integrated Development
Environment Software .............................................. 323
MPLAB PM3 Device Programmer .................................... 325
MPLINK Object Linker/
MPLIB Object Librarian ............................................ 324
MSSP ............................................................................... 143
Control Registers...................................................... 143
Enabling SPI I/O ....................................................... 147
Operation .................................................................. 146
Overview................................................................... 143
SPI Master Mode...................................................... 148
SPI Master/Slave Connection................................... 147
SPI Mode .................................................................. 143
SPI Slave Mode........................................................ 149
TMR2 Output for Clock Shift............................. 117, 118
Typical Connection ................................................... 147
MSSP. See also I
2
C Mode, SPI Mode.
MULLW............................................................................. 308
MULWF............................................................................. 308
N
NEGF................................................................................ 309
NOP .................................................................................. 309
Normal Operation Mode (CAN Module)............................ 226
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 392
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
O
Opcode Field Descriptions ................................................ 282
Oscillator
Effects of Sleep Mode ................................................. 23
Power-up Delays......................................................... 23
Switching Feature ....................................................... 20
System Clock Switch Bit ............................................. 20
Transitions .................................................................. 21
Oscillator Configurations ..................................................... 17
Crystal Oscillator, Ceramic Resonators ...................... 17
EC ............................................................................... 17
ECIO ........................................................................... 17
HS ............................................................................... 17
HS4 ............................................................................. 17
LP................................................................................ 17
RC ......................................................................... 17, 18
RCIO ........................................................................... 17
XT ............................................................................... 17
Oscillator Selection ........................................................... 265
Oscillator, Timer1 .............................................. 113, 115, 121
Oscillator, WDT ................................................................. 272
P
Packaging Information ...................................................... 377
Details ....................................................................... 379
Marking ..................................................................... 377
Parallel Slave Port (PSP) .......................................... 102, 107
Associated Registers ................................................ 108
PORTD ..................................................................... 107
PSP Mode Select (PSPMODE) Bit ........................... 102
RE2/AN7/CS/C2OUT ................................................ 107
PIC18FXX8 Voltage-Frequency
Graph (Industrial) ...................................................... 330
PIC18LFXX8 Voltage-Frequency
Graph (Industrial) ...................................................... 331
PICkit 1 Flash Starter Kit................................................... 327
PICSTART Plus Development
Programmer .............................................................. 326
Pin Functions
MCLR/V
PP
................................................................... 10
OSC1/CLKI ................................................................. 10
OSC2/CLKO/RA6 ....................................................... 10
RA0/AN0/CV
REF
......................................................... 11
RA1/AN1 ..................................................................... 11
RA2/AN2/V
REF
-........................................................... 11
RA3/AN3/V
REF
+ .......................................................... 11
RA4/T0CKI .................................................................. 11
RA5/AN4/SS/LVDIN.................................................... 11
RA6 ............................................................................. 11
RB0/INT0 .................................................................... 12
RB1/INT1 .................................................................... 12
RB2/CANTX/INT2 ....................................................... 12
RB3/CANRX ............................................................... 12
RB4 ............................................................................. 12
RB5/PGM .................................................................... 12
RB6/PGC .................................................................... 12
RB7/PGD .................................................................... 12
RC0/T1OSO/T1CKI .................................................... 13
RC1/T1OSI ................................................................. 13
RC2/CCP1 .................................................................. 13
RC3/SCK/SCL ............................................................ 13
RC4/SDI/SDA ............................................................. 13
RC5/SDO .................................................................... 13
RC6/TX/CK ................................................................. 13
RC7/RX/DT ................................................................. 13
RD0/PSP0/C1IN+ ....................................................... 14
RD1/PSP1/C1IN- ........................................................ 14
RD2/PSP2/C2IN+ ....................................................... 14
RD3/PSP3/C2IN- ........................................................ 14
RD4/PSP4/ECCP1/P1A.............................................. 14
RD5/PSP5/P1B .......................................................... 14
RD6/PSP6/P1C .......................................................... 14
RD7/PSP7/P1D .......................................................... 14
RE0/AN5/RD............................................................... 15
RE1/AN6/WR/C1OUT................................................. 15
RE2/AN7/CS/C2OUT.................................................. 15
V
DD
............................................................................. 15
V
SS
............................................................................. 15
Pinout I/O Descriptions ....................................................... 10
Pointer, FSRn ..................................................................... 55
POP .................................................................................. 310
POR. See Power-on Reset.
PORTA
Associated Register Summary ................................... 95
Functions .................................................................... 95
LATA Register ............................................................ 93
PORTA Register ......................................................... 93
TRISA Register........................................................... 93
PORTB
Associated Register Summary ................................... 99
Functions .................................................................... 99
LATB Register ............................................................ 96
PORTB Register ......................................................... 96
RB7:RB4 Interrupt-on-Change
Flag (RBIF Bit).................................................... 96
TRISB Register........................................................... 96
PORTC
Associated Register Summary ................................. 101
Functions .................................................................. 101
LATC Register .......................................................... 100
PORTC Register....................................................... 100
RC3/SCK/SCL Pin .................................................... 157
RC7/RX/DT pin ......................................................... 185
TRISC Register................................................. 100, 183
PORTD
Associated Register Summary ................................. 103
Functions .................................................................. 103
LATD Register .......................................................... 102
Parallel Slave Port (PSP) Function........................... 102
PORTD Register....................................................... 102
TRISD Register......................................................... 102
PORTE
Associated Register Summary ................................. 106
Functions .................................................................. 106
LATE Register .......................................................... 104
PORTE Register ....................................................... 104
PSP Mode Select (PSPMODE) Bit ........................... 102
RE2/AN7/CS/C2OUT................................................ 107
TRISE Register......................................................... 104
Power-Down Mode. See Sleep.
Power-on Reset (POR)............................................... 26, 265
MCLR ......................................................................... 26
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) .......................... 26, 265
PLL Lock Time-out...................................................... 26
Power-up Timer (PWRT) .................................... 26, 265
Time-out Sequence .................................................... 27
Power-up Delays
OSC1 and OSC2 Pin States
in Sleep Mode..................................................... 23
Prescaler, Timer0 ............................................................. 111
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 393
PIC18FXX8
Prescaler, Timer2.............................................................. 128
PRO MATE II Universal Device
Programmer .............................................................. 325
Program Counter
PCL Register............................................................... 40
PCLATH Register ....................................................... 40
PCLATU Register ....................................................... 40
Program Memory ................................................................ 37
Fast Register Stack..................................................... 40
Instructions.................................................................. 41
Two-Word ........................................................... 43
Map and Stack for PIC18F248/448............................. 37
Map and Stack for PIC18F258/458............................. 37
PUSH and POP Instructions ....................................... 40
Return Address Stack ................................................. 38
Return Stack Pointer (STKPTR) ................................. 38
Stack Full/Underflow Resets....................................... 40
Top-of-Stack Access................................................... 38
Program Verification and
Code Protection ........................................................ 276
Associated Registers Summary................................ 276
Configuration Register Protection ............................. 279
Data EEPROM Code Protection ............................... 279
Program Memory Code Protection ........................... 277
Programming, Device Instructions .................................... 281
PUSH ................................................................................ 310
PWM (CCP Module) ......................................................... 128
CCPR1H:CCPR1L Registers.................................... 128
Duty Cycle................................................................. 128
Example Frequencies/Resolutions ........................... 129
Period........................................................................ 128
Registers Associated with
PWM and Timer2 .............................................. 129
Setup for PWM Operation......................................... 129
TMR2 to PR2 Match ......................................... 117, 128
PWM (ECCP Module) ....................................................... 134
Full-Bridge Application Example ............................... 138
Full-Bridge Mode....................................................... 137
Direction Change .............................................. 138
Half-Bridge Mode ...................................................... 136
Half-Bridge Output Mode
Applications Example ....................................... 136
Output Configurations ............................................... 134
Output Polarity Configuration .................................... 140
Output Relationships Diagram .................................. 135
Programmable Dead-Band Delay ............................. 140
Registers Associated with Enhanced PWM
and Timer2........................................................ 141
Setup for PWM Operation......................................... 141
Standard Mode ......................................................... 134
Start-up Considerations ............................................ 140
System Implementation ............................................ 140
Q
Q Clock ............................................................................. 128
R
RAM. See Data Memory.
RCALL .............................................................................. 311
RCON Register
Significance of Status Bits vs.
Initialization Condition ......................................... 27
RCSTA Register ............................................................... 183
SPEN Bit ................................................................... 183
Receiver Warning ............................................................. 239
Register File ........................................................................ 44
Register File Summary ....................................................... 49
Registers
ADCON0 (A/D Control 0).......................................... 241
ADCON1 (A/D Control 1).......................................... 242
BRGCON1 (Baud Rate Control 1)............................ 218
BRGCON2 (Baud Rate Control 2)............................ 219
BRGCON3 (Baud Rate Control 3)............................ 220
CANCON (CAN Control) .......................................... 201
CANSTAT (CAN Status)........................................... 202
CCP1CON (CCP1 Control) ...................................... 123
CIOCON (CAN I/O Control) ...................................... 221
CMCON (Comparator Control) ................................. 249
COMSTAT (CAN
Communication Status) .................................... 205
CONFIG1H (Configuration 1 High)........................... 266
CONFIG2H (Configuration 2 High)........................... 267
CONFIG2L (Configuration 2 Low) ............................ 266
CONFIG4L (Configuration 4 Low) ............................ 267
CONFIG5H (Configuration 5 High)........................... 268
CONFIG5L (Configuration 5 Low) ............................ 268
CONFIG6H (Configuration 6 High)........................... 269
CONFIG6L (Configuration 6 Low) ............................ 269
CONFIG7H (Configuration 7 High)........................... 270
CONFIG7L (Configuration 7 Low) ............................ 270
CVRCON (Comparator Voltage
Reference Control) ........................................... 255
DEVID1 (Device ID 1)............................................... 271
DEVID2 (Device ID 2)............................................... 271
ECCP1CON (ECCP1 Control).................................. 131
ECCP1DEL (PWM Delay) ........................................ 140
ECCPAS (Enhanced Capture/Compare/PWM
Auto-Shutdown Control) ................................... 142
EECON1 (EEPROM Control 1) ............................ 60, 67
INTCON (Interrupt Control) ........................................ 79
INTCON2 (Interrupt Control 2) ................................... 80
INTCON3 (Interrupt Control 3) ................................... 81
IPR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Priority 1) .......................... 88
IPR2 (Peripheral Interrupt Priority 2) .......................... 89
IPR3 (Peripheral Interrupt Priority 3) .................. 90, 224
LVDCON (LVD Control)............................................ 261
OSCCON (Oscillator Control)..................................... 20
PIE1 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 1) .......................... 85
PIE2 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 2) .......................... 86
PIE3 (Peripheral Interrupt Enable 3) .................. 87, 223
PIR1 (Peripheral Interrupt Request
(Flag) 1) .............................................................. 82
PIR2 (Peripheral Interrupt Request
(Flag) 2) .............................................................. 83
PIR3 (Peripheral Interrupt Request
(Flag) 3) ...................................................... 84, 222
RCON (Reset Control).......................................... 58, 91
RCSTA (Receive Status and Control) ...................... 184
RXB0CON (Receive Buffer 0 Control)...................... 210
RXB1CON (Receive Buffer 1 Control)...................... 211
RXBnDLC (Receive Buffer n
Data Length Code) ........................................... 213
RXBnDm (Receive Buffer n
Data Field Byte m)............................................ 214
RXBnEIDH (Receive Buffer n
Extended Identifier, High Byte)......................... 212
RXBnEIDL (Receive Buffer n
Extended Identifier, Low Byte).......................... 213
RXBnSIDH (Receive Buffer n
Standard Identifier, High Byte) ......................... 212
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 394
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
RXBnSIDL (Receive Buffer n
Standard Identifier, Low Byte)........................... 212
RXERRCNT (Receive Error Count) .......................... 214
RXFnEIDH (Receive Acceptance Filter n
Extended Identifier, High Byte) ......................... 216
RXFnEIDL (Receive Acceptance Filter n
Extended Identifier, Low Byte) .......................... 216
RXFnSIDH (Receive Acceptance Filter n
Standard Identifier Filter, High Byte)................. 215
RXFnSIDL (Receive Acceptance Filter n
Standard Identifier Filter, Low Byte).................. 215
RXMnEIDH (Receive Acceptance Mask n
Extended Identifier Mask, High Byte)................ 217
RXMnEIDL (Receive Acceptance Mask n
Extended Identifier Mask, Low Byte) ................ 217
RXMnSIDH (Receive Acceptance Mask n
Standard Identifier Mask, High Byte) ................ 216
RXMnSIDL (Receive Acceptance Mask n
Standard Identifier Mask, Low Byte) ................. 217
SSPCON1 (MSSP Control 1, I
2
C Mode) .................. 154
SSPCON1 (MSSP Control 1, SPI Mode) .................. 145
SSPCON2 (MSSP Control 2, I
2
C Mode) .................. 155
SSPSTAT (MSSP Status, I
2
C Mode)........................ 153
SSPSTAT (MSSP Status, SPI Mode) ....................... 144
Status .......................................................................... 57
STKPTR (Stack Pointer) ............................................. 39
T0CON (Timer0 Control)........................................... 109
T1CON (Timer1 Control)........................................... 113
T2CON (Timer2 Control)........................................... 117
T3CON (Timer3 Control)........................................... 119
TRISE (PORTE Direction/PSP Control).................... 105
TXBnCON (Transmit Buffer n Control) ..................... 206
TXBnDLC (Transmit Buffer n
Data Length Code)............................................ 209
TXBnDm (Transmit Buffer n
Data Field Byte m) ............................................ 208
TXBnEIDH (Transmit Buffer n
Extended Identifier, High Byte) ......................... 207
TXBnEIDL (Transmit Buffer n
Extended Identifier, Low Byte) .......................... 208
TXBnSIDH (Transmit Buffer n
Standard Identifier, High Byte).......................... 207
TXBnSIDL (Transmit Buffer n
Standard Identifier, Low Byte)........................... 207
TXERRCNT (Transmit Error Count).......................... 209
TXSTA (Transmit Status and Control) ...................... 183
WDTCON (Watchdog Timer Control)........................ 272
RESET .............................................................................. 311
Reset........................................................................... 25, 265
MCLR Reset During Normal Operation ...................... 25
MCLR Reset During Sleep.......................................... 25
Power-on Reset (POR) ............................................... 25
Programmable Brown-out Reset (PBOR) ................... 25
RESET Instruction ...................................................... 25
Stack Full Reset .......................................................... 25
Stack Underflow Reset ............................................... 25
Watchdog Timer (WDT) Reset.................................... 25
RETFIE ............................................................................. 312
RETLW.............................................................................. 312
RETURN ........................................................................... 313
Revision History ................................................................ 385
RLCF................................................................................. 313
RLNCF .............................................................................. 314
RRCF ................................................................................ 314
RRNCF.............................................................................. 315
S
SCI. See USART.
SCK Pin ............................................................................ 143
SDI Pin.............................................................................. 143
SDO Pin ............................................................................ 143
Serial Clock (SCK) Pin...................................................... 143
Serial Communication Interface.
See USART.
Serial Peripheral Interface. See SPI.
SETF................................................................................. 315
Slave Select (SS) Pin ....................................................... 143
Slave Select, SS Pin ......................................................... 143
SLEEP .............................................................................. 316
Sleep......................................................................... 265, 274
Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM) .................................... 324
Software Simulator (MPLAB SIM30) ................................ 324
Special Event Trigger. See Compare.
Special Features of the CPU ............................................ 265
Configuration Bits ..................................................... 265
Configuration Bits and
Device IDs ........................................................ 265
Configuration Registers .................................... 266271
Special Function Register Map ........................................... 47
Special Function Registers ................................................. 44
SPI Mode
Associated Registers ................................................ 151
Bus Mode Compatibility ............................................ 151
Effects of a Reset ..................................................... 151
Master Mode............................................................. 148
Master/Slave Connection.......................................... 147
Registers .................................................................. 144
Serial Clock............................................................... 143
Serial Data In (SDI) Pin ............................................ 143
Serial Data Out (SDO) Pin........................................ 143
Slave Select.............................................................. 143
Slave Select Synchronization ................................... 149
Sleep Operation........................................................ 151
SPI Clock .................................................................. 148
SSPBUF Register ..................................................... 148
SSPSR Register ....................................................... 148
SSPOV ............................................................................. 173
SSPOV Status Flag .......................................................... 173
SSPSTAT Register
R/W Bit ............................................................. 156, 157
SUBFWB .......................................................................... 316
SUBLW ............................................................................. 317
SUBWF............................................................................. 317
SUBWFB .......................................................................... 318
SWAPF ............................................................................. 318
T
Table Pointer Operations (table)......................................... 68
TBLRD .............................................................................. 319
TBLWT.............................................................................. 320
Timer0............................................................................... 109
16-bit Mode Timer Reads and Writes ....................... 111
Associated Registers ................................................ 111
Operation .................................................................. 111
Overflow Interrupt ..................................................... 111
Prescaler .................................................................. 111
Prescaler. See Prescaler, Timer0.
Switching Prescaler Assignment .............................. 111
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 395
PIC18FXX8
Timer1 ............................................................................... 113
16-bit Read/Write Mode ............................................ 115
Associated Registers ................................................ 116
Operation .................................................................. 114
Oscillator ........................................................... 113, 115
Overflow Interrupt ............................................. 113, 115
Special Event Trigger (CCP)............................. 115, 126
Special Event Trigger (ECCP) .................................. 133
TMR1H Register ....................................................... 113
TMR1L Register........................................................ 113
TMR3L Register........................................................ 119
Timer2 ............................................................................... 117
Associated Registers ................................................ 118
Operation .................................................................. 117
Postscaler. See Postscaler, Timer2.
PR2 Register..................................................... 117, 128
Prescaler. See Prescaler, Timer2.
SSP Clock Shift................................................. 117, 118
TMR2 Register.......................................................... 117
TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt ................... 117, 118, 128
Timer3 ............................................................................... 119
Associated Registers ................................................ 121
Operation .................................................................. 120
Oscillator ................................................................... 121
Overflow Interrupt ............................................. 119, 121
Special Event Trigger (CCP)..................................... 121
TMR3H Register ....................................................... 119
Timing Conditions ............................................................. 342
Load Conditions for Device
Timing Specifications ........................................ 342
Temperature and Voltage
Specifications AC........................................... 342
Timing Diagrams
A/D Conversion ......................................................... 359
Acknowledge Sequence ........................................... 176
Baud Rate Generator with
Clock Arbitration ............................................... 170
BRG Reset Due to SDA Arbitration
During Start Condition ...................................... 179
Brown-out Reset (BOR) and
Low-Voltage Detect .......................................... 345
Bus Collision During a Repeated
Start Condition (Case 1) ................................... 180
Bus Collision During a Repeated
Start Condition (Case2) .................................... 180
Bus Collision During a Stop
Condition (Case 1) ............................................ 181
Bus Collision During a
Stop Condition (Case 2) ................................... 181
Bus Collision During
Start Condition (SCL = 0).................................. 179
Bus Collision During
Start Condition (SDA Only) ............................... 178
Bus Collision for Transmit and
Acknowledge .................................................... 177
Capture/Compare/PWM
(CCP1 and ECCP1) .......................................... 347
CLKO and I/O ........................................................... 344
Clock Synchronization .............................................. 163
Clock/Instruction Cycle ............................................... 41
External Clock........................................................... 343
First Start Bit ............................................................. 171
Full-Bridge PWM Output ........................................... 137
Half-Bridge PWM Output .......................................... 136
I
2
C Bus Data............................................................. 353
I
2
C Bus Start/Stop Bits ............................................. 353
I
2
C Master Mode (Reception,
7-bit Address) ................................................... 175
I
2
C Master Mode (Transmission,
7 or 10-bit Address) .......................................... 174
I
2
C Slave Mode (Transmission,
10-bit Address) ................................................. 161
I
2
C Slave Mode (Transmission,
7-bit Address) ................................................... 159
I
2
C Slave Mode with SEN = 0 (Reception,
10-bit Address) ................................................. 160
I
2
C Slave Mode with SEN = 0 (Reception,
7-bit Address) ................................................... 158
I
2
C Slave Mode with SEN = 1 (Reception,
10-bit Address) ................................................. 165
I
2
C Slave Mode with SEN = 1 (Reception,
7-bit Address) ................................................... 164
Low-Voltage Detect .................................................. 262
Master SSP I
2
C Bus Data ........................................ 355
Master SSP I
2
C Bus Start/Stop Bits ......................... 355
Parallel Slave Port (PIC18F248
and PIC18F458) ............................................... 348
Parallel Slave Port Read .......................................... 108
Parallel Slave Port Write........................................... 107
PWM Direction Change ............................................ 139
PWM Direction Change at Near
100% Duty Cycle .............................................. 139
PWM Output ............................................................. 128
Repeated Start Condition ......................................... 172
Reset, Watchdog Timer (WDT),
Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST),
Power-up Timer (PWRT) .................................. 345
Slave Mode General Call Address Sequence
(7 or 10-bit Address Mode)............................... 166
Slave Synchronization .............................................. 149
Slow Rise Time (MCLR Tied to V
DD
) ......................... 29
SPI Master Mode...................................................... 148
SPI Master Mode Example (CKE = 0) ...................... 349
SPI Master Mode Example (CKE = 1) ...................... 350
SPI Slave Mode (with CKE = 0)................................ 150
SPI Slave Mode (with CKE = 1)................................ 150
SPI Slave Mode Example (CKE = 0) ........................ 351
SPI Slave Mode Example (CKE = 1) ........................ 352
Stop Condition Receive or
Transmit Mode.................................................. 176
Time-out Sequence on POR w/PLL Enabled
(MCLR Tied to V
DD
) ........................................... 29
Time-out Sequence on Power-up
(MCLR Not Tied to V
DD
)
Case 1 ................................................................ 28
Case 2 ................................................................ 28
Time-out Sequence on Power-up
(MCLR Tied to V
DD
) ........................................... 28
Timer0 and Timer1 External Clock ........................... 346
Transition Between Timer1 and
OSC1 (HS with PLL)........................................... 22
Transition Between Timer1 and
OSC1 (HS, XT, LP) ............................................ 21
Transition Between Timer1 and
OSC1 (RC, EC) .................................................. 22
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 396
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
Transition from OSC1 to
Timer1 Oscillator................................................. 21
USART Asynchronous Reception ............................. 192
USART Asynchronous Transmission........................ 190
USART Asynchronous Transmission
(Back to Back)................................................... 190
USART Synchronous Receive
(Master/Slave)................................................... 357
USART Synchronous Reception
(Master Mode, SREN)....................................... 195
USART Synchronous Transmission ......................... 194
USART Synchronous Transmission
(Master/Slave)................................................... 357
USART Synchronous Transmission
(Through TXEN)................................................ 194
Wake-up from Sleep via Interrupt ............................. 275
Timing Diagrams and Specifications................................. 343
A/D Conversion Requirements ................................. 359
A/D Converter Characteristics .................................. 358
Capture/Compare/PWM Requirements
(CCP1 and ECCP1) .......................................... 347
CLKO and I/O Timing
Requirements.................................................... 344
Example SPI Mode Requirements
(Master Mode, CKE = 0) ................................... 349
Example SPI Mode Requirements
(Master Mode, CKE = 1) ................................... 350
Example SPI Mode Requirements
(Slave Mode, CKE = 0) ..................................... 351
Example SPI Slave Mode
Requirements (CKE = 1)................................... 352
External Clock Timing Requirements........................ 343
I
2
C Bus Data Requirements
(Slave Mode)..................................................... 354
I
2
C Bus Start/Stop Bits Requirements
(Slave Mode)..................................................... 353
Master SSP I
2
C Bus Data
Requirements.................................................... 356
Master SSP I
2
C Bus Start/Stop Bits
Requirements.................................................... 355
Parallel Slave Port Requirements
(PIC18F248 and PIC18F458) ........................... 348
PLL Clock.................................................................. 344
Reset, Watchdog Timer, Oscillator
Start-up Timer, Power-up Timer,
Brown-out Reset and Low-Voltage
Detect Requirements ........................................ 345
Timer0 and Timer1 External
Clock Requirements.......................................... 346
USART Synchronous Receive
Requirements.................................................... 357
USART Synchronous Transmission
Requirements.................................................... 357
TSTFSZ............................................................................. 321
TXSTA Register
BRGH Bit .................................................................. 185
U
USART.............................................................................. 183
Asynchronous Mode ................................................. 189
Reception ......................................................... 191
Setting Up 9-Bit Mode with
Address Detect ......................................... 191
Transmission .................................................... 189
Asynchronous Reception.......................................... 192
Asynchronous Transmission
Associated Registers........................................ 190
Baud Rate Generator (BRG) .................................... 185
Associated Registers........................................ 185
Baud Rate Error, Calculating ............................ 185
Baud Rate Formula .......................................... 185
Baud Rates for Asynchronous Mode
(BRGH = 0)............................................... 187
Baud Rates for Asynchronous Mode
(BRGH = 1)............................................... 188
Baud Rates for Synchronous Mode.................. 186
High Baud Rate Select (BRGH Bit) .................. 185
Sampling........................................................... 185
Serial Port Enable (SPEN) Bit .................................. 183
Synchronous Master Mode....................................... 193
Reception ......................................................... 195
Transmission .................................................... 193
Synchronous Master Reception
Associated Registers........................................ 195
Synchronous Master Transmission
Associated Registers........................................ 193
Synchronous Slave Mode......................................... 196
Reception ......................................................... 196
Transmission .................................................... 196
Synchronous Slave Reception.................................. 197
Synchronous Slave Transmission
Associated Registers........................................ 197
V
Voltage Reference Specifications..................................... 340
W
Wake-up from Sleep ................................................. 265, 274
Using Interrupts ........................................................ 274
Watchdog Timer (WDT)............................................ 265, 272
Associated Registers ................................................ 273
Control Register........................................................ 272
Postscaler ................................................................. 273
Programming Considerations ................................... 272
RC Oscillator............................................................. 272
Time-out Period ........................................................ 272
WCOL ....................................................... 171, 172, 173, 176
WCOL Status Flag .................................... 171, 172, 173, 176
WDT. See Watchdog Timer.
WWW, On-Line Support ....................................................... 5
X
XORLW............................................................................. 321
XORWF ............................................................................ 322
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 397
PIC18FXX8
ON-LINE SUPPORT
Microchip provides on-line support on the Microchip
World Wide Web site.
The web site is used by Microchip as a means to make
files and information easily available to customers. To
view the site, the user must have access to the Internet
and a web browser, such as Netscape
or Microsoft
Internet Explorer. Files are also available for FTP
download from our FTP site.
Connecting to the Microchip Internet
Web Site
The Microchip web site is available at the following
URL:
www.microchip.com
The file transfer site is available by using an FTP
service to connect to:
ftp://ftp.microchip.com
The web site and file transfer site provide a variety of
services. Users may download files for the latest
Development Tools, Data Sheets, Application Notes,
User's Guides, Articles and Sample Programs. A vari-
ety of Microchip specific business information is also
available, including listings of Microchip sales offices,
distributors and factory representatives. Other data
available for consideration is:
Latest Microchip Press Releases
Technical Support Section with Frequently Asked
Questions
Design Tips
Device Errata
Job Postings
Microchip Consultant Program Member Listing
Links to other useful web sites related to
Microchip Products
Conferences for products, Development Systems,
technical information and more
Listing of seminars and events
SYSTEMS INFORMATION AND
UPGRADE HOT LINE
The Systems Information and Upgrade Line provides
system users a listing of the latest versions of all of
Microchip's development systems software products.
Plus, this line provides information on how customers
can receive the most current upgrade kits. The Hot Line
Numbers are:
1-800-755-2345 for U.S. and most of Canada, and
1-480-792-7302 for the rest of the world.
042003
PIC18FXX8
DS41159D-page 398
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
READER RESPONSE
It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip prod-
uct. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation
can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (480) 792-4150.
Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this document.
To:
Technical Publications Manager
RE:
Reader Response
Total Pages Sent ________
From: Name
Company
Address
City / State / ZIP / Country
Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________
Application (optional):
Would you like a reply? Y N
Device: Literature
Number:
Questions:
FAX: (______) _________ - _________
DS41159D
PIC18FXX8
1.
What are the best features of this document?
2.
How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?
3.
Do you find the organization of this document easy to follow? If not, why?
4.
What additions to the document do you think would enhance the structure and subject?
5.
What deletions from the document could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?
6.
Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?
7.
How would you improve this document?
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
DS41159D-page 399
PIC18FXX8
PIC18FXX8 PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
To order or obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, refer to the factory or the listed sales office.
PART NO.
X
/XX
XXX
Pattern
Package
Temperature
Range
Device
Device
PIC18F248/258
(1)
, PIC18F448/458
(1)
, PIC18F248/258T
(2)
,
PIC18F448/458T
(2)
;
V
DD
range 4.2V to 5.5V
PIC18LF248/258
(1)
, PIC18LF448/458
(1)
, PIC18LF248/258T
(2)
,
PIC18LF448/458T
(2);
V
DD
range 2.0V to 5.5V
Temperature Range I
= -40
C to +85
C
(Industrial)
E
= -40
C to +125
C (Extended)
Package
PT
=
TQFP (Thin Quad Flatpack)
L
=
PLCC
SO
=
SOIC
SP
=
Skinny Plastic DIP
P
=
PDIP
Pattern
QTP, SQTP, Code or Special Requirements
(blank otherwise)
Examples:
a)
PIC18LF258-I/L 301 = Industrial temp., PLCC
package, Extended V
DD
limits, QTP pattern
#301.
b)
PIC18LF458-I/PT = Industrial temp., TQFP
package, Extended V
DD
limits.
c)
PIC18F258-E/L = Extended temp., PLCC
package, normal V
DD
limits.
Note 1:
F
= Standard Voltage Range
LF = Wide Voltage Range
2:
T
= in tape and reel PLCC and TQFP
packages only.
DS41159D-page 400
2004 Microchip Technology Inc.
AMERICAS
Corporate Office
2355 West Chandler Blvd.
Chandler, AZ 85224-6199
Tel: 480-792-7200
Fax: 480-792-7277
Technical Support:
http:\\support.microchip.com
Web Address:
www.microchip.com
Atlanta
Alpharetta, GA
Tel: 770-640-0034
Fax: 770-640-0307
Boston
Westford, MA
Tel: 978-692-3848
Fax: 978-692-3821
Chicago
Itasca, IL
Tel: 630-285-0071
Fax: 630-285-0075
Dallas
Addison, TX
Tel: 972-818-7423
Fax: 972-818-2924
Detroit
Farmington Hills, MI
Tel: 248-538-2250
Fax: 248-538-2260
Kokomo
Kokomo, IN
Tel: 765-864-8360
Fax: 765-864-8387
Los Angeles
Mission Viejo, CA
Tel: 949-462-9523
Fax: 949-462-9608
San Jose
Mountain View, CA
Tel: 650-215-1444
Fax: 650-961-0286
Toronto
Mississauga, Ontario,
Canada
Tel: 905-673-0699
Fax: 905-673-6509
ASIA/PACIFIC
Australia - Sydney
Tel: 61-2-9868-6733
Fax: 61-2-9868-6755
China - Beijing
Tel: 86-10-8528-2100
Fax: 86-10-8528-2104
China - Chengdu
Tel: 86-28-8676-6200
Fax: 86-28-8676-6599
China - Fuzhou
Tel: 86-591-750-3506
Fax: 86-591-750-3521
China - Hong Kong SAR
Tel: 852-2401-1200
Fax: 852-2401-3431
China - Shanghai
Tel: 86-21-5407-5533
Fax: 86-21-5407-5066
China - Shenyang
Tel: 86-24-2334-2829
Fax: 86-24-2334-2393
China - Shenzhen
Tel: 86-755-8203-2660
Fax: 86-755-8203-1760
China - Shunde
Tel: 86-757-2839-5507
Fax: 86-757-2839-5571
China - Qingdao
Tel: 86-532-502-7355
Fax: 86-532-502-7205
ASIA/PACIFIC
India - Bangalore
Tel: 91-80-2229-0061
Fax: 91-80-2229-0062
India - New Delhi
Tel: 91-11-5160-8632
Fax: 91-11-5160-8632
Japan - Kanagawa
Tel: 81-45-471- 6166
Fax: 81-45-471-6122
Korea - Seoul
Tel: 82-2-554-7200
Fax: 82-2-558-5932 or
82-2-558-5934
Singapore
Tel: 65-6334-8870
Fax: 65-6334-8850
Taiwan - Kaohsiung
Tel: 886-7-536-4818
Fax: 886-7-536-4803
Taiwan - Taipei
Tel: 886-2-2500-6610
Fax: 886-2-2508-0102
Taiwan - Hsinchu
Tel: 886-3-572-9526
Fax: 886-3-572-6459
EUROPE
Austria - Weis
Tel: 43-7242-2244-399
Fax: 43-7242-2244-393
Denmark - Ballerup
Tel: 45-4420-9895
Fax: 45-4420-9910
France - Massy
Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20
Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79
Germany - Ismaning
Tel: 49-89-627-144-0
Fax: 49-89-627-144-44
Italy - Milan
Tel: 39-0331-742611
Fax: 39-0331-466781
Netherlands - Drunen
Tel: 31-416-690399
Fax: 31-416-690340
England - Berkshire
Tel: 44-118-921-5869
Fax: 44-118-921-5820
W
ORLDWIDE
S
ALES
AND
S
ERVICE
09/27/04